ice_cracked

Loved it so different to what we normally get with this title it stands out. As has been said many times in previous reviews Mack Bolan meets Resident Evil and with the exception of Chapter 2 I thought the author delivered a terrific original page turner full of suspenseful moments and quality reading. Many things to like which doesn't require me to repeat again but a couple of things I didn't like. The title seemed to me to finish abruptly and seemed rushed as if the author had been informed at the last minute to massively cut the overall length of it. Chapter two I am not even going to mention, disgusting and so far out of character of the Big Guy. Overall a very good read and recommended especially if you want to read something very different to what is normally served up in these series.

This title seemed to offer so much at the start it really got me in straight away. I liked the French Foreign Legion sections and inclusions and the references to the characters introduced from there were great. Action scenes as usual with this author were excellent probably the standout for me was the ones featuring the motor bike. Some excellent characters introduced especially like the two French Intelligence agents and the highly original story/plot line. BUT only a six rating ? Yep again the author forgets who he writing about the character he is writing is a human being. Sure highly trained superbly fit a model of male perfection maybe. NOT A BLOODY INVUNERABLE SUPERMAN.

Opening a title by this author you presume to read an action packed title from start to finish and the author delivers once again truly if action scenes are why you read this series you should read all of this authors titles unfortunately the story/plot line of this one is lacking somewhat. Some good characters introduced J R Rust a CIA operative is back again (seen this guy a couple of times before in titles I think) an Egyptian agent who is a former Black Suit from the Farm and an female Israeli agent who actually falls for the Egyptian guy in a big way which is a little different but good reading. One section near the end of the title involves a Egyptian helicopter trying to shoot down unmanned drones heading for Israel to drop nerve gas there and start a war and the interaction between them and scrambled Israeli Jet fighters is fantastic. The ending sections are superb reading and get a couple of extra stars for the review which will keep you on the edge of your seat flicking the pages for sure. Recommended reading in the series.

Another title by this author and the usual plot involving rogue Black Ops operatives who are hell bent on making bucket loads of money with the planet held hostage to their aims. The usual over the top violence and blood letting was toned down a little in this one which is a pleasant change but filled in with long boring sections where not a lot happens. I liked the section where Hal was shot which is a little different and interesting but nowhere near enough to drag this one out of the also ran titles of the series. Plenty of better titles to read in this series than this.

I pretty much enjoyed this one. A bit of a change of pace where there are only a few action scenes to be had with the majority of the title having the Big Guy and his SEAL companion making their way through the jungle searching for the two kidnapped missionaries. Although the lack of action scenes may be a red flag to some readers I found that there were no long sections where I became bored whilst reading it. The ending section was done pretty well and everything turns out for the best at the finish. Good read.

Calvin James is AWOL on a remote tropical island trying to help the local natives from greedy developers trying to rape their island of its natural resources and the Big Guy is dispatched to bring him home. Yeah right. On arrival after being sunk off shore by the bad guys and losing all of their weaponry Bolan and his allies regroup on the island and try to figure out how to stop a slaughter of the local natives. I really liked the cache of half a century old Japanese weapons that they come across and how they try and salvage what they can to use against the bad guys. Facing overwhelming odds everything that happens seems to be realistic and possible where you never get the feeling crap that is just over the top bullshit. Liked the characters introduced and there is quite a number especially some of the bad guys and also enjoyed the turning around of the Merc at the end. Very good read and recommended.

The first title of the Carnivore Project duology and just a fair entry to start off. Terrorists with the aid of a computer genius have managed to gain entry to the nations most secure computer network and are getting close to being able to take over the defence and data storage systems of the country controlling what they like. The Big Guy with the assistance of a beautiful computer programmer of the system are assigned to stop the intrusions and take out the Terrorists involved. There is also the involvement of the local Mafia to be taken into account but buggered if I know why as they have featured very little in this the first title. Action scenes are okay if not standard in these titles and the introduced characters are all again okay with no standouts. So all in all an okay read setting up the second title of the duology which I am hoping is better.

Much better effort this time around to finish off the Duology. The Mafia come to the fore this title and are in about 90% of the read. Overall you will be entertained with this read where all of the sub plots introduced in the first title are taken care of. The terrorist group members are taken out nicely especially the uncle of the computer whiz. Able Team make a brief entry always good. Overall the duology is worth a read there is plenty of stuff in the series nowhere near as good a read as this was.

Wow one of my favourite authors in this series but not here. I really struggled to finish this one where it seemed there is very little story or plot line. Reading this an action scene occurs and at the end one or two paragraphs later another one starts which is okay for a while but not for an entire title. Some very good hand to hand close up fighting scenes helped a little. The Big Guy here is just a killing machine no personality no character just someone holding a weapon slaughtering the opposition. Not one for me here.

Very enjoyable read here for me start to finish. As has been stated the University siege section is probably the standout for the title and was pretty good reading I really enjoyed the soft probe prior to the assault section. Some good characters introduced in that section especially some of the older guys who are not ready for retirement yet. The side story of the Homeland Security guy ended up good but I must admit I was wondering where it was going for a while there but slots nicely into the overall story in the end. So not a classic but certainly worth a read I reckon.

hmm well I started on this one and the prologue got me in from the start and I was thinking to myself yep this one could be good. Chapter one and the mission briefing at Arlington National Cemetery.... Yep been there and done that. Off to Malaysia to meet our new Ally of course green and not combat savvy Yep been there and done that. Now arrived on a commercial flight so no weapons so we have to visit an underground Arms dealer to purchase some. Yep been there and done that. Approaching the first address of where we might find the bad guys we find a female being dragged into the premises by the bad guys and well she needs saving ??? Yep been there and done that. 84 pages done mate with simply cut and paste why bother thinking anything original ??? But I persisted for a while and was pleasantly surprised as the title turns out to be a quite good read where some thought has been placed into it. So all is good until the female is recaptured AGAIN!!!! by the bad guys...... FUC**ING COME ON NOT AGAIN!!! But yes so fair dinkum I nearly threw the bloody title across the room and gave it away. Happy to say I decided to persist and finish it and it is quite a good read through to the end. One final thing as mentioned by Itteperkele in a previous review the execution of the Malay Boat Dealer was wrong, not at all like what The Big Guy would do I agree. Yep what can I say yet again if you have read little of this guy's work you will enjoy this one. If you have read a lot of this guy's work umm well you have already read this many times before but it has it's moments :-(

Terrific read here. Loved the plot with the Big Guy off to Iraq to try and locate American POW's being held since the Desert Storm invasion. Excellent action scenes abound very well written which will certainly keep your interest up. The taking down of Iraq interests to try and force the General to come clean on where the POW's are located is some very fine reading. I must admit the ending sections blew me away especially on what the US Brigadier General tries to pull off to save his own hide. The final action scenes at the location where the POW's were being held and what happens to the Big Guy with the MP's and how he manages to find a way out of that situation and how he has backed up himself with the copies of the video tape were excellent. You couldn't go wrong reading this one highly recommended.

Another excellent read from this author where you will be grabbed from the start and held enthralled until the finish. So many good things about this title but just to mention a few that brought great enjoyment to me when reading it. The villain is a psycho and right away you can see that he will not let anything stand in his way to have his demented plans come to fruition. A couple of excellent characters introduced who actually are Blacksuit graduates from the Farm and give the Big Guy a huge amount of support. Bucket loads of action which just does not stop from one scene to the next with no time to take a breath. I loved some of the stunts especially the helicopter and motor cycle section wonderful original reading. The whole title leads up to a crunching finale where the Big Guy is up against it and has to call on all his inner strength to prevail. Highly recommended reading in the series here.

Well the first instalment of a trilogy and as usual probably the hardest of the three to write where the author has to not only introduce the characters involved but also the plot of the trilogy and also give some sort of a story line to keep the reader interested whilst reading the title. Fair job as usual with this author where he just pulls out material from past publications of his knowing full well that it will be accepted by the publishers. Nothing wrong with what is included here (unless you have already read it many times before) but nothing to get excited about either with the exception of the inclusion of younger brother Johnny which is always a good inclusion from this reader.

Same old same old continues where the prerequisite female character who MUST be included excels as a killing machine rivalling the skills of the Big Guy himself. The story plods along with just the right amount of action scenes included to pass muster and stop the reader closing the title and starting something else which may produce something which may actually have something original to engage the reader. Having said that one star added here as the obligatory hostage is taken by the Bad Guys but it is none the less than the Big Guy himself and the way he is taken down is is very good reading indeed (which is fair enough as it would take something special to take him alive) he is even surprised himself on how it happens.

All done another title in the bank for the author and another writer's cheque in the bank. Fulfilling for the reader? No! A good finish? No! Worth reading the final instalment? Only if you have to! Did the Big Guy escape his capturers? Did the female ally excel as a killing machine throughout? Did Johnny keep up his end of the show? Did the Bad Guys get theirs in the end? Again should I bother reading this trilogy? Not if you have read a few of this authors titles as because once again you have already read it <sigh>!

I also found this title similar to Savage Game but no where as good maybe if I had read this one prior to the other my rating may be different. Again some very good characters introduced the two CIA guys stand out. Reading a title by this author you know you it will be action packed and this one delivers with some excellent scenes the APC stuff on the assault of the Bad Guys hard site excels as does the final assault again tense stuff. AGAIN when you read a title from this author you know that the Big Guy is going to cop it BIG time but I found it just over the top here. Sure he can withstand heaps and has done so many times but with this title I found myself constantly thinking what again? come on? another hand to hand contest when he can hardly walk? One of his offsiders has been shot in both legs and requires crutches to stand yet has no problems hopping onto a horse and riding it into the final assault ???? Yep good read AGAIN by this author but I am starting to get the hmm same old, same old, been there and done that with his titles would be nice to read some original stuff I reckon.

Very good read here especially if you read these titles for action scenes there are bucket loads in this one which will keep you happy. A Russian arms dealer has stolen the plans for an ultra secret prototype jet fighter and after kidnapping the test pilot and holding his family as hostages plans to steal the fighter and sell it to the highest bidder. The arms dealer has an impressive array of bad guys on his side from ex CIA to ex special forces types and taking this mob down is not going to be a walk in the park for the Big Guy. His ally along for the ride is another female Russian who more than holds her own in the firefights and turns out to be quite a good character included. The final assault on the secret base where the prototype fighter is based is some fine reading indeed. Recommended reading in the series here folks for sure.

Didn't really do a lot for me this title where I found myself just plodding along while reading it. The main dislike I have with this one is it is just the same over and over again. The undercover agent that the Big Guy is teamed up with is good and I was thinking that this is really going to go somewhere but when they get on the boat transporting the drugs they just shoot all of the bad guys. Whilst that is not so bad they then confront the bad guys who are going to pick up the cargo of drugs and well just shoot all of them again. Off to the main bad guys compound where he is just finalising the sale of his business interests prior to retiring and yep some okay scenes here but a little to late I'm thinking. This author has written many titles better than this one.

Opening book of a trilogy is probably the hardest of the three as not only do you have to introduce a good plot and story also some good characters and somehow manage to have enough action scenes within the title to keep the readers interest. Can't agree with any of the previous reviews I thought this opening title of the trilogy to be quite boring to read and the plot did very little for me. I also found it hard to like the Triads story and the woman leading one of them a bit far fetched. Another nuke of the month story unfortunately and another two titles to get through I hope that they are better reads than this one.

More of the same like the first title of the trilogy but this time around the author seemed to get bogged down and I got the feeling he was filling space. The CIA rogue agent was a little predictable where it was obvious he was up to his armpits in what was going on. The female triad leader continues to be an annoyance and comes across as a wishy washy sort of character. Hope the finishing title is better than the first two.

Well the final title of the trilogy picks up somewhat and some good action scenes are to be had. The Big Guys relationship with the female triad leader deepens and a little respect comes to each from the other. The final scenes aboard the freighter were some good reading and finished off the title okay but I would have to say overall I was a little disappointed with the trilogy.

WOW number 300 in a series I wonder how many series of books could boast this achievement and to celebrate this major milestone who would the publishers select to write this title. Any number of contributing authors would have given anything to be given the privilege of writing this one and would have slaved over the keyboards for many an hour to present something special in the series to celebrate number 300. Instead Mr. favourite was given the nod and well he just wasn't in the mood yet again so we are presented with yet another by the numbers title done so many times by this author. I am not going to rave about how let down I felt upon finishing this one but I was sorry that such a milestone title should have been one of the stand outs of the series not what this one is. As usual if you have read little or none of this authors work you will no doubt enjoy the read for the rest of us well we can sit and dream of what could have been.

Well it is a nuke of the month story but if you can get over that and give this one a go you will find an entertaining title to read. Probably my major criticism with this title is a lack of story and plot as the title just seems to be one long action scene after another. Don't get me wrong there are some wonderful scenes to read within this one but some of them just go on and on and on the chase scene around the mountain highway a case in point. Some good characters introduced and a pretty good finish gave it an extra star.

What a pleasant surprise to read a title that is not only realistic but entertaining. What a surprise The Big Guy is not a bullet proof Superman here nor is he a James Bond Super spy or a Sherlock Holmes he is just a very intelligent soldier with a shit load of experience behind him. Further no Nuke of the month story here or a biological weapon threatening the planet or anything that is going to wipe humanity from the planet. :-) Thank goodness....... What we have is a very good read where a small African nation is about to be taken over by Rebel forces coupled with the abduction of the Presidents kids. You WILL enjoy this title if you decide to read it. Written by one of the eminent authors of this series he excels here as usual. Excellent read well done Mike.

This authors first release in the combined series and it is little wonder he has gone on from this title to be one of the best and most respected authors in these series. If I may suggest one of the most important reasons is the ROCK SOLID knowledge of what he is actually writing about regarding the characters their past experiences they have gone through and a wonderful writing style which bring a fresh approach to what may have been getting a bit jaded in the series. If you have not read this title you really should from the characters introduced and the plot/story line and the action scenes to be had well you would be struggling to find any better elsewhere in the series. Excellent title on debut and very worth a solid eight stars.

Another first up effort from one of the contributing authors to the series and again a wonderful debut title. I enjoyed the two main characters introduced and their behind the scenes plans to take each other out. Quite a few other characters introduced who play a good part of the overall titles plot and story line where everything seems to flow quite nicely to a satisfying ending. This is a good read in the series and certainly worth your while to have a look at.

Well my eighth hundred review on this site and I could not have picked a better title to base it on. Excellent read where the amount of characters introduced who excel are many and the best three are all female. I personally liked the prostitute and also the Drug Baron's missus and how can you not like the leader of the assassination squad who is also a female and has some serious behind the scenes stuff going on with what she is planning and the manipulation of her fellow squad members. The story/plot why the squad was formed and how it was is excellent, the events which lead up to their creator meeting his demise are also excellent add in the back up plans he has installed in case something like what does happen actually happens also terrific. Heaps of action scenes on almost every page which keeps you glued to what you are reading and flicking the pages to see what is going to happen next. This author is generally disliked by other reviewers on this site after that infamous title but I have to admit that I am certainly not one of them this is another fantastic read from him and so close to a ten star rating by me. I would certainly highly recommend this title for your reading pleasure.

I loved the read with this one where I thought the author excelled in not only the story line/plot but the bringing together of the characters especially Gadgets and Brognola at the Base well very well done. Numerous good characters introduced where the Soviet ex KGB General was excellent and stood out but also the Russian female was terrific. Contrary to other reviewers I thought the finish was well written and exciting after the missile was launched and it certainly kept me tense and flicking to the next page to see what was going to happen. Good read and recommended reading here folks.

Wonderful title to read original plot and story line (except for later described) and certainly worth while your time to read. As an ex Police Officer I was very impressed with the authors knowledge of Police procedures and thought processes and he certainly nailed down what he was writing down. Excellent characters introduced I especially like the old man and the main mentioned killer. Good balance of action scenes and investigation sections where the Big Guy is searching for answers to who was behind the cop killings. So only a five rating contrary to other reviewers ???? Yep and this really annoys me when I come across something like this in these titles... The Big Guy is closing in on the Main Killer of the cops who has disguised himself as a Mormon. Combat senses are screaming at him what is wrong why can't I see what is the problem? He is racking his brain what it is that he can't bring to the front of his brain which is staring him straight in the face. Then he finally makes the connection.... Mormons travel in pairs not by themselves. DUH !!!! This was done in Eternal Triangle DICK what has your memory faded ???? Disappointing inclusion by the author to cut and paste this section to what otherwise was a fine read and very much spoiled the experience for me. Shame this was such a good read otherwise.

Very much a basic Mike Newton title released on the production line where little thought has been gone into it and a reliance on well I am one of the premier authors in this series and can basically release whatever I want and the publishers will continue to buy them. I guess I can see some logic here if the publishers are prepared to publish titles like this why bother putting and thought into his work? The standard balance of okay sort of action scenes combined with the inclusion of okay characters in yet another okay sort of title. The author either has a fetish in female bondage of some sort of dislike of females in general as here again we have what seems to be the obligatory inclusion of a female character who is captured by the bad guys to be used for whatever purposes. Why ???? Buggered if I know I have asked myself this question on so many occasions. So recommended ? No read it if you must he has written many other titles in this series where he has spent a modicum of time actually thinking about what he is writing about to publish.

Wow super hard to read this title, it took me so long to finish I almost gave it away so many times but finally finished it to the end. As I have previously said I really struggle to get into titles like this with massive "EVERYTHING" where the Big Guy really doesn't play much of a role and an endless description of body parts flying left right and centre coupled with rivers of blood etc. just not for me so I struggled with this. Seems like an endless stream of characters are introduced with no reference to them again ( maybe they are cannon fodder for the next title ) ? "The Reaper" finally meets the Big Guy at the end of this title which is one of the highlights of it. Very hard for me to say anything else here this is not my cup of tea when reading titles in this series. Hopefully the last title of the trilogy will pull together the MANY orphaned characters and plot sidelines together to make a readable story of the three titles of the trilogy. If you are reading these series in order and come across this you have no choice but to read it and hope the last one is better than the first two like me.

Well a vastly better read than the first two instalments of the trilogy. The Big Guy systematically catches up with and takes out the vast amount of characters introduced in the first two titles. The attack on the base in North Korea was especially good reading which was good. Whilst this title goes a long way to make up for the first two which were ordinary I still couldn't recommend this trilogy for reading in the series go for it if you are reading them in order but if not there are many better titles in these series indeed some others by this author. Not his best work.

LOVE IT !! I checked out the previous reviews prior to lodging mine wondering how many people disagreed with me again regarding this author and WHAT HAPPENED ??? Bugger all thirteen years ago the title was released (as I write this) and not one review has been lodged on it. So folks here is my review...... A terrific read here (hmm surprise you may say from me) but no the title is very worth while a read in the series. In fact just reading the blurb on the back cover I thought to my self that I was going to enjoy this title and so it was. The Big Guy is up against one of his best friends from the Nam times when they were both Green Berets and it hangs big time on him but he finally decides he has to do his duty. I really don't want to give too much away here as this title deserves to be read with a fresh mind but if you decide to give it a go I am sure you will enjoy it. The author unfortunately has a fetish where he feels he must have a female ally in the title who has to be taken prisoner by the Bad Guys causing the Big Guy to surrender or whatever and well I guess if you read these reviews you would probably be aware of my thoughts of this constant insertion in every title he writes but here whilst it YET again happens (and `1 star deducted from the review (ONLY !) ) it actually doesn't mean a great deal of anything to the title. This is a good read as are most of this authors titles .... if only he would give us maybe a little bit more original stuff when he writes a title not the cut and paste ??? Well after all of that I very much enjoyed the read and if you decide to give it a go I am sure you will enjoy it as well.

A pretty average title here with a wonderful ending which gets it an extra star from me. Usually I breeze through one of this author's titles but not so here I found it difficult to keep interested many times prior to the ending. Two rebel groups one from Ecuador and one from Peru are hell bent on having the two countries declare war on each other where they intend to take over after this happens quite frankly came across as a bit far fetched to me and it wasn't explained in any detail how these two groups actually intended to make this happen even with the use of chemical weapons by either or both sides. Some very good characters added with the standout Skadberry an ex DEA Agent and also an ex Mafia turned Christian preacher. Recommended reading in the series ? Umm not sure maybe this is one of those where up to you if you want to give it a go is the best advice certainly this author has better work in these series than this one.

Must admit I was having similar concerns as Dan Xavier at the start of this title with a sameness creeping in with this author's titles but after the start the title goes off on it's own course which is original and very worth while reading. I loved some of the characters introduced especially Helanos and also Mette who features big time at the conclusion. The British female agent is also a good inclusion. This title just glides along so smoothly that you can very easily lose yourself in what is happening (which I love) well done to the author but he is unfortunately let down by some well sloppy lazy editing which just should not happen. Example imagine you are editing this title for the publishers and presumably you are actually doing your job and not just going through the motions and come across the following.... Page 115... "Bolan sensed the trouble as he sprinted for the front door, snagging his Beretta from shoulder leather on the run." "He put his foot to the front door and it crashed inward, splintering on the hinges." "Bolan followed through with the Desert Eagle .44 clutched in his fist and looked for a target." HUH ? Is it the Beretta or the Desert Eagle in his bloody hand ? Little thing yep I know but when you are rapt in what you are reading and enjoying it this sort of a thing brings you to a shuddering halt. (Well it does me anyway, disappointing I reckon and shouldn't happen if people are doing their job properly). Recommended reading here folks.

This author frustrates me his titles #104 Devil's Horn, #205 Hell Road and #272 Stealth Striker all of which I rated as 9's are as good as almost anything released in these series but too often I seem to come across titles similar to this one. I found it very hard to understand what was actually going on regarding the plot here which seemed overly complicated but hopefully it will all become clear in the next instalment of the trilogy. Heaps of action as usual with this author very much along the MASSIVE lines where nothing is done by halves that is for sure. Personally I can get by without rivers of blood and piles of body parts, brains and guts splattered everywhere over and over again but if that is your thing you will especially enjoy this read. First instalment of a trilogy maybe the hardest title of the three to write so off we go to the middle title.

A Black Ops project has gone rogue. Wow I would have thought that this plot had been flogged to death but no here is another title on it. The Big Guy is on the track of this rogue project which is hidden away through following a supposed friendly Black Ops member who maybe isn't so friendly. After locating the hidden base the Big Guy wades into them and some excellent action based reading is to be had where he decimates the opposition until something happens and he is captured. Later he is released by a couple of friendly operators and assists where the rogue operation is blown out of existence by air strikes. As usual with this author over the top violence on a massive scale but this one has a good storyline which keeps it together. Recommended reading here.

Gee I am struggling to rate this title as I am reading something where the author has introduced something original which should be welcomed in the series after the constant rewrites we have been subjected to BUT.... Okay I am loving it the Big Guy is on one of his own missions (which is good!) and following the trail of some triggers which have been stolen from a military base and taken out of the US. Some good reading here folks where the Big Guy realises that the triggers have been transported to Africa and following the trail he contacts Katz (hey good to see you back man) and is put into contact with one of his contacts. Guessing that the triggers are going to be transported via the Paris to Dakar Rally Katz's contact says no problems I can provide you with not only accreditation to start in the rally but no, not as a co-driver but as a fully fledged driver (this is as the rally is about to start folks) and guess what I have a vehicle ready to go for you in my warehouse <cough> what happened to the guy who was destined to drive this vehicle ? Never mind we have a vehicle ready for you to enter the rally and compete and guess what since you are an American we have painted it in the red white and blue colours and stars of the American flag how is that for foresight ? Okay end of whinges (I should be happy to be reading something original right and I am). The title progresses very well with heaps of action scenes and some good characters introduced (the French female agent is excellent) and the climax is well done as is the elimination of the main bad guy. So ??? very good entry into the series by this author which is very much worth your reading I reckon.

Rapt finished the prologue and very happy, so far so good based on that this should be a good read maybe into the title chapter one... The Big Guy is approaching a mansion owned by a Mafia Capo on a soft/hard probe to speak to the Capo. Page 2 as he is approaching a Mercedes sedan pulls into the driveway of the property and he witnesses four hard guys exit the vehicle dragging a reluctant female out of the vehicle and into the house. ? UMM ?? Fu*k it who wanted to read anything original anyway...... Mostly a bog standard title again from this author. Thankfully a quite good ending is to be had and two stars added. AND one star added for some originality here where the ally taken hostage and has to be rescued here is a bloke not a female there you go. Recommended reading in this series ? Well if you have to but don't be disappointed when you realise you have already read most of it previously.

Fair read which had it's moments but I was left with a feeling that it could have been a much better read. The story is OK where a bunch or highly trained mercs ex special forces types have set themselves up as a protection/enforcement group for the drug cartels. Led by Simon Liege who is utterly ruthless they will stop at nothing to see their plans come to fruition. I must admit I much prefer the Big Guy to do his thing solo and found it hard to read the section on the attack of the marijuana fields where literally an attacking force of a hundred plus was involved and the Big Guy played very little part but having said that I enjoyed the character Tomasa and his Dragon Unit. Nick Carvaggio makes a welcome return to the series a very good character from the past but I struggled with what happens to him at the end of the title and thought it was unnecessary. Aside from him being killed off the rest of the finish of the title was well done indeed although finishing a little abruptly. So an entertaining read here and worth a read I reckon.

You beauty another title off of the production line of Mike Newton for our reading pleasure. And again some off the all time highlights of this authors work on display yet again with the all time classics we have come to enjoy. <cough> HELLO !!!!! Come to enjoy ???? Well I suppose if you enjoy reading the same thing over and over again with the names of the already published changed to protect their identity you may possibly enjoy this title ? HUH ?????????????????????????????????? If so you have got to be kidding HAVE YOU ACTUALLY READ ANY OF THIS AUTHOR'S PREVIOUS WORKS ????? Okay sure two or three of the absolute classics in the series no question. Does that give the publishers or the author the free pass to yet again release the same old same old YET AGAIN ???? ABSOLUTELY SICK OF THIS.... Recommended for your reading ?? Are you kidding !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Excellent title loved everything in it from start to finish which again shows why this author is one of the top authors in these combined series. Some very good characters introduced but the standout which has already been mentioned is the female prostitute and how the Big Guy assists her after she helps him excellent reading. Also enjoyed the DEA agent who eventually comes around to what is actually going on with his boss. Not sure here but how greedy can you be. The two main bad guys already have five billion or so put away in various bank accounts and yet they have to attempt this one final big transaction for one more billion? Hello how much is enough not sure but I am almost certain I could get by with five billion in the bank :-) I thought that with the dwindling number of pages to go that the title was going to come to an abrupt halt but no everything was finished off nicely. On page 141 Who is mentioned ?? maybe his nickname may give you a hint "Wojo" blew me away. I am guessing that it was some sort a salutation to one of our top authors now who when this title was published had not yet been published himself. Very nice gesture If in fact that was the case. Anyway recommended for your reading pleasure in this series ? Absolutely grab it I would be very surprised if you did not enjoy it I certainly did. Well done Jerry (again).

Americans are being held hostage and the whole country is shocked and appalled after film footage is released by their terrorist captors showing the hanging of a US Marine Colonel. More hostages are marked for death but the President wants aboveboard negotiations. Terrific read here folks where the Big Guy is back to just himself with no support whatsoever from the Farm or Brognola after the President directly orders the Big Guy to stand down and issues a hands-off order. Some excellent characters introduced in this title and I hope that we may see some more of them especially the Muhibbi character. Excellent story that not only will interest you from the start but coupled with the numerous action scenes you will definitely keep turning the pages to see what is coming up next. Very balanced title by one of the top authors in these combined series well done Jerry this one is a definite winner and a pleasure to read. Yep it's great grab yourself a copy and read it you won't be disappointed.

Wow major reality check for me here with this authors work. The previous seven titles by this author in this series that I have read and reviewed were all brilliant reads resulting in five ten, one nine and one eight ratings sadly this one fails to get anywhere near those lofty marks. Firstly the plot failed to grab me from the start where the main Bad Guy is intent on starting a war again between Argentina and Great Britain and this time with his help Argentina will win it and his proxy General will take control of the country well until he is disposed of and is replaced by the main Bad Guy. So much is packed into this title that I definitely got the impression that this one was supposed to be a Stony Man title but due to editing constraints of whatever was hacked to pieces to release it as an Executioner. A couple of major gripes here were firstly much is made by the author of the Bad Guys body guards and how devoted they were to him after he had plucked them from poverty and they would kill for him at the drop of a hat. Hello what happened to them when he took off for his secret Arctic base why didn't he take them with him to protect himself ??? Much is made of the expertise of the Bad Guys knowledge of a particular Martial art and I am thinking that this is something to look forward to with the Big Guy and him in a fight to the death at the end ?? It didn't happen and the ending just squibbed out very unfulfilling. Couldn't see the point of including the selected members of Phoenix Force for the little cameo parts they played and maybe just one or two of the would have been a better go. So to recommend this or not for your reading ? For me I was disappointed but maybe I was expecting too much after the authors previous works and I note that his next two titles which I have already reviewed both scored ten ratings as well hmm up to you, you would probably enjoy the read ?

Yet another entertaining entry to this series by this author which you should enjoy if you give it a go. The Big Guy is off to Peru to try and track down and return to the US for trial a former CIA Section Chief who has gone rogue hopefully before teams from numerous other nations can manage to grab him first. During his mission he comes across and teams up with the beautiful blonde Russian agent Marynka Platinov who has featured previously in this series and is a welcome return. Managing to stay in front of most of the competing teams or surviving firefights with them the two finally manage to track down the rogue ex CIA chief but all is not as it seems and he divulges information regarding numerous backpack nukes which are being sold by the Russian Black Market to the Shining Path terrorist group which puts a whole new spin on the mission. Some excellent action scenes included during the title and a few good other characters introduced. Like other reviewers I thought the author missed out on the chance of a memorable knife fight between the Big Guy and the Gypsy but it failed to occur maybe space constraints ? That small criticism aside this is certainly a title to recommend for your reading in this series go for it.

Well the opening title of the American Trilogy here and Mike Newton is off to his best as usual (well umm?). No well umm ABSOLUTELY here we go again with yet another title which has previously been published SO FUC*ING MANY TIMES you would think that the publishers would be embarrassed to release YET ANOTHER rewrite but obviously not as HERE WE FUC*ING GO AGAIN :-( COME ON AM I THE ONLY ONE READING THESE TITLES FROM THIS AUTHOR ? Quite frankly seeing reviews of seven eight or nines for this crap hello I am wondering if the reviewers have actually read any previous titles by this author or not ? OK maybe not...... Folks this is purely and simply laziness at its most profound by an author of titles in this series. This guy has been credited with what 90 plus titles ? Can I suggest 20 or 25 maybe should have been published. (Don't get me wrong this guy has written many of the absolute blockbuster titles released in this series.) DOES THAT GIVE HIM THE RIGHT TO RELEASE REWRITE AFTER REWRITE AND THE PUBLISHERS/EDITORS CONTINUE TO ACCEPT THIS RUBBISH FOR PUBLICATION ? Folks I have read one or two of these titles in these combined series and I would include some of the authors in these series as close friends and I applaud their efforts to continue to pen some of the most brilliant work which has kept these series going for as long as they have been going. (OK end of personal rant ) An American Militia Group have been committing some naughty crimes and The Big Guy is sent in to sort it out. Well admission to the group is pretty easy simply save the head guy in an arranged bar fight. Shit didn't see that coming !!!!!!! Okay now a member of the group so we can do what we want. Introduction of the OBLIGATORY female character now !!!!! Female FED introduced and guess what is going to happen ???????? I am guessing here but maybe she is captured by the bad guys and has to be rescued by The Big Guy ????? FU*K ME who would have thought that happens bugger me !!!!! BUT NO the main bad guy escapes with her in tow as protection for crossing the border and of course he will kill her at the first opportunity ???? Well actually no as this is a trilogy did you forget. And we have only two more titles of this to finish :-( Surely the second title which does not have to introduce any of the bad guys or the storyline will be better ? SURELY ?? Let you know.

This title actually starts quite well as the author has heaps of time to think of something original to write after releasing the rewrite which was the opening title of the trilogy. I liked the interrogation of the Politician linked with the Militia Group on where Stone may have scurried off to. Also some good reading where the Big Guy is following his trail and where he socks it to the group BIG TIME where they have no idea what or where this is coming from. The major problem is it just happens OVER and OVER and OVER again and hello can we move on but no lets go to another location where the main bad guy just happens to move on to somewhere else before the Big Guy arrives. Happy to report that the OBLIGATORY female character who after being rescued decides to go out on her own again AND.... She is shot and wounded but not recaptured ???? Good as the Big Guy is busy cleaning out the Militia who are like cockroaches. Bugger me the main bad guy escapes yet again and off we go to title three of the trilogy. Can't wait for the finish.

Copy and paste. What a wonderful thing computers allow us to do this with such ease these days I could very well copy and paste the review for #223 of this trilogy as nothing has changed. Last title the interrogation of the Politician was good well lets do it again only this time around the Preacher is the one interrogated. After ascertaining that the main bad guy Stone is of to the Everglades off the Big Guy goes on his trail. The discovery of the Militia's base camp in the swamp and the attack on it taking out most of the wanna be soldiers was not too bad reading. Problem ? Well yes as the author thought it was so good that hey why come up with any thing original hmm.... I know lets have these guys and a few other similar groups have a war games in the swamp and guess what we can just do it over and over again where the Big Guy just takes out members of different groups and moves on to the next group. Boring ..... If you manage to get anywhere near the ending of the title the main bad guy Stone has yet again nicked off and is run down somewhere in the Seychelles. How to find him ? Now any reader who has read some of this authors titles would already know the answer. If it was a female being held hostage needing to be rescued the Big Guy would issue a warning to those holding her that he wants her safely returned or he will take their house down piece by piece and attack various holdings until his demand was met. Okay this time around issue the same warning to the Police and Government that they should in fact give him up and off we go to destroy various establishments to reinforce our point. The title finishes thank goodness and off to read something original which may stimulate my brain after this rubbish. In case you were wondering I could not recommend any of the titles of this trilogy for your reading pleasure give them a miss.

At last a stunning title to read here folks with non stop action on every page a beautiful story line an excellent plot and believable characters who you will actually care for on what happens to them. An undercover DEA Agent who has been deep undercover with the Lima cartel stuffs up big time when he allows his wife to travel to him and stay. Background checks on the wife of course reveal his true identity and force him to flee with her running for their lives. Shot down out of the sky they crash land on Grand Cayman island and the Drug cartel flood the island with gunners to take them out before he can escape to the US and give evidence against them. The Big Guy is sent to locate them and assist them to safely return to the US and it is on. As I said action scenes one after the other where it seems the cartel have a never ending supply of gunners. On and on it goes where you start to wonder how can The Big Guy possibly succeed here. Excellent title very highly recommended for your reading pleasure this is a gem grab it.

I too was left a little underwhelmed and confused after finishing this title. Umm I was under the impression the title was about a group called "The Silent Brotherhood" but shortly after the start that seems to have been tossed out the window ? The Big Guy gets dragged into protecting a Mafia family of an aging Capo where he teams up with the resident Hit man assassin "The Shadow" who could be a good guy or could be a bad guy. Some pretty good action scenes to read through this title which gains it a couple of extra stars as does the revelation of the real identity of The Shadow at the end (I didn't see that coming and it took me by surprise). All said not the worst title in the series to read but gee there are MANY vastly better not recommended from me for your reading in this series here.

I agree with the previous reviews on this title which is just a so so read in the series. While quite slow moving at times it did pick up with some nice action scenes which made it easier to keep reading through to the end. Some good characters introduced with probably Takahashi the Japanese Terrorist the standout but the Sheriffs and the female Donna were also good. The finishing section with the attack on the island was the best part of the title and quite good reading where everything is rounded out nicely. Entertaining enough read but very much a middle of the road title in this series.

Well like some of the previous reviewers I initially thought the Acid Bath mind drug was going to lead into a cracker title how wrong that turned out to be. I really don't understand why the author who has come up with a novel idea and plot line let it go so quickly considering what happens later in the title. Set in a fictional African country the Big Guy is once again there to assist the rebels in a coup to overthrow the corrupt Dictator President and his army of mercs. A few reasonable action scenes to read but nothing which would stand out and the characters introduced also lack that something to make this title one to be ranked above the also rans. Even the finish which obviously goes along the way for the Big Guy to complete his mission in a timely way is just fair reading at best. One for the diehards reading the titles in order I reckon little here to recommend for your reading pleasure.

Colombian and Vietnamese drug dealers battle for the drug trade in New York with the ongoing violence spilling over to innocent bystanders and the Big Guy is brought into the mess to try and sort it out. I struggled through this one though where I thought initially it was going to be a very good read turned out to be just another in the mediocre category. Lots of action scenes to keep you interested which is good but they tended to just repeat themselves one after the other with little to excite when reading. I also thought the killing of the female NYPD Detective was very abrupt and condensed in the story which maybe should have been expanded upon somewhat. Recommended reading in the series ? Nah not from me but you could do worse up to you.

Another title I just struggled through where I had to check a few times to see if it was in fact written by another author with a fixation of Japanese weapons. If you just like action scenes in these titles and don't care about any plot or story line you may actually enjoy this title but for me it was one long bore. I don't like ghosts and spirits and other mystical nonsense so I guess my opinion of this title nose dived when this sort of stuff was included but again if that is your sort of thing you may enjoy this title more than I did. Long and drawn out it just seemed to go on and on with much of the same. Not for me to recommend for your reading here look elsewhere in the series.

Very disappointing title for me which could have been good with a bit of thought and original stuff rather than a heap of cut and paste. The plot is good where a Capo has traveled to Haiti and with the collaboration of the ruling junta intends to build a casino and motel complex which will rival anything else in the world just ripe for that special mob touch for corruption and graft. Some very good characters introduced on both the mob side and also the military arm of the junta the dreaded Tonton Macoute, toss in a couple from the rebel peasant side and this title could have been so good. The sections covering the riots and the attacks on the rebels in the jungle were good reading as was the torture of the captured priest but the constant cut and paste is very frustrating and resulted in the docking of a couple of stars. Cut and paste what cut and paste you may ask ? How many times have you read the following from this author ? Waltz into the mob hard site impersonating a Black Ace you guessed it named Omega. Waltz into a drug manufacturing plant see the head man and "Why aren't you packed up the raid will happen any minute" and then walk out with a suitcase of product. Waltz into a mob bank and rip off the money and burn the rest. The inclusion of a female character purely to be captured and held hostage. The warnings to the captors let her go or I will burn down another outlet every hour until you do. The sniping of a captor through the window of his office. (Unfortunately I have to report here that the poor telephone didn't make it this time around) The release of said prisoner resulting in a massive trap for the Big Guy who blows through the bad guys like a buzz saw. Once again I will say that an author as talented as this guy does not have to stoop to these lazy practices and what about the proof readers and editors at Gold Eagle ? Oh don't worry about checking this one out it is by Mike so we know it will be fine so we can save a couple of bucks. Could have been so much better :-(

Hmm well it is a Mafia story so it gets a couple of extra stars right from the start but gee this could have been so much better I reckon. The Big Guy's choice of allies in this one is very strange a Mafia guy currently in prison and a female thief who was in prison and now is under the control and "protection" of a Mafia want to be Don ? Probably one of my chief concerns with this title is that EVERYBODY knows who the Big Guy is and what he is doing even to the extent of the press questioning Brognala about his presence. There are some very good action scenes included where multiple hitters have been dispatched to take out the Big Guy and some very good characters included especially the female Salina Beaudreax and umm Dan Xavier mate what were you smoking when you knocked out your review she survives mate ? I liked the background of the two main guys taken out being sons of a previous Don from way back at the start of the series good to see some continuity. I liked the read but couldn't get as excited about it as previous reviewers I would recommend it for your reading pleasure but don't think it is anywhere near the classic stage in this series.

Well after a good start this one pretty much continued a slow nose dive until the very brief ending. I very much enjoyed the start where the Big Guy is called in to assist Leo as people within the Witness protection scheme are being killed off at a rapid rate pointing to a mole somewhere within the scheme itself. The continued use of the Black Ace persona named Omega is getting very boring hello surely someone has survived and knows that it is a load of crap by now within the Mafia ranks. When it is revealed who is doing it and more to the point why you just have to take a backward step and say to yourself whoa hang on that is ridiculous. Action scenes pull this one out of the abyss with some very good reading to be had as the Big Guy realizes very quickly that he is not up against a mob of clowns but some very well trained opposition. The overall plot throwing back to the crumbling of the third Reich at the end of the second World war and Rommel was good initially but fades quickly when you read what these Nazi clowns actually have in mind to do. The ending was rushed and unfulfilled leaving a sense of what could have been when you finish the title. Recommended read I guess just.

!!!!!! CONTAINS SPOILERS YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED !!!!!! Well another first time author in these series and what a wonderful entry he has produced for our reading pleasure. The title starts with two CIA agents being briefed on some strange going ons in Djibouti which is located on the Horn of Africa by a French friend of one of them. A company is apparently searching for oil deposits in areas which have been scrutinised to death previously and also the reports of bands of Mercs training for unknown purposes. Reading on, one of the worlds most wanted terrorists has been spotted at a remote desert training camp in Yemen and prior to launching a Hellfire missile at the location information is required on whether he is actually present at the location and also are there any women and children present. Switch to above Southern Yemen where we find the Big Guy brought in at the last minute as he is about to take a parachute jump out of a Hercules transport plane to try and supply information on the above. A tense read continues as his chute opens prematurely and tangles in itself leaving him in an uncontrolled freefall towards the ground. As a result of this he finds himself on the ground safe but has lost his equipment bag containing his large weapons, electrical equipment and communication gear only armed with his two pistols a fighting knife and two hand grenades. Deciding to continue with the mission anyway he makes his way to the location of the terrorist base. Disguising himself in robes from two careless sentries who no longer need them he enters the base on a soft probe looking for information. Meanwhile his lost equipment bag has been located by a roving patrol and they return to the base with same to inform the ranking leadership of the find which causes the soft probe to go hard quickly. Blitzing through the terrorists the Big Guy actually comes across the wanted terrorist and takes him out. Not having time to search the room where he had emerged from he does in fact take a notebook from a table top which contains information on a plot due to happen in the next couple of days which we read that the terrorist wishes he had destroyed before he succumbs to his injuries and passes away. Now skipping ahead heaps info obtained via Stony Man results in knowledge that a terrorist plot is about to happen via the ramming of a cargo vessel into a US ship docked in Djibouti and the Big Guy accompanies the cargo ship into port (with a few asides) to prevent the plot. Arriving in port he is met by one of the CIA guys mentioned at the start of this to be taken to a safe house with the intention of leaving the next morning as he has stopped the terrorist plot. As he is being taken to the safe house by the CIA guy an attack occurs on their vehicle and not being sure if he or the CIA guy is the target of the attack he decides to stay another day or so to find out what is going on here. The next morning travelling to interview a potential witness of the car bombing at the hotel he is again attacked in a vehicle being driven by the CIA guy and this results in a shit hot chase which is just an appetizer when the Big Guy jumps off the car pursuing the Bad guys who have jumped onto a train who in fact are themselves chasing a witness of the car bombing from the start of the title. Now the car chase is right up there folks easily as good as anything I have read in these combined series wait until you read what happens on the train. Eventually the Big Guy and the CIA agent make their way to where the Mercs are camped in the vicinity but are taken prisoner by the rogue General Bouh and held as prisoners to be killed soon. That's enough no more grab this one and read it for yourself. One thing for sure the author of this fine piece of work has some real talent and it is a real shame that this is the only title in these series we will ever have the privilege of reading if only he had got into it a couple of years ago he would have a half a dozen titles released in the combined series for sure. One last thing the ending is completely different to what is normally done by authors in these series. I know Glenn pondered for ages whether to finish it like it does or just go like everyone else does. I urged him to stay with the finish as is in this title and for one I think he made a very good decision. What do you reckon ? Excellent read grab it and give it a go as soon as you can.

Once again I find myself disagreeing with most reviewers of a title where with this one I loved it. Two vastly different threads here where firstly the Big Guy is on the path of yet another drug pipeline and secondly an imprisoned KGB agent escapes from his prison and is on the run. Whilst at first these two plots don't seem to have much to do with each other as you progress through the title they meld together beautifully and the author has produced a fine first class title. There is an abundance of good characters introduced in this title including the Russians and three KGB agents one who has escaped from prison the other two feature a current serving member and one who is brought back from retirement. The helicopter pilot and his millionaire mate, the woman who is in the Caribbean to identify her dead brother and her son are all also fine additions. Excellent action scenes are included in a fast paced action orientated title which I found to be hard to put down. The climax of the title worked for me and a surprise revelation at the end certainly took me by surprise anyway. As said I thought this was a fine read and it is highly recommended.

1 star added for the finish here with a title that I would consider as forgettable. Long passages where nothing happens in this title and basically it is a boring read. The two female characters included are okay and I liked how quickly the Big Guy slips into the sack with one of them (hey there is only one bed right!) :-) One star added for the finishing section which drags this title out of the depths but hey nothing to recommend here folks. One mention of note the last of the 250 page titles in the series down to 220 pages from here on guys. Read it if you have to.

I enjoyed this one and taking into consideration it is the first in line of the titles reduced to 220 pages I thought the author did a wonderful job of packing as much into the title as he did. Sudan is the location and after a Libyan backed overthrow of the government there three US journalists are being held as hostages hence the Big Guy being called into action. Wow lots and lots of extra stuff inserted into this title where we find out that the Libyan controllers of the coup have engaged the services of a chemical weapons specialist who is creating a chemical weapon to unleash upon those pesky southern rebel tribes who have been a pain in the arse for years and after a successful trial well Israel here we come. Lots to like here where the Big Guy basically finds himself blackmailed into assisting the resistance to again overthrow the current ruling government if he would like the rebels help in rescuing the hostaged US journalists. Lots and lots of balanced action scenes inserted with the inclusion of some very well written characters. A title which will keep you interested from start to finish and I would think you would enjoy the read. A standout in the series no but a solid read I reckon recommended reading.

This authors first crack at this series and what a wonderful opening entry he has produced. Excellent plot where an Arms developer tied up with the Star Wars protection plans becomes aware that he has a grandson fathered during the Vietnam war by his eldest son who was a pilot in the war but killed. Negotiations for a three million payment are made and he arranges for his other son a merc to do the trade for the boy but fails to tell him that in fact the plans for the Star Wars system is actually what he is going to swap for his grandson. Off the younger son goes in company of his merc buddies all three of which are excellent characters introduced to arrange for the swap. Waiting in Vietnam are a bunch of losers who have stayed there after the war and are totally unscrupulous and care only for whatever money they can make out of the deal. Add in a couple of excellent Vietnamese characters introduced especially the Hit man and an CIA section chief who is only interested in his own career and all the makings are present for a top class read. The Big Guy arrives in Vietnam and finds out that the grandson has been forcedly removed from his Vietnamese family who were killed for their troubles and is quite rightly a bit miffed. Lots of good action scenes and an exciting storyline which will keep you interested and turning the pages climaxing in a very good finish and also includes a little epilogue to tidy up a loose end. Loved this one a highly recommended reading in the series.

Really enjoyed this title although I must admit that the subject matter interests me immensely so half of the battle is won if you enjoy the subject before you read a page. Sure as has been mentioned this is not an action orientated title in fact the Big Guy actually plays only a small part throughout but the story makes up for it big time. A Heavy metal band is playing to packed houses wherever they appear on tour and mutilated bodies of young females are left in the wake as they move on. The Big Guy is asked by Hal to meet with a retired Detective to hear what evidence he has and to look into it if he so desires. After that meeting he decides that indeed there is something going on which needs looking into and so off we go. Excellent characters on both sides introduced and on the bad guys side the Hunters are terrific as is the main Satanist running the show behind the bands noses. The reverend preacher who is along for the ride preaching against the band and evil is good as is the White witch introduced and not to forget the retired detective who rounds out the cast. As said not a lot of action until the ending section which is terrific but the story will keep you interested throughout. I loved it highly recommended.

Wow how many hundreds of these titles have I read and I never knew that the Big Guy had a false tooth in which he keeps some sleeping tablets to use in case of an emergency. Excuse me that is just the first of many shortcomings in this title. Not sure who was starring in this title it certainly wasn't the Big Guy that we have all come to know and love maybe a cross between James Bond and you name the other super spy type character. Not sure who the Bad Guys were here certainly not the Mafia maybe Keystone Cops would be a better name. On and on the title goes where the Big Guy is captured by the Bad guys and yet again escapes their clutches only to be captured again only to escape again only to (well you get the idea). Lots of "action scenes" included where the Big Guy is some sort of a stuntman who can perform death defying routines one after the other. His crack shot abilities are also lost in this title where he struggles to hit the side of a barn when shooting at something. This is one gigantic yawn and couldn't be recommended in any way. For those who are reading the series in order like me....... suck it up and get into it turn the pages and I assure you it does have an ending which when you get to it you will be in a lot better happier mood. See something to look forward to :-)

This authors last title of eight I have read that he penned for this series and with one stand out and one shocker this one joins the list of the others which are just okay reads. As has been said the Big Guy doesn't actually do a lot here where he seems to just be along for the ride. Some good characters introduced from the Border Patrol cops and a lawyer who all play quite good roles. The main bad guy is pretty ruthless about what he is prepared to do to accomplish his plans and the title leads up to what should have been a pretty good finish but unfortunately falls pretty flat and seems very rushed at the end maybe the author was running out of space ? An okay read as said but nothing to recommend here unfortunately.

Pretty good read here which has two parts. The first shorter part revolves around The Shining Path Terrorist group in Peru who all of a sudden have access to high tech weaponry pointing to an arms merchant who is supplying them. So the arms merchant is located and the latest shipment also located. Some good reading in this smaller section of the title especially when the arms merchant is taken out. On to the longer section where the Big Guy decides to travel to Peru and take out the Shining Path terrorists themselves. As has been mentioned the prison scenes are very well done as is the escape section. A third very readable title by this author and recommended.

A one and only entry into this series by this author who incidently wrote two of the titles in the SOB's excellent series. Unfortunately the two titles he wrote in that series I rated as ordinary and I would have to say that this title is much the same in this series. I would say that right from the start of this one I had little interest as the subject matter for the plot did nothing for me and really the title just plods along with little sense of direction. The amount of different places the Big Guy travels to in this title must be a record as is the number of times he calls home to talk to Brognola which seemed like every couple of pages. As has been mentioned the plane crash scene is straining the credibility where he walks away without a scratch and then we have yet another crash this time with Jack at the controls. Every time an ally was required up pops up someone who is perfect for the job with the right background and ready and willing to join in his crusade. Not one to recommend here I am afraid in this series.

I am pretty much with Mike_D and his review on this title where I also enjoyed the start and thought I was going to be reading something special in the series with a refreshing original plot unfortunately the title falls off dramatically after the start. The middle section of this one is very hard to read and I found myself plodding through not really interested in many stages as what I was reading just wasn't doing anything for me. Many times the Big Guy seemed to be written out of character and I thought to myself nah this is rubbish but be drawn back again when something happened that actually was interesting (unfortunately these moments were few and far between). The ending is pretty good but again as has been previously said he would not have been where he was as he WOULD NOT have read the map wrongly. I liked the return of the Tufik character as I normally do when reading of recurring characters. I have not read any Man From Uncle titles but if the review from Napoleon Solo is true then I am very disappointed this author has been pretty much hit and miss with me on the titles I have read from him mainly miss it would be fair to say #90 Blood Heat Zero and #137 Battle Lines are much better reads and recommended reading unfortunately not so for this title.

Another one and only entry in this series by this author which is a shame as he has produced a very entertaining polished entry. Returning to Vietnam in a two part mission firstly to try and locate a missing CIA agent who was previously sent to do the second part of the mission which is to find evidence of missing American soldiers who may be being held prisoners by the Vietnamese Government. The story is told using flashbacks to what happened to the Big Guy during his tours and whilst doesn't always work the author nailed it beautifully here. Very interesting sections to do with the art of sniping and shows either a great knowledge of the art by the author or extensive research into the art. A title which flows so smoothly that you will be surprised how quickly you finish it. Loved it and highly recommended reading in this series.

This time around the Big Guy is off to Colombia to take on the powerful Medellin cartel and it's three leaders. One down and dusted, the seconds manufacturing plant and compound destroyed where unfortunately the leader escaped finds us at the location of the third leaders plant and operation in the jungle. Initially the hit is progressing well with explosives planted and ready to detonate and just as the show is about to start a group of Federal troops arrive to add protection to the compound and the Cartel leader. Too late to stop the timed explosives and reluctant to fire on the Federal troops the Big Guy finds himself in a quandary and the hit goes to hell quickly. Running through the jungle chased by the Federal troops is not going to brighten the day and so the title progresses. Pretty good reading where he comes across a small village and some good characters are introduced to the story. The cartel leader and his vicious lieutenants characters are further developed into the story which will keep you interested. This is a very much by the numbers title by the author where if you decide to read it probably will be satisfied at the end on what you have read but will find no highlights that stand out in your memory for long. It was and okay read up to you if you want to give it a go.

I liked the story in this one where the Big Guy is sent to locate the fortress of the newly created Cult of the Assassins with the aim of setting off a aiming beacon so Israeli jets can bomb it out of existence. He teams up with a Syrian guide and sets off to locate the fortress and on the way somewhat fortunately comes across an IRA terrorist in the middle of the desert who is also in fact on his way to the same fortress. Grabbing a golden opportunity he takes over the identity of the IRA terrorist and presents himself at the fortress and gains admittance. Not a lot of action until he is discovered as an imposter but some pretty good reading on how and what is going on in the fortress where the assassins are being trained. Some good characters introduced with one of the harem females not being who she is supposed to be and the Terrorist leader and his second in command also quite good. After he has been exposed as a fake he is tortured on a rack and you can feel his pain at times well written. Overall a good read in the series and recommended reading.

Wow to each their own I guess but I totally disagree with everything the previous reviewer said relating to this title. Once again the author brings together massive opposing forces purely to harvest a massive body count. Once again a totally over the top title with endless descriptions of bodies being torn apart in explosions, heads exploding off necks, blood and guts running in rivers almost on every page. The main bad guy was almost laughable with what he is attempting to do and his interaction with the Arab terrorist leader poorly done. One good character introduced was the psychotic female assassin who certainly likes to get into her work but the way she was taken out at the ending of the title was a cop out. Who is the guy on the cover he doesn't look like any representation of the Big Guy that I have ever seen before. Poor title with one redeeming feature is that it has a finish. Not recommended from me.

Lots and lots to like here with this title firstly it is a Mafia story and we always like these. Ex Mafia identities who have agreed to give evidence against previous brothers and who are being held in a witness protection program are starting to be killed off pointing to a direct leak in the Justice Department where the information must be coming from. Brognola contacts the Big Guy and requests his assistance to protect the surviving ex Mafia people still in witness protection. As you can imagine this doesn't go down to well with the Big Guy who feels right from the start he has a much better way to take care of them. Struggling against his inner feelings he agrees to assist and away the title goes. Joan Merideth is back again which is good as she was a fine character introduced in American Nightmare. A standout character introduced is the source of the leak from the Justice Department Ken Chasen and as you progress through the title you will see his life implode on himself with the same old cause's drugs and sex. I really liked the surprises revealed at the end of the title I must admit one of them I didn't see coming and the others round out any niggling questions running around in your head getting close to the end. Sadly this author's last entry into this series personally I think his best effort of the four released titles. Very good read and recommended reading in the series folks this one deserves a look.

I would have to agree with previous reviewers where I certainly enjoyed the first half of the title more than the second half. From when he arrives back in Vietnam the title plods along and you struggle thinking to yourself who am I actually reading about here as it certainly is not the Big Guy. Waking up from a dream screaming ? Nah ! So besotted in a female he loses all concept of what he is supposed to be doing ? Nah ! Losing control of himself and sprinting along a jungle path ? Nah ! Waiting for daylight to attack an armed camp so he can see what he is doing ? Nah ! I did like the references to Colonel Griffith and the similarities to the Apocalypse Now movie Brando character. All in all a very much middle of the road title which has it's moments. Up to you if you decide to read this one.

Nup not for me with this one. The plot was ordinary at best and confusing on top of that. The cast of characters introduced were mainly all boring with none of them doing anything which will remain in the memory. Again with this authors titles it appears that no one can just actually die from a gunshot wound. Anyone who cops it will have their head explode or their stomach/intestines etc. blown out of their bodies chests disappear with regular monotony as does the number of limbs which are blown off of course the mandatory rivers of blood on the walls and floors is again in full vogue. Massive over use of grenades and the big 50 mm machine guns once again to enable even more graphic descriptions of bodies being blown apart. I am stunned at how long it took me to finish this gem and after finishing it can only say thank goodness that is over and done with. Not a title I would recommend.

Well the plot involves the Big Guy infiltrating a Neo Nazi and Ku Klux Klan merging of groups to try and bring down the leadership from inside after the killing of a black male. Yawn you may well say and I agree the plot has been done to death in different forms previously but surprisingly this is quite a good read. I must admit I very much enjoy characters returning from the past and here we have two namely Wilson Brown who returns from way back in Executioner #5 Continental Contract and Gary Exelrod who previously appeared in Super Bolan #5 Flight 741. Add the Wizard of the Ku Klux Klan a priest who is tied up with the two groups and his niece and you have some wonderful characters to read of. Some good action scenes one featuring a staged bar room brawl where he gains admittance to the outlaw groups and the other where he arrives at a Ku Klux Klan outdoor meeting where Wilson Brown is on the agenda as the main entertainment with a burning cross, fine reading indeed. You will slip through this one as it reads so easily before you know it you are finished the title. I very much enjoyed it and hope you will too if you give it a go. Recommended reading in the series here folks.

This one is pretty ordinary folks let me tell you from the start. A title where basically nothing happens until the last few pages and the reader is constantly asking himself umm when is something actually going to happen here? The Big Guy is taking time off on another of his projects to look into the strange going on's which possibly point to Soviet arms being sent to Ireland. Investigating he comes across a castle where most of the illegal shipments seem to be heading for. The castle seems to be protected by a giant monster who is killing anyone who comes close? Why? He Kills everyone who enters so why the mask? Good stuff when one of his victims throws up into the mask causing him to remove it rather quickly ;-) The ending section is good but wow you have a lot of fodder to plow your way through to get to it. One for the readers in order only I reckon not one to recommend for your reading.

Goodness me James Bond where are you this is your title. Unfortunately we are talking about an Executioner title and it simply to be polite doesn't stack up (it is crap)! Over and over the Big Guy should be taken out here with a simple bullet to the head which any self respecting bad guy would do but no let's use a pressure chamber or even worse a slight nick into the gut and attach a cork on a line to the intestine? Come on what the hell what the author thinking? The one saving factor of this title which earns it an extra star was the scenes on the Russian submarine how he gets there what he does while he is there and how he gets off is quite good reading. Pity the rest of the title is lacking. Certainly not one to recommend for your reading here.

I am very much in the minority here with this title but any way here goes. I loved this authors previous instalment and was so much looking forward to this title but was once again left disappointed with his work. I just can't see what is appealing in this guy's work sorry. A huge bunch of numbers on opposing sides set to attack each other. MASSIVE CASUALTIES, RIVERS OF BLOOD, BODIES STACKED UP, HEADS EXPLODING LIKE MELONS, BODIES BEING RIPPED APART BY AUTOFIRE, etc. etc. etc. If this is your thing and you enjoy reading stuff like this go for it you will no doubt enjoy this title. Me nah this is not why I love to read these titles I like a bit of substance to what I am reading not just a slaughter of all sides graphically told or not. Not for me up to you.

Well a first time author here who never went on to have another title published in any of the combined series which if you read this one was probably a good decision by all concerned. Probably a lot of reviewers on this site would ask themselves what makes a good title to read and maybe some ask themselves why didn't I like that one. For me one of the standouts of a title I am reading that just isn't doing it for me is when I am constantly looking at the page number I am currently reading and doing a quick mental calculation on how many pages I have to go to finish the title. Whilst reading this one I spent more time checking out the current page number than reading the text I reckon. Now the plot for what it is involves Ireland where the IRA intend to massacre some of the population and blame it on the Brits who they have set up with the murder of one of their own and they retaliate against the locals. Yawn! come on but no the Big Guy is sent over to the Emerald Isle and is on the case. Landing at a secluded cove which will guarantee his clandestine entry to the country he immediately comes under attack by persons unknown which allows for the insertion of the first bit of mandatory action scenes featuring the waterproof rifle he happens to have brought along (thank goodness) he must have had a problem with space here as the only other weapon he brings along is the Beretta which is used constantly when it has not been taken from him by the Bad Guys or where he has dropped it after being kicked or knocked in the arm. A supporting cast of bloody thousands (well it seemed like it) and having just finished the title I have absolutely no idea who most of them were or what side they were on. Coupled with that is the weakness of the characters introduced where you really don't care who or what they are. The Big Guy whose combat senses are missing in this title fumbles his way left right and centre through the title trying to gather information on which group are the ones about to enact the massacre constantly being caught off guard and captured by the Bad Guys. Long tedious boring sections to be read where he travels around looking for information but is just going around in circles. Sections of the ending were nothing short of laughable where at one stage coming across a captured female ally who is being questioned and about to be raped by a dozen of the enemy finding himself unarmed (bugger dropped that damn pistol again somewhere back there) cannot stand by and watch so he turns into (hmm I don't know maybe Batman) and grabs a nearby rope swings down off his raised observation location kicks the leader of the Bad Guys in the face and on the back swing grabs the female in his arms and swings up to where he was ? (Maybe Spiderman?) Turning to run with the female he tries a bluff yelling to an imaginary companion "Shoot the first one who tries to climb the steps Sergeant". The Bad Guys look at each other and start to snigger and take off for the steps to chase him and what happens...... Bugger me a voice yells out from the darkness "okay" and a couple of shots are fired at the base of the steps. Where did this person come from? Who is this person? How did they manage to be at this location? Details, details, details umm I have no idea as the author doesn't tell us. (Well until the epilogue anyway) Now the Bad guys are off to a "secret" arms stash (which everybody just happens to know about) and how to catch up? What about a friendly Army Officer who reveals information of a prototype gyrocopter which just happens to be sitting at a nearby airfield and conveniently not under guard which could be easily stolen. More conveniently his female companion just happens to be a trained pilot who with no experience in this type of aircraft whatsoever turns out to be a natural flying it? That's enough if the above hasn't persuaded you to give this one a wide berth then go ahead and suffer through it like I did. Rubbish and you have been warned!

It seems like every second title you read at this stage of the series has been written by Mike Newton and he certainly shows again and again why he was personally selected by Don Pendleton as the one author to continue the series and shows his talent in each and every title at this stage of the series and so it is again with this title. This time around the Big Guy has been across the border sticking it to a drug cartel when things all of a sudden don't go well. Shot in the side and bleeding heavily he just manages to escape in a stolen set of wheels but unfortunately a short time later the vehicle breaks down forcing him to try to escape on foot across the desert being chased by an army of killers. The Big Guys inner sense of never giving up and will to keep going are rapidly waning as his life blood is leaking from his body and all of his senses are screaming at him to just let go and give it up but of course he does not and ignoring his failing body he forces himself to keep going on and on until he finally comes across a dying town in the middle of no where and tries to find assistance. Not far behind chasing is the Drug Cartel leader who has taken the attack on his stronghold personally and with his army of killers in tow is rapidly catching up. So a good setup plot for the title and a wonderful read ensues including some excellent characters introduced from the small town the doctor, the young boy and his girlfriend and the old vet who stashes himself on the roof of a premises and starts picking off the bad guys one at a time were memorable even the corrupt Sherriff who finally does the right thing. The Drug Lord shows no mercy at all to anyone in the town and after a few random killings it quickly becomes aware to everyone that no one is going to be spared with the whole population of the town due to be executed. Add in an appearance from young brother Johnny who comes running after hearing his brothers plea for help and this is one nice title to read. Recommended reading in the series folks for sure.

Fair title to read here which I also thought started off fairly good but tended to fade away the more you got into it. I especially liked the Hit man and his family of killers especially the kids who seem to get a rush like they are on drugs when killing someone. Blocker is methodical in his planning and leaves nothing to chance when he and his family conduct a hit. The Big Guy is just okay in this title where quite often you get the inkling that hey this is a bit out of character but nothing that stands out glaringly that you can put a finger on and say well he wouldn't do that. At times reading this when the Senator or his staff or indeed some of the Secret Service agents are totally opposed to what the Big Guy wants to do you become frustrated thinking well if they don't want to take his advice what the hell is he doing there in the first place. The lead up to and the actual final crack at the Senator by Blocker and his team is quite good reading as are the ways they are taken out. Blocker himself lives on for a while longer to have yet another crack which also is well written dragging out the suspense for a bit longer. This title is not one of the blockbusters of the series but middle of the road stuff which is quite readable but nothing much to remember.

Excellent title which I came oh so close to rating as a ten which I can't remember having done so for so long. From the start this one dragged me in and held me to the ending. A prisoner exchange between the KGB and the CIA goes to plan but there are some in the CIA and Justice departments wondering why the Russians agreed to release one American stealth pilot they had been holding in exchange for three seemingly obscure nobodies. These worries come to pass when the American pilot now on US soil after the exchange does a runner from his handlers and is nowhere to be found. Why is the Big question and the Big Guy is called into the case. Further questions seem to be answered when the pilot is identified not as himself but a highly trained KGB assassin and apparently his target is none other than the POTUS. Enter a trail of intrigue, dead ends, near misses on catching the assassin where the Big Guy is struggling to figure out what his game plan actually is. Perhaps the assassination attempt was a fake as could a highly trained assassin fire four shots and hit nobody of consequence. The plot thickens where two possible targets are revealed but which one or both? Add in a green CIA agent who displays so many good traits during the title I felt like applauding when he actually survives the ending but hope that he will feature again some time. That's enough you can find out what happens when you read this gem. BY A STREET this is THE BEST TITLE released by this author in the series to date WELL DONE! I absolutely loved this one and I haven't even mentioned the BRILLIANT ending. Do Yourself a favour and grab this one to read.

This is a pretty ordinary read in the series folks be warned. Whilst the plot was OK as has been reviewed previously the way he infiltrates the Terrorist group is umm ordinary at best. The constant padding with the thoughts of the characters has also been mentioned and indeed becomes very tedious as you make your way through the title. I am surprised that this hasn't been mentioned by any of the previous reviewers but the main villain in this is a Terrorist group leader. Around half way or two thirds of the way through the title the author forgets who he is writing about and our Terrorist Group leader suddenly becomes not only a member of the Mafia but is now a Don. Huh? He is the constantly referred to as Don Carlo throughout the rest of the title until the last couple of pages. As has been mentioned the Big Guy is totally out of character when he stands by and lets Frenzi detonate the explosives under the fountain resulting in massive casualties of the innocent. I actually enjoyed the ending and added a couple of stars the transformation of Claudia Perrini when she finally wakes up to what is going on was good as was her saving of the Big Guy when he is about to be turned into turkey meat. Can't recommend this for your reading just for the diehards I reckon.

What am I doing here a Dan Schmidt title rating it a nine following shortly after rating a Charlie McDade title a nine ? Well I will be the first to say that these two authors are certainly not among my favourites but this title by Dan Schmidt coupled with his #205 Hell Road and #272 Stealth Striker stand out and scream out hey check out my stuff I can actually write riveting/exciting/entertaining stuff as well folks and so it is here with this title. Now every reviewer is entitled to their own view but my take on the start of this title is the exact opposite of the previous reviewer here where I thought the start was fantastic. The Big Guy in blitz/smash mode and he goes through the opposition like a hot knife through butter. Good descriptions of the carnage he causes as he blitzes through and yep did it for me. The kidnapping of the Drug Boss was hmm so so as was the introduction of the souped up Lear jet that Jack and the Big Guy travel to Thailand to (I much prefer Dragon Slayer) but to each their own. The initial strafing of the compound was okay BUT this title comes alive when they are shot down and forced to try and escape a couple of hundred troops. Initially Jack and the Big Guy are more than holding their own and could conceivably have turned the tide until (read it) ! Now we have come across quite a few bad guys in these series but the two War Lords and the Drug Cartel baron featured in this title will rapidly rise to the top of the list where you will actually take a hatred towards them with what they force our champions to endure and what goes on in the prison camp. Brutal stuff folks let me tell you and once again poor old Jack every time he is included in one of these titles gets the shit hammered out of him (personally if I was him I would be putting out my hand for a pay rise) but the Big Guy gets his lumps as well let me tell you. EXCELLENT writing on how long can endurance and the will to keep going allow. Some very good characters introduced on the good guys side with a lot of the fellow prisoners who have been confined in this slave camp for years just managing to survive the horror of their confinement. The final rush for freedom and how it was done and how it turns out is compelling reading and very believable that it could have been done without any miracle events occurring. The three bad guys plus a couple of rats who you will have come to despise are all taken out in an acceptable manner even though if you were there you would probably go over and kick the corpses a few times :-) Very good no Very Very good read here and HIGHLY recommended reading in the series folks this is one you should do yourself a favour and read it.

Maybe too many groups introduced for a start which makes it hard to remember who is who as you progress through the title. The overall plot bringing the KGB killers and the CIA mercenaries to remote Alaska with traitors on both sides in to where they are going to wipe each other out left a little to be desired as did the Long Knives group who were just laughable however the lunatics released from the clinic and drugged up were excellent and I agree with previous reviewers that more time should have been spent on that group. Jack is along for the ride here which is always good and he takes his customary beating from the Bad Guys which tends to be done too many times but it was pretty good reading. The final section where the lunatics arrive in the remote town and slaughter everything that moves is way over the top but again if that is your thing and rivers of blood and hacked body parts stacking up turns you on this title will deliver. Could have been better but an okay read in the series up to you.

Pretty good read which entertains through to the end. I also like how the Big Guy thought he was working with an ally only to find out that who he thought was not actually who and what they were. The relationship between the father and daughter was puzzling as you got the impression she was trying to make up to her father for the fact that his son was dead and her death at the end was unnecessary and a bit surprising when the Big Guy took her out. The overall plot was good and original where if he had of got away with it the US would have been struck by two nuclear devices in a payback strike from the Second World War. Recommended reading in the series here folks.

St. Louis Showdown part 3. or Missouri Death watch part 2. Take your pick but this one is a fine read where the plot remains a little obscure until near the end. Brognola' s family is kidnapped and held to ransom to force him to reveal details of under cover agents placed within the Mob families. However there is another plot running in the background involving the Big Guy. Some excellent scenes with Brognola, Leo and the Big Guy and their relationships together. Nino Tattaglia plays his last role this time around which was a bit of a shame. Good read in the series recommended reading.

This author's first title and a pretty good one to start off with. Some good characters introduced throughout the title especially some of the bad guys. The overall Indian background to the title was well done and the old Chief with his young brave and wondering how things were going to turn out with the Big Guy his visions etc. was interesting and not over done. The body count was kept down here which is something this author tends to get carried away at times with his titles. So overall and OK title which is worth the read.

Well looking at the previous reviews on this title the reader either loved it or hated it and I have to say that I am in the later bunch. I actually mentioned body count in the last review of Dan Schmidt's first title and it relates to this title as well. Some authors I think feel that with the greater the body count the better the title will be received by readers and I am not one of these readers. Sure if you enjoy reading about rivers of blood, body limbs and heads getting blown off every page or so and a violence rating right up there go for it you may in fact enjoy this title, for me I prefer some sort of substance to what I am reading and this one left me cold. Not one I would recommend for reading in this series.

This author is certainly not one of my favourites but this is one of his better titles. The Mossad characters introduced are okay as is the main Russian KGB bad guy but the word okay seems to come to mind regularly when reading this title. The plot to take out a nuclear power plant with a meltdown again was okay and the author had some moments especially the ending sections of the title where it gets a little exciting. When reading the action scenes I kept on thinking to myself that the author was making too much of what was going on explaining in minute detail on what was happening (if that makes sense)? So yeah it was okay read it if you wish to. Loved the cover though.

Again and again this author just keeps releasing high quality titles one after the other and this one is no exception. One of the all time best villains Greb Strakhov who has been pursued by the Big Guy for so many titles since the demise of April is finally caught up with and a semblance of revenge is enacted. Aside from a terrific plot the storyline throughout is excellent and the return of some past characters is again welcome. Treachery betrayal and a huge surprise ending await the reader here which I have no intention of giving any of it away here you should give this one a go it will certainly keep you entertained and turning the pages. The infiltration of the prison to rescue Katrina is a standout section that with the exception of the ending would be worth the read by itself but the rest of the title just oozes class from one of the master writers of the series. I loved it and would be amazed if you did not think the same upon reading this. Highly recommended.

Well I have to say that I am with the majority here on this title as I enjoyed the read. Probably I liked everything the previous reviewer disliked with the Teenage hit man, Russian spies, the drug which can transform the kids into programmed robots but most of all I enjoyed the Big Guy going undercover as a teacher at the school where he showed not only a flair for the job but also a feeling and concern for the kids he was instructing. The final section caused me to deduct a point where he allowed the kids to tag along to take down the Russian spies and their hit men which was a little out of character for him I reckon. This author has not been my favourite by a long shot on the previous titles I have read by him but overall I enjoyed the read and would recommend this title for reading in this series.

Superb entry in the series if you have read and enjoyed the original series by Don then you WILL love this one for sure. The author has taken a tried and tested formula as the basis for the title and added some excellent characters the female Mafia Boss the detective the female sidekick just to name a few, inserted some exciting action scenes which keeps you turning the pages, a believable search to locate sections as he hunts down the Bad Guys and one of the better finishing sections going in these series. I thought he was gone at the end but all of the little side track sections through the title come together at the end to make sense and allow what happens to happen. My major gripe is that this author has given us some of the best work in this series and this is it finished his last title and I for one would love for him to come out of retirement and pen another gem for us to read. If you happen to read this Steven what about it?

Disappointing read where the almost identical plot has been done previously so the title was hanging out for something to keep it above a heap of also ran titles previously released. Unfortunately it doesn't come up with anything. Ordinary characters with the exception of the Russian who was okay, the story line just creeps along with no real pace and seems to stagnate in quite a few places. This author has produced many finer titles than this one read it only if you have to I reckon.

Good read this time around where the Big Guy has decided to take some unplanned R & R in Iceland of all places. No one is aware of his plans which were made at the last instance so the Big Guy gets a little pissed off when someone tries to kill him for the fourth time and he becomes determined to find out what the hell is going on and why this is happening and who in fact is trying to take him out. Following on he decides to take a kayak trip along an underground river after lowering himself through a sink hole in the ice. Excellent reading follows and I found it hard to put the title down for quite a few chapters through this section. Eventually it is revealed who is doing what and what they are trying to cover up and of course the Big Guy is positioned perfectly to snuff out their grand plans permanently. Good read here and recommended reading in the series.

Well what a perfect title to celebrate the increased size of the titles here. The Big Guy is on the trail of a major drug importation and distribution network and visits their supposed location of activities. Finding nothing at the location he returns to his Motel room concerned about the reliability of his information only to find the body of a prostitute on his bed who has been slashed to pieces by persons unknown. When his room is surrounded by Police it quickly becomes apparent that he has been set up for a fall and is arrested and taken into custody to the local Police station. While held in the cells he quickly becomes aware that he is helpless and his enemies have him exactly where they want him. Corrupt Police officers quickly compound his troubles where Hit men are allowed entry to the cells to try and take him out. Managing to survive the attempts he finds himself in court charged with first degree murder and very little prospect of ever seeing the light of day again even if he can somehow manage to survive another day. The trial section is superb and really should be required reading for any reader who wishes to get into these series of books and gain an insight into the Big Guys philosophy on life and his motivation for what he does. Certainly this title is down on action scenes but more than made up for with one of the best titles released in this series. The ending section is fantastic, the characters introduced are excellent and the story drags you in from start to finish. Say what you wish about this author it remains that when he wants to he can produce stunning work as is displayed here in this title. Arguably one of the best five or so titles released in this entire series I reckon. If you haven't read it this is one of the few where you can be assured DO YOURSELF a favour and grab it. EXCELLENT reading and very highly recommended.

The Big Guy responds to little brothers request for his assistance in shutting down a kiddie porn/snuff movie ring being run by the Mafia butt arrives almost dead from two gunshot wounds sustained on the way there. Lots to like here I reckon where the Big Guy undergoes the long process of recovering from his wounds and getting his body back together and right. Quite a few good characters introduced here especially a couple of the girls and the boy porn star. They get on your nerves and you will dislike one of the girls for sure who is a self centered obnoxious bitch who gets her lumps in the end. Not heaps of action here but lots of good reading which will keep you interested until the end. Recommended reading in the series.

Run of the mill title which has been flogged to death by so many authors with unfortunately nothing included to lift it above the also ran category. A brilliant youth who in fact has demonstrated how to construct a nuclear bomb is kidnapped in conjunction of the theft of nuclear fission materials has the Big Guy on his way to rescue the youth from his Arab capturers. He is accompanied by a young woman who also previously served in Vietnam as a nurse but received combat training which of course comes in handy on the journey. Basically with the exception of a small section where a group of three Arabs who the Big Guy and woman come across on the way to the castle location where the youth is being held it is predictable reading page after page. On arrival at the castle more and more of the same as the Big Guy infiltrates the castle, leaves a few explosives strategically placed around and escapes with the kidnapped youth in tow. A chase through the desert ensues where the chasing group is avoided and off we all go home. Sure as a read it is not so bad if it was somewhere near an original idea but considering the amount of like titles that have been released which are no better or worse than this it is very hard to recommend this one for your reading.

Well while I have generally enjoyed this author's work in this series I would have to say that he left his best work for his last effort here in this one. The Big Guy is in town regarding rumours of something BIG which is about to occur as a result of information from Nino Tattaglia who if you are not sure is basically Leo's replacement undercover operative within the Mob and reporting back to Brognola. I enjoyed this title from the first page and found myself wrapped up in the story and carried along at a rapid pace which is always enjoyable reading one of these titles. Something BIG ? well without giving too much away the Mob are about to take over the Police Department lock stock and barrel and are very close to doing so when the Big Guy arrives in town. Lots of good reading to be had here until for me anyway we arrive at a section where an assassin trained to take down the Big Guy and dispatched from the Head shed latches onto his tail and off the title goes at a rapid pace. Which is good except it just goes on TOO long. Over and over they take shots at each other, over and over from location to location innocent people dragged into it and killed over and over again it just keeps going and going until well a change of the wind direction. Nah that section was a let down for me from the otherwise excellent title one star deducted. Apart from that minor gripe from your' s truly this is a fine read in the series and highly recommended reading.

St. Louis Showdown part 2. The plot of this one is virtually identical to the above but I guess why burn some brain cells coming up with an original plot when you can just follow on from the original like here. Having said that there are a couple of inclusions which capture the imagination the biggest of which is that the Aces are being resurrected. Terrific and this being one of the Big Guy's worst nightmares he feels obliged to investigate further using the Black Ace card he has used so many times in the past to infiltrate the bad guys. Only this time it backfires in his face when the new Ace leader Stone examines his card and calls him a phoney resulting in a hasty retreat which he just manages by the skin of his teeth. So WHY is the big question and NEVER ANSWERED, in case you are unaware the Black Ace card that the Big Guy has used on so many occasions was actually taken from a real Black Ace that the Big Guy took out. One look at it and Stone knows it is false (HOW and WHY?) I was extremely annoyed that the author couldn't be bothered to inform the reader as there must have been a reason. Now the card is gone left at the location when he manages to escape so it will be interesting to see if he manages to come across another on in his travels and discovers what has been changed on them or indeed the ignorance of any further author who has him using something that he no longer possesses. The rest of the title is standard Mike Newton material which has been done many times before but the ending is okay and overall the title entertains.

Wow some serious bad reviews for this title but I didn't see it that way. First time author so I reckon some lee way is entitled for a start and the title is not such a bad read. Another title featuring our favourite villain Strakhov so another added bonus here and the overall plot where the Russians are trying to recover Japanese Bio weapons from the second world war was believable. There are many sections to like here and as has been mentioned the wolves and the helicopter pilot stands right up there. The bitter cold and the way he goes about trying to survive the night was excellent. Also some very good characters introduced as well. Action scenes were plentiful and well spaced throughout the title but one star deducted for the finish. Terrible finish what was the author thinking? he had a fine title and stuffed it in the last twenty or thirty pages. Alas he has not seen fit to have another crack at the series so I am not sure who missed out? I enjoyed the read and would suggest you could do vastly worse in the series.

Pretty much with the rest of the reviewers here this title has a lot that annoys the reader. Throughout the read I was constantly shaking my head that the Big Guy just wouldn't be doing this. The KGB are trying to amalgamate different Mafia families into one united force to cause massive problems for Western governments with the promise of unlimited weapons. Would the families go for it I wouldn't have thought so and I would have been expecting the Big Guy when he gets wind of what is going on to wade in and kick the shit out of their plans. But no he infiltrates under the flimsy guise of a German Hit man to try and bring down the plot from within. The ending section with the volcano when he is unmasked is the biggest load of crap going to read in this series. Come on as has been said talk about and act of god. Nah not for me lots of better titles to read in this series than this gem avoid.

Two stories in one here where the first sees the Big Guy dismantle a loan sharking operation running in Portland with the assistance of younger brother Johnny. Whilst taking down the operation Johnny uncovers information of a massive arms importation due for delivery and decides to take that down as well. I liked the way the Capo and his son are taken down near the end especially the son and the chase through the woods. The second story is a small add on at the end of the first featuring the Big Guy in Vietnam where he comes across a heroin importation racket involving the corpses of dead GI's and relates to the Capo in the first story from so much earlier is fine reading. The first story is standard stuff 6/10 the later is very good 8/10 so split it and a 7/10 for the title. You should read this one purely for the second story alone.

Whilst it is not necessary to enjoy this title if you had happened to have read Executioner #29 Command Strike prior to reading this one you would be aware of David Eritrea who attempted to pull the Mob together back in that title and have himself anointed as the King of all Capos with disasterous results when the Big Guy ripped their house down and to add a final kick in the guts set up Eritrea as a stool pigeon and informant forcing him to seek refuge in the hands of law officials. Needless to say that after numerous successful prosecutions with Eritrea as star witness the Good Guys are on a big roll and the surviving Capos are a little pissed to say the least. Enter Don Menelli the latest in a long line of Capo's who covet the throne and he has a very persuasive kicker to his pitch as he has managed to pluck Eritrea away from Law Enforcement officials grasp and is holding him to present at the gathering of Capos he hopes to sway to have him installed as The Big Guy. Add in the ultimate kicker as he will reveal who in fact he actually is related to and it seems he is holding all of the cards. Plot, plot, plot this is one of the best going around folks plucking numerous characters from the past and lining them up in this one title. My rating is based on what I have said above. For a change I have not deducted any stars for laziness on the author as he must have tired himself out coming up with this plot hence. No deductions for the production line stuff folks and it is all here, rattle those cages, the phone calls, the sniper scenes, the getting of opposing forces to distrust each other getting it on where the Big Guy can come in and clean up. My favourite ( come on not again ?) well Sally Palmer one of the Ranger girls is included in the title (wonder what part she plays in the story ?). As I said no deductions just a brilliant plot which carries the title through. Loved it recommended reading especially as usual if you have not read a lot of this authors work.

Very ordinary title here. Not sure what the author was actually doing most of the time as he included numerous plot lines most of which were poor and attempts to try and stitch them all together in the one title. The title reads like a detective story and I was wondering if in fact I was reading action adventure stuff as it is not until page 120 of the title when the Big Guy actually fires a shot maybe some sort of a record? The shark scenes where the boat was scuttled were okay I guess but the assassin sent by Strakhov was poor reading, the Cuban characters introduced were overall dull and uninteresting which can be said for the majority of the title. It plods along to it's finish so slowly, very hard to read. Not recommended reading in this series at all.

Again and again and again this author just kept pumping them out back then and here is another fine read in the series. Tarik Khan previously introduced Mujahedeen leader has requested the assistance of the Big Guy to try and stop the Soviets latest plot to bring the people of Afghanistan to their knees with an insidious chemical weapon named Devil's Rain. As usual right from the start of the title where the Big Guy is trying to make his rendezvous with Tarik Khan the odds are stacked up against him as he fights his way through a countryside filled with enemies and treacherous turncoats. Heaps of action scenes abound with scarcely time to grab a breath before you are off again which is terrific but also makes the title seem small as you fly through it so quickly. Quite a few good characters introduced to enhance the storyline and the sections with the CIA guy stand out for a while anyway. Good finish is to be had and once again if you decide to read this title you will finish it with a satisfied feeling of completion. Excellent highly recommended reading in the series.

Very good plot and storyline this time around with this author certainly his best work in the series. From the start you will be wondering as the Big Guy is arrested by the cops for a hold up which nets him all of less than two hundred dollars and finds himself in a prison cell. A visit from his lawyer (Hal) begins to shed light on what is happening as the KGB's best, most ruthless assassin Zavlin has been assigned a new target for immediate elimination. The puzzling part is that the target of the assassin is a kid who has been arrested for embezzlement of the record store he was working at. Initially the Big Guy has to locate the kid in the prison and not only protect him from the other criminals in the prison but enable an escape with him to set up a sting where the assassin can be taken down. Lots and lots of good characters introduced in this section of the title and some good action scenes to be read as well. Bugger just when everything is coming together the Big Guy is snatched away from the prison by a group of females who have been terrorizing a local Mafia capo as one of them recognizes the Big Guy from when she served with him in Vietnam. The plot thickens, the assassin gets closer and closer action scenes crank up, suspense cranks up oh yeah this is a good read folks. Hal gets into the action scenes here in a good and timely manner and also features in the ending section. The climax with the capo is excellent stuff and certainly a bit of poetic justice for what he has done previously in the title. Very enjoyable read certainly recommended reading.

So the Big Guy is in Vegas and there are numerous groups trying to grab the action namely various Mafia families add in a Yakuza triad also a group of aged Jewish Mobsters who had the territory stolen from them years ago. Standard stuff again where the Big Guy travels around the place rattling those cages making those phone calls and getting the opposing groups to attack themselves where he can than step in and clean up what is left over. Yet another title from the Mike Newton production line and like so many other releases it is well so much like so many other of his releases. Read it if you have to.

Standard book for this author which as usual is entertaining but fails to reach any great heights. Nice to see a lot of references to the #4 title Miami Massacre as has been previously said and everything ties in nicely. The right amount of action scenes will keep you entertained if you read this one which flows nicely from start to finish. Nothing wrong with the title just like there is nothing outstanding about the title stock fodder in the series only. Read it if you have to.

First up author here and what a fine title he delivered for the series. A complex plot has been hatched by the KGB as they are sick of Strakhov trying to bring the Big Guy down and failing over and over again as he is not focused apparently as his son was killed and this guy is making fools of us worldwide. Coupled with Cuban allies a brainwashed prisoner who just happens to be the daughter of an upcoming US senator is to be freed with the intention of sucking the Big Guy into the hand over and nailing him once and for all. First Jack is captured making the escape plan of the pick up team (Able Team) impossible and the Big Guy arrives in just the time. Heaps of action scenes follow with the title progressing a a frantic pace featuring the sky battle as pictured on the front cover between the MIG's and the world war one plane excellent reading. Excellent finish with a twist at the end which I for one didn't see coming. Action based blockbuster highly recommended it is like a mini Stony Man title. Go for it.

No author credited which annoys the christ out of me surely after all this time someone out there knows who wrote this title. (Do you ? If so please inform us). I actually thought the title wasn't too bad a read unlike a lot of the previous reviewers. The plot was good where giving out cheap/free drugs to homeless youths seems to me like a good way to create an army of zombies. The training they were going through would have made a huge difference to their capabilities. The KGB coordinating things in the background was good as was the appearance of Strakhov. The assault on the bad guys fortress via the hang glider was good as was the ending with it and the ultra light. I didn't see the magnesium strips coming and am still shaking my head about the lighting of them with a disposable lighter but hey it worked didn't it (lucky she smoked hate to think what would happen these days). An entertaining read which is a lot better than some of the crap that has been released in this series go for it.

Shocking The previous two reviewers said it all this is a very ordinary title. As mentioned the Big Guy seems to have been transformed into a Super Hero this time around where mere bullets are not enough to take him down and seemingly a short respite from losing his vision from "red clouding" ? in front of his eyes he is up and ready to go again. Every now and then you come across a title like this one which is just so hard to read for so many reasons it is a real grind to even finish it off. Finish it I did eventually but this could not be recommended in a mad fit steer well clear of this one.

I enjoyed this one but maybe not quite as much as previous titles from this author. Having said that lots of good things about this title firstly Jack is along for the mission which is always a plus. Heaps of action scenes throughout so if that is to your liking you will enjoy this one. Good story plot line to get into with quite a good twist at the end which I didn't see coming at least and came as a bit of a surprise. As usual you can really imagine you are there when you read one of this guys titles. Recommended reading in the series for sure.

Loved this one. It is a Mafia title so it is right up there for a start for me and from the start you feel you are reading something good. Johnny is along for the ride this time with the Big Guy trying to locate a missing girl who is a daughter of a soon to be elected Senator and has fallen into the clutches of the Mafia and their porn/sex trade. If you like the Mafia stories of the original series you WILL enjoy this one. Nothing spectacularly original from the author Mike Newton but wow you can see reading this title why he was anointed as the heir apparent when Don gave it away. Probably the greatest praise I can give to the author on this title was when I finished it if I hadn't read who the author was I could easily have imagined I had just read one of the original titles by the Don himself. Highly recommended reading in the series.

Very enjoyable read here. The Big Guy was captured by a master assassin and his bunch of cut throats and scheduled to be killed prior to an opportunity to escape presented itself and was duly grabbed. Unfortunately things did not go well at all handcuffed and wounded not only with a gut shot but a further bullet wound on the thigh the Big Guy has been chased for two days and is rapidly approaching the limits of his reserves. Bleeding still and with no food or water the end is rapidly approaching when he comes across a remote farm and takes refuge in the barn there to try and gain not only sustenance but rest and treatment of his wounds. Discovered by the farmer in his dishevelled and handcuffed state and taken for an escaped prisoner he is again held captive whilst the Sheriff is contacted allowing the hounds chasing him time to catch up. Aware of the danger he has brought upon these people and unarmed the Big Guy has to use his wits big time to protect the farmhouse and its occupants from certain death. As has been previously said the action doesn't take place until later in the second half of the title but a very good read none the less on how he sets up for the upcoming attacks by the bad guys. Action scenes when they do eventuate are good reading and well paced. Well done Mike Newton lots of original stuff here and a good read to boot recommended.

This title includes Greb Strakhov which normally would make it an eight star minimum sadly here I couldn't even consider that lofty a rating. Why? Simply the title is very ordinary indeed. Most of my criticisms have been stated in previous reviews the major glaring thing is come on the Big Guy walks onto a secure air base with a top secret project relating to laser research and with absolutely no identification he manages to be taken under the wing of one of the scientists involved who also has absolute authority in relation to security on the base and he can whisk up in an instance any pass the Big Guy needs to go anywhere on the base. Need weapons? No problems give me a list of what you need and it will be provided. Need access to the top secret testing of the laser weapon? No problems here it is. Of course we need the prerequisite female character to slip into the sack with? Sure no problems. The entire sections leading up to the attempt on the Presidents life were a joke. He is not going to land anywhere near where the testing is taking place but no problems a couple of faked plane crashes will take care of that. Goodness me in restricted airspace with the testing of the weapon taking place guess who pops up and is also within range of the weapon. Thank goodness the Big Guy was aboard the test flight and was the only one who realised the barrel of the laser was pointing at an angle which could not possibly hit the test missile. etc etc...... Lots of holes lots of raising the eyebrows on reading this one none the less when he finally has Strakhov in his sights with no way to escape and what happens? (read it) Crap and what he eventually does he couldn't have done earlier and still taken Strakhov down? Bullshit! Very poor entry in the series I reckon only for the read in order or diehards read the series like me I'm afraid.

Well gotta say that I am pretty much with reviewer Doug on this title and am somewhat surprised on the abundance of gushing reviews submitted on this one. The good's are apparent with Strakhov included (one of our favourite villains) and the Big Guy behind the Russian lines trying to complete his mission with few to no weapons namely bringing a brilliant Russian scientist out of the cold who wants to defect but does not wish to go to the West but China instead. Unfortunately the bad's stack up over and over. Probably one of the main for me was when the Big Guy discovers that the scientist he has been sent to bring back is indeed a woman not a man. Further we are informed that she is a blond and drop dead gorgeous. Hello I thought to myself it is only a matter of time before he gets her into the sack and bugger me what happens. Further when he is in danger of being shot in cold blood with no weapon at hand what happens? Come on that was sticking out so far I am surprised the title didn't ship with a pronounced bump in it. Couple of stars added for the running around in the cold weather and trying to survive being hunted by the Russians which had some good reading but gee it ain't no masterpiece folks. Read it if you have to not recommended from me.

Wow this guys second and last entry to the series and reading this one I was struggling to understand how this is the same author who gave us #61 Tiger War which was rubbish this time around he has presented a very readable title in the series. Now everything I said in regard to his previous title remains as the Big Guy is just a leader of hundreds BUT the difference this time around is the background story is interesting where the title relates to the release of American MIA prisoners from the Vietnam war. Lots of good stuff to read on a LARGE scale where if this is your thing you would no doubt enjoy it, personally I normally don't enjoy these titles with a huge cast but this one seemed to appeal to me. What did not appeal to me was the murder of the Russian Lieutenant and his wife which is totally out of character for the Big Guy. This title is set after Day of Morning where once again the Big Guy is out on his own with no assistance from the farm or anyone else so probably the title slots pretty well into the time frame of the series. Lots of better titles out there than this one but considering this authors first effort this one probably deserves to be recommended for your reading if you can overlook the blatant character flaws of his nibs. Recommended reading in this series JUST ... up to you.

Pretty disappointing read with this title I reckon and I pretty much agree with the last four reviewers who disliked this title as well. The actual plot was pretty good and here is a bad guy who you definitely won't hate and would probably be happy if his plans actually came to fruition. Unfortunately the negatives abound with vast character faults in regards to the Big Guy the most glaring as has been mentioned is this Gomer Pyle character would have been dead and buried a long time ago the way he blunders about the place. No way would the Big Guy enter into a physical relationship with another woman so soon after April's death especially a KGB agent belies belief. Unfortunately for the author at the time of this titles release there was a strong story arc in progress and it seems he has failed to get up to date with what has happened in the last few titles with the exception of April's death. Didn't like this one at all added a couple of starts on for some decent action scenes included but not a title to recommend.

Another excellent title by this author who just keeps pumping them out in this series. The Big Guy has come to Beirut in search of Greb Strakhov who is present in the country as a result of information passed on by Katz through his Mossad contacts. Reading this title you are there. The author manages to place you in the location so well you almost have to duck when a bomb goes off or a bullet is fired. Non stop action abounds as the Big Guy infiltrates a summit meeting of Terrorist leaders and KGB handlers including Strakhov at a compound add in an air strike by the Israelis and it is on. Trying to escape the carnage at the compound in tow with a female ally he unexpectedly receives assistance from a hidden sniper which is a huge surprise at the end of the title. Highly recommended reading in this series grab it.

Reviewer Doug pretty much nailed the review on this one the title is okay and interesting enough to finish but just lacks that killer punch to make it a must read. Some good action scenes present here but a little bit over the top I thought on occassion where when the Big Guy jumps out of a crashing fighter jet and is parachuting down with an Uzi takes out a Phantom Jet fighter strafing him was well right up there on the believable rankings I thought. But stuff it we are reading fiction so forget that the rest of the title is very readable there is much worse out there in this series than this one. Recommended umm no but up to you you CAN do worse.

A quite good readable title here which entertains from start to finish. The Big Guy is on the trail of a terrorist who has hijacked a super tanker and is making his demands but actually has a hidden secret agenda to bring the world to it's knees. Non stop action throughout which in general is pretty good reading and Jack is along for the ride in this one which is always a plus in any title. Recommended reading in the series.

Very disappointing entry here with the author unfortunately just going through the same old story line with the names of the previously published changed and locations changed yet again. The title opens with the Big Guy having to rescue Smiley Dublin who has been captured whilst undercover (yet again perhaps she should consider another line of employment) and relates to a pipeline moving illegal goods into Europe and the States (not heroin this time women). A standard start at the bottom of the ladder title ensues where the Big Guy climbs the ladder rungs while rattling those cages to discover the unknown ringleaders. The classic sniper scenes are in full vogue as are the bombings of premises connected to the leaders of the gang with some classic reading to be had <yawn>. Now all of the action is occurring in Algiers and guess what Smiley is along for the ride after having been rescued in the States. (The intuitive reader here may be considering what the hell is she doing there she has already been saved what good could she possibly be?) Well she obviously couldn't be captured again by the Bad guys gee that has been done dozens of time by this author surely not again? <cough> Umm well Smiley has been captured again and the Big Guy is in rampage mode hitting place after place across Boston and leaving the same message someone has the woman and I want her back unharmed. Blitz after blitz he single handedly is crushing the opposition until .... ? Hang on back peddle you said Boston you wanker this is a review of Sold for Slaughter dick. Uhuh !!!!! If you have read the Executioner title #12 Boston Blitz you have already read this one but that one was brilliant this title is nothing more than a complete pathetic copy of one of the best titles released in this series by an author too lazy to release his own work yet again relying on cheap shoddy crap like this. In case you were wondering this is not recommended reading in this series.

Strange stuff to read in this series and you probably have to be a bit bent or have a warped sense of humour to enjoy these titles and I am enjoying them so what does that have to say about me. This time around the President has organized a one off blitz on the narcotic trade coming into the country allowing fifty tonnes to be imported with the intention of grabbing all of the bad guys down the track when it is distributed. Unfortunately things go wrong from the start and the four semi trailer loads of heroin go missing and no one has any clue what happened to it or indeed where it is located. Enter Remo Williams The Destroyer to do what he does so well and he is on the case. Now let me give you a small example of how bizarre these titles can be the main star our Remo enters a room and takes a shine to a chick there who also seems to like him. As a fully trained operative of the mysterious Korean Chuin Remo tends to do things a little fast and sometimes quicker than the eye can follow. So he enters the room sees the chick and likes her, she reciprocates in kind and he grabs her, her dress is raised, her knickers are removed, his trousers are lowered, he enters her, he does his bit, climax occurs, he withdraws and tucks back in. WOW elapsed time is seven seconds folks. You just have to shake your head and laugh because it is just so bloody stupid at times but still funny (for the warped minds of us out there at least). He finally locates the hidden stash of heroin and The President is very happy, he leaves a string of dead bodies behind him for the authorities to collect and goes home at the end of the day. Good laugh again recommended reading in this series of one of a kind you haven't read anything like this before.

This is one strange series of books to read let me tell you and the series continues in this vain with this one. Someone has worked out how to create/stop/manage earthquakes and is happy to sell protection from these events to anyone who has the money to pay and along the California fault line there are a few people of means who are happy to pay. Enter Dr Quake and his twin daughters who both possess gigantic breasts and are happy to use them and a water pumping machine to aid them in killing men after sex who stand in their way of blackmail and riches. The Mafia feature quite prominently in this title and it is good to read what happens to some of them. Some of the things that Remo gets up to in this series is umm, well, readable to say the least, I guess you have to like stuff a little bit out there to enjoy these books but hmm so far so good I am ;-) Another good laugh to read in this series recommended reading again here.

Remo is out playing golf when shots are fired at him. As a result of these actions it becomes clear that CURE the most secret of organizations is not as secret as was thought. Investigating Remo comes across a plot where high ranking officials throughout the American government and armed forces have been subjected to hypnosis and are just a trigger word away from doing the bidding of bad guys. With everything arranged an auction is called where any country in the world can lodge a bid the winner being given the means to control the US and it's armed forces. Not as good as the previous titles in the series with this one but an okay read.

Ok well the first of these titles I have read number one of 149 to date this one published way back in 1971. Well Blind Freddy would tell you that there must be something to do with this series that has kept it going so long and I opened the first title with anticipation on what it is that has kept this series going so long as it has. Excellent start let me tell you bearing in mind that the characters have to be introduced to the reader and have to grab the readers imagination right from the start. I loved the title from the start to the finish the way that the character Remo was recruited from the electric chair was cool and the training he undertook and his first meeting with the Korean Chiun his instructor was very good reading indeed. The first mission was just okay but finishes very well in a scrap metal compactor and you get a sense of something good is to come in future titles in this series. Other reviewers suggest that there is much better to come in the series after this initial title well we will see as we progress through the series and I will let you know my thoughts. Very much looking forward to the next title in this series.

Well this is a very serious title with no comedy at all in fact Chuin does not even appear throughout. Sent undercover Remo investigates a bunch of scientists in a think tank to try and uncover who the mole is that has killed the previous policeman and is passing on information to the Russians. Long sections of this I struggled through wondering what the author was trying to get across but there are some good sections to be read. I enjoyed the parachute sky diving section and the killing of the daughter of the mole by screwing her to death was different. The following was very strange though ... Taken from chapter fifteen of this classic Geoffrey Hawkins needed no justification. One had to live. And anyway, it would not be murder. Murder was when you deprived an Englishman of life. Survival was when you took life from an American. And public health was when one removed Irishmen. It was a bit of a shame however that this Pelham was not Australian. Then one would know that one was real criminal. Or the seed of a criminal, which was the same thing anyway. HUH ???? EXCUSE ME !!!!

Finally with the third title in this series we have Remo featuring with his Korean instructor Chuin and we can savour some of the banter between them on what they are currently faced with which would appear is a major attraction to the readers of this series. Very good stuff I must admit and I am starting to understand why this series has been as successful as it has been. The title reads like a bizarre I'm not sure and you constantly look at what you have read and think to yourself what the f*** but it in a strange sort of way sort of makes sense (which I know is ridiculous) and you smile or laugh to yourself (which I again is ridiculous) but it is just good reading? Not sure this is only the third title of the series I have read but I very much enjoyed this one and will give another couple of titles in the series a go before making any concrete decision on the series but yeah this one was a bit of fun to read if you are look for something a little bit out there. Recommended reading in THIS series.

I was a little underwhelmed and disappointed with this one. The overall story was good where the Big guy is trying to save a daughter of a scientist who has a prototype of a small nuclear bomb and is being pressured into delivering it to terrorists. The leader of the group of terrorists who have the girl has called a summit meeting of numerous other terrorist groups where they intend to supply these other groups copies of the nuclear bomb and take top ranking of the groups. Big problems with this title is the filling which occurs chapter after chapter where a run down of the Big guys life and times is mentioned over and over again to the reader. The finish of the title is actually good reading where the summit being held at the compound in the desert is infiltrated and taken apart as only the Big guy can fine reading indeed. Unfortunately the filler in this title vastly outweighs the original reading hence the rating. Only for the readers of this series in order or the tragic like me I am afraid. Not a recommended title to read in the series.

Set in the Florida Everglades the Big Guy is searching to try and locate a Bio-Chemist possibly involved in the death of an undercover FBI agent who was killed by some sort of engineered bacteria. Pretty good read here where the Big Guy locates the hidden compound and starts to do what he does so well. It amazes how often he can waltz into a secure compound and walk around the place as if he owns the joint but he does and some fine reading ensues. Good inclusion of characters where the daughter of the Chemist is also trying to locate her father and has also discovered the location of the compound. The main Bad guy is a stereotypical take over the world psychotic with more money than sense who has enlisted the assistance of a group of highly trained Mercs to assist him with his plan, he also has teamed up with organized crime and has a Mafia partner. Some very good action scenes throughout especially with the air boats along the mangrove swamp and at the hidden compound itself. Entertaining recommended read here folks.

Well it would appear that from previous reviews lodged on this title the reader either loved it or hated it. Have to say that I am in the former section and found the title to be both entertaining and very readable in the series. The Big Guy is on holidays taking a well earned vacation (is he allowed to do this? ) but anyway he gets away with it and decides to test himself with some rapid water canoeing down a swollen river. He comes across a young man named Johnny (imagine that) who reminds him of someone from his past (indeed his own long lost brother Johnny) and even looks similar to him. That's fine what is not is the band of ex military mercs who are out to kill him and have staked out the river location to do same. What follows is a good read where the Big Guy meets the Bad guys head on in numerous encounters and prevails until the final section where they have staked out a location where he cannot escape from <cough> and he goes through them like a hot knife through butter. A good finish is to be had and also a good epilogue is included as well. I very much enjoyed the read and would recommend this for your reading in the series.

Well it is a war story (which is not really my favourite sort of title) featuring Omega Force a HUGE group of 170 plus members (from memory) who are the elite of the elite of armed US Forces and are sent in as the last resort before war is called. Information from the CIA informs of 24 nuclear warheads for SCUD missiles has been stolen from Russia and is now located in Libya in the hands of extremist radicals who are itching to launch them at Israel and Italy for starters. Omega Force are deployed and a (for me) surprisingly good read ensues. Lots of good stuff to read with extremely detailed explanations of what missiles do from the launching to the arrival on target. HUGE amounts of good reading on the ships involved in the battles, an extremely good female character introduced who is a helicopter pilot and what she manages to do with a captured Hind helicopter. The sniper is terrific as is the demolitions character all very well written. A good level of excitement is maintained throughout with no sections flat or padding added at all. I enjoyed the read and you probably would too especially if you like a war story. Recommended reading.

This time around Colonel Nazir Sadiq a former Iraqi military officer who has a hatred for anything American and a huge hard on after the Gulf war looking for revenge and to create a huge one Arab state decides to suck Israel into the conflict via Syria through biological nuclear and chemical attacks and have them invade Syria where all of the Arab states will combine to not only destroy Israel but to kick the hated Americans out once and for all. Enter Omega Force once again with the mandate to stop all out war at any cost. Again a pretty good read here with a few stand out sections where only selected members of the force are involved the parachute jump and attack on the fortress comes to mind as a standout. Also reading this title I found that knowledge of some of the characters contained in the first title made this one a lot more enjoyable to read as you were already familiar with them. I said last time with the review of title one in this series that war stories are not really my thing but this title still maintained my interest throughout and if this is the type of story you normally like I am sure you would very much enjoy this title. On that note recommended reading folks.

Another enjoyable read which basically follow on from the second title. This time around the threat is just nuclear bombs but the location of the action has been moved to Egypt. Again the author manages to pack a bucket load of action scenes into the title and as the reader is already aware of the characters which have been introduced previously there is no down time for any introductions. Excellent finish with the terrorist helicopters racing toward the Aswan dam with a nuclear device and only the female helicopter pilot in a position to stop them very much edge of the seat stuff. As in the previous reviews if you like this type of title you would probably love this one it certainly entertained enough for me to finish it. Recommended reading here.

Nah this title did very little for me let me tell you. April Rose is captured (yet again) requiring the Big Guy to rescue her (yet again) and after she is rescued she has amazingly been transformed into a super agent equal to the Big Guy and along with him for the mission <cough>. Basically that was enough for me I knew from then that this title would be a plodder and even though I was a little biased there are plenty of better titles to read in this series than this offering. The plot is okay with the sign writing planes going to drop a deadly chemical rain storm onto the half million crowd assembled for a country and western festival with massive deaths to ensue. Over and over in the last few titles we have read again and again how the Big Guy is jaded with the Stony Man system and his allegiance to the Government and how he wants to be out alone by himself to do his own thing and even though that is alluded to again here in this title we have him paired with his squeeze in the field. Didn't work for me folks I am afraid this one was ordinary at best.

Well the Big Guy teams up with Phoenix Force and the title delivers a MASSIVE disappointment this is very ordinary folks. Action well forget that for a starter as basically nothing happens until the ending section. Storyline is actually okay where the Big Guy and Phoenix Force are in Africa on the trail of stolen diamonds and documents which could identify undercover US agents and are trailing the merc who originally stole them and are going to relieve him and his KGB cronies of same. Unfortunately the long sections throughout the title leading up to the finishing section is so boring I would guess a lot of readers would give it away and move onto something else I know I was tempted on more than one occassion. Nothing to recommend here look elsewhere.

Yuk terrible I struggled to even finish this gem. What to say I really don't know? The previous five or so titles have been preparing the reader for the Big Guy's exit from the Stony Man operation with his upcoming leaving to go solo once again. What the hell how did this title slip in? Managing hundreds of tribesmen against a drug cartel? Didn't like this one at all I think it is totally out of sink with what was happening in the series at the time of publication, it was extremely hard to read, it was boring for long stages. Look elsewhere in this series for something to read.

Well quite a few reviewers didn't like this one but I have to say that I am not in that group. Not a brilliant title by any means it was certainly entertaining and mostly exciting throughout with probably my only criticism that the title is quite short where it is easily read in one or two sittings. Still if you read these titles for action and fast paced reading I reckon you would probably enjoy this offering I know I did. Recommended reading in the series.

Paradine a terrorist legend who somehow managed to escape the Big Guy's wrath previously is back and with vengeance on his mind big time. Eager to entice the Big Guy into his clutches and kill him for revenge over his one and only failure and to re-establish himself in the eyes of his terrorist cronies he hijacks a plane and takes hostages sending out a message to the Big Guy bring one billion dollars worth of diamonds to my trap and all will be forgiven thinking to himself haha I have got this sucker this time. Unfortunately (for him) spies within his network leak information of this to various terrorist groups hence the gauntlet the Big Guy faces trying to deliver the diamonds as they all line up along the way to take him down and relieve him of the diamonds. Action action action Mike Newton at his best this title socks it to you with no rest at all. On and on car chase after car chase excellent reading page after page as the Big Guy gets closer and closer to Paradine at his fortress compound and well all of a sudden maybe this was not the most brilliant thought I have ever had is what our main bad guy is thinking to himself. Excellent finish at the enemy compound where the Big Guy storms in and decimates the bad guys left right and centre brilliant reading here folks. The only thing that held me back from a ten on this title was the inclusion of April Rose and the new born again War Wagon now the Laser Wagon which in my opinion was unnecessary for the title although I accept the seed being sown for the Big Guy to head out solo again coming up. A small complaint only this title rocks and is very highly recommended reading in the series.

Another very readable title from this author where again if you like action scenes you will enjoy this one as it is basically action from start to finish. Some good down to earth characters introduced with the kid and his girlfriend probably the standouts but the rest of the close community also get a tick especially the two old girls at the end and the pigs (great stuff). Again in this title the Big Guy is tossing up his allegiance to the Stony Man operation and his involvement in it and whether he should strike out on his own again or not. Enjoyable read recommended here.

Well after the brilliant opening title in this mini series I was very eager to read this one and well felt a little let down with the first 75 odd pages which is basically everything you ever wanted know but were too afraid to ask about bikers and outlaw bikie groups. Not to say it was boring in any way and the author either displays a strong knowledge of what he is writing about or a detailed research of the subject and it turns out to be quite informative but I was looking for action. Then it all starts happening when Harry Wolfe teams up with the newly appointed seventh member of the Code Zero enabled agents of Centac and star of the previous title Carmelita Morales as they go undercover to infiltrate and track down the Princes of Hell outlaw motor cycle group who have been targeted with Code Zero activation after they have murdered a witness and DEA agent. Again in this title if you enjoy reading hand to hand combat action scenes you will love this title from the initial meeting of the agents and bikers in a bar to the cells of the local Police station to the acceptance of the agents into the gang this author certainly entertains. Excellent storyline throughout and many many parts where you will be amazed at what these two can actually do. Heaps of interesting characters introduced who you will quickly come to enjoy but not too many where you start to mix up who you are reading about. BRILLIANT ending again here and also a very nice epilogue to wrap things up. Again highly recommended reading from this mini series which would have rated higher with perhaps a smaller introduction section. Loved it.

Huge disappointment after the first two titles in this series. Major reason is the Bad Guys who are a pathetic bunch of illiterate hillbillies more interested in guzzling beer and gaining their so called titles of distinction within their group by killing a DEA agent than being anything else but to feel sorry for. The leader of this bunch of misfits is no better a scrawny nothing of a guy who has master plans but is nothing more than a racist pervert trying to be a lot better than he is. Long periods of the title is padding where nothing happens and the reader has to plow through page after page of this waiting and waiting for something to actually happen. A further insight into the two main stars lives and feelings towards each other but who cares. Another fellow Code Zero agent is sent to assist them after their request which results in pages of stuff to read about him and his shady past for what? He doesn't even take place in anything and is just there to fill up pages with text. Very disappointing don't bother with this one.

Very slow title here which is painfully slow to read at times. Set in Japan where the Big Guy travels to investigate the murder of a biochemist by unknown ninja assassins the actual story is not too bad where you won't know who can be trusted from the start. The investigation continues and the Big Guy eventually catches up with the main villain late in the title who actually wasn't too bad either but comes into the title so late that very little time is given to introducing him to the reader. A quick finish is had and I guess a feeling of a somewhat letdown at the finish where a feeling of it could have been so much better than it actually is happens. Read it if you have to not particularly recommended by me.

Huge book how the author managed to fit in as much as he did is amazing. A Soviet backed attack on Libya coupled with a stolen Strain 7 Bio Terrorist weapon add in one of the most notorious terrorists on the planet a butcher Turkey Maker and a loved partner from the Big Guy's past and yep this one has it all. Non stop action scenes abound throughout the title as the Big Guy chases the Bio weapon and the terrorists from location to location culminating in an attack on their base located in the Libyan desert. Superb finish with helicopter fights and Jack coming in late to assist with a VTOL jet fighter reaches a fantastic conclusion but no a little more is added on at the end to tie off nicely all of the storyline sub plots. Highly recommended reading again from this author.

Pretty disappointing read here which promised a lot at the start but failed to deliver. The overall plot reading from the start I thought this is going to be pretty good a religious leader who has brainwashed his followers to do his bidding and is setting them up to explode like time bombs in the future. Then the prerequisite female that is being held captive and has to be saved by the Big Guy which is promptly done and she is ushered to a safe house out of the action and can be forgotten while the Big Guy gets on with more important stuff. Oh yeah of course she is then promptly recaptured by the Bad Guys and has to be rescued yet again <sigh> Swap the religious leader for a Capo, swap his "Elders" for cannon fodder gunmen from the Mafia Wars titles and you have the same old tried and tested title which has been done many times before. Nothing new here at all simply wooden ducks being set up which the Big Guy mows down over and over again. Very ordinary title which you would be well advised to stay clear of.

Terrorists of the Italian based Red Justice Column have kidnapped the wife and daughter of a high ranking NATO commander trying to pressure him into publicly admitting false accusations with the intention of getting American and NATO out of Italy. As usual with this author the title is nonstop action from start to finish without a break. The final assault on the hard site to rescue the captives is the climax of the title and features Leo along to assist this time which was good. Certainly one of the better reads of the Terrorist War series of titles recommended reading.

Introducing Christian Tulsa Daguerre a top notch journalist for ..... ( bugger that I want to read some action adventure here not about some crap reporter I hear) well settle down and read a little bit more of this. Veteran Vietnam reporter who sneaked into a rescue squad going after POW's parachuted into enemy territory and ended up pulling three guys out of the camp by himself when most of the rescue squad were killed. Completed special forces training with the Green Berets where the commanding officer considered him to be one of the finest soldiers he had ever seen. Personally trained in small arms and combat completed more military training than a dozen soldiers. Oh yeah this guy is good as you will soon read at the start of the title when he comes across an assassin waiting in secret in his hotel room to kill him. Excellent storyline relating to a PLO terrorist leader who was responsible for the killing of Daquerre's one time true love popping up in Mexico with a devious plot to inflict massive casualties on American citizens and how Daquerre tracks him down. Lots of good characters introduced supporting the title culminating in a very climatic ending where the hero takes his lumps as well big time. Good epilogue added on finishes off the title nicely. I loved it highly recommended.

Another excellent fast paced action packed title to be read here. If you enjoy hand to hand fight scenes there are two contained within this title where either would be worth the purchase price of the title by themselves but both are here. Firstly against a samurai assassin in a fellow reporters apartment especially the bathroom (amazing what you can do with toothpaste, toilet paper, deodorant spray and a cigarette lighter). The second located on a roof top of a high rise building against a professional boxer featuring a flag pole both superb reads. Excellent finish with a couple of surprises to be had well one of them certainly I never saw coming anyway. Again recommended reading on both titles of this mini series.

WOW ! Umm yep well Holy Shit WOW !! This is one seriously good title folks you should certainly track down and give a read. This site has been going for how many years and I am the first reviewer of this one and seriously if you want to read something special you should be the second. Centac which is the elite central tactical unit of the Drug Administration Unit. Three thousand agents in the regular DEA about a hundred in Centac and of those six of the elite can be given a Code Zero which is basically a free pass to do what you want to complete the mission. Code zero has been only issued rarely after DEA agents have been murdered as a last resort payback but when it is sent down from above the six elite agents drop everything to complete the assignment which is basically to terminate with extreme prejudice. Star of the title and one of the elite Harry Wolfe is on the track of a couple of brothers psycho killers a couple of sick puppies let me tell you who have just ambushed a DEA police ambush killing all of the officers involved except one who badly wounded has been kidnapped to send to the Medellin cartel who has a standing reward for a quarter of a million dollars for any DEA agent delivered to their hands still alive. Action action action this one abounds and I must admit I loved the writing style of the author very quickly in this title. From the initial ambush the chase goes into overdrive trying to take down the two maniac brothers. Trying not to give much away here one of the brothers is eventually taken down and the title progresses towards the ending section. Sometimes when reading these titles the authors take a bit of leave and include things which when you read them you think to yourself shit that was convenient or a little far fetched not here everything written is very possible and surprise when they shoot they don't always hit where they aimed but have to take another shot. At this stage I was going to rate this one a nine star but the ending with the formally kidnapped agent and the surviving brother ABSOLUTELY BLEW ME AWAY. I was wincing on what happened to him and nah I am not going to tell you any more YOU JUST HAVE TO READ IT. BRILLIANT one of the best titles I have read in a very long time I have quite enjoyed reading these titles in the mini series so far and can't wait to start title 2 in this mini series. HIGHLY recommended reading folks GRAB IT.

Well on just reading the prologue for this one I was thinking to myself this is going to be good and so it is. Introducing Jack Fowler a nine year veteran Fed working with the DEA after a five year stint at Metro-Dade tough, honest he's seen it all in his time but when he finds out his ex partner at Metro-Dade is dead having been likely killed by dirty copy of the Homicide division there he sees red. Going undercover he attempts to gather evidence to bring down the dirty cops and the Drug King Pin they are working for. Heaps of good action scenes to be read here and some excellent characters are introduced within the title. After being captured by the bad guys and interrogated with a massive beating I was wondering how in fact he was going to get out of it but he does. Terrific ending with an all out assault on the Drug Barons mansion and a satisfactory ending is to be had. Highly recommended reading here folks.

Following on from the first title yet another extremely good read here. An undercover DEA agent is found having been tortured and then torched whilst still alive in the desert of Mexico and the Drug Baron who ordered his death is well known to DEA agents but what is not known is the identity of the DEA agent passing on information on undercover agents. Going undercover again Jack Fowler starts the process of trying to gain an audience with the Drug Baron at his fortress in the desert and initially everything seems to be going well until it is all brought undone by the unknown DEA agent when his cover is blown. Gotta say like the first title he takes his lumps big time again here where he is interrogated in a dungeon basement only to be rescued by a very unlikely source. Off into the desert for a fine chase by the Bad Guys where some fine reading is to be had. The overwhelming odds are stacked against him and so it comes to pass when the chasing pack finally catch up but a surprise is in store waiting for them. First class finish to be had and a feeling of finishing something good results at the end of the title. Excellent read and highly recommended reading.

Three out of three what a wonderful title to finish off the mini series. Trying to take down a major Jamaican Rastafarian drug pipeline with little success the main character of the series Jack Fowler decides to go undercover in Jamaica to see if he can stop the pipeline at it's source. Many things to like about this title which is almost non stop action packed from start to finish. Once again some fine characters introduced the Jamaican Drug enforcement who is banging his head against the wall of corruption in his country leads but the female club owner and the bad guys both in Jamaica and Miami are also right up there. The ending section which is about a quarter of the title finishes off the read beautifully. Highly recommended reading in all three titles of the series well done Mike Newton.

The subject matter of this title at the time of publication would have been huge, American MIA's in Vietnam and the reluctance of the Government to even acknowledge their existence never mind initiate a rescue mission must have been heartbreaking for family members etc. of the missing. So what about this title? Brilliant can this guy write an Executioner title or what? If you read these titles for enjoyment, action scenes, character development, knowledge of what the author is writing about regarding the characters he is writing about, tension, surprise occurrences, ABSOLUTELY SUPERB BRILLIANT ENDINGS, well what are you doing grab hold of this one and fulfil all of your wishes in one title this one delivers in spades. Any title I read in these series where I am holding my breath at the end wondering what is going to happen and experience a gushing feeling of relief at the end at what has happened does it for me and well here it is folks. HIGHLY recommended reading here.

Pretty good read here where the Big Guy goes undercover again infiltrating a terrorist group known as the Zwilling Horde led by a couple of psychotic male and female twins. The terrorist group have kidnapped four Olympic athletes who each have special abilities necessary for the terrorist group to succeed in their plans and are being held hostage when the Big Guy is reluctantly admitted into the group. Learning of their plans he goes about making sure that they won't succeed with a climax ending in the forest where he takes down the group with a little assistance. Pretty good read with not a lot of standout sections to be read but there are many titles not as good a read as this one out there in the series. Worth a read I reckon.

Wow where to start I did not like this one at all. The author has spent plenty of time setting this one up I reckon but it fails big time. Maybe a lot of the problems with this title is it is too complicated to actually work out what is going on most of the time. Characters introduced are neither here or there and the action scenes which are concentrated to the end of the title are only hmmm okay I guess. I struggled through it and could not recommend it to you to read in the series.

Well overall I would have to say the last title in the series was a little underwhelming in fact the last quarter earned it a couple of extra stars. HUGE book which is probably the main criticism TOO many things to try to keep in your mind when reading this. TOO many characters introduced TOO many divisions of terrorist fighting groups with fancy names from too many countries. The author has a pretty good go but I reckon he just fails to bring off a top read here which is a little disappointing as the last quarter action scenes are very readable but unfortunately too little too late. So overall now that the entire series has been read what do I think? So the Super size titles three eights, a seven and a five rated from me not bad reads all in all but nothing spectacular. The standard size titles two tens (both outstanding), six nines, eleven eights out of thirty three titles I would suggest you could do a lot worse than picking up this series to read. One thing that stands out for me when reading this series is in EVERY title you will read how the main character Nile Barrabas as a result of being shot in the head in Vietnam has a head of PURE WHITE hair. HUH ?????? What are the cover artists thinking when doing this series covers? You don't have to read a single title simply browse the covers from this series on the best site on the Net ;-) and you will see what? NOT BLOODY ONE picture of him with white hair? Most are Dark brown or Dark Grey a few black probably #31 comes the closest but wow to describe that as white is stretching it. Any way just an aside observation, good series of titles to get hold of and read I reckon overall I thoroughly enjoyed them.

Terrific read here which is based on a massive amount of raw opium currently in the hills of Turkey that is destined to flood the American market. Sent to Turkey the Big Guy starts his mission to try and locate the shipment and destroy it. Along the way he comes across some wonderful characters which are introduced probably the standout a Turk rebel named Horuk who changes sides and assists him also a young female Kabrina is good reading (except the fact that she is captured by the bad guys and requires rescuing which happens TOO many times in these titles I reckon). On the bad guys side a character named Paradine is introduced who is destined to make a comeback in future titles who is maybe the first of the arch enemies the Big Guy comes across. Lots of good action scenes to read and throughout you will be impressed with the strong knowledge the author shows on the character of who he is writing about. Really enjoyed this one recommended reading in the series.

Brilliant first chapter which will certainly get you in the mood to enjoy what is coming up in the title. Information on a kill squad from Iran targeting an Iranian General currently in the United States and about to be deported results in the Big Guy being tasked with baby sitting the General on his last night before leaving the country the following morning. Excellent story where Bolan goes about his job and prepares the General's hard site for the impending attack which must occur this night. Heaps of good characters introduced but each of them plays a part in the twisted plot which slowly starts to unravel as you make your way through the title. Many top notch action scenes are contained within the title which reads like silk from start to finish. The ending is a bit of a surprise followed by yet another surprise as all of the story thread lines are tied off finishing off the title most satisfyingly. The authors knowledge of who he is writing about is exemplary where you at times think you are in fact reading a DP title well done. Superb read and highly recommended title to pick up in the series.

Well somewhere I can remember an old saying that you can only go to the well so many times before it is empty or in so many words. Once again the Big Guy takes on the persona of Frankie the Black Ace from the head shed and takes over the location of where everything is happening. Unfortunately you just can't keep doing it over and over again and this title struggles big time, So much filler of what has gone before with different members of the Mob which has been done previously so many times even the addition of Toby Ranger is just an aside to break the monotony. The only thing that gains this title a couple of extra stars is the attack on the old freighter near the end and the final attack on the hard site but really that has all been done before as well. Probably so much time was devoted to Frankie and what he was up to in the hard site allowed the author to develop the character of a few of the Bad Guys so that come the ending section when they were mentioned by name the reader knew who was getting blown away. A little bit of a disappointment here with the second last title I am hoping for a lot better come the final title next.

Well the final title in the series and Mack Bolan no longer exists but I would have to say that I was a little underwhelmed by the title I was expecting and hoping for something a little better. Filler and filler this title again following on from the previous title contains maybe a third to a half of previously read stuff which is just filling up pages which is disappointing. Once again the Big Guy infiltrates this time the head shed as a Black Ace this time as Omega and takes over what is going on there. Hello how many times has this been done. As usual everyone toes the line and with Leo's help the desired final outcome is achieved. Little bit of good stuff at the end where Crazy Marco escapes and is set up as the patsy when the Big Guy ceases to exist. Must admit I really liked the ending section regarding Billy Gino and what the Big Guy decided to do with him. So that's it the end to the original series of titles of one of the best ideas to be put to pen. Thank you Don Pendleton for your legacy which has grown into how many titles now and still counting some thirty plus years after you came up with the original idea. RIP mate you changed my life.

Well you have to hand it to the author of this title given to him is a job to take one of the best selling series of titles in history and write a title of transition where the main character moves from his previous series of titles and takes up his next line of titles. Add onto that he also has to worry about the number of characters who have been brought over from the previous series of titles and are going to be featured in the new series of titles and somehow make a readable title out of all of this mess. So how did he go ? Oh yeah the orders are to rescue or terminate without prejudice an undercover agent who has vital information regarding terrorist plans to attack a US satellite and also an oil Super Tanker in the Panama Canal currently being held hostage by the bad guys and the Big guy is on the job. Terrific effort here where the author has not only produced a high quality title to read but also manages to maintain a high level of excitement throughout. Really enjoyed this one and highly recommended reading here.

Well Russia have a major plan to start a war between Greece and Turkey because well its just one of the things they did well before the end of the Cold War and if you are good at something why stop? Gotta admit I was struggling with this one for the first 140 pages or so until the Spetnaz launch their strike on the island where the SOB's are located. Following that attack the title cranked up nicely and was very readable to the end. Heaps and heaps of good characters introduced throughout from all the opposing sides as the SOB's go all out to try and avert a war starting between the Greeks and Turks. The Fixer plays a major role in this title which was good as was the underwater stuff which features heavily as the Russians have a secret underwater base from where they are launching their attacks on either the Turks or Greeks and blaming the other side. Pretty good read after a slow start worth a read I reckon.

Nerve gas drifting across New Mexico towards Tucumcari and maybe getting there via an Indian reservation a final word to the Apaches, eh? Then panic throughout the southwest : communications piracy briefly splitting the country apart; manipulation of emergency communications networks; an anxious NATO alliance wondering where all the generals had gone; perhaps even a brief national emergency in the confusion of the moment, with strategic missiles and nuclear bombers and subs poising for a response to something dreaded but not really happening. For the final stroke, no one anywhere actually aware of the real peril for perhaps days, or until those forbidden weapons created a bona fide emergency for another nation or two then, maybe, for the whole trembling world. This was the scenario stopped by the Big Guy in this title where Frank Harrelson who we thought was out of it after Monday seems that that was just an entree. The whole scenario was huge and required massive amounts of assistance for the Big Guy to stop which is one of the reasons maybe I found this title a little lacking as I prefer when he acts alone. None the less quite a readable title and on to Thursday here we come.

The Lucifer Ladder is what it is called and the geologist who came across the idea has sold it out to the Mob. Starting with a massive cavern far below an island recently purchased by the Mob this cavern actually links to others and extends for hundreds of miles in three directions. The three routes were marked, perhaps facetiously, "Bahama Boulevard," "Jamaica Drive," and "Yucatan Avenue" and if completed would give the Mob safe and secure underground routes for a fifty billion a year narcotics trade. Visiting the island as a emissary from the Head Shed the Big Guy in his usual manner takes over things and goes about learning all about the operation and how to tear it apart and bring in crashing down. Once again characters are reintroduced from the early titles in the series which is good as is the relationship between April and the Big Guy which seems to have stabilized. Good ending where utter destruction is brought to the site and the Bad Guys are in full retreat. On to Friday two titles to go.

Carl Lyons and Smiley Dublin are missing for over a week when the Big Guy is persuaded to come to Nashville to try and locate and save them. Here it is folks the last of the Mafia wars series of titles except for the final week and the introduction of the one and only April Rose coming where at the end of the title the Big Guy is again offered via the President a position at the head of the SOG to control as he sees fit and to install people of his choice to assist him. An attractive offer no doubt and little wonder he picks it up. This title well he saves Smiley and Carl and also saves the wife of the Capo from imprisonment. He manages to safe the undercover status of Carl who remains undercover and has an armchair ride into the trust of the Capo. He uses the guise yet again of a Black Ace (of spades) this time and when confirmation is requested via telephone by the Capo to the Head shed everything is confirmed (thank you Leo). Good read here which will satisfy any reader knowing what the author has coming up this final title is probably as good as you could hope for. Recommended reading

The last mile the final week of the never ending war which if he survives will see the Big Guy stage his own death and after plastic surgery take up his new position as leader of the SOG group and working for the President and Government with full immunity for past crimes. Enter the one and only April Rose a drop dead gorgeous lady who is destined to take away the Big Guy's heart and become his one and only true love. But not initially and some very good reading to be had here as their relationship starts and gradually starts to warm towards each other until. The moment of truth for April Rose came when she saw Mack Bolan transform himself from Mr. Quiet and Gentle to Mr. Executioner. The black outfit—how symbolic !—the combat rig with all those grim weapons of death, the sudden coldness in those deep, deep eyes and the panther like grace of his movements as he prepared for his mission. She can't handle it and starts to question and moralize the Big Guy on his tactics and taking of lives which unsurprisingly doesn't go down to well and nearly results on him calling Hal to get rid of her. Anyway the title takes over where a Boss has called several of his fellow Bosses into a secluded retreat with the intention of trying to pull things back together like the old days with himself appointed as the Boss of all Bosses. Approaching the hidden retreat the Big Guy notices a prisoner being man handled out of a car and taken inside who is none other than April Rose. An obvious change of tactics is called for and some very fine reading follows with some good action scenes featuring the fabulous War Wagon and pressure being brought to bear on the soldiers trapped there with their bosses. The finish is stunning in what happens and you should certainly read this one. Highly recommended reading.

Day two of the final week and back to the California problem. The real battle had been fought here. And there had been no truly effective Mob movements in the area since the fall of Julian DiGeorge. Until now. And . . . now . . . well, now it seemed that someone had found a new handle and was busily rebuilding the crime machine. Bolan's immediate task—to be accomplished in a matter of mere hours—was to find that handle, tear it loose, and dismantle the new machine. It was not an enviable task .. . but it was the one at hand, the only game in town for Mack Bolan. Initially the Big Guy has a major problem getting around the depth of the new concept being hatched here and when it is finally revealed the extent of the scheme is overwhelming. Being able to eavesdrop on any source of communication world wide would obviously have massive consequences to not only Governments but Big business also would be willing to pay big bucks to not have their sensitive information made known. Huge advances in the relationship between April and the Big Guy in this title leading to after only two days of knowing each other they are deeply in love with each other. April is captured by the Bad guys again and has to be rescued which is tedious and one can only hope that it is the last time that happens in the next four titles. Terrific ending where after the location of the concept is levelled the Big Guy on a hunch follows it to where the number one Bad guy is located supposedly killed and rectifies that oversight with a little help from April. Again highly recommended reading.

Well it only took me almost 3 weeks to read this one which is not bad for a one thousand plus page title. (umm well it is only almost 350 pages dick!) Well it only took me almost 3 weeks to read this one which is not bad for a three hundred and fifty odd page title and :-( umm well on with the review. The start is very good in fact where we see the bad guys Vikings descendants mostly invade a Norwegian chemical factory steal what they want kill everybody present and nick off to parts unknown. Then well the SOB's are sent to Norway to assist the local forces. Why ? Not sure maybe the locals are too incompetent to catch the Bad guys themselves. Hatton and the Irishman are sent undercover to infiltrate the Bad guys groups and are promptly forgotten until the near ending of this 350 page masterpiece. Barrabas and the rest of the SOB's are in Norway and are promptly forgotten until the near ending of this 350 page masterpiece. Lots and lots of stuff which will keep you rivetted and turning the pages as you get closer to the end like .... umm Oh and of course I have to mention ...... and also ..... but I just can't manage to recall anything noteworthy to type here. Well the title does finish :-) and you come to the end of it and think to yourself ......? If I killed off some brain cells reading this can I sue the publishers? I would respectfully suggest you can find a bucket load of fine titles to read in this series which are normal size books as well.

Back in the day when this was released the author Mike Newton was the heir apparent appointed by Don Pendleton himself to carry on the legacy of the Executioner series after the end of the Mafia Wars segment. The gifted and highly talented writer was the perfect choice and this is amply displayed by this his first title. The Big Guy rushes to St Paul after an urgent request from Pol who states that his kid sister has been raped and is clinging to life after a severe beating. On arrival he starts an investigation and begins to come up with events that don't seem to make much sense where high ranking Police officers seem to be actively trying to bury the case and any evidence gathered. After interviewing a female officer who has been transferred from out of the Rape Squad his suspicions are further proven and he goes through a time when he even questions his sworn oath to never fire upon a Police Officer. This is a fantastic title in the series and shows that Don's thoughts and perceptions of the author was absolutely spot on this is a highly recommended title from the early part of the series. Which makes it even harder to understand some the latest releases by this author this reviewer would have thought his personal pride would be enough for him to realize he is well and truly out of ideas and it is time to retire.

Very disappointing title here I reckon. A few good characters included added a couple of stars with the Senator along with some of the Big Guys previously known personalities from Vietnam worth reading. Some good action scenes help to keep the pace moving whilst reading the title. I also enjoyed the ending section with the bringing down of the plane but gee nothing much else to say on this one. Read it if you have to.

Arguably the best title of the series here folks this one is an absolute blockbuster with so many leads into the final decimation of the Mafia structure you just have to read this one. Excellent prologue opening here where the Big Guy is standing in a cemetery where his family is buried contemplating his eternal war. Enter his closest friend Leo who informs him that an Augie purge is on and he doesn't expect to last the night out. Mocking Leo's desire to come out of the closet as he himself knows he would not last a day the Big Guy says bury yourself as well as possible and let me get you a new sponsor and so the title starts. Twenty hired guns to dispose of Leo and his family four of which were in two different cars either side of his residence waiting for his return. Where are the other sixteen never mind says the Big Guy as he quickly dispatches the first four and settles back to wait a short time until a head party of the other sixteen arrives to check out what is going on. A simple tail back to their base camp and suddenly there are nineteen corpses and one wounded witness who is more than happy to pass the message back to the Bosses that Leo the Pussy doesn't take lightly what is going on. Someone is very intent on the territory that no one else wants who and why? Silky smooth title where the Big Guy again takes on the persona of a Black Ace on a couple of occassions and infiltrates different sites to gather information. Yet the overriding question of who and why remains. Then as if Leo is not in enough trouble already his wife Angelina is kidnapped from a Government safe house with obvious ramifications on who and what he actually is. Superb brilliant finish to this title where the Big Guy goes all out to try and save not only Leo's wife but also the position and cover of his best and truest friend. If you read this title you WILL LOVE it if you are reading this series and have any affinity with the Big Guy and the overall storyline. Do yourself a favour and grab this one. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading here.

The next day after Savage Fire excuse me doesn't the Big Guy have to sleep? Actually, that mission into the Marinello palace had served several important purposes. "The one that got away" at Pittsfield was of as much concern to Bolan as it could possibly be to Eritrea. "Peter," whoever he was, could mean big trouble for Bolan's closest friend and ally, little Leo Turrin, who had been living the double life as undercover cop and Mafia big shot for quite a bit longer than Bolan's war had been in progress. The Pittsfield thing had gone okay, with Leo actually stronger in the mob than ever before—but "Peter" could possibly undo it all. Bolan had to plug that hole, with any means available, and the tip to Eritrea represented but one avenue of attack into the problem. Bolan had also wanted personal contact with Billy Gino. He'd accomplished that, and hopefully he'd started something building in Gino's mind which would help the Executioner somewhere downstream in this command strike. This is the title that crosses all the t's and dots all of the i's where all of the questions of the Marinello-Matilda empire saga are finally answered. Who is Peter and what was his relationship to the Talifero Brothers? What is the structure of the Aces within the Mob and how are they controlled? Superb title yet again where the Big Guy again takes on the persona of a black Ace and manipulates things around until he has them where he wants them and delivers the final punch which smashes the Marinello-Matilda empire and the New York council to pieces which cannot even be picked up. If you have read enough of the previous titles to have an understanding of the power structure of the Mob then this title coupled with the previous one are a must read for you. You WILL enjoy this one. HIGHLY recommended.

Very different type of title here where the Big Guy comes across a blackmail scheme of executives of some of the top 50 Fortune 500 companies relating to the control of Natural gas similar to the Texas Storm title where the goal of the Bad Guys was oil. Big difference here where he actually finds himself falling in love with a naive but a lovely young woman with a mind of her own and the courage of her convictions. Sort of allowing her to be captured by the Bad Guys he is questioning a lot of his tactics not only here but in his war everlasting with the stunning result that when he looks into the mirror he finds his eyes are wet (which further goes to show that he is not some mindless killing machine but a deeply thinking human being totally aware of what he is doing and the consequences of his actions). Huge title here when he contacts Leo to advise him of what he is going to do and Leo says "Hey, uh, this is beginning to sound like a post mortem memo" "Yeah, isn't it," Bolan replies "Let it go," Turrin urged. "Kill the play. Save it. Bring it back another day" "Can't do that," Bolan told him. "That wild card is a warm one. The wild man stole it. I have to steal it back." Major stuff I cannot recall the Big Guy being this emotional except when he was on the warpath looking for Val and Johnnie in Boston Blitz and he has only known this lady for a short time? (Maybe DP is starting to give a little insight into what the Big Guy is going to accept shortly regarding his agreement with the Federal Government and the last mile which is only 3 titles away)?. Further after the conversation with Leo he fires off a "last" file to Brognola as he prepares for the assault on the ship Christina where the lady has been taken and the hundred guns waiting for him there. Then the finale and a final cleanup where obviously the Big Guy survives for the next instalment of the series. Pretty good read here with a good ending certainly worth a ride.

Something was going on in Colorado but the Big Guy just couldn't figure out what. After days of fruitless investigation he decides to show himself and try to drag the opposition out of hiding. And, yeah, it was quite an operation. Too much, perhaps, for too little. Bolan simply could not believe that such a formidable force had been organized for the sole purpose of stopping the Executioner's war. There had to be more to it than that. These guys were operating openly, brazenly—masquerading as a bona fide U.S. military force, utilizing restricted radio channels for their communications, riding around in "official" vehicles and arming themselves with modern weaponry from the U.S. arsenal—and the hell of it all was that they were pulling it off flawlessly. An engagement occurs with devastating losses to the opposition but the Big Guy is distraught agonizing over the fact that he has killed soldiers of the same side and cannot see how he can possibly continue his war after making such a tragic mistake. Sitting back and watching the clean up from the opposing force he follows them back to their secret camp and a soft probe follows where dog tag details, fingerprints, photographs etc. are taken and forwarded to Brognola for authentication on who the enemy actually is. This is the big one a plot to kidnap the President of the United States and his family and hold them hostage for a ransom. Now aware of who he is up against the Big Guy launches his offensive against the forces marshalled to take down the President and in a somewhat unfortunately brief ending sends them into a rapid retreat saving the day again. Good read here and certainly one to recommend but gee it would have been even better to read a longer ending section (if ever a title was suited for a "super" release here is one).

Suddenly Acapulco appeared as a major port for heroin and cocaine movements. Then there were rumbles about the international traffic in top-grade party girls, with Acapulco centering as the route of entry into the jet set and all that implied. Finally, via a watchful eye the Big Guy realises it's a take over from the North who have been eyeing what is going on. As quick as he finds out what is going on he literally blows the house down and the title has finished. Not sure if Don was in a hurry here when he wrote this one to get to something else but I would have to say that this one left me feeling pretty unfullfilled at the end where I kept thinking to myself is that it? Read better in the series than this one.

The Big Guy's primary goal, when first he descended upon this Southern stronghold, had been to harass and disrupt their trade lanes. He'd come in with heroin from Mexico and quickly found himself confronted with a billion-dollar annual traffic in other unlawful commodities, as well. Enter the most confusing and hard to understand titles in the Mafia Wars series where trying to figure out what is going on is close to impossible. The introduction of a Black Ace and his disciples was good but brief apart from that not much good to say. Bad to say lots and lots but wow the CB talking crap is the biggest turnoff of the lot (do people actually talk like that up there?) surely not. Like other reviewers have said I also when approaching the end of the title skipped through the CB talk looking for english to read. Very disappointing title the worst in my opinion of the original series I hated it first time I read it, I hated it when I reread it quite some time ago and I hated it having just finished it again for this review. Certainly nothing to recommend in this title read ANY other title in the series.

Well this is a very good read and I would recommend this to you all at any time for your enjoyment. Huh and only 5 stars ? Yep simple it is NOT a title that should have been released in this series full stop. (sorry) period. I have thought a bit on why this was released under this series and can come to no answer. Nile Barrabas himself plays a small part but the SOB's are hardly mentioned at all. I am not going to go into a lot of detail here on this title except to say it is a story (quite well done) on a terrorist group using somewhat different tactics and backed by the KGB to undermine British and American security at their highest levels. The characters introduced are quite good especially the leader of the terrorist group and the start of the title is probably worth the read by itself as you haven't read something like this before. Good quality original plot and storyline interesting characters and a quite good finish if you read titles for these reasons then grab a hold of this one you will enjoy it I reckon. But as stated previously should never have been released in this series.

Very good read in the series with this title. A coup orchestrated by the half brother of the King ousts the ruler and the evil half brother takes over with the assistance of a bunch of Mercs from France and Africa. The United States NSA who were close to securing an agreement with the King for a listening post to be established on the islands are pissed and wants to return the King to power so Barrabas and his SOB's are engaged to spearhead a counter coup to make that happen. Fine reading where the SOB's go about their tasks to return the King to power. Some excellent characters are introduced here and there are some very good action scenes to read especially the ending sections. Certainly one to recommend in the series.

Wow the last title in the series talk about leaving the best to last the only other title in the series that came close to this one was #6 Red Hammer Down which was a cracker and so is this one. A Russian scientist has defected who happens to be the mastermind of an advanced space installation being constructed by the Russians that is going to thwart the American Star Wars project. Not having a bar of that the Russians with the assistance of a billionaire American sympathiser and a bunch of mercs promptly kidnap him back with the intention of sending him back to get on with his work. The American NSA spits the dummy and engage the Fixer to locate and kidnap the said scientist back again and off we go. Excellent title where a mole unknown to Barrabas and his SOB's has flagged their engagement and plans from the start and the bad guys have all of the Aces up their sleeves. Heaps of good characters introduced and an abundance of action scenes make this title just so easy and exciting to read. The ending is some of the best stuff to be read in the whole series and the finish when the mole is uncovered well you just have to read it for yourself. HIGHLY recommended title in the series one of the two few where do yourself a favour and read it. Only three of the Super sized titles to go in the series if they are any where near as good as this I will be a happy chappy let you know.

Well if you read these books for the same reasons I do you will love this one. Why? Bad guys come in different forms and I would suggest after Mafia and Bikers the next in the most hated category is the Neo Nazi's and here we have them. Interestingly the plot here has been absolutely flogged to death in "OTHER" series we read but here in this series where the Nazi's have kidnapped a Nuclear scientist and have also obtained the necessary refined plutonium to make a dirty nuclear bomb has not been used to date in this series so no complaints from this reviewer. Excellent reading here folks heaps of action scenes and a high rate of excitement is maintained throughout until the end where the SOB's finally manage to come out on top. Sure lots of questions of how they could be allowed to do what they do with the different authorities involved (well it wouldn't happen) never mind we are actually reading fiction here aren't we? Loved it and certainly one to recommend for your reading pleasure.

Goodness me what a difference to this authors first title in the series. This time around the author has produced probably the best plot of the series to date and a brilliant title to match. Barrabas on R&R in Greece with Erika receives a mysterious phone call from "Hatton" stating she is in danger and needs assistance at the Acropolis to which he immediately responds leaving a brief message to Erika that he will return shortly. Upon arrival he is knocked unconscious by unknown assailants and whisked off to a remote island where he is held captive in the basement of a house blindfolded and gagged. Off course the rest of the SOB's are quick to gather in Athens to assist in the search for him. What follows is a wonderful read where the SOB's slowly gather information on what has happened to the Colonel. A huge number of excellent characters are introduced and the title rocks. Without giving away too much the rest of the team are being suckered into coming to the island where Barrabas is being held and unknown to them have their abilities tested against the best of the Merc's available for hire. Not only is this title one of the best released in the series you could very easily read just this title and no others and absolutely love it from start to finish. Perhaps lacking in this author's first effort in this series this time around he displays a strong knowledge of the characters he is writing about and some of the funny quips between the team members and comic situations they find themselves in is classic reading. Couldn't fault this one very close to awarding a ten and if asked I would struggle to say why not maybe a 9.8 or 9.9 here. Highly recommended reading this time around pity he didn't write any more in the series.

First and only release in this series from this author with another release in the Super section to follow. Hong Kong Triads deliver information to the Fixer on the location of 4 million in rubies located in the High mountains of Tibet and require him to recover same and deliver the stones to them for past favours given. When Barrabas and his SOB's accept the mission further information reveals a Chinese platoon led by a previous enemy of Barrabas are already in Tibet and on their way to the cave to locate the gems for the Chinese government. So starts the title where it is a race to see who can arrive first at the location of the gems and recover them. Unfortunately the title just waffles on and on with long extended periods where nothing at all happens. The characters introduced on the Chinese side are ok as are the characters introduced on Barrabas's side who are assisting the SOB's and the author has a good knowledge of who he is writing about from the Team but unfortunately nothing seems to stand out and grab you when reading the title. I took me ages to finish this one as any excuse to put it down and do something else was hard to pass up. Better titles in the series have been released than this one not one to recommend here.

The title opens nicely with a couple of sniper shots from a ridiculous distance and follows up with a probe into the building where that had just taken place. Over and over all the Big Guy hears relates to King Fire. What is King Fire? "If you must romp, then go find King Fire. That's where it's really at, soldier" he is told. "A very hush-hush place somewhere near Volcanoes National Park. That's on the big island. Something very curious is going on there. Sounds like your kind of place." Coming across Tommy Anders, Carl Lyons and Toby Ranger who are all undercover investigating what he is looking into he is informed that Smiley Dublin is also a member of the undercover group but has not been seen for weeks. The over all plot is obscure where even after finishing the title I am not really sure whether it was the Mob and renegade Chinese Military getting together or just the Chinese military trying to pull a bluff campaign locating nuclear missiles within launching distance of cities in the US. Possibly just a little bit of further intrigue by the author on previously alluded to connections between the Mob and the Chinese Military which will relate to future titles. A soft probe of a General Chung's fortress follows where Smiley Dublin is located who has been undercover at that location. A second hard attack on General Chung's fortress with the Big Guy using a hang glider to rescue Smiley Dublin with the assistance of Carl Lyons and Toby Ranger is some of the sweetest reading going in this series talk about by the numbers this one goes down to the second superb reading. The General is on the run back to his secret location so it is hoped when On a boat escaping from the beach rescue of Smiley Dublin in company with Carl Lyons and Tommy Anders the Big Guy's worst nightmare comes to pass as a police helicopter starts to hover above the boat ordering them to come to a halt and be boarded. Then a second helicopter joins the first and what appears to be an animated discussion happens between the crews of the two helicopters and well you just have to read this section it is worth reading the title for this section alone. Onwards we go to the secret location and a fitting ending is served up where everything is destroyed and all players are accounted safe and well. Another very good read in the series with an above average amount of very good action scenes included and basically none of Tommy Anders comic routine having to be plodded through this time around, recommended reading once again.

Pol, Gadgets and Toni again feature in this title where the Big Guy again assists them to get their collective butts out of the frying pan perhaps he should have shares in their company he has had to do this so many times now. Arturo (Little Artie) Giamba, titular head of the St. Louis mob for many years. Giamba is one of the old guard, an aging nickel-and-dimer of little imagination and limited ambitions who had been content to sit atop a crumbling empire and watch it fade away in concert with his own life. According to intelligence sources, Jerry Ciglia had been sent down by New York to "revitalize" the territory, bringing an army of torpedoes with him and so starts a title so very different than the previous where the Big Guy thinks Artie and Jules are more acceptable jacks than Ciglia and Annunzio and actively assists the aging Capo to retain power against the invaders sent from New York. Very much another action based title here with some wonderful reading to be had as Able Group plus one go about their business. Very good scene where a local cop is trapped in a vehicle near to and as a result of a strike on the bad guys and how he is released by the three yet again shows deep character traits to do the right thing. Another noteworthy incident happens when younger brother Johnny demands a personal meeting with the Big Guy via a gun held to the head of Leo Turin to discuss events occurring in his life. Again recommended reading here.

This one starts off ok with a Big Guy blitz and the rescue of non the less than Andre Chebleu the brother of Georgette one of the Rangers who was unfortunately destined to be one of the Turkeys on the Big Guys mind for eternal time. But that is where it ends pages and pages of crap on relations between Canada and the Us building up to a Mob summit in a Hotel in Montreal where bosses from the World Wide Mafia are attending. Bugger me I was thinking I was reading title 4 Miami Massacre where the same thing happened and there was a secret tunnel of passages throughout the old hotel allowing access to individual rooms where the Big Guy could basically come and go as he pleases and take out who he wants. I was thinking where is Margarita and are we going to read where the Cuban expatriates are going to attack in a boat soon. Lots of padding here where Leo and Hal come into the reckoning but basically do nothing as the Big Guy is impersonating a Black Ace again (rack up another stupid point for the bad guys) and he infiltrates the hotel. Enter Betsy Gordon probably one of the most wishy washy characters introduced in the series to date who manages to hold up the Big Guy mid campaign and allows the QF resistance fighters time to assemble as well. What was shaping up as a good finale nose dived into the abyss of rubbish what a shame. Certainly not a title to recommend here this time from this series.

Strange title here where at first I thought I wasn't going to like it at all but the finish is excellent and makes up for a lot of the slow going through the middle sections. This really is your bog standard drug cartel type story which the Big Guy has taken down so many times in his series and quite frankly with very few changes you could change the name of Nile Barrabas to the Big Guy and a couple of the SOB's to members of Stony Man and release this as a title within the other series easily. So yeah not a lot to say about this until the ending which was fast paced and has a nice twist where we find out that the CIA and the DEA are actually working against each other (imagine that?) and efforts are actually made to try and stop Barrabas and his team mid way through the assignment (lots of luck with that). One excellent character introduced here who was yet another Barrabas enemy in Vietnam and features in a few good scenes especially a knife scene fight at the end. Ended up a good read certainly better than the few recent titles in this series worth a read I reckon.

Enjoyable read where the author manages to squeeze so much between the covers it seems to go a lot longer than it's actual length. Referring all the way back to #2 in this series the story continues on from that title and gives a massive amount of background to what happened and the resulting events in Iran. Mainly following two different storylines for the first three quarters of the title the Sob's are off together as are Barrabas Erikya Gunther Lee and Bishop (huh? yes I know the title is placed incorrectly in the listing). Excellent reading of a newly constructed machine which just can't be made to do all it is supposed to do by the designers and how it manages to be sent to Iran contained within an massive arms purchase. Toss in Karl Heiss who is back yet again and a couple of fine characters on the Iranian side this title has it all. What looks like a no way out situation at the end suddenly opens up in an unexpected way and results in an excellent finish. Recommended reading.

Once again like the previous title by this author he manages to squeeze so much into the available 350 pages without any padding at all. A deposed dictator living in asylum in the United States wishes to return to his country and retake power and with a mountain of incriminating evidence has more than enough blackmail material to force the Senator in assisting him with his plans. Never one to be placed in a position like this the wily Senator decides it is the perfect time to dispose of not only the Dictator but also the hated Barrabas and his bunch of SOB's. The plan is put in motion and it seems as though nothing can stop it from being successful until Barrabas starts to become aware what is actually going on and what is going to occur on the island where it is time to take matters into his own hands and turn around the plot to his own favour. Excellent actions scenes abound throughout the title and some truly memorable characters are introduced. I loved the finish which was a little surprising but very fitting. Certainly one to recommend here which is unfortunately the last title by this author in this series.

Set in Detroit this title is supposed to be a quick entry to a Mob hard site destroy everything and a quick escape to pastures greener as the overwhelming odds against any sort of prolonged exposure in the city spell disaster for the Big Guy but the plan goes to hell when he stumbles across Toby Ranger on the hard site and a hasty retreat is called for. Georgette Chableau one of the Ranger Girls is missing and has been for some time supposedly held at the hard site now mobbed up as a result of the prematurely ended assault on it with another assault being considered a suicide play. Very good scene here as the Big Guy in desperate need for intelligence on what the Police are doing infiltrates the strike teams headquarters to obtain information of their planning and the move to the motor pool to obtain an unmarked vehicle equipped with a police radio right under their noses great stuff. The first use of the codename Striker in relation to the Big Guy in this title although spelled Stryker in this case is also notable. The final section relating to a further penetration of the Hard site in search of the missing Georgette and the discovery of her and what had been done to her by Sal the Turkey Doctor and the atrocities committed upon her for six days is gut churning reading resulting in the almost collapse of the Big Guy on his exit from the site. Gotta say the constant references from Toby Ranger to the Big Guy on Captain this and Captain that wears a bit thin very quickly noticeable in previous titles featuring her and quickly became grating in this title. Pretty good read here which will entertain you if you so decide to read it but other titles prior to this one are more entertaining perhaps one for the read in order fans only.

New Orleans is the next stop for the Big Guy in his ongoing war a city for decades held in the iron grip of an aging Capo Marco Vannaducci who knows it is time to let go and retire but refuses to do so. Young Turks throughout his kingdom have been jockeying each other with experimental pushes and prods here and there and greedy eyes from the north have been lusting for his turf as well resulting in a time bomb situation just waiting to explode. Enter the Big Guy and whilst on a soft probe on one of the estates placing eaves dropping devices comes across something which at first he has trouble accepting. Surveillance devices are already installed in and around the premises but the puzzling thing is who placed them and for what purpose more important is there anyone else with the genius of Gadgets Schwartz around as they have his hallmark of trade all over them. Backtracking the equipment for likely pickup locations he comes across a young female motoring across the bay and a short chase ensues where he catches the lady and is somewhat surprised to discover she is none the less than Toni Pol's younger sister who has an alarming tale regarding her brother and Gadgets who have been missing. Pol and Gadgets having taken the Big Guy's previous advice and formed Abel group a security electronics surveillance operation were contracted to place equipment on the premises of a high ranking underling of the Vannaducci family but the plot thickens when the contractor turns out to be yet another high ranking underling of the Vannaducci family. Add in the fact that Pol and Gadgets have been missing for a week the Big Guy has grave concerns regarding his friends. On to what he does best the Big Guy starts planting seeds of mistrust throughout the family and the vultures looking on from afar to once again set them upon each other. Couple this with a lot of assistance given to the local police in this title where he takes a lieutenant into his confidence and supplies him with a lot of incriminating evidence against the Bad guys and the title is cranking along nicely two thirds of the way through. The final sections from the roof hopping in New Orleans during festivities eliminating selected enemies through surgical strikes surrounded by thousands of party goers to the final attack on the aging capo's hardsite which features the magnificent war wagon for the first time retracting rocket pod launcher and all is fine reading indeed. First appearance of the UZI in this title also is notable as it also goes on to be one of his favourite pieces. Highly recommended reading Firebase Seattle here I come.

What was the true significance of the new super hardsite on Langley Island? Why was the American syndicate importing crate loads of illicit munitions? Why were international arms of the mob sending high-ranking delegations into the Pacific Northwest? To discover the answers to these questions and more finds the Big Guy on a soft probe of the above island where what he discovers only leads to yet more questions. The island is being turned into a massive hard site with huge caverns being constructed underground and massive steel vault doors being installed. Cargo which is being brought into the country finds the Big Guy investigating at a wharf by a Greek cargo ship gives an insight into how skilled the Big Guy actually is where against overwhelming odds he manages to manufacture an escape with an unconscious female without himself or his charge being injured in any way. Leo and Hal are in this title quite a bit and a bit unusual here where there are lots of discussions and brain storming on what the Mob is actually up to but as huge as it seems the incredible conclusion is that the Mob are taking over the world's economy by pooling vast amounts of cash reserves on the island. How much of a share would it take, to swing the whole world's economy wherever you damn well wanted it? Corner the money market and rape the world. The guys had been looking for a handle for years, and maybe now they'd found it. The Thing of all the Things— the big hit — the clout to end all clouts — financial domination of the entire civilized world! It could be done. Bolan knew it could. The finishing sections of this title are exceptionally good reading where the Big Guy invades the island being protected by 200 highly trained ex military soldiers and gives it to the big time. Another very good recommended read in the series.

Okay the first title not written by Don Pendleton due to his contractual dispute with the publishers of his titles and this one is written by who knows likely an in-house author to maintain the series continuity whilst the dispute is sorted out I guess. So readers of this series must automatically rate this title a one or two as it is not written by the Master? Gotta say here back in the early days of this site a review which featured the following.... "This book was stupid. I threw it away after about 40 pages." being lodged today I am confident would NEVER be saved come on you read 40 pages and the title is crap? So trying to be impartial I actually enjoyed the opening scenes of the title (with the exception of the grenade being tossed in the hospital where I balked) and thought the author did quite a good job of continuing on from Pendleton's previous title. MONUMENTAL STUPIDITY from the Big Guy to keep the Maserati what was he thinking? or maybe we can excuse him with the wounds he was suffering. The following sections after being treated by the doctor and the successful escape from the Talifero crew was quite good reading and was all contained within the first 40 or so pages ? go figure to each their own I guess. Sure the rest of the title features character lapses from recurring characters like Leo and maybe from the Big Guy himself on occasions but I tend to look at this title where the author was probably given very little time to prepare for this when it was dropped in his lap. Excellent action scenes throughout the title especially getting closer to the finish of the title and including the injuries the Big Guy was carrying the way he decimated the opposition was very well written and the closing scenes with the helicopter pilot and the taking down of the Capo's mansion fine reading indeed. I ignored the epilogue section as it was never going to be included in any future titles written by Don himself but couldn't help to think to myself what if? Hey it wasn't written by the Master that is blatantly obvious but you could do worse than read this one certainly it maintains the original series continuity and let me assure you there are many far worse titles to be read in this series after the original series finishes, go for it especially if you are reading this series in order don't be swayed to ignore this one.

Following on from his absolute destruction of anything in Sicily related to the enlistment and training of troops to be sent to the US to bolster the Families numbers the Big Guy arrives in New Jersey via Algeria carrying a bullet lodged in his body as well as numerous wounds festering screaming for medical attention. The Talifero crews led by Mike as Pat is still in a vegetable state and on life support know he is coming and a reported 1,000 guns are waiting eager to grab a piece of the Bastard Bolan and so the title opens where he finds he is being followed by a crew wagon with few options of where to run to and a body failing him big time due to his injuries carried. Dealing with the following crew the Big Guy manages to make his escape for a short time but near death collapses in a stream bed and blacks out. Regaining conscious he is being tended by a ex Vietnam vet medic who has treated his wounds and removed the bullet and although still hovering close to death takes refuge with the medic and his sister who protect him as he slowly regains his health from the wounds he suffered. Lots of good stuff to read here as he regains his health and the Talifero crews beat around the bushes of where he is being hidden also the relationship he has with the sister of the medic in their isolated chicken farm. Sure as eggs you know that as soon as he moves away from the farm the Mob will descend on the location and take the medic and his sister into custody and so it is and faced with a delemma he manages to rescue the female but not the medic. Mike Talifero just wished that he had the Big Guy instead of this chicken farmer but that doesn't stop him calling in the turkey makers to extract any information he has in his pursuit of the Big Guy which has already occurred prior to the arrival of the Big Guy. Festering rage we all know what the Big Guy thinks on this subject and an all out blitz is launched on the Mob hard site. Couple of notable occurrences in this title where the first "white flag" Bolan had ever given in the heat of a Mafia war is issued for the bad guys to safely remove Augie Marinello minus his legs for medical attention. Then he picked up the weapon of the night, the M-16/M-79 over-'n-under configuration, and went quietly up the hill. Not sure and I am not going back to read the previous 16 titles but am pretty sure that this piece which goes on to be one of the most used in his battles is used for the first time in this title. So all that is left is Mike and his underlings and in a final mop up finally the feared Mike Talifero is no more as are most of his cohorts after a successful obliteration of the enemy again. Excellent title in the series where action scenes abound and the Mob are running around and AWAY (so what can you actually buy for $500 bucks a day when you see your fellow soldiers being blown to pieces) with their tails between their legs highly recommended.

This title would be the hardest to date in the series to understand what is actually going on due to a very complicated plot alluding to lack of resources in the future and the closing of the Klingman oil wells in Texas where the title is set. Until reading the following which is from a conversation between the Big Guy and Hal I was struggling ... "They're going for the big one—a revival of the Republic of Texas, no less." Hell its big in everything—in mineral production, chemicals, agriculture, manufactured goods “They grab political control, by clout and by stacking both political parties with their own men. Then they lay all over everything and seize the economy. Forget federal courts and federal resources. There will be no federal resources on Texas soil—it will be Texas resources. Texas wealth for Texans, that will be the gig. We could be into gas rationing before long. The big worry on this guy's mind was Mafia exploitation of the problem—hijacks, black market rings, that sort of thing. But hell! Who would have thought that the boys would try to corner the whole damned market!" Okay now we know what is going on and the title goes into over drive where Jack Grimaldi who is in the title throughout purchases an ex air force fighter jet and ferries the Big Guy from one end of the state to the other where he executes three prominent citizens tied up with the plot. An interview with a radio station follows and the Big Guy lays it on the line for the conspirators. There is only one way the guilty can evade it. They have to get back into the system." "What does that mean?" "It means total surrender. Full disclosure of all illegal acts, confession." "Oh," the newsman replied, startled by a new understanding. "There is an out, then. They can purge themselves." "The outriders, yeah, the people who are riding along on the Mafia's coattails. Like Whitson, Spellman, Kilcannon. They can re-join the system and take their chances with legal justice. Or they can take their chances with me. Tonight." Several prominent citizens promptly requested police protection. A US district judge announced his resignation and retirement from the bench. Two members of the Texas legislature quickly followed suit and the governor's office announced that an "in-depth investigation" of the executive branch was "underway." Fast paced ending at the Klingman Wells location where the Mob are decimated and left to lick their wounds and pick up the pieces. So worth a read not as good as some of the other titles in the series and very hard to read start but finishes off nicely with some good action scenes.

Washington had to be the next call after the last few titles with what has been building up and so it is where the Big Guy comes across a couple of hard men in the process of killing a woman by drowning her in the bath who he had been following for a while. Enter a very complicated plot here where the woman whose husband she had thought dead for three years and the agonized knowledge of marital treachery comes to realization at the end of the title where his identity is revealed. Further the woman informs the Big Guy threats, violence, blackmail, intimidation of every stripe and directed at every seat in congress, every staff, every bureaucratic office. They're rewriting the laws of the nation and doing it so cleverly that no single victim on Capitol Hill is even aware of what's really happening. Further this was to be the day when the American government went underground. And the day when the so called invisible second government of the nation would be the only real government. Massive undertones here for the Big Guy and made worse when someone comes up with a smart arse idea to frame him for murdering people by impersonating him. This title is a notable one where Hal finally stops sitting on the fence and chooses his side with the following statement to the Big Guy... "Incidentally, for what it's worth, I'm going to be walking your side of the street from here on, even if I have to resign and walk it as a private citizen.' The title finishes with yet another convert to the Big Guy's side of the war Ripper Dan Aliotto and I can't remember if we see him again in the series so it will be something to look forward to. Nice read here which culminates some of the previous titles in the series and whilst a little down on the action side of things explains a lot of the goings on from previous titles leading up to here. Recommended reading.

Bit of a different type of title here where the Big Guy comes into town as a result of a request from Gadgets and Pol in relation to another face from the past a Colonel who was very tight with the Big Guy in Vietnam and now in private corporate business and being chewed at around the edges by the Mob. The plan is to corner the horse track action in the country. The full gambit from bookmaking to layoff books to numbers' lotteries, racing wires, the whole thing. One that will put the Mob in undisputed control of a worldwide gambling wire setup. Ultra-sophisticated radio gear hijacked from the military and one of the towns leading citizens has dirty fingers over the deal. The guy heads an electronics firm that does government contract work and has been engulfed by the Mob. Major problems where the Mob does not have a firm control in any thing and it is impossible to ensure that innocents are out of the way before any strike. Gadgets and Pol play major roles in this title which culminates in the location of the stolen radio equipment and it's eventual destruction ending the plans completely. One of the nuggets when reading this series is as follows verbatim from the title and one of the major reasons I love reading this series. "I knew you'd get to my territory sooner or later," Lucasi muttered. "So go ahead. Kill me." Bolan replied, "All right." And he did so, the muzzle of the AutoMag making contact with Big Ben's little skull at that critical point directly between the eyes. He squeezed off once, sending 240 shattering grains exploding into that corruption, at a muzzle energy of a thousand or so foot-pounds. I'll spare you the following description of the exploding skull and brain sections. Great stuff (or am I becoming a little sick?) Nah this is a very good read a little down on action but yet again cementing the Pol and Gadgets characters for future titles. It's a great read grab it.

After all these months fighting the unwinnable war the Big Guy can actually see a faint glimmer at the end of the pipeline that a victory could possibly be obtained. The dwindling numbers of the Families due to attrition of various forms which Bolan could certainly attest to. He himself had removed quite a few of those from circulation. The federal strike forces had put away a few more. These actions, coupled with the normal attrition through aging and interfamily violence, were combining to put the handwriting on the wall for all who had eyes to see. So, sure, it was no surprise to Bolan to learn that "the organization" was trekking to the old country for an infusion of hot new blood into their declining empire. What chance of any type of victory when the Mob could simply recruit vast numbers at any time to bolster their numbers with gradigghia imports from Sicily. So the Big Guy had come to Philadelphia to face this new enemy, to test them, and—if possible—to turn them back. In this title the Big Guy comes closer than ever before to capture by the Police trapped at the top of a telephone pole and surrounded it seems it is all over for the Big Blitzer but wow what a scene to read. Also this title features the Big Guy's first impersonation of a Black Ace after he takes out one Johnny Cavaretta and takes his place. Infiltrating under the Black Ace guise he once again manipulates the opposition like putty and sends them off fighting against each other. One of the better scenes also in this title is at the end where leaving the compound he comes across a Taliferi crew at the gate and has to fight his way past them resulting in him taking a few hits fine reading indeed. Highly recommended reading in the series.

The escape from Vegas went like clockwork and after three changes of planes Jack Grimaldi is about to deliver the Big Guy to Glass Bay Resort a private Mafia hard site where he intends to discover what the Caribbean Carousel is all about. Exiting the sea plane and swimming to shore and the jungle the Big Guy finds himself up against around one hundred guns who are slowly closing the pincer trap to take him out. You just gotta feel sorry for these guys some times. So after escaping through the closing net he once again finds himself coming across some interesting characters and the plot expands nicely. Quick Tony Lavagni is in charge of the Mob forces having failed in France but given another chance here with the big price of the Eastern Seaboard territory the prize should he be successful. Soon the Big Guy ascertains that the biggest fish here is in fact not a Mafia player but a huge player on the world stage and just has to be taken down. Enter Jack Grimaldi (one of my favourite characters) who whilst this is not his first meeting with the Big Guy in this title sees the errors of his ways and probably after Hal Brognola and Carl Lyons becomes one of the future converts to the Big Guys war everlasting in this title. Excellent title here once again which includes a bit of background information re Jack etc. setting up future titles but a wonderful read by itself. Again recommended reading in this series of titles.

San Francisco is the next port of call for the Big Guy in this title where at first it doesn't appear to be all that much rot that needs his brand of cleaning. This situation changes when he keeps hearing references of a Chinese triad and Mafia amalgamation with the intention of taking over all avenues of crime from the traditional mob and constant references to an unknown Mr. Big who is behind all of this in the shadows. Once again the Big Guy manages to get into the minds of the enemy and injects mistrust between them which results in a final meeting between the big players and the elusive Mr. Big is dragged out of the shadows. The first appearance of the stainless steel .44 magnum auto mag Big Thunder in this title which goes on to strike fear into the hearts of the enemy and also becomes a signature of the Big Guy himself. A good read here but it really is just an entree to the following title as Johnnie and Val have been kidnapped and the following title shows us the Big Guy in rage mode and is arguably one of the finest reads in the series. So enough of this and off to read it again I know I am going to enjoy the next one.

"Tell them I'm here! Tell them somebody knows why! Tell them!" So opens the Boston Blitz where the Big Guy has come to try and rescue Val and brother Johnnie who have been kidnapped and by early evening, all of Greater Boston knew that the Executioner was there. Starting off with some smaller locations and lesser ranking members of the Mob it doesn't take long for the upper echelon to become aware and a hastily called meeting takes place at a Gun and Hunt club where some excellent sections take place with the attack on the gun club and 22 bodies are later located amid the destruction and the Big Guy is only getting warmed up. More destruction of Mob holdings and massive casualties occur until he is informed that indeed the two will be delivered to him at a certain location where he awaits and a bundle is thrown onto the road. The contents of the bundle which is a male and female who have undergone disgusting torture cause the Big Guy to explode with rage and he continues his assault on anything Mob related with unbridled fury and as a result spills information of a mysterious character who is one of the bigs of big a guy who actually dines at the White House a guy who could bring down the government. In the succeeding two hours, Bolan blitzed a path across that north Boston suburb which left, by the most reliable count, 52 dead men strewn in his wake resulting in an irate police inspector to declare, "This guy has gone bananas. He's ripping through this town like an enraged rogue elephant, and you've goddammit got to stop him! I don't care how you go about it or what you have to do, but I want you to stop this crazy bastard!" When Leo finally manages to make contact we get an insight into what sort of condition the Big Guy is in. FINALLY aware that the two turkeys are not Val and Johnnie he allows a meet to be set up where they will be returned to him intact and the brilliant finish to the title is to be read. The finishing epilogue is tear shedding stuff if you love this character don't be surprised if you get a bit misty eyed at the end of this title. Superb read here folks one of the absolute best titles in the original series and this is HIGHLY HIGHLY recommended reading to you if you have not had the pleasure of reading this yet. Do yourself a favour.

Returning from the ordinary titles in France and London the Big Guy arrives in New York unarmed with a huge welcoming committee waiting for him. Badly wounded while narrowly escaping the trap waiting for him he stumbles into refuge with three women who save his life and protect him whilst he recovers. Something is bubbling in New York something big but while he is investigating what it is one of the girls who saved him is kidnapped and turned into a turkey. No more kid gloves the Big Guy is in a rage and hits them Big Time where it all culminates at a secret retreat that is hosting a meeting between some of the New York capos and a senator who is being groomed for the Oval Office. Stunning attacks follow on the hard site where the Big Guy heaps it on them big time launching rockets and grenades until nothing remains except burning ruins of the once impregnable hard site. Excellent title in the series and certainly one to recommend for reading in the series.

Chicago the made city where everything is controlled there ain't no way this bastard Bolan is going to try any of his tricks here. And so it seems a completely controlled city of the Mob surely there is no way that the Big Guy can play his games here or is there? This title brings on so many original ideas from the author which sickens me when you read following titles from lesser authors who have blatantly stolen the plot line of this title in subsequent titles and have sold so many copies of this mans original work well never mind they will never be held to this, this is the ORIGINAL folks. Chicago MASSIVE problems for the Big Guy in any way he tries to do anything the made town everywhere he looks there is no light until.... Set them against themselves he thinks ......... ( RIGHT NOW FOLKS THIS IS THE ORIGINAL........ FORGET THE COPIES YOU MAY HAVE READ FROM SUBSTANDARD AUTHORS RIDING ON THIS AUTHORS COAT TAIL this is the original). Brilliant how he manages to do everything he does in this title. How about the undercover stuff in the blizzard with the phone lines to find out what the opposition is doing? How about the worming into the minds of the opposition on how they are being undercut by their underlings. How about the final sections where the opposing forces engage themselves? Magnificent release in the series and HIGHLY recommended reading if you haven't read it yet WHY NOT?

After leaving Chicago the Big Guy stops over in Las Vegas with the intention of adding some funds to his depleted War Chest via a withdrawal from the Mob's skimming house of one of it's casino's. After a successful first part of the operation he then stumbles into a nearly dead Carl Lyons who has been almost beaten to death by Mafia interrogators and their safe escape becomes the primary goal. With Lyons safely tucked away a little of the Bolan touch on Vegas is decided upon and so starts some of the most audacious actions and events he has managed to pull off at this time of the series. Massive forces are amassed against him none the least the Talifero Brothers are flying in with revenge on their minds from Miami huge numbers of hard men are on the streets and inside the casino's and maybe the most concerning of all a huge force of Federal marshals and FBI officers led by none other than Hal Brognola who have been given shoot on sight orders. Toss in the comic Tommy Anders (whose comedy I just can't get into I'm afraid) and introducing the fabulous Ranger girls who all play ongoing rolls in the future titles of the series add in some wonderful characters from the Mob and this title rocks. After a beautiful welcome to the incoming Talifero Brothers and their ninety or so soldiers at the airport where their private jet is landing the audacity the Big Guy shows allows him to pull off one of the biggest cons going as he basically takes over the running of the Mobs casino and not only destroys huge amounts of currency held on the premises also manages to pull off a brilliant escape after possibly taking down one or both of the Talifero brothers with the unknown assistance of none the less than Jack Grimaldi introduced here for the first time. HIGHLY recommended reading in this series one of the best.

Brilliant yet another blockbuster to follow the first three in the series. The Mob have relocated to Miami for a conference on what to do about the Big Guy who is starting to pester them enough that they are starting to take notice of what he is doing. The introduction of the Talifero brothers and their Black Aces in this title and also another plea from Brognola to come in from the dark and accept a sanctioned role within the Government which is again turned down are major events. The Big Guy gets tied up with some Cuban expatriates who assist him big time in this title and also comes across a female member of this group Margarita who he spends some down time with but is unfortunately destined to be the second ally who is tortured and killed for no other reason than their association with him. Action scenes abound in this title with massive attacks against the Mafia in different hotels and the final scenes aboard a floating palace where the Big Guy and his Cuban allies riding in a surplus PT boat pound them into dust. Superb title in the series and the first four of these titles remind us why this series is probably the most successful series ever written in history it is a privilege to have read this yet again do yourself a favour and do the same.

Investigating an air freight hijack operation at Dulles International Airport the Big Guy realises he has been suckered big time and this is likely the end surrounded on all sides with no avenue of escape. In a desperate last ditch play he manages to escape the cordon and flees to the only means of escape an International airliner about to depart to Paris. Using the passport thrust upon him by Brognola in his attempt to recruit the Big Guy (not sure how his new looks were photographed but anyway) he successfully manages to escape upon the plane and off to Paris. Probably the thing I liked the most about this title is the wonderful characters introduced and there a heap of them and a further reminder of the character of the man where he could so often take the easy way out to protect himself but over and over again will put himself in harms way to protect the innocent. Not a ten like the first four titles in this series but hey a very solid read which you will enjoy if you read this one. Recommended reading.

I struggled a bit with this one I'm guessing with the subject matter. The Big Guy has fled from Paris and travels via the channel ferry to England where everyone seems to be aware of his arrival not only the Mafia but the British police are there in force and it seems he is well and truly trapped until a sports car comes to a screeching halt driven by a beautiful woman who urges him to jump in and away they flee to safety. (Note this must be a good scene as Mr. Lazy has used it numerous times instead of thinking of any thing original). The Big Guy then enters a world of macarbe sadism and torture in a museum where a complicated plot begins to be revealed where he is not sure who he can trust and with good reason. The Mafia meanwhile decide on a plan of action to invite him into the fold with a high ranking position and forgive and forget all previous actions. Needless to say that this does not go down at all well with all members and a split forms between the two factions which comes to a head at the end of the title where once again they start firing at each other. The Big Guy hangs around long enough to give Big Arnie Farmer a third eye between his two existing ones and takes off for home leaving the troops to sort it out between themselves. Fair read here but no where close to what has come before in the series.

Well I have read this title SO MANY times I really should try and get a life. Having not lodged any reviews on the original Pendleton titles as yet this has been in the to do basket for a while to re-read them and lodge reviews and quite possibly slated when I have finished the current SOB's series I am currently working through. What can I possibly say regarding this title that has not already been said by the previous reviews? Nothing at all but I can tell you how I felt upon reading this for the (lost count) time a title which thanks to an idea so long ago has exploded into five different series amounting to just over 900 titles released to date at the time of this writing. Reading this after reading hundreds of the other titles I felt no sense of reading something which has become dated I love the character and found him somewhat naive at the start certainly to be expected and what about the other characters introduced in the first title. Val, Leo, Weatherbee, Sergio Frenchi, Plasky etc. etc. the Big Guy serves it up to them straight into their faces and you can almost sympathize their predicament ripping them apart with army ordnance and a strategic mind. LOVED it and I am going to read it yet again soon when I start making my way through the original 38. Won't bother saying HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading simply if by some chance you are reading this and have never read it you have missed out on one of the best things going and drop everything and grab this it is just so good.

The build up to this one was good with the Swedish Prime Minister being assassinated to cover up the fact that one of his researchers has come across a process to create a synthetic cocaine. The focus moves to Bolivia where a complicated set of moves are taking place where a coup is going to be enacted but it is only a cover as the US is being suckered into believing the Bolivian administration is clamping down on the cultivation of poppy plants and actively clamping down on the production of cocaine as per the US wishes for massive amounts of foreign aid when in fact the new process of creating the synthetic product will in fact flood the shores of the US. Sound OK yea I was thinking to myself at least but wow what a let down. As per this author's previous title TOO much wanking on about nothing for so long where actually nothing bloody happens. Approaching the end of the title and it is all rushed as we are running out of room and wham the processing plant is destroyed with one bomb which conveniently ignites chemicals stored in the plant causing what was initially believed to be a nuclear explosion such is the force of the explosion. The attacks on the other sites also were rushed and unfulfilling leaving this reviewer wanting more and left feeling disappointed. I was left with the impression of an author trying to show his strong knowledge of the characters he is writing about but failing to nail a good start plot idea which was a shame this should have been much better given the good start. Not one to recommend in this series after what has come previously.

This authors last crack at a title in this series and probably a good decision from whoever made it. Once again the author has produced a readable title where the plot and story line are ok to good add in some good characters introduced and you should be reading a good title but unfortunately like the previous offerings of his everything leads up to a squib fall flat ending. This time around the Russians have managed to purchase through intermediaries the US system for protection from incoming enemy aircraft and are pulling it apart to reverse engineer it to incorporate the system into their own defences. The SOB's task is simple go and get it back failing that destroy it before those nasty Russians can figure out how it works. Again it should have been a good read but falls flat at the short end. Action adventure is what we are supposed to be reading here folks but nothing to recommend here compared to previous titles in the series.

A very ordinary stupid title here which we will get on to later but firstly Barrabas is contacted by someone not sure who but if it was supposed to be "The Fixer" he is so out of character in this title he is not recognizable. The mission El Salvador has seen yet another coup and the President has been assassinated so enter the country and remove the guy who has taken over as he won't work with American puppet masters and move into power the ex vice president. Problem 1: The ex vice President wants nothing to do with it. Problem 2: We don't have any money to fund the mission. Huh? no money what the fu*k what a joke and of course Nile falls over himself to accept the mission with miniscule funds that not only does he have to use to purchase weapons to facilitate the counter attack on the current President but also has to somehow use to come up with a way to travel to the country with said weapons and supplies if he can obtain same. This title features one of my pet hates when reading anything where the author actually "forgets" on who/what he is actually writing about so if he has no idea what the hell is anyone reading this pile of droppings supposed to do? Page 113 O'Toole and Hatton are drilling the rebels for the attack upon the palace. She didn't notice that O'Toole had dismissed the men until he came up next to her. "Worried?" he asked. She looked at him and shrugged. "Concerned." "Don't be," he said. "The Colonel knows what he's doing." "Always?" O'Toole nodded and said, "Oh, yes...always." "I guess you're right." She looked past him and saw the former vice president of El Salvador, Jules Berbick. He had been watching Nanos put the men through their paces. huh who? "What do you suppose he's thinking?" she asked Nanos. See even she has forgotten who the bloody hell she is actually talking to and then The Irishman looked over at Berbick and said .... after making a stunning re-appearance to where he was momentarily before. Very ordinary title then proceeds where a whole lot of nothing actually happens and guess what the mission is somehow a success as one of the Presidents men in the climax thinks to himself stuff this I'm not going down protecting this jerkoff and after he blows him away the rest of his "loyal" staff decide to drop weapons and give up. If that is not bad enough an epilogue is inserted which will be nominated for the most ridiculous/stupid in it's class whenever such a poll is created where Barrabas informs Hatton that her lover Bishop who we remember came back from the dead a few titles ago has been killed. ??????????? He wasn't even in the bloody title. Where was he?, what was he doing?, how was he killed? Based on previous events are we actually sure he is dead? Apparently as no information is given on the above questions but well who cares anyway obviously the author didn't. Very disappointing read here steer well clear of this one.

The perfect follow up to the first title in the series? Absolutely. Realising what he is up against the Big Guy decides to recruit some help from his old army buddies and recruits nine of them to form a Death Squad with the intention of taking out the DiGeorge family. The cops are not going to accept what is going on and a task force headed by Capt. Braddock is formed to take down the Big Guy which features a member by the name of Sergeant Carl Lyons and also a Detective named Charlie Rickert who both play ongoing roles in the following titles of the series. The Big Guy with his Death Squad plan a military assault to take down the DiGeorge family but all does not go to plan with the squad being decimated and Bolan taking a suicide chance to escape at the end. Carl Lyons features prominently at the end with what happens and the Big Guy lives on to fight another day in the next title. Brilliant title in the series here and highly recommended reading in the series.

Someone one said on this site if there is ever a film done on this series base it on the first three titles of the series. Oh Yeah I could not agree more and after re-reading the first three yet again the last couple of days I have been reminded yet again why I love this character and series and have spent SO MUCH money on buying every title of all the combined series. Simply in one word BRILLIANT the character grows so much in this title and the Big Guy starts on his way down the path of dismantling the families and his soon to emerge nerveless character role play getting these bad guys to accept him no matter what he tells them is fantastic reading. The diGeorge family bites the dust big time in this title and vague references of Mike and Pat the Talifero brothers are introduced as something the Big Guy has on his horizon but for the moment at the end of this title he has a little time to sit back and reflect on the growing relationship he has with Carl Lyons and Hal Brognola who both are going to have such a profound influence on his life in the future titles. I would doubt that any series released to date would have had three opening blockbuster titles released like the first three of this series and little wonder the series exploded into what it became. Thank you Don Pendleton you changed my life when you released this series and I will be forever grateful.

Yet another good read in the series with this title which features one of the best plots to date where a group plot to take down Wall Street throwing the American financial sector and dollar into a free fall causing the loss of hundreds of thousands of jobs and the American way of life. One of the bad guys is another characters from Barrabas's past and this title features some nice flash back sequences to what happened involving the two in Vietnam during the conflict there. The title works up to a nice climax which will certainly keep you interested and finishes off nicely with the bad guy's getting theirs. Once again recommended reading in this series here.

Robin Hardy's last title in the series (which is a shame) and it seems he decided to go out with a bang in this one where he includes many characters from his previous titles and basically kills them off to finalise things. Set in Russia where a group of hardliners not happy with the ending of their privileged lives after the fall of Communism reckon it would be a good idea if the current administration were to fall and things go back to the way they were. Another pro Administration group are monitoring what is going on and decide to recruit Barrabas and his bunch of hard asses to rectify the situation. Very action orientated title which entertains probably Billy 2 stands out in this one with a fine performance but the other members are also prominent. Sounding repetitive I know but yet again a fine read in the series. Gotta say why was this series cancelled as to date it is almost faultless?

Very disappointing effort from a first time author in the series here. A secluded island has been taken over by European interests who wish to launch a missile into space and clean up a few US and Soviet satellites giving them the balance of power in space. Umm okay that's the plot. Lots and lots of absolutely nothing happens as the title plods along, no action scenes Billy 2 one of my favourite characters in this series is off away with the gods and priests and it went on for FAR TOO long, the Doc and Bishop are tied up with a tin pot General and a French Rocket designer which also went for FAR TOO long. The rest of the Team rent and base themselves on an island of an actor who happens to arrive just before the final scenes of the attack on the island. Why? Your guess is as good as mine but I am thinking page filler. Nothing to recommend here with this title.

New author this time around and this is one of his only two titles in the series which based on this title was probably a good idea. New member of the Team is introduced to replace Bishop the pilot Jose Sanchez who has some very impressive references indeed trained by the British SAS, ex member of Delta Force been drifting around as a Merc for a while, speaks numerous languages fluently, crack shot and pilot extraordinaire sounds like just what the Team needs. A Korean airliner has been shot down whilst in Soviet air space and whilst this would normally get a shrug of the shoulders from US officials an American congressman is on board resulting in a bristling in the ranks and demands to the Soviets for an explanation. Nothing forthcoming the SOB's are dispatched to learn who shot down the airliner and why. Bit of a romp here where the SOB's basically run riot on the Soviet territory Sakhalin Island and destroy most of it. When the identity of the person who ordered the airliner to be shot down is revealed to be a high ranking CIA operative umm well nothing bloody happens and the information is passed onto The Fixer at the end of the title so what his agenda was and why he did it remains unknown which is annoying. Reasonable read here only I have enjoyed many of the other titles more than this offering.

Robin Hardy back as the author of this title in the series and the cheers from the backbenches are deafening. Excellent title in the series where a jet liner has been hijacked by terrorists and flown to Syria where the hostages are being held. One of the hostages is an American professor who has created a virtual headset/helmet which will revolutionise fighter jet avionics in the future and he is just one of a cast of (well a lot). So many good characters introduced in this title I lost count from the hijackers to the cabin crew of the jet liner to the flight crew to some of the hostage passengers to the terrorist leaders in Syria to the reporter in the States who threatens to expose the SOB's to the public etc. Full on story line here folks which WILL keep you entertained if you decide to read this one you won't be disappointed action scenes abound all of the members of the SOB's feature solidly and the return of a member thought to be dead and forgotten. Gotta say the return of the said member was a bit hmm shall we say tested the bounds of reality a tad considering how he was initially supposedly killed but I guess it doesn't really matter that much as he is one of the much loved members of the SOB's especially by Hatten. Terrific finish where the SOB's after saving the day are flying off to the nether world and the obnoxious reporter is doing his best to expose their identities to the world with not much luck with the survivors of the hijack but for sure he will be back in the future no doubt. Absolutely loved this one you really should consider this one if you wish to read a fine title in this series.

This author who previously gave us #18 Sakhalin Breakout and this title never went on to release any other titles in the series and this is entirely understandable to this reviewer after finishing this title. It had to happen I guess not all of the titles in this series could have been blockbusters or the series might be still in print but this one is very ordinary. The plot well the Soviets have decided they wish to cause America some harm and decide to attack their Alaskan oil fields under the cover of fake Greenpeace trawlers and a frigate flying the French flag. Huh ? Did anyone stop to think hey the Americans are going to see through this and know it was really us? Apparently not and this plot is hereby entered into the most stupid plot I have ever read category whenever it is created on this site. The rest of the title is a long drawn out process where well nothing much actually happens action wise with far too much on the going ons behind doors by a who's who of American and Russian politicians and section office holders. Boring read give this one a big miss.

Black International is a group of renegade ex Nazis who escaped from Germany as the second world war concluded to nearby South American countries. Firmly entrenched in Chile and Uruguay they are assisting rogue Generals in Bolivia stage a coup d'etat to take control of the country and soon to do likewise in Argentina creating a Nazi axis through the southern half of South America. Of all people to be assisting the Generals is none other than the Fixer Walker Jessup who walks right into a trap and is captured by the Nazi's requiring the SOB's to mount a rescue. Some good action scenes in this one yet again but would have to say it was a little complicated and hard to follow at the beginning sections which dropped it one star in this review. Certainly worth the read but maybe not quite as good as some of the previous titles in the series.

Wow action packed from start to finish where the SOB's have been given first crack before other agencies at terrorists who are launching terror attacks on American soil. The body count here is massive let me tell you at times I thought I was reading a Dan Schmidt title with bodies piling up and rivers of blood the SOB's are up against it. Many things to like about this title with all members of the Team getting pretty much an equal time through the title standouts probably Nanos and Bishop but the Mad Irishman's segment with Hayes was also pretty good. The title builds to a climax which will see thousands of casualties prevented at just the last second but results in the death of one of the favourite members of the Team. Excellent ending where Barrabas hunts down the person responsible for the terrorists being able to enter the country and he gets his just desserts well deserved. I sound like a broken record with this series but again a fine read in this series recommended reading.

Well I have to say I felt a little let down with this title when I finished it. The start is magnificent Barrabas is in Cairo Egypt on the search for information as to the veracity of information come across suggesting that his arch nemesis Karl Heiss is alive and well somewhere in Africa and up to some of his old tricks. Meanwhile a brilliant little plan hatched by the said nemesis is unfolding where he has managed to lure Gunter Dykstra brother of Barrabas's estranged girlfriend Erika to a particular warehouse at which location Barrabas is currently and he is shot in the face numerous times whilst a video camera shoots footage of Barrabas apparently committing the foul act. Our hero awakes inside a plane trussed like a turkey and about to be shown the door at ten thousand feet or so. Managing to free himself a fight ensues and shots are fired and the pilot is among the dead, the plane is nosediving to a crash landing running to the exit door and grabbing a parachute as he passes it out the door he goes unfortunately too low to get into the parachute he deploys it and hopes for the best. Armed with the incriminating video tape Karl Heiss has little problem in tempting Erika into the trap he has laid also a couple of the SOB's who happen to be in Africa get caught up in the mess resulting in one of the best laid starts in this series. This title SHOULD HAVE BEEN a blockbuster in the series. Instead the rest of the title details Hatton and Namos's trials and tribulations when they are captured and what happens to Barrabas after he crash lands to earth and his travels through the desert he is in. Not bad reading by any means but perhaps a tad too long and then a very satisfactory ending is served up which gained the title an extra star than it was going to get. Karl Heiss well he was shot again numerous times at the end but that has happened before, his body is not located again so could he possibly be back yet again? if it happens can't wait to read what sort of condition his body is in as it wasn't pretty what he looked like in this title. Ends up a good read this one but could have been SO MUCH better I reckon but certainly worth the read.

Set in Afghanistan this time during the occupation/invasion of the country by the Soviets and the Russians are getting their collective arses kicked big time by the locals. Hugely overdue for a massive injection to raise the optimism of it's troops the Soviet commanders have turned their attention to chemical warfare and particularly to an ex Third Reich scientist working for them who has created possibly the most powerful chemical weapon ever invented. The SOB's assignment this time simple invade Afghanistan locate the fort where the weapon is being tested and destroy it once again with not only not being caught but to make it look like an accident. Lots to like in this title starting with the comradeship between the members, some of the bantering and joking between them is classic stuff indeed and considering we are now over one third through the released series the titles remain rock solid reading with no let downs at all to date. One thing that does stand out though is the use of multiple authors in the series where during the last title the female troubles of Barrabas and O'Toole was of huge interest in this title it is't even mentioned. Once again a fine read in the series and recommended reading.

Brilliant title in the series where our beloved mad Irishman Liam O'Toole recently married to his nympho girlfriend Suzie and resigned from the SOB's is on a honeymoon with his lady back in the old country but unfortunately for him things have not been forgotten or forgiven. Captured by the IRA which he was a member of so long ago and held as a deserter and traitor he is given one of the biggest beatings known and is still alive. Going to be set up for a Kangaroo court sitting where upon he is going to be executed after being found guilty and all is not looking good for our favourite Irish member. After a brief moment of freedom after having escaped and a frantic telephone call to Barrabas being recaptured dashes all hopes of being saved or does it? Excellent high paced adrenaline pumping title here folks where the SOB's are racing against time to try and rescue one of their own favourites amidst IRA terrorism attacks which may destroy any attempts they make to try for some normality. The ending sections are extremely good reading with the excitement level rising as all seems lost. The final sections featuring O'Toole's missus certainly took me by surprise and is worth the read by itself in relation to the continuation of the series itself. Loved it and if you are going to read this series one day you MUST read this one it is a cracker. Highly recommended reading in the series.

Set in South East Asia namely the Gulf of Thailand this time around the SOB's are on the trail of pirates who are running amok and pleasing themselves on any shipping in the area with a focus on Vietnamese refugees trying to escape their war torn homeland for some sort of a better life. The opening of the title finds the SOB's paddling a raft about to storm a liner which has been captured by these terrorists and held captive to release the hostages and bring the Pirates to justice. Unfortunately it is very hard to save anyone who was killed days ago and is currently rotting in the place that they were killed and to really annoy Barrabas and his team the bad guys escape from the liner without being caught. Some good reading here where the Team attempts to locate the Pirates through an arrangement with the Thai Military and a borrowed Huey helicopter with no success and the politics which enter the equation to eventually stop their efforts. Excellent ending where the SOB's have in fact nicked off in the stolen helicopter now fully armed and with information on where the Pirates home base is actually located. Now the Pirates in this title have a peculiar ceremony and ritual they enjoy and I challenge anyone who reads this title not to cringe when reading the authors detailed description of same. Another excellent read in the series and recommended reading yet again.

Off to South Africa this time around at a time when apartheid is alive and well and twenty five million blacks are being treated as slaves and sub human by the seven million whites who own everything and run the show with the use of Special Police who could teach the Gestapo a thing or two let me tell you. A prominent black bishop is going to make a speech in the black township of Soweto in an attempt to bring the blacks and whites together to live harmoniously but all is not well in the white camp regarding this and a secret plot has been hatched to assassinate him in a way which will encourage the other world powers to get on board with apartheid as it really is not as bad as it has been portrayed. Barrabas and some of his SOB's are invited to come to South Africa to inspect the security around the Bishop for his speech but very soon after arrival realise that there is a very disturbing plot going on in the background. Fair to say the action scenes in this one were somewhat limited compared to previous titles in the series but was made up some by the authors descriptions of what the Police are up to when the blacks mount a protest march which involves some gruesome descriptions and will have you there experiencing what is happening with some very well written sections. Very good ending finishes off a thoughtful title in the series certainly worth a read.

Set in famine struck Ethiopia this time around and revolving around millions of dollars of donated money to assist the local population. The money has been collected from donations by a corrupt television evangelist who has no intention of doing anything with the cash except putting it into his own pocket. The CIA get wind of what is going on and decide they could do a lot with the cash so bring back into their fold none other than Barrabas's arch enemy namely Karl Heiss to rip of the cash for them but wouldn't you know it he decides that in fact he could make good use of the cash himself and intends to steal it for himself. Add in the Russians the Cubans and also the local governing party currently in power who all decide they too want to get hold of the cash and it is on for young and old. Barrabas and the SOB's fall over themselves to get involved in this one after the report that Karl Heiss is in fact alive and well with Barrabas vowing to take him out this time once and for all. The cash is held by all of the groups at one time or another with a twisting plot intertwined throughout the story add in a few good characters and once again a good read is to be had here. Does Karl Heiss survive this time or is he finally nailed? The way the title finished it could go either way but I am leaning towards coming across this bugger in a future title again down the track let you know.

The start of this title finds our hero Barrabas cooling his heels in an Amsterdam prison cell nursing a massive bump to the back of his head and a splitting headache after being arrested by the local coppers in the process of dismantling a dyke in a hotwired front end loader to drown the city. This monstrous out of character action is a result of being dropped by his missus and the consumption of massive amounts of alcohol where in the cold light of day he is thinking to himself well it sounded like a good idea at the time. Needed by the Fixer for a mission he is released from prison into the Fixer and the Mad Irishman's custody who has his own agenda having been recently married to the nymphomaniac he has been potting for the last six months and is considering leaving the SOB's. The mission this time is to locate a CIA operative in Berlin Germany (this is set prior to the wall coming down) who has been ordered home as his cover is blown and has refused to do so the obvious conclusion being he is either a double agent or has turned. Off we go with just Barrabas and the Irishman for most of the title where the CIA guy is located but has a very fanciful tale indeed of lost Nazi millions in gold and he thinks he knows where it can be located. Well the East Germans coupled with the Russians are not having a bar of this surprise surprise and in conjunction with a local Nazi group are all doing their best to stop the SOB's. Good action scenes especially approaching the later stages of the title and some good characters introduced maybe the standout the Blond who has a penchant for razor blades which fit nicely between her extremely long fingernails. Yet another good read in this series and recommended reading.

Well what adjectives can I use here? Brilliant, Superb, Wonderful this title is the follow on from #5 where the SOB's made fools of the KGB and the Spetnaz and they are out for revenge BIG TIME this title is an absolute CRACKER and one of the few DO YOURSELF A FAVOUR titles a must read (of course a no brainer you would have to have read the previous title in the series for it to make any sense to you whatsoever). I am going to try very hard not to gush too much when typing this but from the start you will read little aside sections where individual members are attacked by the Spetnaz looking for a payback and manage to survive without doubt the standout is the Greek guy Nanos who if you are a male and read this title (this is in no way sexist but definitely relates to males) and were in his position you would probably do exactly what he does. Now Barrabas is aware of what is going on and sends out the message for the Team to relocate together at the female Doctor's retreat where they will try and set up some sort of a defence against a MASSIVE force which has been set up against them. MASSIVE odds no chance of survival and so the title progresses where you will read some of the finest action scenes going around folks never mind what series you are reading. Little by little the overwhelming odds are shaved but to little good as sheer weight of numbers will eventually reign supreme. Enter Billy 2 supposed dead from the last title by the Team suffering the effects of drug induced torture running around in the nick as his clothes were burning him ;-) unbelievable he has come to the top of the heap with the mad Irishman as my favourite characters in this series and causes major damage to the opposition but not enough. The final scenes where the Team is finally cornered and trapped inside the Majorcan hideaway are breathtaking and you will enjoy. Have already said all of the adjectives simply this is one of those titles again where you DO YOURSELF A FAVOUR and read it. HIGHLY HIGHLY recommended.

This time around we come across another of Nile Barrabas's enemies from the Vietnam War days namely a Khmer Rouge General Kon who let me tell you is one sick puppy indeed. The said General is currently in Cambodia and running amok slaughtering the peasants left right and centre. In his spare time he is ransacking temples and pillaging any antiquities he can find to flog off on the back market. Still with time to burn he is trying with the help of captured scientists to create the most deadly biological weapon ever created. The SOB's mission this time is to go to Cambodia and gather samples of the said biological weapon for examination and to take the General down. Pretty fast paced action in this title as the SOB's try to locate the General and take him down where a Trans Am and a Porsche are utilised add in a speedboat and a good selection of characters introduced and this is a fine read with many exciting passages. Loved the General's daughter at the end you really have to read this one just to find out what happens to her (gruesome) as are a lot of the descriptions in this title on what has been done to the local Cambodian peasants. Good read in the series.

Another pretty good read in the series where this time around the SOB's are given the task of infiltrating a Cuban prison where a former CIA operative Colonel D is being held and return him to safety. All is not as it seems however as the entire mission is a con job merely to lure the SOB's into Cuba where they will be eliminated once and for all by the devious Senator whose hatred of them is bubbling. Barrabas of course realises the problems with the offered job and sees through the con but still agrees to attempt the rescue. Lots of good action scenes here on the water and especially the prison where the SOB's infiltrate to rescue the infamous Colonel D who is basically nothing more than a Turkey Doctor. The younger brother of the dead SOB Emilio Lopez features prominently in this title with a few other very good characters introduced especially some of the X Command members and Billy 2 is back with a vengeance. Most of the team take injuries in this one which requires a few months recuperation before the next title takes place. Recommended reading again in this series.

Exceptionally good read here featuring two of Nile Barrabas's arch enemies namely CIA renegade Karl Heiss and former ARVN Major General Nguyen Son Ny who relate back to Nile's Vietnam days and the heroin pipeline he smashed that had been set up by these two. Indeed it was only in title #1 where we last came across Karl Heiss who was left for dead at the end of that one. The start of this title and Karl is probably wishing he was dead when we come across where he is and what has happened to him. Eventually he is rescued by the Major General's mercs and flown to Colombo to be reunited and to be present for the closing of the trap which will see the end of Barrabas and his SOB"S. Nile's girlfriend is kidnapped and held by the bad guys who wait in anticipation for the attempted rescue to be tried by the SOB's confident that nothing can go wrong and they will kill them all once and for all. Coupled with this is the turbulent times in Sri Lanka with the Tamil Tigers basically going berserk and the wanton violence happening through the country. Very much and action orientated title here with some very gruesome scenes which if this is your bag you will love this one. On top of an excellent read a cameo starring role is handed to guess who? Yep the Big Guy features here folks where he and Nile are playing volleyball with hand grenades and the VC excellent section. So very highly recommended read with this title you will likely enjoy it if you give it a go.

The fourth instalment of the series and by this time the reader is gaining a strong knowledge of the leader Nile Barrabas's character and also some of the original members of the original ten members. This time around a cult leader Jeremiah who has hundreds of followers is about to unleash his armies onto Central Europe and place himself as the head honcho. The SOB's have a dual mission this time with the first being the tracking of massive amounts of weapons on their way to Jeremiah's armies and the capture of same and then the destruction of said armies as well as taking down the leader himself. Once again many sections to like in this title especially the attack on his compound at the end, what happens to his followers was unexpected as was some of the action scene events which were exciting to read. The authors of this series are not backward in killing off any characters where in this only the fourth instalment the fourth original member doesn't make it through to the end. A new member Bishop is recruited to the team mainly for his piloting abilities and he excels with some of the helicopter scenes. All in all a good read perhaps a bit subdued from the frantic pace of the last couple of titles but well worth the time.

The fifth title in the series and without doubt the best to date. Gotta say regarding the author Alan Philipson I very much enjoy his writing style which includes 4 Executioners, 2 Stonymans and one Super Bolan which I have rated all of 8 or more with one exception and in fact two tens out of seven titles (unusual for me) and #3 in this series was very good but this one is even better. This time around the team is set the task of breaking into a gulag located in Siberia and rescuing a dissident being held there and returning him to safety in the west. Probably the hardest task set for the SOB's to date and they come through with flying colours making fools of the KGB and the GRU in the process (which has ramifications leading into the next title) and some of the best reading to date in the series. If you read this one and I urge you to do so you will enjoy how they pull off the impossible, you will enjoy the banter between the team members and the little asides the author inserts now and then many times when reading this title I found myself smiling and shaking my head with the humour. Indeed a new member is recruited to the team an Eskimo and his introduction is absolutely hysterical on what happen at his igloo with two members of the Team. Five titles into the series and I find myself growing closer to the characters as was the case with Phoenix Force where here the leader Nile is fantastic but some of the others are starting to excel also the Irishman, the Greek and the Indian with the female the standouts so far. Lots of readers have questioned if it is necessary to read the Phoenix Force titles in order and I would say no but with this series (bear in mind I have only read five so far) I would say yes as even though the situations the characters are currently in is explained well at the start of each title I would think readers would get more enjoyment from reading the previous title to actually know what has happened and they all seem so far to lead on from one to the other (just me maybe). Highly recommended reading here even if you just want to read one title in the series to check them out this is a superb read.

Very similar to the first War book released where this one concentrates on the Executioner series #39 to #62 Able Team series #1 to #9 Phoenix Force series #1 to #9 and the Stony Man Doctrine title. As per the previous release all of the weapons used throughout the titles are documented, as are all of the characters introduced. All terrorist organizations faced throughout the titles are listed as is a geographical reference to Stony Man Farm with detailed floor plans of the complex. Again one for all enthusiasts of these series and a must have reference title. Probably the highlight is two short stories which I would think most readers would enjoy especially the first featuring Nile Barrabas who the Big Guy assists in a big way after he has been framed for atrocities. Incidentally Barrabas has his own series SOB's which ran for 33 titles and 5 Super titles so it should be an okay read I'm thinking? Since I bought all of them years ago and they have been sitting on the shelf for so long screaming out to be read maybe now is the time. Let you know what they are like.

Well I reckon you have to take your hat off to the authors of this title the first in the series where they have to introduce the main star of the series namely Nile Barrabas the last man out of Vietnam at the end of that conflict who is a hugely decorated hero. On top of that they have to introduce the Team he leads which numbers ten and they have to give some sort of back grounding on how/why this band was picked and thrown together. Add onto that they have to somehow try and include an interesting plot storyline where the above are sent to and have them successfully finish the campaign all contained within 195 pages. Well done they delivered on all fronts if you read this one you will come away with a good knowledge certainly about the main character but also a fair amount of a lot of the Team he leads you will read a story where they successfully complete their first mission and if you are like me be keen to read more of the series. The series spanned some 33 titles with 5 Super titles released as well so Blind Freddy would presume that there must have been some good stuff released in there so off we go onto number two tomorrow but if number one is anything to go by I am looking forward to the trip through the series. Let you know.

Second title in the series and this time the focus is centred on Iran who have successfully managed to put together four nuclear bombs and fully intend to use them for blackmail and mass murder. For political reasons the United States government cannot invade the sovereign territory of Iran which would be an act of war and another outcome becomes desirable so Nile Barrabas and his bunch of SOB's are tasked with the job where they must infiltrate their way into Iran find the heavily guarded complex where the weapons are being stored prior to them being moved and destroy not only the weapons but the base as well and on top of everything else make it all look like an accident. Some very good reading leading up to the attack on the complex but the title excels with the actual attack how it unfolds and what results where a third of the Team do not make it out so I am guessing there will be a little recruiting going on before the next title. The lead character continues to shine as do some of his Team in this very action orientated title. I also liked a couple of the bad guys characters with Razod the stand out. Good read here recommended reading.

Well the year is 1999 post the millennium new year celebrations based in Cuba where Castro is dead and the exiled Cubans have returned to try and resurrect Cuba back from its Communist years of decay. The exiles who are governing have invested tens of millions in infrastructure upgrades to hotels shopping malls resorts etc. with the intention of luring the American tourist back to bring in the dollars to revive the economy. Against this is the ousted Communist figures who no longer have a job in the post Castro era who lust for a return to the way things were and to regain the power they held. Enter the Cuba Libre terrorist group made up of these said ousted Communist figures who figure if enough terrorist attacks occur the envisioned influx of American tourists will not occur, enter the Mafia who the ousted have promised fire sale prices of the collapsed hotels, resorts etc. Sounds all right for a plot this should be okay I was thinking. Enter the Black Ops group of five operatives who if they were in any way compared to Phoenix Force would so insult the PF guys they would immediately retire. RUBBISH This 350 page offering could have easily have been released as a 200 to 220 page title simply by removing the almost constant waffling on by the author where he just wanks on and on about absolutely nothing. Removing his opinions regarding the state of American politics would remove 30 or so pages alone. Nothing happens folks the Black Ops team consists of very wishy washy characters, the bad guys are very ordinary, the actions scenes are basically non existent and ongoing storyline is made so boring by the constant ramblings of the author would I suggest make this a title to steer well clear of. With few exceptions I have very much enjoyed this authors offerings in the Bolan combined series which was the reason I purchased these three titles of this series. Oh well on to number two of the series tomorrow I would suggest it would have to be better than this one I shudder to think what I am about to read if it is worse than this and if so number 3 will remain unread by me. Not one to recommend here from me.

Set in Los Angeles interracial violence between different ethnic groups is threatening to erupt into a country wide explosion of violence. An influx of cheap fully automatic weapons are appearing in the hands of these different groups who are slaughtering each other as well as thousands of innocent civilians and the Black Ops Team is set to infiltrate these groups to determine where the weapons are coming from and to bring the trade to a halt. The bad guy here is a billionaire (aren't they all) genetic scientist who has decided America is overrun with corruption of the masses and all ethic non whites should be removed from the face of the planet (ok The Fuehrer is reincarnated) and he has put in place his master plan where firstly he weeds out most of the non white super race with his orchestrated slaughter from the weapons. After sufficient weeding out has occurred he intends to release genetically modified versions of heroin/cocaine/marijuana etc. which will kill the users saving himself the trouble and all of the remaining white folks of his choosing will live in a world of no violence or crime and happily live in peace. Interestingly he has no problems with deflowering teenage virgins of his commune with the assistance of drugs but hey the Leader should get some perks right. The title plods along similar to the first in the series until a little high point where the commune is attacked by the Black Ops team with a futuristic design helicopter and battle suits hence a star added from the previous review but hmm certainly nothing to rave about that's for sure. Couple of things of note where the female of the group had to endure something which I didn't expect when captured by the bad guys but she certainly extracts revenge in a major way which also was okay reading. Again a major disappointment for me with this title but I will persevere and read the final instalment of the mini series and let you know what it is like. Again not recommended reading from me here.

Okay the last title of the mini series and here we have a group of students on a tour through Greece visiting the ancient sites where their tour bus is taken over by Macedonian/Kurd terrorists they are kidnapped and held for ransom. Included amongst the hostages is the niece of the US Secretary of State and her fiancée an Israeli Mossad agent. The Black Ops team is sent to Greece as they MAY be enabled to enact a rescue which is good for the members as they get the chance to laze around catch the sights and enjoy some good restaurants and sample some of the local booze whilst waiting to be enabled? The hostages are being held in an old monastery and the Team is eventually authorised to do the rescue which is successful with the exception of the leader of the terrorists and the Secretary of State's niece who escape prior and we are at Page 131 of a 348 page title folks! What follows is more of the same from the two previous titles lots and lots of filler this title could have been barrelled over inside 200 pages but no as like before the reader has to plow through so much bloody crap it becomes not only very hard to read but boring which results in lots of putting the title down and an unbelievable amount of time to actually finish it. Prior to writing this I thought to myself ok after the first three Phoenix Force titles how may of the five team members characters names did you know and I immediately thought all five. Upon asking myself the same question after finishing this title I realised apart from the leader and the Oriental chick McLeod was the only other name that came to memory? Let me be very plain here the ONLY REASON I purchased this mini series was because Michael Kasner was the author RIP. In all honesty I cannot recommend any of these titles for your reading pleasure unfortunately which saddens me as the man was an extremely good author certainly right up there with anyone else writing for the Bolan verse series when he was. Executioner #198 Shoot Down Stonyman #13 Warhead Stonyman #16 Deep Alert Stonyman #29 Eye of the Ruby Stonyman #34 Reprisal Stonyman #39 Breach of Trust Stonyman #42,43,45 etc. etc. etc. Are HIGHLY recommended titles released by the author which you could certainly do yourself a favour and read.

Terrific read here which will entertain you if you give it a go. Introducing Marshall Thomas Jefferson Cade "TJ to his mates" ex Space Marine and now a hard as nails Justice Department agent who with his partner Janek a cyborg attempting to understand increasing human feelings are attempting to uphold the law in the late 21st century. As the previous reviewer stated a good plot here where the "Darksiders" a section of the population who live underground are being rounded up kidnapped and taken to places unknown. As Cade and his offsider get closer and closer to discovering what is actually going on a dark plot is slowly revealed where a mining company is taking massive shortcuts in their pursuit to obtain the hugely expensive Titanium ore. Lots of good action scenes within this title which will certainly keep you turning the pages. Some of the banter between Cade and his cyborg partner is classic stuff indeed. Recommended reading.

Three seemingly unconnected murders are discovered by a computer tech who contacts his friend Marshall TJ Cade with his suspicions and arranges a meet to voice his concerns. Prior to the arrival of Marshall Tj Cade and his cyborg offsider Janek at the designated meeting place the Tech is brutally murdered by combat droids supposedly only used by the military and so the title takes off. Cade and Janek after discovering his friend brutally murdered are then attacked by the combat droids which is just the start where the title features non stop action scenes where not only are Cade and Janek attacked by the combat droids constantly add in mercenaries and the finest equipment available to the military and they are wondering what the hell is going on. High ranking government personel coupled with military and police are engaged in a conspiracy to take down the POTUS and control the world via a futuristic weapons platform orbiting in space and our heroes have their work cut out for them here. Non stop action and if you like this sort of book here it is waiting for you, excellent story/plot included and TJ's squeeze is along for the ride as well. The finishing sections with the assault on the orbiting weapons station and the conspirators lair is brilliant reading. Certainly a title to recommend for your reading pleasure you will enjoy this one if you give it a go.

Another very good read with this title sadly the last in the published series. This time around a drug lord has decided he no longer wishes to have partners and reckons he can run the business himself maximizing the profits into his pocket alone and starts to weed out said partners and connections setting up pipelines for himself. At one of these locations where he is taking out his guys three undercover Justice Department cops are brutally slain and enter TJ Cade and his partner Janek. As with the two previous titles in the series non stop action scenes follow as Cade and his partner follow the trail attempting to capture the Drug Lord and taking down his legion of mercs,droids and helicopters set in their way. If you read the three of these titles in the series you will find yourself drawing closer to Janek the cyborg sidekick of Cade well I did anyway and should enjoy this one from start to finish. Add in a good epilogue and the story is tied off nicely at the end. Shame there were no more released.

Another very good titles from this author I reckon. The Big Guy is off to the wilderness to grab a couple of days of R and R and you know he is probably kidding himself and so it turns out. Eco terrorists whose leader is ex Spetnatz and has trained them into a formidable fighting unit is about to launch their major campaign detonating a nuclear device on a fault line in the states and decimating most of the planets population in the process. OK a Nuke of the month story I know you are thinking to yourself and so it is but that doesn't mean it is not worthy of you picking this one up and giving it a go. Right from the start when the Big Guy is dragged into the affair weapon less you are reading some good stuff here. Enter the female National Park Ranger who is a very good character inserted and you will be taken away on a story which will keep you entertained from start to finish. Lots of action scenes to enjoy with the highlight maybe the female ally in an unarmed combat section with one of the female terrorists good stuff indeed. Lots of good sniper scenes inserted within the chase through the National park and a good level of interest throughout. Indeed the finishing sections are excellent and this one is recommended reading in this series enjoy.

Well here we go with this author with the same old being released yet again. Again a pretty original interesting plot. Again an excellent fast paced storyline which will keep you interested and turning the pages. Again a bunch of excellent characters introduced. Again excellent action scenes with plenty of hand to hand stuff. Again an ending which ties the title off perfectly. Again nothing like spelling mistakes or grammar errors to upset your reading. Again you will fly through this one if you give it a go. Again and Again I love yet another title by this author. Do yourself a favour and read this one recommended reading in this series.

Well after the first two titles by this author this was a HUGE disappointment for me after reading this one. The first 33 pages feature a section where the Big Guy captures a Drug Lord and delivers him to a waiting David and Jack and the ready to take off jet which is all well and good and interesting reading but has absolutely nothing whatsoever to do with the rest of the title. WHY? Simple the author was aware he was releasing a load of crap and at the last minute decided to include something which MAY be slightly interesting to read in the title. A previous reviewer made note of the grossly out of character action by the Big Guy when taking out someone he came across in the jungle where he had no idea at all who he was killing but decided to off the guy when he could have done so many other things. I totally agree and would go further where if you actually decide to read this pile of crap you will constantly be asking yourself "who am I actually reading about here?" as it most certainly is NOT the Big Guy. Very ordinary title which plods along to a ending where nothing actually happens but the reader thinks to themself thank god that is over the next one couldn't be as bad as that. If you wish to read 180+ pages of very ordinary text here it is, for the rest of us I would suggest give it a wide berth much better stuff released in these series than this one.

Agree with everything that has been said on this title by the previous reviewers. The standout for me was Mike Newton's summary of the first 26 titles which unfortunately only goes for 70 odd pages but a pretty detailed recap on what happened in those titles. A gallery of who's who follows detailing all of the characters which were introduced and descriptions of who they were and what part they played within the titles. If you are into firearms all of the weapons used throughout the 26 titles are listed with some in fact broken down completely detailing all their parts sure to interest the enthusiast. A few very short pieces which give a little insight into what The Big Guy was thinking at different times is also included with some letters from fans to finish off. All in all certainly one for the collector of these series and probably a good one to read for anyone who just loves reading these books.

Excellent read once again from one of the Master Storytellers writing for these series. Completely original plot (how refreshing is that showing after all these titles it can still be done?) and a drop dead storyline which WILL keep you engrossed throughout if you decide to read this one (which you should do). Civilians are turning up dead from knife wounds of all things and after a number are reported to authorities concern is raised by the POTUS who is concerned about a new Terrorist threat and the Big Guy takes up the case. Enter a world of corruption where most of the cops are on the take where the main bad guy has paid off anyone of any concern and includes the local Mafia Family among his cohorts to call upon at a whim so the Big Guy and his rookie Detective ally are up against a major cast of bad guys. Hardly seems fair does it and you just have to have some sympathy for the Bad Guys :-) Rock and Roll time and the action cranks up from start to finish where at times you WILL have trouble putting this one down to do something else and not saying to yourself just one more chapter. Loved it and could rave on for ages about it but I ain't gonna spoil it for you if you love reading these books, if you love a polished title with a writing style second to none of the contributing authors in these series look no further. HIGHLY recommended reading in this series a 9.8 or 9.9 I reckon DO YOURSELF A FAVOUR and read this one.

Pretty good read here where the leader of a criminal network has to be taken down and the Big Guy infiltrates his organization to get the job done. A number of tasks have to be passed by the Big Guy to gain the trust of the Leader of the network and it is interesting to read how he manages to go about passing them under his terms. One very good character introduced is a dirty copy who has seen the light in regards to religion and wants to turn his life around and how the Big Guy manages to deal with him and their relationship as it grows throughout the title. Some pretty good action scenes included that flow nicely with the ongoing storyline and lead nicely to the finishing sections which close nicely. Enjoyable read here you could do a lot worse than read this one.

Well pretty much these days when I come across a title by this author I think to myself something original PLEASE. Also I am stunned at the previous ratings of reviews lodged on this title but anyway to each their own. Off we go and the Big Guy has infiltrated a Bad Guys property and stirred up a hornet's nest who are after him and he is running for his life (page 34). Sprinting for the sidewalk trying to gain ground when a low-slung car roars up and swings into the curb, about to fire at the driver a woman at the wheel asks him "Care for a lift?". Oh well stuff anything original here and on with the title :-( Now for the next 88 pages NOTHING BLOODY happens at all, no shots fired no knife fights no action scenes at all except a tourists guide to Scotland which I guess if you were interested in traveling there you may have some interest unfortunately I don't and hence found the 88 pages a load of crap which had to be waded through to finally get to something which may be possibly be worth reading. Then two soldiers shot who were chasing him and back to ? NOTHING it just goes on and on with nothing happening. Umm we are still reading mens action adventure stuff here in these titles I am guessing well where is it? The rest of the title wallows through to one of the most pathetic endings encountered in all of these combined series. HOW MUCH LONGER BEFORE THIS GUY IS PENSIONED OFF BY THE PUBLISHERS ??????????? This title is an embarressment to himself and the wonderful work being produced by some of the current authors. Give this a wide berth and look for ANYTHING else with the exception of Iron Fist to read SHOCKING !!

I could probably copy and paste the review I submitted for the previous title and in fact will for the final part. Once again a first time author in the series who also feels compelled to publish in another name not his own (never figured out why authors do this but anyway)? Very good title for a first up effort original plot and I must admit from the start I enjoyed the writing style as I progressed through. I enjoyed the characters introduced especially the snotty nosed son of the Drug Lord and the daughter of the couple murdered at the start. Lots of good action scenes which will keep you interested but again a major flaw as with the previous title and the following HAS been copied and pasted from the previous review. Recommended reading here and very much looking forward to this authors next release in whatever name he chooses to publish under. BUT only a rating of 3 you may ask. Simple Mr. author I can only hope prior to you releasing your second work in this series which has already been published you actually spent some time in researching the character you are writing about if you did you would find a MAJOR FLAW with your first release in this series and this stands out with flashing lights to anyone who has read any more than a few titles in these series. HE DOES NOT KILL COPS! FULL STOP, END OF STORY EVEN CORRUPT ONES. HE DOES NOT KILL COPS! FIVE stars deducted from what was a good read in the series.

Well the Big Guy is off to the Congo this time where he parachutes into the forest to locate and rescue a plane load of military cadets who have been shot down and bring them to safety from the different sets of bad guys who wish them harm. hmm hardly original this plot has been done so many times indeed even by this author but anyway how is the read? Same old again where he locates the cadets and they are off trying to stay in front of the chasing bad guys. Little action happens as they manage to stay clear initially but choice reading of bush tucker to keep them going. Some good characters introduced which is interesting and the finish is very good in fact one star added but lots of better titles by this author out there compared to this one. Disappointing try reading some of this authors other work I reckon.

Excellent read here which will certainly keep you entertained if you give this one a go. Loved the original plot and the many original things I read in this title and also found myself liking more and more of the authors writing style continuing on from his previous title. Some good characters included in the Jamaican section of the title and the black magic/voodoo sections are a hoot. The plot eventually leads back to the States and to the Mr. Big behind the whole affair and it is a surprise when you find out who it is but some fine reading to be had. Was gonna rate this one a nine but and this is being super critical maybe the finishing sections got a bit James Bondish and maybe the author got the Bear and Hal mixed up with what he had Hal doing but hey it doesn't distract much from a fine read in the series. Recommended reading here.

This is an excellent read from one of the new authors on the scene with a very original refreshing plot that would have a devastating effect on the US food chain if it came to completion. Chinese terrorists are attempting to insert a manipulated Mad Cow disease bacteria into the US system for grain feeding their cattle stocks which will result in the disease being passed on to consumers and the eventual downfall of the entire meat industry. Enter the Big Guy and enter into a very fast paced action packed title in the series where you don't get much of a chance to take a breath when it is off again into yet another very readable scene. Lots of good characters introduced here amongst which are a couple of cousins and they feature in a scene in one of their houses and a couple of dead bodies which I reckon is probably one of the funniest scenes I have read in these combined series certainly worth the read by itself. Excellent finish which I am sure will leave you more than satisfied if you give this one a go. Well done to the author he has produced one of the better titles released in these series and a highly recommended read from me.

Well unfortunately here we go again with this author as he really didn't want to place a lot of thought into this title so a quick fix is to republish sections which he has done so many times before for a quick buck. A Militia group is apparently about to launch a devastating attack on the US Government so the Big Guy must of course stop this but how? What about if we stage a bar fight in which the leaders of the said Militia group are getting hammered in this case by bikers (DEA agents undercover) and the Big Guy can wade in save the day and be welcomed into the group with open arms as their saviour three days before their fantastic plot is about to take place. Works for me as it obviously did for the author as it has so MANY times before. Add in the prerequisite female ally who really doesn't do all that much until one of the group discovers her and visits her home but the author resists the urge for her to be kidnapped and held hostage which was a pleasant surprise one star added. The title plods along to a thankful ending where once again a sniper scene is inserted to fill some more space. Been there done that and read it all before very disappointing.

Well a very good read here disregarding what name the author wishes to publish his work under. First up effort in this series and a excellent title submitted with a major caveat later on. I loved the read and found the writing style refreshing the characters introduced were excellent and it is a Mafia story what more can you ask for? Recommended reading here and very much looking forward to this authors next release in whatever name he chooses to publish under. BUT only a rating of 3 you may ask. Simple Mr. author I can only hope prior to you releasing your second work in this series which has already been published you actually spent some time in researching the character you are writing about if you did you would find a MAJOR FLAW with your first release in this series. HE DOES NOT KILL COPS! FULL STOP, END OF STORY EVEN CORRUPT ONES. HE DOES NOT KILL COPS! FIVE stars deducted from what was a good read in the series.

Here we go yet again with yet another rewrite. Oh how I love it a drug lord to be taken down and yet again a female ally who has never been in combat before and in fact never killed anyone before is suddenly transformed into a killing machine teamed up with the Big Guy. Include the mandatory scenes where the female sidekick who is kidnapped and has to be rescued by the sniper scenes YET AGAIN. As it is her sister this time one star added for originality :) what a joke! Laughable this author has yet again released yet another title which he has done what in excess of 30 times now. Disgusting I would have thought the author would have more pride but obviously not the power of the almighty dollar is the only concern. Hello if any one is listening at Gold Eagle give this guy the flick OR check his submissions and return to him as previously published MANY MANY times before or your readers will start dwindling away you cannot expect people to continually read the same over and over again and pay for the privilege. Surprisingly I actually enjoyed the ending sections of the title and again I am asking myself why an author with this guys talent continually stoops to re-releasing what he has already published? Very disappointing.

Well off to Cameroon this time for the Big Guy and a CIA operative who turns out to be a very good side kick add a host of Secret Service agents where the President has done a runner fleeing multiple charges of you name it and snap elections which have been called and the two front runners have to be protected until the election can happen. The title mainly focuses around the search for the ex President on the run by the Big Guy and the CIA agent with assistance of the Prime Minister and a host of minor characters. Some very good action scenes ensue in the hunt where the ex Pres just manages to escape every time. The rest of the title well it progresses okay but nothing which stands out and finishes in a satisfactory manner. So up to you reasonable read in the series which will pass some time for you until the next one.

Cops and civilians are being blown away on the streets by military grade weapons and investigators are at a brick wall where they know who the arms dealer is that is responsible but cannot come up with enough evidence to launch a prosecution. Enter the Big Guy with his special mode of justice and all of a sudden everything changes for the bad guys. Excellent read here if you are in to action scenes as the entire title is basically non stop action. You will enjoy as the bad guys different locations are systematically taken down and destroyed and he is helpless to figure out who or what is attacking him. Enter a Russian Mafiya boss who is eyeing off the arms dealers business and decides this is the perfect time to launch a takeover as the Big Guy has reduced most means of protecting the arms dealers holdings. The female sheriff is an excellent side kick along for the ride as is the taking down of the corrupt deputy by the Russians (brutal). Terrific read from cover to cover and highly recommended reading in the series.

I sound like a broken record reviewing this author's titles but yet again a superb read in the series. An undercover DEA agent is discovered by a drug cartel and executed sending a message to authorities that we are too big for you to take down so back off. The President fed up with this nonsense calls in the Big Guy to take apart the cartel in his special way and so the fun begins. Now contained within the title are two characters who are a hit men team named Preacher and Choirboy a couple of good old boy western types who dress the part and drive about in a huge gas guzzling tank so popular with these types of boys and who are so good at their profession have never missed fulfilling a contract. Brilliant characters who I couldn't help to think of Travolta and Jackson from Pulp Fiction for some reason and some excellent reading when they are given a contract to take out the Big Guy. The drug cartel pipeline reaches from Mexico to Texas in the states and both ends have to be taken down. The Texas assault is some of the best reading you will come across where the Big Guy absolutely destroys everything in a smash blitz and then for an encore the author duplicates the attack on the Mexican end where similar occurs. Toss in a Russian arms dealer who happens to be at the Mexican end finalising an arms sale and the title absolutely rocks. If you love action stuff in these series look no further this will please you big time. Highly recommended reading in this series grab it.

Good read here vastly better than the author's previous offering. Set in Phoenix a Mexican drug cartel has decided it is time to take over the pipeline into the city and the more violent the better where drugs are only the start as a spate of kidnappings occur where even if the ransom is paid in full does not guarantee the release of the hostages. The Big Guy is on the case and somewhat unusually contacts the local authorities to inform them of his presence in the city and requests some elbow room to do his thing. Excellent action scenes ensue where he starts to demolish the Drug cartel resulting in the kidnapping of no less than the Governor and it is on. A HALO jump into the compound of the Drug lord to rescue said Governor and the action scenes involving same is fine reading. You could do worse than reading this one.

An unbreakable encryption code sounds good to a couple of rogue states and a couple of terrorist groups to further their aims and as long as no decryption code exists everything sounds perfect for them. Unfortunately the creator of the encryption code is still alive and well so it is a no brainer for them to take care of him permanently and the decryption software will never exist. Enter the Big Guy where the various bad guys are running amok trying to bring the inventor down with civilian casualties mounting and he is running for his life. What follows is an non stop action packed blockbuster featuring numerous hand to hand contests, numerous knife fight contests, numerous car chase scenes and rivetting reading as the Big Guy strives to protect the inventor from the bad guys over and over again. Somehow the bad guys always manage to locate where the inventor is and through the laying of different traps at different locations the Big Guy manages to weed out some of the opposition but they just keep coming on. Some outstanding characters included with the leader of the Israelis maybe the standout but many other fine support characters from the different chasing groups. I especially liked the merc from the industrialist who well isn't quite what he seems and when the Big Guy finally figures this out you have to read it to appreciate it. Excellent ending sequence with the North Korean will leave you wishing for even more but unfortunately the size of the title constrains the content but even so the author manages to insert a small epilogue section to nicely tie up all the ends. Excellent read in the series and highly recommended reading.

Well gotta say right from the start I hate war stories and on starting this title thought to myself I am going to hate this and it is going to take me so long to read it. Happy to say it didn't take me as long as I thought to finish this one and I actually didn't hate it just disliked it. Farfetched come on the Big Guy is over in Afghanistan slipping it to the Taliban and Jack is recruited to come on over and lend a hand. The only thing that pulled this one out of the morass for me was the computer guy who managed to send the video file out which assisted the coalition forces somewhat with the Russian behind the scenes stuff for the NATO forces to pull out. Left me cold I'm afraid certainly not one I could recommend for your reading in this series.

Well the author was a bit lazy again here where the first two thirds or three quarters of the title is yet again re-release of work that he has done SO MANY TIMES before with the names of the characters and locations changed to protect the identities of the previously published. It's all here the two opposing factions which he attacks blaming it on the other faction. Of course as usual he has the phone numbers of the leaders of these gangs and rings them to taunt them into attacking each other saving him the trouble. Boring boring zzzzzzzzzzzz!!!!!!!!!! The ending section where the stolen tanks are being held at a compound is actually quite good reading hence two stars added. How many times I have said this I don't know but if you have not read a lot of this authors work you would no doubt enjoy this title but if you have read a lot of his stuff you have already read it unfortunately. Not one to recommend in this series from me.

Well this one starts off with the Big Guy sent to Malaysia as a private school has been taken over by terrorists and the staff and students including the Prime Minister's son are being held hostage and I'm thinking okay but why? The plot gets deeper where the Prime Minister of the country in cahoots with his chief of what is basically a death squad have orchestrated the kidnapping of the son with a rebel group within the country and hope to finally get worldwide opinion on their side to slaughter groups of Indian and Chinese residents of the country who they consider sub human and wish to eradicate them completely. Everyone is aware that the Big Guy is on his way and the Government makes it clear he is not welcome and he will be killed on sight if caught but of course he goes anyway. Now if you read these books PURELY for the action scenes you will likely enjoy this title where the Big Guy goes through the opposition like a hurricane wind and some fine reading is to be had. If you like a bit more substance to a title like me I would think you may be a little disappointed with this offering from this author. The characters introduced were okay and the story moves along reasonably but I found myself struggling at times to stay interested in what I was reading. The author is one of my favourites writing for these series and maybe he has made a rod for his own back with the blockbusters he has previously produced in these series where in my opinion he has done vastly better stuff than this one. Up to you not a bad title by any means very readable but not as good as his previous works.

Well another first up author in this series and even though it is a nuke of the month story what a wonderful read the author has presented to the readers of these series. I loved the motoGP stuff included and the two brother racers also reading where the Big Guy is cruising around the place on high powered motorcycles for the most part was refreshing. This first time author actually knew the character of who he is writing about which was also terrific as he has either read a lot of titles in this series or done some extensive research into who he is actually writing about WELL DONE. The author manages to raise the pulse rate as the Big Guy gets closer and closer to the Nuke and overcomes numerous setbacks where all seems lost but eventually gets the job done. Quality bad guys included with a good couple of quirks especially the Malasian guy who is into making turkeys and interesting to see the disgust of his cohorts also the older guy who assists at the end where basically all of his gang have been wiped out. Couple of sections where the Big Guy is facing overwhelming odds and where some authors might just go for the spray bullets and hope this author actually has the Big Guy planning his actions on who to take out first and the order of taking out the bad guys. Lots and lots to like about this entry and you could do worse than to give this one a go very impressive first up entry. Looking forward to this authors next entry in the series.

Well I absolutely loved this author's first title and was looking forward with some anticipation to this one but was left disappointed and let down in a somewhat sub par entry into this series. Why well the plot is wishy washy with an international arms dealer having to be taken down after the death of an undercover officer executed when his cover is blown and the Big Guy is on the case. His contacts are well lets say poor where the female spends most of her time trying to get him into the sack and her assistant spends most of his time in clubs drinking. He obviously was short of a quid in this mission as he can't afford to hire a car or rent a hotel room and rolls up to an arms buy with the bad guys in a vehicle known to them and surprise surprise it ends up in a shooting match huh? I am not sure how many times I have read where the Big Guy fires multiple rounds from the Desert Eagle one after the other but not here as after just one shot he has to dive to the ground as the recoil is such that he cannot get another shot off before the bad guys start shooting at him (maybe a wrist injury which was not mentioned ?). The title plods along to an unfulfilling climax where the International arms dealer has a massive shipment to move (umm ten cases actually?) and it ends up in an underwater base near Cuba which the US government has forgotten about aparantly. Everyone introduced in the title is killed except his nibs of course and a stripper/dancer who was briefly mentioned. Not one to recommend here if you haven't read his first entry give it a go as it is a very good read.

Yet another stunning title by this author which gets better and better the more that you read of it. A cult leader whose followers number in the thousands from all over the planet has a very good gig going where he is taking over multi national companies whose share prices have slumped as a result of accidents to their premises and also to their CEO's (one guess who is causing these calamities). Coupled with the cult is a consortium whose job it is to run the said companies when they have been taken over and everybody is making shit loads of money. Of course greed comes to the fore where some people always want more no matter how much they have and well you have to read it to see who it is and what they do. Lets talk characters and firstly the Interpol agent who the Big Guy teams up with here is a classic who not only very much holds up his end in the action scenes but comes out with some classic statements on how much he is actually enjoying himself working with the Big Guy. The leader of the consortium also is excellent as is his chief of staff but without doubt the cult leader is the stand out classic character in the title. Incidently the author had the following to say in the forum at some time in the past and I copied his words and saved them knowing that I would read this title in due course. " It features my favorite villain, ever, of all the books I've written. " High praise indeed considering some of the memorable characters the author has introduced previously but I must admit he is correct the cult leader is right up there with some of the classic characters introduced in these series. The ending sections which is quite long actually is riveting reading and you will have trouble puting the book down. Add in one of the most stunning covers going around I loved the different shades of blue especially and what more could you want. Do yourself a favour and grab this one you will love it I reckon.

A disappointing release here from this author which is just a by the numbers title which has been done so many times I had to check a few times to see who actually wrote this one. I liked the idea of a super assassin on the Big Guy's trail but the sub plot fizzled out to a very disappointing conclusion which could also be stated regarding the entire title. This author has produced better stuff than this one maybe one to give a miss here unless you are reading the series in order.

Well I have to admit that this author is no longer one of my favourites by a long shot as I feel he ran out of ideas a long time ago and should have given away writing for these series but this one whilst nothing new is introduced he has produced a very readable title in this series. Information has been forwarded by an undercover agent on the current location of al Qaeda's second in charge who is hiding in a cave system in northern Pakistan which cannot be confirmed hence a Smart bomb is not used. The Big guy is deployed and parachutes into the area and is met by another local Company operative and the fun begins. Nothing spectacular occurs but a good solid read as the Big guy makes his way to the cave system located in a mountain range and what occurs on his travel there. Recommended reading here where you should be entertained by the story.

The subject matter of this title relates to people trafficking which along with drugs is guaranteed to get the Big Guy incensed and he is after this organization with a vengeance. I always enjoy when the leaders of these gangs are so ensconced behind the shadows with their fancy high paid lawyers and the protection of the laws of the land which they treat with contempt they arrogantly consider themselves untouchable but find it so hard to comprehend when someone comes along who just doesn't play by their rules and suddenly the realization dawns on them that whoa hang on this guy after me is serious. Simply stated the leader of the trafficking gang is a prick and you will come to hate him with a vengeance. Add in his chief of security who takes great pleasure in eliminating targets with his bare hands and you have a great couple of bad guys. The final section of the title in a remote castle featuring an unarmed fight between the chief of security and the Big Guy is stunning reading where the Big Guy is tested to the limits of his endurance. Highly recommended reading in this series.

First impression on opening this title was bloody hell look at the size of the left and right margins massive and I'm thinking never mind this author always delivers the goods but unfortunately not here. The start featuring Manning outside of the billionaires forest retreat is excellent and I am thinking yep here we go this is going to be good but... It fell away dramatically after the start with the plot of the expedition to locate the lost site of Alexander The Great whilst interesting at first add in many characters who have little to do with the storyline but being included as cannon fodder and coupled with having to try and recall who is actually who (perhaps a pen and paper next to you as they are introduced would be advisable) is tedious. The Russians who are hunting the party didn't make much sense well why bother attacking the party to stop them locating the said location where the Russians have been up to no good when you intend to nuke the site anyway to cover up what you have been doing there. As has been mentioned everyone is blown away except the Big Guy and the chick and how convenient for the Farm to manage to insert a drone to assist the Big Guy at just the right time. Did nothing for me this one the author has done MANY titles vastly superior than this one. One for the addicts who are reading the series in order I reckon for the rest of you look elsewhere especially other titles from this author.

Another first time author in this series and what a wonderful read he has produced for our reading pleasure. The Black Cross a group of elite assassins which has existed for decades, none of who have ever been caught in fact they have never even left any evidence of any sort for authorities after their well planned executions find themselves in need of new recruits as a result of a number of them being taken down on their last job. Enter the Big Guy who goes undercover to infiltrate the group and bring them down. The initial trial to gain acceptance to the group starts the fine reading in this title and continues after he gains admittance and tags along on their next assignment. Some of the other elite assassins are excellent characters introduced indeed and it is clear the Big Guy has his work cut out for him to take them down certainly no walk in the park for him. The finishing sections where the title comes to a climax is wonderful reading where the Big Guy calls on the depth of his reserves to complete the mission and take down the organization. I could rave on for ages on how good this title is but simply put you should give this one a go you won't be disappointed. Very much looking forward to his next title in the series.

Well seems like every title you pick up to read and check who the author is on seeing this guy you know it will be a sensational read and so it is here again. A major supplier to the military is taking shortcuts and supplying substandard equipment causing the unnecessary deaths of American servicemen. A reporter and a serviceman who happens to be the son of a high ranking officer who in turn happens to be a good friend of Hal are killed after they are detected snooping into the affairs of the said supplier. An employee of the company stumbles across damning evidence of the shortcomings of the substandard equipment being supplied to the military and takes off in fear of his life (and so he should) and enter the Big Guy to find out what is actually going on. What follows is a non stop action packed title where you will be engrossed on what occurs as the Big Guy gets closer and closer to the truth and the shadow players behind the conspiracy who throw everything at him to stop and silence him and bury the evidence obtained by the ex employee. Don't want to say too much here and spoil this title for you simply to say that you WILL enjoy this one if you give it a go and this contains one of the sweetest endings ever considering the subject matter of the title. Superb loved every page of this one and it is HIGHLY recommended for your reading do yourself a favour and grab it.

Yet again a very polished excellent title released in these series by this author who continues to very much impress this reviewer. Again I am impressed on how many fine characters and a compelling storyline coupled with an original plot the author manages to squeeze into the shortened version of these titles. This title has it all bad guys from Russia, bad guys from Saudi Arabia, bad guys from Indonesia with the main bad guy from Russia the stand out (what a psycho) but the other Russians who each have their peculiar traits/abilities also excellent as are some of the Saudi bad guys. The Big Guy firstly boards a cruise liner being held by terrorists and the initial saving of the passengers is only the start of a sinister plot being hatched by the Russian leader of the bad guys who is likely to take out millions with his overall scheme. The Big Guy relocates to Indonesia and teams up with one of the most unlikely allies you could think of but does he come through big time when the crap hits the fan. The chase is on where the elusive Russians are in the cross hairs but the Saudi kill squad throws a major spanner into the works on more than one occasion. Each of the Russian underlings have their own unique capability and the Big Guy meets each of them on their own terms and fine reading indeed especially the guy who thinks he is a gunslinger (beautiful). Fast paced action scenes coupled with the excellent ongoing storyline and the author has well and truly moved into the upper echelons of the contributing authors of these series. This is a bloody fantastic read and HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading in these series.

Wow another cracker from the Master author in these series and if you like these titles I reckon it would not be possible for you not to like this one. Unusual format in these titles where the opening section is maybe a third to half way through the actual title and the focus of the title constantly moves from the past to the present until it regains sequence. I actually enjoyed this type of format which has not been done many times at all in these combined series. Excellent reading here folks where you WILL be rapidly drawn into the storyline and be wondering what the overall plot actually is but it is only slowly leaked by the author to keep the suspense going. As usual excellent characters introduced with the Drug Baron probably the stand out but SO MANY others to interest and captivate that you will actually remember each and every one of them before the Big Guy takes them out. The title reads like silk (as usual) no flicking back a couple of pages here to try to recall what happened previously or who a character is that is being mentioned. If you like these titles and wish to read a title which will captivate you, blow you away and give you an insight into how good some of these titles can actually be look no further. One minor whinge whilst the Big Guy has the cannon on his hip constantly he never uses it once through the title but not enough to deduct a star. The author has been doing these for a while now and notice the difference compared to other long term authors who ran out of ideas years ago and release crap that we the readers are expected to accept even though it has been done so many times before. NOT here brilliant title WELL DONE Mike another blockbuster and HIGHLY recommended reading from this reviewer. Do yourself a favour and grab this one.

Well first time author in this series and a wonderful first up effort with a few not so goods mentioned later. The plot is good where a Governor in the Republic of the Congo is plotting to take down the President in a coup and install himself as the President. He has engaged the services of a mercenary group who are assisting him in his aims. Now staging a coup is not cheap so the mercs take off to the States where they are raiding gold mining companies and under the cover of forest fires they have set and manage to gather a few tons of gold which is going to be shipped back to the Congo. Enter the Big Guy where he literally jumps into the fires and starts his investigation of what is going on. Some excellent reading here where the Big Guy goes about his stuff but can't manage to catch up with the stolen gold which is transferred to a freighter in a container and off to it's destination. A few very good characters introduced with probably the stand out the leader of the mercs but his deputy the Governor and his lover and the assassin also very good as well. Fast paced action orientated story which will keep you entertained if you decide to read this one which culminates in a pretty good finish. The not so goods: One of the main errors is that the Big Guy is shot in the calf very early in the title but I am thinking the author forgot that part as throughout the rest of the title the Big Guy has no problems swimming hiking and running at a sprint at any time and the injury is never mentioned again after it occurs. No big deal really I suppose with a first time author but the following ARE. I really am annoyed when I read one of these titles and the author hasn't bothered to learn about the character of who he is writing about. Page #153 the Big Guy and his allies are under fire from a river bank as they motor along the river in their boat. The author then informs the reader and I quote "Bolan didn't care who shot at them, it could be the Katanga Swords (the mercs) or the Police or even some other rebel group". EXCUSE ME DICK! he would care VERY MUCH! if it was the Police. Also the Big Guy is a crack shot well in the hundreds of titles I have read anyway but not here he couldn't hit the side of a barn with a handfull of wheat. He constantly takes the shot with the Desert Eagle (Beretta not used here for some reason) even with a sub machine gun on full auto he constantly misses his target which becomes very annoying as the title progresses as the reader is thinking in the back of his mind well I guess he misses again and so it is. Two stars deducted if the author learns about the character who he is writing about the reader could look forward to future titles from him. We will see in the future as he has written a couple more titles in this series at least. Pretty good read here if you can overlook the above recommended reading in the series.

Goodness me and such high ratings previously for this gem but not from me folks. Ordinary title at best where well the plot leaves a lot to be desired and the forgettable characters introduced are well not really worth mentioning the ongoing storyline is probably something which is good if you are trying to go to sleep but just can't manage it. I am imagining I am a fly on the wall of the author and he is frustrated as well the title is ordinary and he knows it and he is at a standstill on what to write. What to do, what to do he is wondering. And then a spark of genius as he thinks to himself I need something to fill some pages here what can I do. BING he thinks what about the female ally kidnapped and held hostage where she has to be saved? I could include the prerequisite phone call to the bad guy as we always know his phone number and threaten him with all sorts if the hostage is not released and arrange a time and place to have her returned safe and well. Of course it will be a trap laid by the bad guys but that doesn't matter as we can insert the sniper scenes and blow his underlings away and rescue the said female safe and sound of course. I have no doubt the author thought long and hard if this section should be included in this title as he has already used it in what 30 to 40 title already and after much contemplation I reckon at least 5 or 10 seconds whammo 32 pages of the title filled with no thought process at all as simply RE WRITE what he has done SO MANY times before. The rest is crap and falls away with stupidity on behalf of the bad guys men which ends the "thrilling, riveting" title we are reading. You lazy bugger Mike Newton, you got away with it yet again, disgusting you should be ashamed of yourself.

Well hard sort of title to review here but from the start I have to say that after finishing it, it was an enjoyable read for me anyway. If you are action orientated you would be well advised to look elsewhere as there isn't a lot in this title. In fact the Big Guy doesn't feature that much at all in this title even though Cowboy and Jack are along for the ride. Lots of good characters introduced and there is no honor among thieves here as the bad guys spend most of the title scheming how they can take down their allies by stabbing them in the back. BUT even though it is debatable whether this should have been released in these series the title is a good read which will keep you interested if you decide to read this one. Not brilliant by any means but for what it is worth I enjoyed the read and you could do worse in these series.

Well if you read these series for the action scenes and sequences you will definitely want to get hold of this one. Non stop action from cover to cover where once again the Big Guy gets a battering but comes through in the end. Set in Puerto Rico where the Big Guy with Pol assisting team up with a couple of uncoruptible cops and set out to try and figure out who is behind the wave of violence happening in the country. The plot thickens where the face value players are just the tip of what is going on in the country and it soon becomes apparent that there are hidden players behind the scenes manipulating events within the country. Lots of good characters included in the title which you will fly through flicking the pages over. The only thing for me was the ending with the mini sub a bit of a let down as was the speech at the end. None the less a fine read in the series and recommended reading here.

Well it is a nuke of the month story well actually two backpacks but don't let that turn you off as it is quite a good read. I liked the story where the action is limited but the author makes up for that with a good storyline and characters introduced. The main bad guys were different and the leader and his second in charge the standouts also a couple of characters introduced on the good guy's side which were also interesting. Probably as has been already mentioned the last third or so of the book falls away a bit where the events fall in to a predictable finish which is a little disappointing. Now there is a section in this title involving two planes a female hostage a parachute and the Big Guy. This section would be one of the most adrenaline pumping exciting stuff I have read in these combined series and is worth of the purchase price by itself. Probably an Able Team title where Ironman does something similar and it ends at a baseball stadium is the only thing I have read which comes close. One star added for the above section it is so good, apart from that quite a good title to read in these series you could do a lot worse than reading this one.

Well this is a Mafia related title so it has a lot going for it right from the start. As has been mentioned when reading this you will feel thrown back in time like you are reading one of the titles from the eighties where it was just the Big Guy doing his solo act against the Bad Guys with almost no back up from Stony Man Farm. Some very good characters introduced with the two FBI agents standouts but also the Irish Mafia boss and the leader of the tree hugging greenie eco terrorists were fine reading add in a couple of guest spots by younger brother Johnny tops it off nicely. The title has it all infiltration of hard sites a specialty, going undercover, investigation even the psychology of picking fights etc. add in some fine action scenes and you have a fine title to read. Many times fans of these series have complained about covers showing the Big Guy's eye color wrong, not here check out the cover the piercing cold icy blue eyes are superb. Highly recommended read here.

Shocking give this one a very wide berth. I have actually enjoyed the last couple of titles I have read by this author in these combined series but not here. As has already been mentioned SO MANY instances where we are not reading about the Big Guy folks not sure who he is but out of character flaws flow over and over. The author had a big chance with the ending section with the deranged psychotic to really nail the title even with the flaws that have previously been written but fails miserably and when he is struck unconscious in the Presidents limousine it is laughable when he just manages to regain consciousness in time to take out the bad guy. Steer well clear of this one folks much better stuff to read in the series.

The Big Guy is off to Burma this time to rescue a female agent who has been captured and is being held hostage where he will locate the woman break her out of where she is being hidden/held and take off with her to be pursued through the mountains/desert/forest/snow fields etc. by the Bad Guys. Collective groan here where if you have read a few of these titles you are sitting there reading this and thinking to yourself bugger me this plot must have been done a hundred plus times in these series and pass this one over and usually I would totally agree with you. That would be a bad move as the title is actually a very good read. Some absolutely brilliant characters introduced and fine action scenes hold the title together with a good ongoing storyline will keep you interested. Up to you if you can get over the grossly over used plot the title is actually not a bad read.

Pretty disappointing read here where once again the author just goes through the motions with his writing and has produced a title where there is nothing new, nothing of note, poor characters introduced and a plot/storyline to forget. Truly the female sidekick character here is laughable as is the Big Guy's nonchalance towards her. Many times when reading this one I stopped and thought to myself gee that doesn't sound like the Big Guy but then looked at who the author was and well what would I know he has written or rewritten so many titles in these combined series. I couldn't get into this one at all and found it a tedious read from start to finish. Certainly not one to recommend here from me up to you.

The plot in this one is terrific including a character who is so very similar to the Big Guy in his abilities but holds none of his care, remorse or caution when it comes to innocent bystanders. The title progresses well at the start and you will certainly be turning the pages to see what is coming up until about half way through at least and then it comes to a brick wall. Not sure exactly why but I didn't enjoy the second half of the title at all. I'm guessing because the story became a little far fetched and the violence accelerated to a level where I was thinking I was reading a Dan Schmidt title at times. Also the constant mentions of what caliber bullets were being fired, how powerful they were, the penetrating ability of mentioned ammunition on Kevlar vests and trauma plates etc. left me cold. I usually don't take much notice of that sort of stuff in a title but it really stood out here as was the CONSTANT mentioning of the Big Guys character I mean we all know he is a white knight with a massive care for the public but I don't think it needs to be mentioned every couple of pages or so. The big cliff-hanger ending did nothing for me at all and I would suggest to you that this author has released MANY MANY titles better than this offering. Up to you.

Fair read here again with this author where if you have read none or little of his work you would probably love this one. If you are not in the above category then it is just the same old, same old tried and true which we have read many many times. Considering the epilogue I was left wondering why? Read it and see if you can work out what happens at the end considering what happens throughout the title.

Excellent read here I think maybe this author's best work so far in the series this is a do yourself a favour and read it. This series has recently undergone a page reduction of their titles so it is even more surprising how the author manages to STUFF so much in amazing. It's got it all folks great characters, excellent plot/storyline, fantastic action scenes and everything again seems so polished and smooth (no spelling mistakes or obvious errors in what was written). Absolutely loved it and highly recommend this one to you.

Action scenes with more of the same and more of the same with little concern to do with a plot or storyline then if you like this type of title then you will like this one. Loved the scene at the unused aircraft hanger with the Death Squad and the trained attack dogs (probably the highlight of the title goodness the Big Guy is resilient isn't he). Bucket loads of spelling and grammar errors in this title which started to get on the annoying side when reading this one and really distracted from the reading experience. Not one to recommend in the series here.

Liked the plot with this one where the Big Guy goes undercover to take down the bad guys. Some good characters introduced which where enjoyable and the ending section was good. Unfortunately there was too much in the middle where basically little happens either action wise or plot wise and there is nothing which hasn't been done before indeed including this author. Ended up thinking it was an okay read up to you.

Well set here down under how could I not like this title? Enjoyable read where the author mostly got his facts correct on what he is writing about relating to places and things down here which was refreshing. This title is a little different from his normal work where the author has inserted a much longer plot/storyline and developed the characters introduced a lot more than he usually does resulting in a reduced action scene sections of the title. I don't mind this as the title is a fine read with a good finishing section. Recommended reading in this series.

I really liked the plot with this one imagining hundreds of Stinger missiles being fired into an American Aircraft Carrier by Arab terrorists a sitting duck with it's defence systems disabled unable to protect itself. Believable storyline then proceeds where some of the programmers of the defence shield software are disgruntled and leave. hmm problems immediately when three of the four are murdered and the fourth is on the run. The title was really going well but seemed to fall away quickly towards the end. Liked it a lot but this one probably would have been a much better read released in one of the longer versions of these series. You could do worse than read this one I reckon.

Apologies to the last two reviewers but gee this is very far from this authors best work I found it basically like a detective story with a bit of violence thrown in to keep the readers interest and concentration. IMPOSSIBLE alliances in this title I cannot accept that Hamas or Hezbollah would ever ally with an American Nazi party no matter what. Also the whole premise is crap as the leader of the Nazi guys is actively plotting behind the backs of the leaders of the terrorist organisations and yep they would not have even considered that? So the Big Guy has a list of targets which are going to be attacked and with the help of some of the Blacksuit program graduates (good to see some of these guys get used occasionally) he goes and blows the shit out of the targets thwarting their plans. So the climax of the title arrives and the White House is attacked by two thousand plus terrorists (Nazis, Hamas, Hezbollah, more Nazis) all with hidden agendas to kill each other when they get a chance. (CRAP) Now the POTUS is from Texas so apparently a MAN? so he refuses to leave the White House before the attack begins which is good as guess who makes his way into the office of POTUS with all his security and the Big Guy there (thank goodness) as the rest of the security was useless. RUBBISH very disappointed with this title the author has MANY titles vastly better than this one.

Yet another excellent read here from this author which is starting to be a bit of a habit from him but no complaints here. Loved the plot where a deadly new type of ammunition is on the streets featuring depleted uranium and there is nothing they won't penetrate as numerous Policemen find out as they are sheltering behind the engine block of their cruisers which prove to have as much stopping power as tissue paper. Two rival drug gangs get hold of the ammunition and go berserk against each other with massive civilian casualties. Enter the Big Guy and hang on for the ride as you will read some very fine action scenes as well as a very polished storyline until one of the better surprise endings in these series, well it took me by surprise anyway. Highly recommended reading in this series with this title.

This authors second crack at this series but not as good as Orange Alert #345 IMO. The plot was good where the religous cult are going to release a renewed version of the Black Plague on America resulting in death to an estimated 90% of the population. However due to the lack of experience the enemy have with weapons of war and tactics the Big Guy and his offsider blow through them like wind through a wheat field. Thought the ending was a little rushed into the last few pages but still worth a read there are a lot of titles out there no where near as good as this one in these series. Gotta say I take umbrage at a couple of things in this title which could be referenced in about one half a second I reckon. Note to author 1) The Capital city of Australia is not bloody Sydney mate AND 2) You won't find the Federal Parliament building there either. PLEASE !!!! lets take our eyes of of our navel when doing some reference work, sloppy one star deducted.

Wow 3 years and 3 months since I skipped away from this series to the larger ones and what a fine title to return to, I guess I forgot how much can be packed into the smaller titles. Loved it action packed and some of the stuff the Big Guy does at the start of the title in two ambushes is classic stuff very good writing. Lots of very good characters introduced here on both sides including a CIA guy Blea who is apparently a recurring character that I am buggered if I can recall but is excellent none the less. I liked the story and the limerick and the overall make the boy into a man with the Cassetti character but had to cringe a few times when the Big Guy had no problems whatsoever having him tag along to a war zone and basically throw him in at the deep end and hope that he survives to come out at the other end. So yep go for it you should enjoy this one I reckon if you give it a go.

Well just adding my voice to the previous reviews on this title which have previously stated the glaring errors contained within yet it is still a pretty good read. The absolute classic is the one armed guy who puts his "ARMS" up in surrender at one stage, I cracked up and you have to question again not only what the author was thinking but any proof readers/ editors who checked this one out "What were you doing?". Excellent characters abound here where you will amaze how the author managed to squeeze so many into a shortened version of the series but will come to realise at the end with the abrupt ending you will read. The title is Firestorm and at the start you will read a tad of it's abilities and power certainly something which will sell for huge amounts on the black market. Enjoy that as you won't read anything else about it except where the Big Guy places some thermite charges and destroys them. huh? The whole title has been about these weapons and we learn NOTHING about them at all? Also the ending with the Big Guy was cut to pieces showing that this title was definitely written for one of the larger series (Super Bolan) likely and savagely edited by someone to fit the smaller version. Shame really as the title could have been outstanding if released in it's full original size. One of the better covers doing the rounds on this series but, check out the lower half excellent. So two stars deducted but still a very good read I reckon you could do worse in this series.

Excellent have to say this author grabs the reader from the first page and hangs on until the end amazing again here with this title. Now lots have been said previously in reviews but there are some seriously good sections contained within this title regarding parachute jumps, scorpions, Cape Buffalo, spiders and assorted bugs. Action scenes abound which seems to be a bit of a trait reading this authors titles and are excellent with this title . ONE STANDS OUT---- (Spoiler !!!) The Big Guy is in a vehicle being chased by shit loads of bad guys being driven by a teenage girl who has been abused big time by the chasing guys. The car crashes and the girl is killed in the rollover from a snapped neck. If you have seen the movie Matrix I was reminded of that when reading this, basically the Big Guy goes I think you call it up there Postal and just starts waltzing towards the bad guys bullets flying left and right blowing them away one by one. EXCELLENT section to read. There are a couple of authors in these series who like to give the Big Guy a bit of a battering in their titles which I actually think is good occasionally but if you read this title you WILL BE STUNNED on what he goes through in this title the ending is pretty special stuff with Jack coming to the rescue and how it happens and what happens after. Absolutely loved this title and it is highly recommended reading in this series.

Well after the last three shockers in this series at last one of the authors has produced a quality work and you WILL enjoy this title if you decide to read it. Start to finish you will be entertained here where a fine plot is introduced the tale continues through the title and a brilliant ending what more could you want. Loved the characters introduced and the action scenes rocked. This is one to certainly recommend well done Phil.

Brilliant from start to finish you will be gripped and taken along for the ride, this is just so good you can't put the bloody thing down when reading it. Action Action Action Action non stop this is a very special title in this series. Without giving anything away there is a section in the title featuring Phoenix Force set in Basra Iraq which with a couple of scenes featuring Able Team goes around 100 pages. I am amazed the author could keep up the excitement level and pulse racing I experienced when reading this title for this amount of time and features a very tragic event to one of the Team which is a life and death situation. Able Team feature nicely as well but take a bit of a backseat in this one whilst Phoenix is doing their thing in Iraq. One thing I have to mention as it annoys me so much when I come across it in these titles and it seems to me to happen way too much. Gadgets is in hospital so Carl and Pol are together taking down the terrorists by themselves. Imagine this just the two of them in a very exciting passage of the title as Carl is diving to escape an RPG fired in his direction. He lifts his head after the explosion and sees James standing above him <huh>? then in the next paragraph James has morphed back into Pol. Umm what is the proof reader/editor etc. doing? how can this be missed if someone is doing their job properly not just going through the motions? Not enough to deduct a star for though this title is brilliant and very much recommended reading in these series. This is so good that I would read it again some time in the distant future but maybe won't have to wait that long when reading this series in order ;-) Do yourself a favour and read this one.

Fair read here just with one star added for the ending. The major problem with this title is that basically nothing happens for long extended periods where the reader thinks to himself "bugger is something actually going to happen soon?" but unfortunately it doesn't. I agree with the previous reviewer in relation to the action scenes where there wasn't a lot of them but the ones within the title were pedestrian at best. So have read much better in the series than this one maybe just for the in order readers.

Shocking, some of this authors stuff is good to excellent but not with this one. Now I openly admit my technical knowledge is limited and I know almost nothing regarding military/commercial planes, weapons etc. but even I had to take a double take and treble pause when the B52 is compared to a 707. You really should check out Tim's review on this title which should be two below this one to see how many glaring technical errors are contained within this title which would likely spoil this title for you as most people who read these titles are knowledgeable like Tim regarding what is being written about. For me I read these title for entertainment and for the love of some of the characters, excitement, amazing things which are continually introduced into these combined series by some wonderfully gifted authors. Unfortunately that is not the case with this title.

Wow what was Jerry thinking when he came up with this title, I haven't rated this title as poorly as the previous reviewer but I totally agree with their listing of failings with this title. Probably the Concorde's which Hal purchased for the Teams turned me off more than anything else but as has been previously reviewed there are many things about this title not to like a couple of stars added from me here as some of the action scenes weren't too bad even if they were character specific. Not a title I would recommend in the series perhaps only for the readers who are doing the series in order. Disappointing read here.

Well I am with Eh Kay here this author is probably in the top four or five writers contributing to these series and has written some of the blockbusters but not here. I liked the plot and loved the ending which I actually added a star for but gee whiz between the start and the finish it was a plodder. I can't believe how long it took me to finish this title as it seemed any excuse to put it down was taken. Seems a bit of a trend in this series with the last three entries being poor we can only hope that future entries pick up a bit. Not one to recommend here check out some of the authors other work in these series.

This is a bit different in the series where both of the Teams have been decimated with injuries to such an extent so early in the title that the surviving Team members join up together to continue on with the mission. The title the first in this series from this author is well worth your reading as many fine action scenes are introduced and the storyline flows along nicely. Couple of stars added for the Calvin stuff in France on his search for the wounded TJ very enjoyable reading. One star deducted for an ordinary ending, I personally don't like to see the bad guys being given a free pass no matter what and the Farm doesn't and shouldn't have to put up with the crap that results in one of the bad guys getting one even to the chagrin and rage of Ironman and I am right with him. So all in all you would most likely enjoy this title if you gave it a go I reckon.

Well here is title 100 in the series and long time readers of the series or readers of the series in order would likely be expecting something special here I know I was and what a let down this entry to the series is. Personally I think the previous reviewers have been generous in their rating of this pile of (whatever). Why ? what's so bad with it ? Okay the plot is laughable as we have the Saudi's, Hezbollah, Al-Qaeda, North Koreans, Chinese, Mexicans and Columbiansby the way i nicked the Saudi's, Hezbollah, Al-Qaeda, North Koreans, Chinese, Mexicans and Columbians from Glenn's review in case it was looked familiar to you and they are hell bent on attacking a meeting of some Industrial Group of Power Players who they don't like and it saved me some typing. Characters characters sooooo many it is a joke I DEFY ANY READER to read this without a pad and pen to note who is who especially considering the names of some of the characters introduced and folks we are not talking about Western names here I gave up. Hardly any action scenes here where the author waffles on about the lives of the Frazier Group simply to fill up a page count. This is definitely not a title I would recommend for reading in this series and what a shame it had to come in a milestone number of the series. Very disappointed with this one I cannot believe how long it took me to finish this gem but you probably shouldn't even bother starting it.

First up author in this series and what a gem he has delivered. This is a very good title released in the series where we have a almost original plot with almost original bad guys to be up against. The Bad Guys here are those tree hugging greenie environmentalists who can't see beyond the end of their nose when it comes to anything intelligent save their aims. So thank goodness for a little bit of originality well done to the author no endless hordes of Arab terrorists to be mowed down like wooden ducks. Action scenes were plentiful and good to great so again lots of reasons to read this one. Personally I loved it and highly recommended reading.

I struggled all through this title, I tried and tried to try to understand what the author was trying to get over but failed to grab whatever it was. Again and again when reading this you will be sidetracked and left confused on what is actually going on where you I presume get to the same stage as me when reading this as to say bloody hell thank god I have finished that. Probably fair to say I didn't enjoy this entry up to you.

After a shocker in his last installment in this series the author has produced a wonderful read here which will entertain you to the end providing you can come to terms with the fact you will be reading the biggest load of bullshit published to date in this series. Aside from the impossibility of the X-Ships you can't help but get into the story, the authors descriptions of what damage is occurring under the X-Ships when they descend their invulnerability, their speed where they came from how they were developed is some very fine reading. As has been mentioned the Teams are not even mentioned until page 90+ which is very unusual in this series but the author requires the pages to not only introduce the X-Ships and characters but set up the plot and storyline. It rocks with MASSIVE action scenes featured and the author introduces HUGE amounts of weapons throughout which either shows intimate knowledge of what he is talking about or intensive research but whichever excellent stuff. I very much enjoyed this one and would certainly recommend it to you.

Seems to me the authors in this series are having a contest between themselves as to who can produce the biggest load of the unbelievable and Doug has a very good go here with both Teams on their way to the International Space Station which has been taken over by terrorists at one stage but has produced yet again one of the better titles released in this series which you will enjoy if you read this one for sure. This one cranks up let me tell you as apart from the terrorists who have taken over the ISS and are bombarding the planet with radioactive rods hackers employed by the bad guys who are equal to the cybernetic team at The Farm are taking over satellite's and crashing them into selected locations. Now the author is renowned for his action scene sections of his titles and here he has produced many again but with two standout sections which YOU WILL ENJOY if you read this one. The first is when Able Team reach the ISS and gain entry from the shuttle. No gravity up there folks and obviously no firearms can be used so you will read some of the finest descriptions of necks being broken and knife fight sections with floating blood drops and bodies written in this series FULL STOP. Secondly Rafe has a fight with an ex Greek special forces operative under water which is also some special reading. Loved it highly recommended reading.

Wow after reading the Super Bolan series in order and not reading one of these titles from the Stony Man series for a little over two years this one to return to where I left off was probably a good title to return to. Very action orientated and the stakes are monstrous with the annihilation of the planet possible. An Argentinean General has decided that there are simply too many people on this planet and before we wipe ourselves out he will cull oh maybe 4 billion or so from the planet's population and the rest of them will live happily ever lasting. I absolutely loved some of the author's descriptions of what is happening with the Super Tanker crashing in the Panama Canal and the Chinese and Russians getting it on with helicopters, tanks etc. being the highlights and excellent reading. BUT lots of holes on how this stuff could be actually done and basically the author doesn't really pull it off for me anyway as the reader I was left with lots of questions and thinking. Some good action scenes and both Teams feature prominently with equal status through the title. I enjoyed the read haven't read one of these for a while but would suggest you could do worse up to you.

This is good but be warned there is bucket loads of stuff contained within the covers so you will have to actually concentrate on what is going on, this is definitely not one of the titles where you can just skim read if you wish to enjoy this entry. Loved the plot here which has been years in the making and the thousands of drones nuclear equipped programmed to drop into hundreds of cities across the planet and basically destroy life as we know it was good. As has been said it's a who's who from the Farm with everyone on board including the Big Guy and Jack but with Able Team and PF taking the majority of the title. The action scenes as per usual with this author are slick and exciting as is the rapport between the members of the Teams coupled with the strong knowledge the author displays when writing one of these titles all means this is one you should read in the series. Recommended reading here folks.

As per usual a drop dead excellent start to the title from this author where the ongoing will interest you and hopefully get you to read this title. Unfortunately that is where it ends the title degrades into a disjointed hard to follow read where characters are introduced supposedly for a reason yet not referred to again for the rest of the title. As has been mentioned the Yakuza crime lord and the daughter of one of the fifteen introduced characters go nowhere I am struggling to figure out why they were even there except for the author's wish to pad the title. The action scenes were standard at best and whilst the author tries to bring off a cliff hanger ending he just doesn't manage to pull it off. Standard read at best here which is hard to recommend only for the series in order readers I reckon. Footnote to the author I would have presumed with very little research you would quickly discover Australia is NOT a nuclear weapon armed country so imagine my surprise when I got to the section where all of our stockpile goes up in Woomera. Also please a Pom would say "bleeding" hell and they are welcome to it BUT an Aussie would always say "bloody" hell.

This authors first release in this series and what a wonderful debut title he has produced. The plot sucks as he chose to go down the VERY well worn path of a rattle the cages and climb the tree stuff which has been absolutely flogged to death in these combined series which disappoints but I rated this a nine ? Simply this is a fantastic title to read with some excellent characters introduced and some blockbuster action scenes (more later) where you will slide through this title so quickly you will not believe it. I think the previous reviewer mentioned polished writing and I totally agree. The author pulls off a couple of simply superb breathtaking scenes which I cannot recall reading in any of the hundreds of titles I have read in these combined series. Imagine an enclosed space with two dozen or more bad guys in it, in waltzes the Big Guy and starts to take them out (huh) yep using some as human shields and taking out the other opposition with head shots he finally takes them all out. STUNNING reading and the author pulls it off twice. Highly recommended reading you will enjoy this one.

The previous review pretty much says it all this is yet another entry by this author in his tried and true formula of rattling those cages and climbing the ladder where setting up the adversaries to attack each other saving the Big Guy the trouble and something new this time instead of two enemies he has five sets to set up. Standard stuff again and again solid action scenes, interesting characters mostly introduced and the title flows on to its end and you finish it and think to yourself yep that was okay. Read similar stuff from this author so many times not one I would recommend.

Very enjoyable title to read where a massive global corporation headed by ex Russian KGB guys have taken over management of a casino on native American reservation land which also entails the control of an abandoned Uranium mine. They are also jockeying for management and expansion of a neighboring casino on tribal lands and control of a site for disposal of spent nuclear materials. Why would they want to do that? Well they are going to set up an enrichment plant in secret so they can up their stocks to weapons grade and make nuclear warheads which will then be sold on the black market. Aside from the warped plot the storyline flows fine and I absolutely loved some of the characters introduced especially some of the Russians. A who's who from the Farm are here Cowboy, Jack, Carl, David and a couple of others. I guess this title is more like a detective novel where the Big Guy doesn't really play all that much of a role but has one ABSOLUTE STANDOUT SCENE with a runaway balloon and Jack and a helicopter and a length of rope. Worth the read for just that section alone I reckon but recommended reading here folks.

Well this title is hereby nominated as the most stupid plot of the series and there is no way any title could come close to this gem. Why you may ask, simply the main Bad Guy in this title has a thing against computers as you see they are taking over our lives. We can't allow Governments to access this power of the masses so he has to bring down the Internet and everything else controlling our lives by computers. But what is the main problem of the Bad Guy here? He can see Satan inside each and every machine and we can't have that so the title progresses. So power stations are going to fail airline flights are going to start dropping out of the sky etc. and this is good initially and the massive losses of life are also acceptable. In this title the author decided to go for "NAME THE WEAPON" as the amount of different weapons introduced passed the silly stage to enter the ridiculous stage. Rubbish and the title progresses and it turns out that the Bad Guy is going to bring down the Internet and all computer networks around the globe with his master virus. How you may ask and simply one of his cohorts in the media box is going to attach the SUPER VIRUS to a press release which is going to wipe out the worlds computers. And where is this SUPER VIRUS? In the Bad Guys pocket written on a piece of paper and he is going to give it to his cohort to attach to the last post out with the final score of the World Series.. Well Folks I openly admit I know nothing about weapons but having done quite a bit of the above, the above is laughable. The cohort will need at least a laptop computer with some sort of operating system installed with some sort of software compiling/writing capability where whatever was written on the paper machine language to assembler to any other programming language it would have to be entered and interpreted and then compiled into a executable program that could then be attached to the email. There is a very good character reintroduced namely the drop dead gorgeous blonde Russian one star added. There is a section in the title where the Big Guy and and spunky Russian Blonde chase the Bad Guy through a tunnel with a bucket load of lethal traps and a SHIT load of Rats which is excellent reading. one star added. The rest is ordinary folks this author has done much better than this. Not recommended at all.

Have to say that normally I really enjoy this guy's titles but not here I struggled to finish it and can't believe how long it took me to finally finish it. I thought the plot was ordinary but I guess a couple of kudos as it wasn't a Nuke of the Month story. A couple of my pet hates with this tile also where the reader has no bloody idea what is going on as the author does not divulge what the plot is actually all about. I have no problems with surprise endings at all but to wait until the last few pages to divulge why one of the main characters introduced and has been relentlessly pursued throughout the title is crap and the reason itself is not much better. Well I don't want to add anything further as I have said I normally like this guy's stuff but not with this. I reckon you could do vastly better than this one. Not recommended reading in this series.

Yep agreed with the previous review this is an excellent read where the Big Guy finally manages to sort through what is happening and the title powers on to a terrific ending. What to say as usual there are some fine characters introduced and if you have read any of this guy's stuff you know he is one of the best authors contributing to this series. Lots of good stuff to read a good plot and a story line which will keep you turning the pages. Well what more do you want? Read it, it is very good. Recommended reading

As has been previously reviewed some excellent villains here with the main one Ka55andra someone you will despise for her callous indifference to the slaughters she engineers whilst sympathizing with her background and reasons for her motivations. The three members of the hit squad were as good especially the dwarf. All of the teams get equal action here (well whilst they are still standing). Action packed non stop which will keep you turning pages with as mentioned previously a cliff hanger at the end of every section where focus is changed. I don't mind that so much myself if the title is exciting as I am constantly thinking at the back of my mind what has happened in the previous section. Every member of the Teams takes a hammering here which is also good as I totally agree with previous reviewers that in some of these titles the Team members seem to be indestructible. Lots and lots of close quarter hand to hand combat sections in the title which make for some fine reading indeed. The finish of the title is superb where all of the bad guys are taken out (pity as would have been good to see some of them make a return in the future). Little wonder the author is regarded as one of the best of the contributing authors in these series. Well done Doug. Highly recommended reading here folks.

WOW second time author in this series and he has opened this title with probably one of the best opening sections of a title in this series you WILL be impressed and you WILL certainly enjoy what you read. As for the rest of the title if you enjoy over the top action scenes again and again and even another again THIS IS FOR YOU MATE !!! This title has an EXTENDED section where the Big Guy, Jack and Charlie Mott who are along for the ride SHOULD die on every page for 100 plus pages yet manage to survive and the way the author manages to maintain the excitement and suspense blew me away you just cannot put the bloody thing down. If you are into deep plots and interesting characters being introduced you should probably look elsewhere but if you are interested in a non stop action fest title which WILL entertain you here it is. I Loved It Highly Recommended.

Good read here but nowhere near this author's best work. The plot was good with the Big Guy coming up against old enemies and a couple of good characters are introduced as usual. Action scenes also as usual are fine reading indeed which allows the reader to quickly enjoy through to the end. The final section with the fight with Kroz was the standout of the title. Recommended reading in this series.

This title is a two part story where the first section thankfully the smaller part involves the Big Guy chasing a nuclear weapon before it reaches the States from Mexico. yawn The second section is excellent where the Big Guy sets his sights on the person responsible for the above mentioned first part of the title. James and Jack are along for the ride here and some of the things that happen between James and the Big Guy are priceless. Action scenes as usual are plentiful and fine reading which will keep you turning the pages. Recommended reading here.

The plot involves the shutting down of yet another heroin pipeline into the States this time from Afghanistan which has been done how many hundred times in these combines series but the author pulled it off with a very readable title. Loved the female sidekick and also the interpreter characters introduced also the bad guys were good reading. Lots of behind the scenes stuff going on in this title where some high ranking people in the US Government are pulling strings behind the curtains. Some excellent action scenes as usual and this is a fine title to read indeed. Recommended reading in this series.

Well I am starting to sound like a parrot in these reviews but the terrific titles keep coming truly this is a wonderful time to be reading this series with the current authors delivering such quality material. Again a non stop action based title which you will have trouble putting down from this author but also with a good overall plot and storyline again add in some fine characters and you have the makings of a good title and so this is. The way the Big Guy gets into that secured compound is JUST CRAP ;-) BRILLIANT and I was there with him all of the way < cough >. The final section where Rafe and the Big Guy attack the fortress where over two thousand enemy await after having being baited there is excellent reading indeed where without reading it you may say bullshit couldn't happen but it would be very possible the way the author writes the ending sections. (took this title from a 9 to a 10 for me) Highly recommended reading absolutely loved it. A do yourself a favour title read this one.

Ho Hum zzzzzzzzzzz This author has made an absolute fortune from rewrites in the past and whilst it would be fair to say that this title is not one of them maybe we could put it into the blurred photocopy title section. There is nothing anything like new in this title another jaunt through the forest boring endless rubbish to wade through to get anything actually worth reading. One for the series in order readers I reckon.

Excellent title here which will certainly entertain you. I very much enjoyed the plot in this one which lifts the title above the bucket loads of previous titles which have none and you can actually enjoy reading this add in some good/interesting characters and you have a fine read indeed. Action scenes whilst not nonstop were inserted often enough and were of a very good quality to satisfy. Good read Highly Recommended

First time author in this series and a pretty good effort I reckon. I found myself enjoying the writing style after the first few chapters and the action scenes came across as refreshing, interesting and exciting. The overall plot I found a little hard to follow what was actually going on at times but will admit it all tied together at the end but definitely this title is one where you need a pad and pencil next to you to keep track of the characters introduced as there are quite a lot of them. Some of the action scenes are fantastic reading especially the ending sections. The author introduces certain things and gives off information on them which either shows a massive knowledge of what he is talking about or extensive research on same. Overall an enjoyable read here which came close to an eight for me but a few slow passages coupled with the absence of a epilogue to let us know how Calvin and Rafe are doing would have been nice (which may have been in fact edited out). I enjoyed it and would suggest you could do far worse in this series than this effort.

Pretty much agree with the previous reviews hence the rating. Some very good characters introduced here with probably Stein and Crosse the standouts but many others as well. Along with Mack is Jack and Rafe which is hardly surprising as the title is set in Cuba. The action scenes are good to very good with the three man attack on the rebel army base the highlight. I reckon noticeable in this title with the reduced page count this one seemed to finish very abruptly like sections had been edited out of the ending. Not realizing the reduced page count I remember when I was reading nearing the end thinking to myself how is all of this going to be closed off in the short amount of pages left and it wasn't. If Havana Five was supposed to be Havana Zero at the end of the Big Guy's mission one out of five just doesn't cut it. Good read though even with the abrupt ending recommended reading in this series.

Another release by this author and yet another brilliant/excellent read in the series. Well where to start? Bear comes across some data which concerns him and after analysis calls the rest of his cybernetics team together to gather their feelings on the data he has found. Consensus of opinion between the team is indeed he is correct to be worried of the possible implications and the Big Guy and Hal are informed. Way before the collapse of the Communist rule in Russia and the fall of the KGB to be renamed something else Sleeper Agents were placed into the United States and The Black Judas Project was conceived. This project was shelved along with many others after the fall of Communism only to be stumbled across many years later and so this title progresses. Not one but two teams of Russians are sent to restart this project both with very different agendas add in a Russian female cop who is an excellent character introduced with yet another very different agenda and the story rocks. Excellent action scenes as usual but superb story/plot lines introduced allow for the above mentioned characters to excel. That's enough you should read this and by the way what an excellent cover. I absolutely loved this one and would HIGHLY recommend this for your reading DO YOURSELF A FAVOUR.

Yet another excellent title from Doug with this release where you will certainly read some original stuff. I liked the plot from the start and really got into the Anibella character who is a Mexican Politician's wife but who has an amazing secret life. Aside from her wait until you meet The Big Guy's allies this time around and how they travel through the title until the end (well some of them anyway). This title is really a do yourself a favour job and you should, so it is hard to try not to say anything to spoil the read for you. The human sacrifice scene where the Drug lab chemist is sacrificed is a chilling read indeed where you probably will wince once or twice but without doubt the scenes with the Komodo Dragons stand out with the Big Guy very much in a tight couple of spots. Add in the attacks on the Russian base which involves a drain network and a shitload of scorpions also the attack on the upper floors of the hotel so different yet so Bolanlike and then the final scenes in the cult's location. The action scenes are brilliant as usual with this author who somehow manages to insert some original stuff again and again even after how many titles in these combined series I especially liked the items removed from his heels which just goes to show the benefits of forward planning. Like everyone else I thought the start was a tad slow and I also thought the final fight scene between the Big Guy and Anibella was a little stretched out as I thought the Big Guy would have finished it much faster but gee that is only nit picking on a fine read indeed. Highly recommended reading 9.7 or 9.8 here do yourself a favour.

WOW Bloody Hell a reality check here. I rate this author in the top three authors in these combined series (check my reviews on this guy's titles) and maybe as a result of that have higher expectations on reading his titles but gee I reckon this one is ordinary at best. Characters introduced are normally a strong point actually some of the BEST EVER introduced thinking Savage Game here but this tile falls very flat for me, not sure maybe I scorn the English monarchy system and cannot wait for us (here down under) to become a Republic so I instantly disliked a couple of the characters introduced but seriously the rest of the bunch introduced are only there for a short time before being blown away so why bother as they are quickly replaced with more cardboard characters. Before some of the action scenes characters were introduced in the prior paragraph and then blown away two pages later? I also enjoyed the trek across the Sahara and the characters introduced and the Big Guy's character being displayed to it's fullest with the releasing of slaves and the payments made for jobs done and how the ex slaves returned the payment in full with their subsequent actions very good stuff indeed (one star added in fact). Unfortunately the rest of the title is strictly copy paste stuff which can be read in so many titles released in these series. I am reading this series in order so have no choice but to finish each title I come across but unless you are doing the same as much as it pains me to say give this one a miss.

Superb read yet again from this author. Characters first up and the newly introduced characters from the Militia group are excellent as are the recurring characters which I love you really get a sense of continuity with titles like this well done to the author and well done to the publishers for allowing it. Ironman is along for the ride this time with the Big Guy and as usual he is fantastic, some of the scenes featuring him and the SPAS are exceptional reading. Still tossing up on who is my favourite character after the Big Guy and I have managed to narrow it down to Carl, Gadgets, Pol, David, Gary, Calvin, Rafe, Hal, Barbara, Buck, Cowboy, Bear or his Japanese genius/hacker extraordinaire who I love but darn every time you read another title it changes. Pound for pound this authors action scenes rate as good or better against any other author in these series in my opinion and it is little wonder he is rated so highly on this site for his titles. Pick one up and check if he is the author if so you are ALMOST guaranteed a terrific read. I'm not going to tell you what happens in the title this is a do yourself a favour and read it and you will enjoy this one I reckon. Highly recommended reading in this series.

Strange book where at the start I thought this is going to be ordinary with a plot I didn't really get into but ended up liking the title. The bad guys in this title are not really bad if that makes sense as what they are trying to do is actually good for the US but perhaps not the way to go. Some good future technology introduced original stuff and good reading. I enjoyed it recommended reading.

Yet another title is delivered by this author with an excellent plot/story line interesting characters some excellent action scenes and a seamless read (no flicking back a few pages to catch up on what happened here folks). This time an Iranian radical Imam is getting together all he needs to have nuclear capabilities and also for an entree he plans to unleash an unstable virus from the Cold War Soviet era on Israel with no known antidote. David is along for the ride this time and he is written perfectly (I love the way this author writes the character) soo many times I smiled whilst reading this title. EXCELLENT read do yourself a favour and read this one.

Well this is basically a Nuke of the month story with the standard locate and chase sections but it is a wonderful read which you really should consider. Why? Characters introduced with both the bad guys and the good guys are so much more than the standard cut-out cardboard characters introduced so many times in these series. The main bad guy has a history which you can sympathize with a bit in what happened to him originally but he makes it hard for that to continue as the title progresses. The main good guy is the Big Guy's partner who is raw but performs extremely well throughout the title where you actually enjoy his thoughts on what has happened and is happening as his journey continues with the Big Guy. A storyline that is interesting and keeps you going as the chase/locate continues. The thing that got to me with this title was how the author managed to raise the tension level as the title approached the climax (having the martyr arm the device with no way of unarming it was good) as was the finish. Gotta say I really enjoyed this title from Mike Newton (two in a row) well done Mike and this is a fine title for your reading pleasure.

This is a very good read indeed so settle in for a big title where there is no filling meaning a non-stop action packed read from start to finish. I really like original stuff when reading one of these titles and so is this one add in some of the more memorable characters introduced and some brilliant action scenes featuring some in close hand to hand stuff a fine read indeed. Highly recommended reading folks.

Four out of four in a row the same storyline the same characters with changed names the same crap. Apparently these guys this time are even better than previously as the author informs the reader this time that they are indeed SUPER Black Ops. When I read a Super Bolan title I like to read what the Big Guy is doing, this title like the last three from this author belongs in another series where the body count may actually mean something. AVOID this is garbage.

Perhaps the author was thinking about this title when he wrote #107 Survival reflex. Who cares this is the BEST work by Mike Newton I have read for a VERY long time certainly his finest of twenty three titles to date in this series. Why? Younger brother Johnny makes an appearance and also a blast from the very distant past Val also features quite some time indeed since she has featured in one of these titles. So as a result of a plea from a very old friend to look into the joining of a cult by one of her students the Big Guy is off to the Congo rainforest to kidnap this guy and bring him back to the States. Pretty simple for the Big Guy you would reckon and so it is as he quickly nicks into the cult's location in the Congo rain forest grabs and drugs the unwilling and is off for a rendezvous with Jack for an extraction. EXCELLENT READING FOLKS the chase through the jungle with the initially unwilling and then his escape and the sprint with the Big Guy closing and the inevitable look over the left shoulder to check out how close he is and then the look over the right and what happens will make you smile. The chasing pack of bad guys is a terrific bunch of interesting characters in it's own right and you will enjoy some fine reading as the chase continues through the forest and results in an excellent section where a helicopter flown by a Columbian drug cartel bad guy has a problem and goes down in the forest where he survives and what he does from the forest canopy and how he finally manages to get to the forest floor. AND what happens then BRILLIANT ! Bugger just when you think it is over no all of a sudden a nuclear device is exposed at the cult's location and about turn we go back to the cult's location. The title is a superb read from start to finish a brilliant story with just the right amount of action scenes, some very memorable characters and some of the funnier events introduced and all original. Loved it probably it would be fair to say that this author is not one of my favourites but every now and then these days he pops out a pearler and so is this. Do yourself a favour and read this one.

Loved it an almost perfect title. This is one of the few titles that when you start reading you just slide through to the end without ever having to pause or go back a couple of pages when you suddenly say to yourself "huh". Some very fine characters introduced here with the standouts the Quail Group who are four very highly trained ex Special Forces types and are on the same rescue mission as the Big Guy. Interesting reading indeed when the Big Guy comes up against this group a couple of times and what happens as he actually doesn't want to kill any of them. As has been stated none of the group survive which is a shame as it would have been good to see at least one or two of them back again (suggestion to the publishers/authors do we have to keep killing everyone off ? an occasional recurring character is surely good for the series) anyway some excellent reading on how they are taken out especially their leader. Terrific plot, excellent storyline, marvellous characters introduced, exciting action scenes what more can you want. Do yourself a favour this is good.

Mafia story so it is likely to be good right from the start and so it is where a Russian Crime Family are featured as the bad guys. Unfortunately I would have to agree with the previous reviews apart from the fine action scenes introduced the title really falls flat apart from a good ending. Read far better stuff from this author up to you.

Goodness me coupled with #98 and #100 I can't understand why the author didn't release these three as a trilogy. They are all the same story and plot line. Well if you like reading these titles where in this Super Bolan series the Big Guy doesn't actually feature all that much as we have massive amounts of characters to introduce and massive amounts of damage to describe and heaps of body parts and blood being described with no actual storyline or plot then this is for you. I reckon this title was about as exciting as watching paint dry.

This would have to be one of the better titles in this series which will give you some fine reading indeed where the storyline is HUGE but beautifully written where even with a bucket load of characters introduced you will slide through reading this with ease. Lots of good action scenes and a blast which would rate a ten except for. Jayne Bahn would NEVER have been allowed to tag along. Cowboy is a computer expert and Akira is all of a sudden a commando? Probably the biggest turn off for me was the misfiring gun at the end which was a cop out I reckon. None the less a fine read especially if you don't know the characters all that well.

Well seeing I am not going to copy and paste if you check out four reviews below this one and I can just say ditto. No ? More ? Even though it was one of your's ? Okay more umm... I actually thought this was a pretty good read all in all disregarding the aforementioned. The inclusion of a couple of excellent characters to assist the Big Guy here namely Nazrah and Vanaki results in some good reading and well we may read about one of them in a future title at least. I really enjoyed the scenes with the Iranian cops especially at the jail after they had gained access and were trying to get out. Probably worth reading this title alone is for the outstanding scene where the Big Guy is buried in the sand. Overall again not this authors best work but worth a read I reckon.

Did nothing for me either let me tell you. Okay an old army mate of the Big Guy's and Pol's is doing his thing in the rain forest of Brazil. Through a third party he requests assistance to Pol and as he is tied up with Able Team he asks the Big Guy to assist. Assist with what? Well it seems this is all actually through his girlfriend who maybe doesn't really know what the doc actually wants. huh? Anyway the Big Guy is blinded temporarily at the start of the title but manages to catch up with the Doctors group. As has been reviewed he is led around whilst this group tries to stay in front of others who are seeking them. Who? Well the Army is after him as he has the cheek to treat anyone who needs assistance. Well we can't have the Rebels or civilians being treated can we. There is also not one but two Rebel groups who reckon the Doc would not only be good to fix up their men but would be good to have around as well for any further injuries the men may sustain. AND all of the groups waltz around through the rain forest looking for each other or trying to evade each other. YAWN!!! It's rubbish and that is praising it up.

This one will get you right from the opening pages where the Big Guy is observing a Pakistani Special Forces Team closing in on a location where three stolen nuke devices may be recovered and it all goes to hell big time as the special force commandoes are attacked by invisible killers. Huh? Yep and it just keeps getting better and better. Where to start characters along for this title include Carl, Calvin and Red Burbick is back which is terrific but during the title you will meet some excellent believable characters who are introduced and I loved them all. So invisible killers? Yep introducing the Thuggees of Kali back with a vengeance with a charismatic leader and some outstanding technology and have just stolen the above mentioned nuke devices which you will basically not hear another thing about until the final section of the title. You will read a lot about invisible assassins strangling people left right and centre. Action scenes range from stunning to BLOODY stunning. From the attack on the Pakistani General's home with the tanks and troop carriers and how you can defend yourself with a half of a helicopter ( yep half read it ) is simply amazing reading and it just progresses along at the same pace until the ending section with the action in the Temple and the Leader. There are a couple of authors who are known to give the Big Guy a bit of a hard time in their titles which is good as he seems to float through too many times without a scratch. The Big Guy is battered pillar to post and back again more than once mentally as well as physically here where he is very much teetering on the edge. Read one of the best sections of the title where the rest of his Team try to take him down running naked covered in blood with a very big sword and know why he is doing this and what led up to it ( when you read it ). This title is in a league of only a few as in this series at number 102 it becomes only my fifth ten rating and fully deserved this title is an absolute cracker and highly recommended reading. Also did I say the word ORIGINAL ? Do yourself a favour.

Another first with Doug taking his first crack at a Super Bolan and a good read it is. Firstly why this title didn't get a ten rating is What happens to Carl at the start of this title is ridiculous and completely over the top for one of these titles. It is dubious he would even survive and even if he did would never resume duties with Able Team. ( Okay Carl is one of my favourite characters so get over it and back to an unbiased review ). So overlooking that, this allows Kowalski (one of the blacksuits) to be inserted into Able Team as a temporary member and leads into one of the BEST fight scenes you have EVER read. Enter two of the COOLEST BAD ASS villains introduced into these series namely Dark and Adonis two six and a half foot giants with physiques of bodybuilders and with their long trench coats. Gotta say here a few reviewers mocked the trench coats as comic book stuff personally I thought it was fantastic and every time one of these two managed to escape a situation and the last thing seen of them was the flick of the coat tail as they escaped was fine reading indeed. These two guys are superb with the skills and experience closely matching the Big Guy are an awesome match up for him. Now the previously mentioned fight scene is between Kowalski in a confrontation with Adonis and IS STUNNING READING folks worth the read of this title for this section alone I reckon. How battered can you get for goodness sake and still come back for more and actually hang in there against all odds fantastic reading. On and on it goes an absolute Pulse raising read. If you love fantastic action scenes you should read this one and I'm not going to give anything else away regarding this title except to say. I loved it and highly recommended reading here folks.

Pretty much agree this title didn't do a lot for me which is not to say it was in any way bad which it isn't but there is nothing much to get excited about either. The plot has been pretty much worked over so there is nothing new there but the author saves the title with some pretty good action scenes which is quite enjoyable reading. You could do worse in this series than this one up to you.

Fair read but not one of the best of this author's work. Early in the title the author gives a wonderful description of different swords and blades used within the Philippines when the Big Guy is trying NOT TO KILL ANYONE which is different. The hostages are tracked down and rescued and the title progresses and not sure if I have read where the Big Guy has smiled or grinned as many times in the series as he does in this title or where Charlie Mott interrogates a prisoner? Liked a lot of the characters in this one with the Tiger's convert who was convinced he was dead anyway probably the standout but Latham the Texan along for the ride was very good as well. What else to say ? Nothing up to you if you wish to read this one but I would suggest there is much better in these series indeed by this author.

Goodness me I thought #98 was bad well welcome to #100 folks and it is a SHOCKER!!! Did anyone at any time in the publishing company leading up to the release of this title think to themself "hey we have entry 100 on this series coming up should we do something?" If they did and even mentioned it to someone who cared it was wasted breath and fair dinkum coupled with "Splatterpunk " and the pink easter bunny ears this is the biggest load of crap I have read in 700 plus titles. Like #98 covert black ops and of course they all have cute nicknames this time orientated towards the Devil and Hell's Gate etc. so yep cool, of course they are all Stone Cold Killers so enter stage right......... Alpha Deep Six Been off the map ten years apparently after staging their deaths and make a come back by first kidnapping Price? Why? Doesn't matter as she is hardly mentioned throughout the book? Why? Because it only involves a crap ending section featuring her. So what is the title about without giving anything much away is normally what I am thinking when typing these reviews but not here. GROSS OVER THE TOP RIDICULOUS ULTRA VIOLENT DESCRIPTIONS OF BODIES BEING EXPLODED APART! Alpha Deep Six with information of the Islamic Bank who they are going to raid decide to unleash Red Crescent terrorists who they have formed over the last decade to unleash terrorist attacks in US cities. WHY? To mask and take attention away from themselves whilst the attack the Islam Bank which is in the sewer section of somewhere Turkey I think? Huh? Okay so these guys have over the last ten years financed a HUGE terrorist network including Biological weapons that they have at their beck and call. The author goes into delirious descriptions of MASSIVE BODY DAMAGE rivers of blood, body parts flying left right and centre which gets very tedious after not a long time. The attack on the underground bank is laughable I think there was 76 or 78 terrorists guarding it at the start if you read this crap you would think Alpha Deep Six kills 5,000 plus to get to the prize. These guys waltz through HUNDREDS OF FLYING LEAD projectiles without a scratch blowing away dozens upon dozens of defenders. AND WHAT HAPPENS ? I won't even comment further on this pile of garbage except to say.... The model on the front and back covers upper chest area was a small consolation for even opening this title. Do so at your own risk.

Good solid read here from this author which focuses on drug pipelines and different groups who are or would like to control them. Jamaicans, Russians, Mexicans, Columbians so plenty of bad guys. Heaps of good action scenes as usual by this author and you always get a feeling of everything being tied together at the end with a polished finish and so it is. Very good read recommended reading.

Have to admit the covert Black Ops CIA stuff has been pretty much flogged to death but occasionally an author writes yet another title which is based on this storyline which is actually quite a good read. Unfortunately not with this title. Same old crap all of the covert Black Ops characters have cute little nick names this is important as you know immediately that they are dirty and have a hidden agenda which will be revealed later on in the title. MASSIVE OVERKILL !! Bolan joins this force which includes attack helicopter gunships and an armada of Jet fighters with which to rain down death and destruction to the target and they do again and again and again. Is there a plot? If there was I missed it. Very ordinary title folks which does nothing until the end section where the dirty CIA guys hidden agenda is revealed and the Big Guy takes care of business. Two stars added for the ending read it if you have to.

MikeL's first entry in this series and he delivers a blockbuster which I am sure any fan of these series would more than enjoy. Excellent different original plot where an ultimate weapon orbiting in space needs a human interface to be brought online to protect the US from incoming attack. The Chinese somehow learn of this weapon and launch an attack on the facility where the research and development is taking place. The test subject due to be assimilated into the Zero platform manages to escape the facility and is running for his life. Enter the Big Guy and strap in for the ride where you will read some of the best stuff written in these series. This is a rare title where all of the characters introduced no matter which side they are on are interesting and believable coupled with the ongoing storyline grabs you and just doesn't let go. Loved the action scenes which increase as the title progresses to hold your breath stuff excitement. The Big Guy is written superbly in this title showing all of his characteristics especially liked some of the humour in this one where I got a big smile on my face more than once. Loved it superb read which is Highly recommended reading. Do yourself a favour.

Must admit I am a bit of a fan of this author's Stony Man titles where the ones I have read were all excellent and on my travels reading this series in order arrive at this one, his one and only entry in this series to date. Very impressive one and only title in the series where you would be hard pressed to find better reading. The bad guys Scion are incredible all four of them are stone cold killers who many times kill for little or no reason at all but the ultimate is the attack on the biker bar where they wished to set up an online bidding auction on the Internet. Superb action scenes here and if you decide to read this one I would be stunned if you did not like it. Highly recommended reading.

Well I was pretty disappointed with this one which could and should have been so much better. This title follows where Katz has been killed and you would think that all of the warriors from Stony Man would be racing to the scene to assist after their leader/friend is taken out. Obviously not as only David and Katz's niece team up with the Big Guy with Jack along to provide transportation only (this sucks he should be included on raids more often come on he has vast experience) but he does feature in a scene which wasn't authorised by the Big Guy but ends well. Problem with this title is simply the author had a fantastic vehicle where he could have written one of his brilliant titles but no he took the lazy course where this is simply a chase story where we jump from location to location. Well during the title we visit Macao, Jakarta and Athens to name some and what happens every time. The Big Guy contacts Hal and arranges a contact to an arms dealer as they are travelling commercial. Upon arrival we are informed of the type of rental vehicle obtained and the seating position of the four characters involved. A visit is then made to the previously mentioned arms dealer and weapons are obtained. But it is so vitally important to the ongoing filler that we have to read the same stuff over and over again which I am sorry gets very repetitive and boring very quickly. Once again this author who has written some of the classics in these series maybe was on a time frame and well didn't feel compelled to put much effort into this one at all. Shame this should have been a standout as should the previous title where Katz is killed. Katz deserved a lot better I reckon.

Good read indeed which when I first started I thought was going to be average only but was pleasently surprised as the more you read the more you get into it. On the hunt for a terrorist group in Indonesia this time with Cowboy and Jack along for the ride also featuring a female bounty hunter who more than holds up her end. I thought the action scenes here were pretty good especially the hovercraft section where you will read some original stuff if you decide to read this title. This author is by no means near my favourite and have found him to be a bit of a hit or miss in these series but I thoroughly enjoyed this one and would suggest you could do far worse than read this one. Recommended reading.

Could pretty much say ditto to Gunslinger's review with this one as I too was pretty unimpressed with this title. The plot seemed way too unbelievable here and I too thought to myself how the hell could tens/hundreds of thousands of illegal aliens be set up at the same time to do what they did. I guess the story reads okay and the section when the Big Guy boards the cruise liner where the hostages are being held is pretty good but unfortunately the rest of the title is not as good. Read it if you have to.

Well whenever I start one of these titles after reading the back cover and the first page with a snippet of what is coming I always check the author and must admit now when I come to this guys name I think to myself this will likely be good and so it is again with this title unfortunately his last in this series I for one hope for another in the future. A terrorist group which have to be hunted down with a nuke section at the end and we are talking about subjects which have been absolutely flogged to death in these series but the author has managed to produce a wonderful read which will certainly keep you turning the pages. Lots of times with these storylines the terrorists are wooden ducks which are mowed down in the dozens or hundreds throughout the title but not here where the group doesn't number all that many right from the start which allows the author to bring forward lots of character traits of who has been introduced and I thought the leader was terrific as were some of his underlings. Action scenes abound as usual with this author and again some original stuff which will keep you interested add on a very good storyline and what more could you ask for. Loved it and highly recommended. Incidentally after I write one of these reviews I normally check out the other reviews lodged on the title. Maybe I forgot something I wanted to mention or maybe I agree/disagree with something someone else reviewed and how often I come across something like the following... "Coincidentally, the number of stars equals the number of chapters this piece of lame crap held me for." Uhuh so you read 76 pages of a 350 page title and post a review like you did? Umm why bother?

First title of the Frontier Wars duology and a terrific first half indeed. Where to start basically a Chinese Triad based in Canada decides to expand it's operations and eyes off a drug pipeline into the US being operated by the Mexican Mafia. The Mexicans ally themselves with Columbian FARC terrorists to protect their pipeline and merchandise, meanwhile the Chinese triad engages the services of Chinese Special Forces. The storyline is fine reading as are some of the characters introduced which due to this being a duology allows a more detailed insight on them I especially liked the female DEA agent. Action scenes are exciting reading where the Big Guy excels in this title. Bolan is perfect to his character which is kudos to the author. I loved it and can't wait to read the final instalment. Highly recommended.

Standout brilliant finish to the Frontier Wars duology where the author continues on from the first installment with no let down whatsoever. The ongoing storyline will keep you gripped as the Big Guy gets closer and closer climaxing with a superb kick ass finish where he crashes through a window into a penthouse suite and very definitely gatecrashes the party. These two titles fall into the section do yourself a favour and read them I reckon and I'm very glad that I did. Highly recommended reading.

This is an enjoyable enough read with a very good start where the Big Guy comes across a female who is about to receive something she doesn't want and leads into the title which is all about the white slavery trade. Funny the said female is described as a stunning exotic beauty many times throughout the book and is actually pictured on the front cover (hmm beauty is in the eye of the beholder I guess)? Katz and Jack are along for the ride this time and are surely needed as the list of enemies is huge including Chinese, Russians, North Koreans, Sicilian Mafia, Union Corse to name a few. Some of the actions scenes are brilliant reading as is what happens to Katz during one part. Have to agree with some previous reviewers comments where maybe the author didn't break the character of Bolan he bent it pretty well with a few of his actions questionable. Overall pretty good read you could do worse.

Amazing I was about half way through this June 2010 when the news came through that eleven Russian sleeper agents had been arrested by the FBI and that is exactly what this title is all about? An ex KGB guy who placed around 20 sleepers into the States decades ago starts to activate them with the intention of causing as much carnage as possible which he hopes will kindle a war between the US and the Mother Country where the Communists will again rise to power. I haven't seen the previously mentioned movie to comment on the similarity of the plot but as far as these series is concerned I found it to be original and refreshing. Liked the Russian sidekick and a classic scene where one of the sleepers is a serving police officer and Mack is in a quandry how to bring him down, noticing he is wearing a kevlar vest he fires twice into his chest which only knocks him down, he rises about to shoot Mack and the Russian plugs him THROUGH the vest and says to the Big Guy "You need a bigger gun". Good action scenes as usual but it started to get a little tedious as the same action scenes are repeated over and again with the sleepers but finished off quite well. Worth the read I reckon.

Overall I liked this one with a couple of caveats mentioned later. I also liked the start where the Big Guy stumbles into this mission and is accompanied this time with Cowboy and Jack. Surprisingly for me anyway Jack actually plays little part in the title. Action scenes abound and some of them are excellent reading indeed coupled with some fine characters introduced make this a pretty good read in the series. Couple of things I disliked here firstly the Big Guy slices a finger and part of an ear from a prisoner he is interrogating (a little out of character I would suggest), secondly with a vague memory from too long ago of another title I cannot believe the amount of spelling errors, missing words and grammar errors within this where it became annoying during the second half of the book. Aside from that a pretty good read up to you.

I agree with previous reviews this title is ridiculously over the top with carnage, rivers of blood, arms, legs along with assorted body parts are flying everywhere throughout the title. Really liked the last four or so of this author's titles in this series but not here. Disappointing I would give it a miss unless you have to read it.

Well Chuck's first entry in this series and what a fine read it is. Gotta say I love recurring characters if they were previously good to read and here we have four who first appeared in Executioner #236 Vengeance Rising namely two Japanese assassins a female Japanese Agent Honda and an ex Special Forces guy who went bad and got into gun running, drug running etc. who Mack actually let live in the previously mentioned title and has gone on the straight and narrow. Very similar to Mack's relationship with Jack and how he turned him around. Ironman is along for the ride this time and also Akira for a short time helps out in the field. Action scenes abound and there is some fine reading contained within with lots of original stuff which you haven't read in these series before. As is common with this author Mack doesn't have a stroll in the park which he seems to do so often here and in fact takes an absolute bloody battering which results in something happening to him in the title which is stunning. Absolutely loved this one highly recommended reading.

Well not as good as his last two in this series but still quite readable. Lots of characters introduced and maybe a couple too many as has been previously reviewed some of them hardly rate a mention of introduction. Some very good action scenes and overall I liked the plot even though it has been flogged to death. Certainly not the best title in this series to read BUT there are MANY far worse than this. I liked it and would suggest you could do worse in this series.

Blimey did I just read the same title as the majority of the reviewers on this title? This is ordinary folks let me tell you where in this "Super Bolan" title the Big Guy coupled with Jack and Cowboy just don't feature much at all. Cop some of these Nhajsib Wal, Dehri Neshah, Ziarat Wal, Vargadrum Shili etc. if ever a title in these series required a pad a pen to keep count of who is who this is it. One star added for the somewhat stimulating ending but I struggled through to the finish. Not recommended reading reading in this series.

Well again this author pumps out a very good title in this series. As usual good characters, good plot, good storyline, polished writing, the Big Guy is written perfectly and without doubt one of the best kick arse adrenaline pumping finishing sections of a title written to date in these series. Terrific read do yourself a favour highly recommended.

Gotta say I loved this title. Sure there is the usual overkill splatter High body count recorded through the title but with the plot and ongoing storyline coupled with the fine characters introduced the author does a good job and produces a fine title to read indeed. Recommended reading here.

First title of the Tyranny Files trilogy where the enemy this time are neo-Nazi's with a somewhat charismatic leader with chapters around the planet. Very good start indeed where the author quickly draws you into the plot and on a soft probe of one of the enemy bases the Big Guy stumbles across a female being dragged out of the compound by two guys who are going to dispose of her. She is quickly saved and as the soft probe has gone to hell he takes off with the female in tow. I have no problems with this and the insertion of this character by this way as he was unknown to her and what a very good character she turns out to be when we find out who she is. So she joins in with the Big Guy as she has intimate knowledge of the cult they are facing and holds up her end very well indeed. After taking care of business with the Big Guy and they are about to leave the country she informs him she has to go to her place which she hasn't been to for eighteen months to pick up some clothes for the trip. Upon arrival she informs the Big Guy who wants to check out the house first before she enters that no problems just come back in a couple of hours and pick me up I will be okay and he does? HUH !!!!! I would suggest this is a little out of character and you know what Mike I can cut and paste as well. FOUR STARS DEDUCTED this FU*#ING crap of a female ally being captured and held hostage is well past it's use by date. WHY WHY WHY this fantastic title was again tainted by this garbage where the author has a compulsion to insert this in basically every title he writes is beyond me. Surprisingly after the 76 pages of cut and paste the title takes off again and I really enjoyed the rest with some excellent action scenes which unfortunately the bad guys come across as wooden ducks to be shot down but good reading none the less. Will be good to see how the main bad guy develops in the next title as I quite liked him at the start but at the end of this title have a few concerns. Good read for the start of the trilogy.

Well the trilogy continues but unfortunately this entire title is just filler in the three books. The terrific female character tags along again here where the Big guy also connects to a Mossad operative who also will become a very good character throughout the title. But then it is back to the same old, same old a listing of targets and taking out of the wooden ducks. One thing of note is whilst all the same old stuff is going on with the Big Guy and his Mossad ally where is the terrific female character from title one who tagged along? Sitting in a hotel room actually? Why? The whole title? I must admit by page 300 and she hadn't featured I was thinking don't tell me she is going to be kidnapped again BUT thank goodness that doesn't happen but very strange why has she tagged along? Pretty ordinary middle title here I reckon but as usual if you are reading the trilogy you have no choice but to read it.

Well fair read for the finish I reckon. No spoilers for figuring out that the allies get blown away through the title as I too would like to see a few recurring characters in these combined series. Some pretty good action scenes as usual with this author but I was pretty disappointed overall with the trilogy.

I do believe this is this authors first crack in this series and a fine opening title he has produced. I loved the plot which is pretty complicated and could have been a bit confusing at times as it is only trickled out as the title progresses but never had a problem. Some very good hand to hand combat action scenes here which will entertain you and if you are like me you will enjoy this one more and more as the title progresses until the final section. Didn't like the mop up/finish section of this one and knocked it down a star for a bit of a let down ending (for me anyway). Never mind that recommended reading in the series here.

Really I could just say ditto to Gunslingers review of this title as I was disappointed as well for all of the same reasons. Probably one of the things that really annoys me when I read one of these titles is when I come across a name I don't recognize or can't picture in my mind of one of the characters introduced previously. This requires a flick back through the title to see who we are talking about more often than not and completely buggers the continuity of the story. This happened so often in this title I gave up and just ignored it and continued plowing my way through this. Spaghetti plot where the overall aim of these guys which is not revealed until very late and is well WHY? Some good action scenes but truly most of the title is very hard to read maybe a pad and pen next to you if you read this one so you can keep track of the characters introduced. Not recommended from me here.

This is a terrific read which is paled a tad by his previous releases but a worthwhile entry to the series none the less. Good storyline and plot which will keep you entertained with an interesting villian to meet. An alliance with a Mafia family to create a new pipeline into the States for drugs and weapons and it has all the makings folks. The thing that got me in with this title is some of the terrific characters introduced with side plots from the main storyline. The computer designer of the Stealth sub is classic and his story was almost worth the read by itself. Add in a North Korean Colonel and his team with their initial meeting with the Big Guy and subsequent meetings and you know you are reading something good. And the Giant bodyguard of the Bad Guy you just know that Mack will be into a physical confrontation with him before the end of the title and so it is and is some fine reading indeed. Excellent finish and this is a highly recommended read here.

Terrific start where the citizens of Philadelphia are introduced to a prototype weapon which is basically a gatling gun firing grenades and in the hands of these particular terrorists causing some maximum damage indeed. Lots of good reading from there on where some good characters are introduced and some fine action scenes are to be read and the storyline is peaking towards the finale. But what a Massive overkill the ending turned out to be where the Big Guy is part of a huge strike force (just like the last title in this series) to take down a compound with only 200 or so enemy which he has done himself on more than one occasion. Predictable ending with the mysterious Mr. X further dragged what was a pretty good read down into the ranks of only read it if you have to folks.

This is just a basic read in the series I reckon. My major problem with this "Super Bolan" is that they Big guy is attached to a massive force of Marshalls ,FBI and Police and consequently doesn't actually do much as he doesn't feature at all for long periods. Some of the action scenes were good but far between the rest of the chaff where the title just ends very abruptly in the last page or two. With the exception of Executioner #244 Judas Kill all of this authors titles in these series have been pretty ordinary to shocking and this one joins the list. Didn't like it much at all much better titles in the series than this one.

Another terrific read from this author where I was thinking at the start it maybe wasn't going to be as good as it ends up being. The device in use by the villain is different and a good idea and from whence the thing is activated for the first time and the reader becomes aware of how powerful this thing actually is the title takes off. Some excellent action scenes to be read as well as some excellent descriptions of what is happening when the devices go off. Fine read highly recommended.

Brilliant without doubt the best title from Mike Newton for a very long time and this is a do yourself a favour and read it title. The Hunt Club has been set up to give aspiring hunters the ultimate in prey namely human beings. Adam Phelan and his German offsider will for the pricely sum of one million dollars non refundable take the aspiring hunter to any number of hotspots on the planet where one more killing will go unnoticed and give him the opportunity to take down a human in the ultimate hunting/killing game. Without giving too much away as the title is so good a former client has remorse sessions on a return from one trip and after video taping himself and making a full confession he offs himself by blowing the top section of his skull off Enter the Big Guy and he follows the bad guys on one trip with a client but is unable to catch up to them in time to stop anything and they take off back to the states. Now the good part the Big Guy is taken down and finds himself on an island owned by Phelan who has invited four previous clients for the ultimate chase/hunt where the Big Guy who is stripped naked and defenceless (yeah right) is given a ninety minute head start until the four ex clients and their guides set off to take him down. You almost have to feel sorry for these four if they only knew who they were up against. Superb stuff folks where the Big Guy is in his element naked (so what not for long), defenceless (so what not for long) and some of the better reading you will read in these series where the Big Guy systematically takes down the hunters and their guides before setting his sights on Phelan and his German cohort. I could rave on for ages on this title it is so good but you really should read it yourself you won't be disappointed. FOUR STARS DEDUCTED this FU*#ING crap of a female ally being captured and held hostage is well past it's use by date. WHY WHY WHY this fantastic title was again tainted by this garbage where the author has a compulsion to insert this in basically every title he writes is beyond me. Aside from my personal hate with this author the title is excellent reading and I am sure if you have read LITTLE! of this authors work you will love this one. HIGHLY recommended.

I thought this was an excellent read which sure, does have a few faults but I reckon they are overshadowed by the many good points in this title. Very action orientated so if that is what you like in these series you will enjoy this one. Pretty good plot which relates to different Militia groups who have it in for the Government, raids on Armouries, Armoured car and Bank holdups where things are starting to get out of control hence the Big Guy and Hal are summoned to the President's office and given the task of making this all go away. As previously mentioned some of the action scenes in this title are excellent reading as are some of the characters introduced both ally and foe. The two Indian deputies were standouts especially with the rattle snakes and the bikie gang section and even after that until tragedy strikes but there you go. Some of the bad guy leaders were a little over the top where they had no compunction to eliminate any underling or associate who may identify them any time in the future. Terrific read in the series and highly recommended reading.

Well I checked the back cover and came to " Employing a strategy as old as war, his blitz pits rival factions against each other, sparking an all-out shooting spree ". hmm wonder who wrote this title and upon checking of course it is his nibs. Algeria is the location of this latest rewrite where there are numerous different terrorist groups and the plan is to attack their holdings creating mistrust between the various factions with the overall outcome to be that they attack each other saving the Big guy the trouble. Upon arrival he meets his latest ally and together they meet up with an informant who supplies a list of addresses of holdings of the various terrorist groups. These locations are then attacked and any personnel on the premises are killed and the locations are torched. Standard scenes are now inserted where of course a sniper scene will take place (the telephone survived again how about that?) and the reams of pages where we will read wondrous text on how the leaders of the various factions are perplexed who the bloody hell is attacking them. Everything is going well but what is the only thing that could stuff up a good day and we can't go home early? Why the informant is kidnapped by the bad guys of course. What to do? Well start another campaign identical to the first but this time leave one person alive with a message to the boss that the prisoner should really be released safe and well or the campaign will continue. So with the wondrous functions of spreadsheets namely cut and paste and search and replace yet another rewrite churns off of the Mike Newton production line. Disgusting, how this same title has been published thirty times plus now the publishers, editors, proof readers should be ashamed of themselves and sacked. SURELY SURELY sometime over the last thirty years SOMEONE has read something which has been lodged and said to themselves " hang on I have already read this? ". Obviously not.

SUPERB, BRILLIANT this is definitely a must read in these series. I am not going to give anything away on this title as it is a must read do yourself a favour title. Simply put fantastic plot/storyline which will have you engrossed and some of the action scenes will stun you. So many and it just keeps rolling on one after the other. The characters introduced are perfect into the ongoing storyline. Hardly a moment to sit back and catch a breath when reading this one. LOVED IT ! Highly recommended

Pretty good read overall here but I got annoyed with the repetitive descriptions/writing. Nothing wrong with the title by any means as far as storyline etc. but a personal observation how many times can you shoot someone and his intestines end up outside of his body? Bloody hell every time the Big Guy shot someone he was picking up his intestines up from the ground or holding them into his torso. Good read in the series recommended reading in these series.

Okay here we go the first title in the Four Horseman Trilogy. There is absolutely no doubt that this author is TOTALLY into women subjugation and capture and probably bondage as well. I can't believe that I am re-reading this crap yet again but a female ally of the Big Guy is captured and held hostage requiring the Big Fella to enable a rescue. Imagine that! Okay so normally when this happens it is a bummer as we only actually get to read a half a title when we remove the cut and paste. This time it actually doesn't matter as the rest of the title is crap as well. The cult group which he is up against is laughable as are their followers who are basically wooden ducks on a shooting range and summarily dispatched with disdain. So we always get good action scenes from this author? Not here folks this was a very ordinary title in the series and in now way recommended.

Well unfortunately the boring/ordinary continues with title two of the trilogy as well as there is basically not much worth reading. Two stars added as the final section involving the Arabs and the Sarin gas in the trains was excellent reading but come on what about the rest of the title? I can't recommend this title to you in these series.

Nup couldn't get into this trilogy at all. The attacks on the Russian President were okay and I accept how he survived but the cult enemy group was well pretty wishy washy and the Big Guy doesn't even get to give them the flick as they off themselves before he gets there. Disappointing read from me not recommended.

Absolutely loved this one and I reckon if you have read the Masterpiece which is Eternal Triangle Executioner series #101 (should have been #100) you will relate to this title immediately. Katz is the subject of torment this time and the title goes back to the Second World War and the execution camps of the Nazi's and Katz's old man who he thought was gassed but hmm and the son of one of the guards? This title answers some questions which have been previously hinted at in these series such as was Katz's wife actually murdered or not. Some very good action scenes within the title and I thought it was great. Recommended reading.

I really enjoyed this one, I guess the plot got me in where ex cops, special force types and right-wing extremists are banding together into a group called Deliverance financed by someone which will surprise you later on in the title to return America to it's prime before the people they are targeting were an issue. The problem is that the people they are targeting are all ethnics and it quickly becomes apparent that deep down this group is running on racial bigotry white supremacy lines but have no qualms about ripping off drug stashes and money stashes from their victims to add to their war chests. Through a good initial tie in the Big Guy is on the case with an excellent ally this time and they are on the trail of the New York cell of Deliverance which is off to join all the other cells at their main compound. What follows is some of the better action scenes you will read where the Big Guy and his ex special forces/ex cop ally run through them like a red hot knife through butter. The bad guys take off again and again but are always found how? (read it). The final assault on the command base was strange as I have read many times where the Big Guy has done stuff like this before solo (there are only 60 - 70 for goodness sake) but no Brognola organises an eight man team backup for assistance and basically they didn't bloody do anything apart from having fancy code names so what was the point? For fans of the Ultra Violent the author does not disappoint as 95% of kills are head shots giving birth to wonderful descriptions of heads exploding like melons, blood sprays, bone fragments flying along side body parts, rivers of blood after grenade explosions it's all here folks. After all that a very good read and recommended reading.

Once again a superb read from one of the better authors to write in these series. The Mafia are attacked by the Camorra who apparently are quite a powerful crime family similar to the Mafia based in Naples and with tentacles everywhere except the States it is the last frontier add in that previously decades ago the Mafia whipped their butts and kicked them out of the States the Camorran's have the will and the training and the perfect leader. Some excellent action scenes ensue where the Mafia locations are attacked by the bad guys who are ruthless and have no regard for casualties regardless of who they are. In fact the innocent victims killed soars past 500 and nothing looks like stopping it or even slowing it down. After a massive battle at a sit-down the Mafia hierarchy are decimated and in fact it looks grim for them as the Camorran's press for victory. The Big Guy has some major misgivings and the scene with Hal was good as was the attack on the "safe house" (don't know why they use that term wouldn't supposed/should be/could be/will be/yep I'm almost certain) be better inserted prior? The final battle for supremecy is set up and it looks good for the Camorran's at one stage until well something turns the battle and you will have to read it to find out what. Excellent ACTION scene dominated title and very highly recommended reading.

Very different from your standard title in these series and a very enjoyable original read. Pretty good plot where serial killers and wannabees manage to meet in the upper level of an online game and through the use of cryptic codes known only to themselves manage to stay in contact with each other while planning their major event which will result in the total extermination of a small coastal town with a population base of 1280. The Big Guy starts to play the game and quickly beats it giving him access to the level 5 area. Of course his progress has been watched as not too many have done it before and he goes underground to infiltrate the group. Action scenes abound if you like these scenes you will love this title and it really cranks up when the assault on the coastal village is launched. Some special characters introduced in this section my standout the 80 something old lady who takes in the kids whose parents have just been slaughtered and what happens with the blonde pyscho, excellent reading how the townspeople start to organise a resistance which is surprisingly effective thanks to the actions of an unseen someone who is turning the tide of the battle singlehandedly. (guess who? He is very good in this title folks). Terrific read highly recommended reading.

Well if you read these series for the action scenes you would be well advised to look elsewhere than this title as you won't find much at all here. If however you wish to read a wonderfully written title which is chock a block with fantastic characters and a terrific storyline here it is. The Big Guy is undercover trying to get a lead on a Militia group which has secured the services of foreigners namely a terrorist and a member of the Cali cartel to supply them with heavy weapons and to train them in the use of same and tactics to take on the Federal Government. You will actually start to sympathise with the FBI guy in charge here as through no fault of his own it just keeps blowing up in his face over and over again. Seamless read which you will fly through and a very good ending at which time when you finish it and think to yourself how good was that. Highly enjoyable title in the series recommended reading.

Terrific read here which will certainly keep you entertained. The Mob (god bless them) have teamed up with a Chinese would be king who has a few hundred slaves/prisoners who are working in his sweat shops knocking out cheap copies of expensive electronic items and when imported to the States massive profits are being reaped by both partners. The CIA send two agents to China to investigate that end of the operation which results in some bad news for one of them and the other a kick arse Chinese/American female making an emergency telephone call to Stony Man Farm. huh? It is explained sort of I know she had featured before in the series but I was under pressure as to the way she contacts the Farm, I thought that the Farm was one of the most secure locations on the planet and it seemed a bit lame how it was done but nonetheless. The Big Guy who happens to be Down Under at the time (imagine that) is contacted and off to China we go. The Chinese section is pretty much by the numbers where numerous businesses and goods are destroyed where the Big Guy and his little pocket dynamo ally create havoc. Some very good anger and rage sections here where the Big Guy sees the squalid conditions where the slave/prisoners are being held at the prison and sweat shops. Off back to the States and the title really takes off where it is non stop action with a couple of very well written sub plots. I really liked the guy who was the purchasing manager of one of the importers who has been cooking the books as he is in the Mafia Don's pocket amazing what a few photographs can show very well written. Many sections to like here where probably the helicopter fight scenes and the boarding of the ship were standouts but certainly not orphans. I loved it and was close to reviewing a ten but the starting half whilst fine reading dragged it down one star. Highly recommended reading from me.

Hated this one with a vengeance this is supposed to be a Super Bolan title yet he rarely even features with the massive amount of manpower from the alphabet agencies along for the ride in this one he doesn't have to and you get the impression when reading this that he has just been pasted into this title in a few sections where the title was actually supposed to be released in another series. Couple of reasonable battle scenes included but the overwhelming odds faced by the bad guys it was a no contest every time. The author tries to make up for a weak plot/storyline by introducing so many weapons including futuristic weapons just off the drawing board that it becomes silly if not laughable. This could never have been a James Bond title with the thousands of assorted characters from the alphabet agencies but it certainly isn't a Mack Bolan title that's for sure. If I wasn't reading this series in order and intended to write a review on this masterpiece I probably would have given it away 1/2 to 2/3 through as I thought it was crap. Up to you.

Okay I am going to split this review into three sections. The start up till page 41: Excellent, terrorists have committed atrocities on US soil and Stony Man intelligence has pinpointed the location where they are holing up. The Big Guy stalks to the location and starts the eradication program very nicely but unfortunately it is not a clean sweep and the leader and his offsider manage to take off in a vehicle which results in quite a good car chase scene. The two manage to evade capture and take off out of the country frustrating the Big Guy and off to Stony Man to trace where they went. The middle section up to page 156: ( 115 PAGES FOLKS) ! Off to France with Gary and David called from their current mission to assist as this terrorist group has many roots and whilst the overall leadership is based is Sudan this is the place to start walking up the ladder. Meet with Interpol contact who is a drop dead gorgeous woman and receive a listing of targets owned by the terrorist group. Attack targets and shoot anyone on the premises and drop thermite grenades to burn structures to ground. Include a wonderful sniper scene where this time I sadly report the telephone did not survive the scene :-( Money scene? Sure no problem whilst unlike the Mafia where we would waltz in and trick them out of the dollars terrorists don't have such known locations of their banks but that doesn't matter as the information has been forwarded in the list and we can slip in there and clip their stash. Wondrous reading yet again where the leader of the group in France cannot work out the identity of his attackers. In one of the most ridiculous connections possible he figures the female Interpol contact has this information and sends his goons to make the snatch. Then the Big Guy with his two backups take out the terrorist group leader as they should have right from the start of this section but we have blown 115 pages away yet again with cut and paste and search and replace. And I am sorry folks that is just not acceptable in this series I reckon. The third and last section: Off to Sudan in a somewhat unusual way I thought but anyway arrive and meet with contact and be supplied a list of locations. Split up the list and off they go, walk in shoot everyone there and drop a grenade or two. Do it again and again and again. More crap on how the leader can't figure out who is attacking. I'm thinking why am I even reading this ??? AND THEN ! AT LAST !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! A decision to attack an outlying training post goes bad when a passing army patrol hear the racket going on and speed in to investigate. And let me tell you folks when this guy decides to write something good it is very good as is the rest of the title. From the initial chase away from the camp and how they are forced to hole up with very little chance of survival against overwhelming odds, to the action scenes where they defend themselves against those odds, what happens with the rebels and the following scenes of attacks on joint interests between them. Superb reading folks let me tell you but as good as it was I felt I only actually read half a book hence the rating.

I would have to say that overall I enjoyed this title with a couple of reservations. Firstly I struggled with the idea of the Big Guy taking the terrorists prisoner and bringing them back to the States for trial perhaps a little out of character. Secondly whilst this author has perhaps been associated with some of the bigger body counts in previous titles this time within the context of the title where the Japanese free the terrorists is bloody ridiculous. The damage caused, explosions left right and centre, the rivers of blood, the amount of body parts flying through the air, carnage, massive casualties and whilst it doesn't offend me in any way totally over the top I reckon. Having said the above I enjoyed the read certainly have read worse I enjoyed the way the daughter and her old man were taken out and the Big Guy shows off his skills as a swordsman good stuff. Recommended reading here from me.

Excellent read and right from the start and you will get into this one. Off we go and we are introduced to the leader of a group of Chinese mercs who are escourting a massive shipment of opium to an airfield and from a starting number of 38 odd their numbers have been halved and no one has even seen the wraith who is decimating their numbers. Well the numbers continue to fall and eventually there were none hmm guess who? Lots of action based in the Himalayan mountains which includes some excellent action scenes I especially liked how the first Hind was taken down. Jack is with the Big guy this time and excels as usual with quite a lot of solo stuff in the title which was good reading. Yep pace maintained to the end this is a fine read. Highly recommended.

Just a six for me here, the plot is quite good with a new machine which can cause the human body to spontaneously combust and it is in the hands of a bunch of terrorists. Add in the fact that the President of the US is arriving soon for yet another peace agreement meeting and may be a target. Mack is joined by Phoenix Force in this title and even Katz is pulled in from retirement to assist which is again good and leads to a few familiar things from the old Phoenix Force titles by this author namely the use of truth serums by Calvin, and lots of hand to hand combat scenes that are fine reading if you can ignore the constant weapons being dropped by numbed fingers which tends to become tedious as it just happens too many times in one title. But unfortunately when reading this you will find many long passages where basically nothing bloody happens. I have read better titles by this author.

This title is very much segmented into different sections I reckon. Firstly there is a very nice prologue which informs the reader why the villian The Vulture wears a patch over his right eye what is missing and how it happened and who did it, good stuff. The next section ending with The Vulture's escape to his castle is brilliant many many things to like especially the chase scenes involving a semi-trailer transporting toxic waste and there is a huge body count rising indeed The Vulture is an extremely disturbed person. But that is it the title stops dead in it's tracks, didn't like it at all the second half and quite frankly thought the final assault with who was with him and what he had and how his two allies suddenly became expert marks people with no instructions except point it at them and pull the trigger was laughable. But the quick one line instruction was a good lesson folks let me tell you as the recipient of these words ( a young innocent female ?) can a short time later with no further instruction load and fire a 50 calibre machine gun from the turret of a tank and not only that how good is this girl hundreds of mercs converging on the tank and the Big Guy says as he scales the castle wall hey they are coming from in front and the rear so keep a eye on both and while you are doing that take out a few on the ramparts as well for us as we climb up. AND SHE DOES! The way The Vulture is taken out is good reading and poetic in a way and the last two pages of this title will remind you BIG TIME who this guy is we love to read about and was a fine finish to the title. So up to you I enjoyed the first half very much.

Well it's a nuke of the month story actually two backpack's and a locate/chase/capture/disarm title. < collective groan > But no it is a superb read even with the plot line. Excellent action scenes abound in a very fast paced title where the heart rate increased a few times whilst reading this. Some standout scenes include the snake pit in the marsh, the elevator scene after the Empire State building is bombed and one of the better car chase scenes you have ever read. Many things included here which you usually don't get in one of these plot line stories firstly some excellent stuff on the US soldier who steals the two backpack nukes in the first place and how he is coping being held hostage by the terrorists as his wife and baby are also being held. Heaps of characters introduced who are actually important to the overall story and actually insert seamlessly into the ongoing storyline. Bolan is written superbly here let me tell you and I absolutely loved it. Highly recommended reading in this series it's a cracker.

Well seems that reviewers are split here with many earlier reviewers slating this title while later reviewers enjoyed the read and I certainly am in the latter I loved it from start to finish. America's top missile scientist has taken off and with some help from a former KGB operative defected to North Korea and the Big Guy's job is to either bring him back or terminate him to stop him giving information to the North Koreans. On arrival in South Korea he teams up with a South Korean undercover operative who is the first in a string of excellent characters you will meet in this title if you choose to do so and off they go into North Korea. Now this mission is very different than most as the Big Guy has not only entered a communist state where people are rewarded for supplying information to the authorities on strangers but also well he stands out like the proverbial dogs b...'s so he has to try and stay concealed as much as possible. The plan is to contact a deep undercover South Korean agent who has a brilliant other side when it is first mentioned it took me by surprise but it is certainly original and what is wrong with that and through him locate where the scientist is being held and get him. Some very good action scenes featuring a couple of very god car chases and escapes which is maintained throughout this title will keep you interested. Toss in a good ending featuring an excellent chase scene and even a good epilogue and this is a worthy title in this series. Loved it recommended reading from me.

Well gotta say after #10 Fire in the Sky by this author I was very much looking forward to this title and it would be fair to say that I was somewhat disappointed maybe I had too high expectations. The plot well the Chinese are getting close to taking back Hong Kong and apparently there is a group of dissidents who need to be silenced (killed) before this happens (why?). Anyway the Big Guy who happens to be in Hong Kong to meet the leader of said dissidents to take possession of something?, on his way to the hotel for the meeting he is somewhat surprised to find this leader splattering on the footpath in front of him after having been thrown out of one of the windows of the skyscraper hotel. This is a temporary setback as he gets his sidekick for the title who is none other than the granddaughter of the recent leader. Off the title goes and there are some very good action scenes which follow and as has been mentioned the splatter is back full time with brains/blood/bone etc. getting a big focus which I must admit I don't mind at all and agree it has been quite a while in this series. Some good characters as well which all have there little things but Li is a classic from his childhood through what happened to him on the path to what he achieved only to lose it as he did. What happens between him and the Big Guy just prior to his finale was good. So you should give this one a go a very good story with heaps of original stuff which will keep you entertained I reckon. Two stars deducted here as part of the story involves the introduction by the Chinese of some sort of drug/potion which when injected into an already highly trained soldier will turn him into some sort of zombie who would like to bite your neck and just keeps coming and coming after being shot how many times and how many body parts are missing. Folks I personally couldn't care less what you were injected with FACT you will not still be walking on this planet with the back of your skull and brains being blown out (but that's just me) and I found these sections tedious. Also many times I found myself saying huh would the Big Guy actually do this and if you have read a lot of these series he appears out of character many times where if you read this I feel you would be the same as me constantly stopping questioning things/events etc.

Well firstly this is an excellent read where you will enjoy a fine deep plotline some excellent characters and in the second half some terrific action scenes which will certainly keep you entertained. Unfortunately setting up a title like this involves a lot of introduction of characters and plot lines by the author hence some descriptive reading and unfortunately I also thought there was a few times at the start where you think to yourself when reading okay get on with it for goodness sake. I actually loved the introduction of the Priest character and his inclusion in some of the action scenes but was also annoyed as the author never allowed the reader to know of his previous life. Sure he is/was a killer and is exceptionally good at his trade but umm what did he bloody well do before? Leo shines here let me tell you where I may be a little biased as he is one of my favourite characters if you like this character then this is the tile for you. The story is Mafia based and features many fine sections leading up to the final third of the title which will blow you away. Very enjoyable story and highly recommended.

Okay here we go with Mike Newton's latest masterpiece on my travels through this series and we are hanging out for something/anything ORIGINAL (well at least I am). Off to Brazil this time where the main villian is a super rich tycoon who is currently engaged in the deforestation of the rain forest and is bankrolling the Death Squads who are basically like his own private army. So the Big Guy is accompanied this time by Able Team and off they go. On arrival they quickly meet up with their contact who is a gorgeous woman (Oh No not again please) and are supplied a list of target locations which will result in major losses for the Mafia family sorry I mean the Death Squad hierarchy. The four of them split the list up and off they go to rattle those cages. Now the tycoon and leader of the Death Squads are quite perplexed as to who might be doing these things to them (imagine that) and we have wondrous reading about this over many pages. So what can the Death Squad leader do? He has to get this information of his enemies and of all the millions of people to choose from who could possibly have it? Why the female contact of course so she is promptly abducted and taken hostage. Mack and the gang hear about this and quickly go about a perfect response to this by launching attacks against more targets but always leaving one of the enemy alive to take a message back to his boss (imagine that). I especially like one of the scenes in this section where the Big Guy is in a snipers position in a building some way up where he has a clear view of the Death Squad leader who is currently speaking to two of his lieutenants in an opposing building. He of course has the phone number and gives him a call and politely suggests it would be a good idea to release the hostage, predictably he is told where to go and come into the office anytime but no he replies hang on a sec and promptly uses the sniper rifle to take out both of the lieutenants to get his attention and requests again. I was thankful for the poor telephone at least it wasn't blown away this time. Finally the Leader agrees to release the hostage at his choice of location and time. Mack agrees and the discerning reader may question whether this may be leading to a trap being laid for the good guys but whilst this will occur there is nothing to be concerned about as he has Able Team with him folks this time gee whiz he did it by himself the last 20 - 25 times. So the hostage has been saved and sent out of the country for a short while whilst Mack and Able travel to the rain forest to cause mayhem with the tycoons road gang which is hacking it's way through the rain forest as the mission won't take too much longer? As the mission won't take too much longer? HUH? Well folks with the wonderful functions in any word processor namely copy/paste and search/replace the author has managed to extend the above to page number 175 and not write one original word of text. A slight digression here folks to qualify a couple of the things that I absolutely love about the Big Guy's character. 1) He will never endanger innocents no matter what. I have read numerous titles where the Big Guy has stopped an operation at the last minute to protect the innocent. 2) He will never shoot a cop who he regards as fellow soldiers fact he just does not do either of these EVER! In the rain forest now at the tycoons road plant which consists of 20 soldiers providing protection for the 100 INNOCENT WORKERS and I was somewhat surprised when Mack and Able were planning the hit someone mentioned what about the innocents and well we will leave one direction open when we attack from the other directions and any of them who want to take off can but any of them who take up arms against us we will take them out. (absolute crap). Indeed the launch of the assault includes an RPG to the mess tent propane tanks where thankfully the author informs the reader it is only the soldiers eating the workers are next. Huh what about the kitchen staff the cooks maybe they were miraculously beamed out at the last minute. Now one would presume that an author of what 25 - 30 titles in these combined series (yeah I know the rest are just copies) would at least have the basic facts down pat regarding the Big Guy's character but obviously not with this title maybe his missus did the editing functions and Mike was just well too busy to bother checking what was going to be delivered to the publishers? I know I have said this MANY TIMES before and I know I sound like a parrot recording BUT HOW can the publishers allow this to happen AGAIN and AGAIN? I have no idea if any of the current authors actually still read any of these titles but if that is the case I am sure that they as well as readers who have read many titles in these series would as I do cringe when coming across one of these copy/paste sections this is crap I can accept a couple of times maybe but this is now approaching 30 at least and quite frankly personally when I open a new title and check the author I shudder when it is his nibs. Stuff it, finished it and on to something else hopefully actually worth opening.

Absolutely loved this one. The villian is a computer/engineering genius who is being courted by terrorist groups the world over as he produces a weapon and way of deploying it via bombs or missiles etc. which never fails to take out the intended target. The Big Guy enters the fray when the DEA office building is targeted by one of these weapons and destroyed along with many agents. At the same time trying not to give too much away a couple of freelance assassins namely a drop dead gorgeous blonde and her sidekick a sicko who has a penchant for garottes which he makes extensive use of throughout the title are dispatched to in fact kidnap the villian. Add in a drug lord who was the client of the DEA building massacre and there are many fine plotlines running simultaneously. Many many many fine sections of action scenes featuring the Big Guy probably when he is captured and taken on a boat and also the assault on the Island location of the villian with the Jamaican police are the standouts but many others like the trek to the new drug lord's fortress under construction which will certainly keep you awake if you read this. The build up to the ending and the actual ending does not disappoint in any way and when you finish this I would think you would be very happy with an engrossing story which features many many original ideas. Highly recommended reading in these series.

Like everyone else I enjoyed this one where nothing stands out but is a good story and read none the less. I also liked the assassin character who relates to the Big Guys past in Nam and how this character even after what has happened to him still harbours a deep set hatred for him. Some of the action scenes were first class and the lead up to the finale in the church excellent reading. As has been said previously the ending is a joke especially the last paragraph where he reaches in and out of twenty possible he does what? Must have been the church goers praying for him at the time I reckon. Still the first 329 pages is fine reading indeed recommended reading.

Well this authors first Super Bolan entry and a fine effort it is. Eco terrorism is the subject which is a bit of a refreshing original idea and indeed include some good characters and the title stacks up well on top add some fine action scenes and this is a very good read. Unfortunately there is an extreme bias against this author from a large section of members of this site regarding a certain chapter of a title Lockdown which is critically out of character for the big guy. Whilst I totally agree with sentiments regarding this chapter I am still struggling as to whether he actually wrote that chapter or not as in many titles including this one the author displays a strong knowledge of the character hence my failure to lodge a review on that title. For what it is worth this is a very good read as has been the case with many of his Executioner titles and I think you would enjoy this one if you give it a go.

Well it's a Mafia story (good so far). The plot involves the Mafia going International where they have joined allegiences with some big names indeed. With traced links to Sicily, Corsica, Bangkok, Bogota, Ankara, Paris, Tokyo and Montreal and confirmed involvement by the Chinese Triads, Yakusa, the Union Corse and the Columbian cartels the new International group is to be called The Star (even better so far). Indeed this new International crime group are big league players hence the prologue where 2kg of weapons grade Uranium is stolen to be auctioned off to the highest bidder. Now the start is kick arse stuff let me tell you where the big guy is in the process of taking out one of the Capos in the states and his visitor from the old country Italy prior to travelling to Italy to take out the Boss of Bosses there. Unfortunately a VAST underestimation of the opposition results in the big guy doing a big retreat as fast as possible which results in a shit hot car chase scene with two pursuing crew wagons (excellent so far this is set up to be a cracker). Okay off we go intelligence from Leo gives an address where the Capo and his visitor have taken off to after the botched assault and for an appetizer he quickly slips out there and takes them both out as he has requested Jack to accompany him on this one and they are both booked on the Concorde flight there so not much time. Arrive in Italy on route to Sicily to take out the Boss of Bosses and what happens.... 3 Capos taken out 2 by sniper scenes (love these) as a warm-up Contact with informant to obtain list of targets 4 Capos taken out 1 by sniper scene and then the stunning reading..... The Boss of Bosses can't figure it out, who is hitting him and his fellow capo's? Page after page of wonderful reading here while he ponders his choices yawn..... Bang Bang two more Capo's taken out At last a meeting with an informant who supplies a list of targets in Sicily Informant requests to accompany the Big Guy and Jack to Sicily and as a lawyer and completely untrained the Big Guy of course replies sure come along for the ride. Why? Well we need a hostage scene where he will be captured so the Big Guy can start rattling those old cages and leaving messages for the safe return of same <sigh>. 4 Capos taken out 2 by sniper scenes and then OH NO THE INFORMANT HAS BEEN TARGETTED FOR ABDUCTION..... What to do? Leave a message of course. 3 Capos taken out 1 by sniper scenes waiting for an answer from the abductors. AND what the informant is killed bugger that so off to the Boss of Bosses and whack him. We are currently at page 219 of the title and a total of 17 Capo's have been taken out with an assorted number of chaff soldiers and have managed to include six yep count them six sniper scenes and I am beside myself with the excitement of the ongoing original stuff I am reading. So off to Algiers to track down the buyer of the Uranium. I finished it as I wouldn't be typing this but can't be bothered any more. Blah Blah Blah yet again you have already read it ONCE AGAIN the final section is just cut and paste yet again. Very disappointing after the start. 1 star added for the excellent start ;-)

Fair read here only I reckon. The plot is set in Somalia after the fall of the government there and how the country is being controlled by five different war lords which is reduced to four in the prologue and the big guy is off to remove them. There are some very good characters introduced here with two ex CIA guys who have just been tossed out of their fish canning business by one of the war lords and an ex girlfriend and a brother of one of the ex CIA guys, all very good and some interesting reading including them ensues. The problem with this title is that there are four war lords to take down and basically the same strategy is done every time where the ex girlfriend is used in the same way which results in some repetitive reading where I actually checked the inside cover to check out who wrote this at one stage to just make sure. As the previous reviewer said the ending is not too bad a little bit unexpected and the title is solid but I don't think this is anywhere near as good as some of the authors other titles. Up to you better reading in this series than this one I am afraid.

Well it is a Mafia book and the big guys younger brother features so it has a lot of plusses going in. But firstly it is a blatant rip-off of Executioner #4 Miami Massacre in plot line and opens oodles of opportunities for the author to do some cut and pasting and he leaps at it with glee. It's all here folks with four locations to visit and rattle those cages. The usual strategic strikes on the intended victim's property, the usual back door casino with the half witted Manager who will open the safe as a raid is about to occur, the usual trucking depot/warehouse which can be taken care of with thermite canisters, the usual drug cutting location where he has to wear a mask to prevent inhaling those toxic fumes, the usual passing along a message to the intended, the usual sniper scene but he actually manages to include two this time, the numbers collection depot, the bookmaker location, even Omega is slipped in to gobble up a few more pages ya de ya de ya........... Said it all before but 2 stars added the ending is quite good in the hotel where the Columbians and Jamaicans arrive. Again if you have read none or little of this authors work in these series you would most likely very much enjoy this title.

I really liked the plot in this one where sleeper agents placed a decade ago by Greb Strakhov who was one of the best villains faced by the big guy are being enabled. Some of these sleeper agents are somewhat reluctant to do this after the amount of time passed requiring a demonstration of force and the resulting action scenes are very good reading indeed. After the very good start though I found the going tough where I thought the author over complicates the ongoing storyline and introduced far too many characters to try and keep track of. The finish is pretty good reading though so overall a fair read here only.

The start of this one is good where the leader of the Sword of Erin a splinter renegade group of the IRA who is in custody in the States is on his way to be flown out of the country and extradited back to Ireland. The convoy is attacked by his offsiders and he is successfully released with all of the federal officers guarding the convoy being killed. So starts the big chase for him and he proves to be an ellusive, wily escapee with the Big guy on his trail from country to country always seeming to just miss catching up to him. Not knowing his whereabouts results in rattling of the cages everywhere we go and whilst some of the scenes are pretty good reading it tends to become repetitive after a while as this seems to be happening over and over again. None the less the chase finishes back in the States where he is finally run to ground by the Big guy. Entertaining enough title here even with the formentioned repetitive scenes.

Well truly this plot of taking down a drug Kingpin has been absolutely FLOGGED TO DEATH and I'm thinking that there is very little which the author could include in a title using this plotline which could make it readable and was pleasantly surprised I guess at the end as the author has actually managed to deliver a quite good read even with the plot. Why? I would say mainly O'Banion who is the IRA terrorist leader this character (got a feeling I have read of him before but not sure?) will blow you away. How refreshing to read how this guy just snubs his nose at the world and basically couldn't give a toss to any reactions to his groups actions. The taking of the female Greenfinch is a classic example and well it is a long flight over the Atlantic so well why not. He blows people away without a seconds thought and truly is one of the better villains introduced in these series who also just happens to meet with one of the better endings going around even though it was pretty obvious what was coming up personally I thought it could have been a surprise with him perhaps having the drop on the big guy or the woman. This is basically a Stony Man title where both Able Team and Phoenix Force feature and have quite solid sections each within the title keeping the ongoing storyline progressing quite nicely. Some very good action scenes here to read which will keep you entertained and leads to a pretty good read in the end. So even with the plot this is a pretty good read recommended.

I gotta tell you right from page one this author will grip you and it doesn't let go until the very last page. Considering this title runs to excess of 600 pages I reckon this in itself makes this a title worthy of your reading pleasure. Again from the back cover of the title, At a remote Ice Station in Antarctica an amazing discovery has been made where metal has been detected deep within a 100-million year old layer of ice. Apparently it is an Alien spacecraft which gets the attention of all those monitoring the distress call which goes out from the Ice Station for assistance. Enter Lieutenant Shane Schofield "ScareCrow" leader of a crack Marines unit sent to secure the Ice Station after the distress signal was intercepted. The back cover also says "They are a tight unit, tough and fearless. They would follow their leader into hell. They just did..." And they do. Well this is a boat anchor at 600 plus pages so obviously a lot happens BUT as I said you will be gripped you will be enthralled if you read this it is just action, action and then some more action scenes. So what happens without giving anything away to the future reader? Attacks from friendly forces, attacks from enemy forces, attacks from something which is neither, attacks from none of the prementioned three, some of the best action scenes I have ever read. The initial attack from "that country" and how it is overcome, the Killer Whales, the Elephant Seals, the "other country's"' forces which come along, the Ice cave, the nuclear device, the leader of the "2nd mentioned country", The hovercraft chase battle scenes will blow you away, as will the underlying conspiracy going on when friendly troops start to be killed mysteriously. A MASSIVE conspiracy within the American Government and it's upper echelons of the Military where a group has managed to infiltrate itself. This is so big that you get drawn into the storyline so beautifully and it rocks if you like action scenes you WILL NOT FIND another title which has more than this. It just keeps going on and on and just when you finish a section and take a breath off it goes again. If you read this title and I hope you will be aware that everything which is found or taken from adversaries will all be used in some way further down the line in the title, I forgot the way how Mother managed to escape but was pleasantly surprised (read it). Brilliantly written title which I absolutely loved from start to finish. This is a do yourself a favour title READ IT you WILL love it.

Well something while not original namely Black Magic/VooDoo etc. was a pleasant surprise in this title and it is quite a good read. The author has produced yet another "similar type title" but with the inclusion in the plotline of the above he churns out yet another title and well......... A well trodden plot of taking down a drug Baron/climbing the ladder/rattling the cages/hostage taken/message given/endless raids on you name it/hostage released or revenge taken and..... After all that this is the first title I have enjoyed by this author for quite a while. Recommended reading especially at the end of the title where the words "Fernando de Leon Martinez, I presume?" are spoken and hey you have obviously just read the title and understand this reference yep very good ending. Good read.

Well gotta admit it has been years since I read a non Bolanverse title reading the series in order as I am but was struck with Gunslingers review of one of this guy's titles recently submitted. I then checked the series and found another two reviews lodged by him on this guy's title's and with two eights and a ten I thought hmm maybe I should check out this guy's stuff (and he's an aussie but doesn't make it any easier to find the titles in bookshops let me tell you thank god for eBay) and thank goodness I did. This could get long but I will try to refrain. I decided to go with this title as it was his first title released (he was just 19 at the time excuse me) and believe it or not considering what he has done since, this was initially self published? I urge some of you reviewers out there to give this author's releases a try and not necessarily this title as I believe Ice Station which is his second title released and the first of the Scarecrow series is even better which I will let you know about as I have just purchased it and it is next in line after Super Bolan #36 Hellground Mike Newton's latest masterpiece which I am two thirds through. It is very hard to say anything here that wouldn't spoil something if you decide to read this gem so the following is from the back cover of the title. "The New York State Library. A brooding labyrinth of towering bookcases, narrow aisles and spiralling staircases. For Doctor Stephen Swain and his daughter, Holly, is the site of a nightmare. For one night this historic building is to be the venue for a contest. A contest in which Swain is to compete - whether he likes it or not. The rules are simple. Seven contestants will enter. Only one will leave. With his daughter in his arms, Swain is plunged into a terrifying fight for survival. He can choose to run, to hide or to fight - but if he wants to live, he has to win. For in this contest, unless you leave as the victor, you do not leave at all." It's on bloody hell if you like full paced adrenaline pumping action titles which won't let you slow down here it is. If you like a terrific storyline with excellent characters introduced here it is. If you like a story in which everything actually makes sense in context of the plotline here it is. I could rave on for ages on how good I thought this was but simply say do yourself a favour and read this or one of his other titles. Ice Station tomorrow let you know but this one is an absolute cracker loved it highly recommended reading and according to his webpage Ice Station was reprinted six times in it's first two years. (I'm guessing it is gonna be good?).

This is a shocker don't even consider reading it unless you want to punish yourself for some mortal crime. I found this so hard to read as well basically nothing much happens. Really his sidekick the German (prerequisite gorgeous blond) was a joke and he would never have allowed her being untrained to tag along as he did here. With the big guy spending half his time settling out petty squabbles between her and his Mossad sidekick and the other half of his time in the sack with her I'm somewhat surprised he even got around to finish the mission. He actually does manage to do this and well the title finishes and I was eternally grateful as you wouldn't be reading this if it didn't just in case something actually happened in the last page or two. It didn't and this is crap don't even bother.

Pretty good plot with the underground network and it's leader is a well written character which will interest you. The Cas character is interesting and well written as well where he may have been set up and portrayed as maybe what he isn't. Lots and lots of assistance for the big guy too much in fact as he really plays a small part in this "Super Bolan" adventure. Heaps of good action scenes. Good finish but short and sweet. Enjoyable enough read here certainly a lot worse than this recommended.

I thought this was pretty much a weak terrorist of the month story as far as plotline goes. Cowboy, Jack, Phoenix Force (but why remains a point as apart from Katz very briefly a couple of times the other guys are only mentioned by reference) are all included here along with Hal in the field. Unfortunately a lot of wanking on where the author just seems to waffle on and on for extended periods which leads to a very fine but very short brief ending. No honor among thieves here folks everyone is out to stab someone else in the back and some good reading interspersed among the long sections of the above but unfortunately too few. Bolan does very little as the title plods along and this is not one to recommend for reading I reckon.

Bucket load of villains here with the Mafia, Columbian cartel, ex KGB hierachy and some Russian chaff there are more than enough bad guys. Very good characters included the Russian president's aide's alcoholism and his relationship with an old time hard core KGB guy. His offsider a woman with her off work life and her doings on surveillance are fine reading , the Don (he remembers and he knows what is coming), the arrogance of the cartel guy and it sets up beautifully. The ending is excellent with the suck in to the hospital very nice writing indeed, action abounds and this title will certainly keep you entertained. Highly recommended reading.

Well I have to admit after this author's last two absolute shockers I started this with some trepidation fearing something the same but was pleasantly surprised with a very good readable title which has a pretty good plot and a fair selection of action scenes which will entertain you the reader. Add in some very good characters introduced who mostly are CIA operatives and it was some fine reading with their interactions together as the title progresses. As has been said this is very much a mystery type title so if action dominated stuff is what you are looking for in this series you should look elsewhere. If you are open to this type of title and can overlook the lack of bullets flying everywhere on every page, if you like a title which will make you think and ponder a bit, add in the above mentioned interesting characters and you have a very readable title. I agree with all of the previously mentioned flaws in this title but gee after the last two in the series by this author this is a massive improvement and well all I can say is I enjoyed it. Recommended reading here.

Well if Glenn would allow it (yeah right!) I could save a bit of space over there in your storage and rate any of this authors titles with simply a check mark total of the following ten criteria. 1) Shutting down a new drug pipeline. 2) Pipeline must have multiple countries involved. 3) Ladder of hierarchy to be climbed bottom to top. 4) Rattling of cages to see what falls out. 5) Selection of locations which will get attention. 6) Subsequent destruction of above sites. 7) Female to be included for kidnapping/abduction. 8) Subsequent calls to bad guys to release her or. 9) Sniper scene must be included somewhere. 10 Excellent action scenes and characters introduced. etc. etc. etc. I have added a star here as for the first time in many many titles number 7) was not used in this title (the fact that I cannot vote a zero the minimum being one should in no way infer to this added star). This title gets 9 checks. Blah blah blah I've said it before but can't submit a review "umm I've already read it".

Well the third instalment of The Storm Trilogy and you will note if you have read the previous two by Mel Odom that this one is written by Jerry VanCook. This seemed to be the norm around the time this was written where two authors would collaborate on trilogies. I for one am very glad that this practise has ceased as normally the drastic change in writing styles takes away a lot from the reading experience. But not here folks Jerry VanCook seamlessly continues the reading experience of the trilogy and has produced a blockbuster of a title to boot. If you are an Able Team fan or more an Ironman fan he excels in this title with Pol and Gadgets very much taking a back seat, whilst failing to quite reach berserker mode he and the auto shotgun cut a massive path through the ranks of the terrorists. So many good scenes featuring Able Team but a couple of standouts the Motel clearing and the attack on the Zeppelin blimp amazing stuff some of the all too infrequent raising of the pulse rate when reading one of these titles. When Lyons picks up the female reporter in the blimp and what he does is amazing it stunned me but what happens after that (read it) was doubly amazing and okay I'm stunned and amazed at this stage but no there's more and Lyons throws himself out no parachute who comes floating down? and who else? and what happens and the little grin and the coming down and what happens with the umpire and the resultant response of the crowd just simply blew me away (read it) and if you love these books as much as I do I defy you to read this and not have a broad grin on your face at the ending of this section at the baseball ground simply one of the best scenes I have ever read in one of these series. Meanwhile Bolan and Phoenix Force team up for most of this title and again some very fine writing here where the Elldridge character is explained well and you can really start to get into the head of this character where what he does still makes no bloody sense at all but it interspaces well with the stolen nukes and the ongoing storyline here I guess. The female Merc character was different and with her jumping allegiances gave the big guy a few moments of doubt but comes through okay. Excellent scene with Elldridge, Katz and the big guy at the launcher where his hand is taped to the launch control. Many many other scenes I could carry on about this is a terrific read and I'm not gonna spoil it for you, excellent so close to a ten loved it. Highly recommended reading.

Well the plot continues and unfortunately this middle instalment fails badly to continue the excitement raised in the first. Much of this title featuring the big guy at least is basically a war story not really my cup of tea but I really enjoyed the Able Team and Phoenix Force sections so I'm thinking yep this is a pretty good middle title until........... Bolan's second in charge Eldridge goes insane? Hey I haven't read the third instalment yet and maybe this explained but come on this is the commanding officer actively killing his fellow soldiers who don't happen to agree with his religeous views actively supported by his staff? None of the other soldiers under his command happen to notice that hey when you have an interview with the boss you never seem to return? Again and again and again umm the soldiers stationed in this command are disappearing at a rapid rate. The invasion of Israel and the stealing of the nukes? hmm the title is heading downhill at this stage. Well what can I say it doesn't end with anything stunning so we can only look forward to the third instalment for a good finish. Middle of the trilogy so if you have read part one you have no choice if you are going to read part three but fear not it is a fair read.

This is good folks, I tend to think when reading the first instalment of a trilogy how hard it must be for the author with not only introducing characters and an interesting plot (after all we want to be enticed to read the second instalment) but also produce a good readable title in itself. Here the author has produced a good title which has one of the most brilliant scenes mentioned later which gets an extra star. The plot well after the abdication of Saddam the newly installed President of Iraq declares a terrorist war on the Great Satan with MASSIVE body counts ensuing from these attacks on US home soil umm we are talking two thousand plus at the end of this title. Everyone from Stony Man is here and some of the action scenes are fantastic especially with Able Team and the big guy, Phoenix Force is tied up in a good subplot. The story moves along very well with a couple of surprise assassinations and even more surprising further events that then occur, very good reading. The ABSOLUTE standout scene as mentioned previously by Monsta Mack is with Leo and Carl and the meeting with the old time Mafioso hey read this, the blood ties, the honour (?), the customs, what happens here in this scene is why I started reading these titles back from number one to now . How good is this you just have to read this just for this scene. Apart from the above mentioned scene the rest of the title is a fine read indeed the author has set up a very good lead in to the second instalment of this trilogy very much looking forward to it. Highly recommended reading (Especially if you know and love the Leo Turin character).

Well good but not great. This is basically a chase story where a number of stolen circuit boards which when fitted to long range missiles will enable same to avoid incoming defence missiles and the subject of the chase is the inventor of the boards who has sold out to some Arab dictator. Pretty much all regarding this title has already been said so just a couple of things when reading this. It's a good read and yes I agree the Bolan name could be pasted with whatever and it could be a title in any series out there, it's not it is here and yep it is a worthy entry I reckon. A LOT of characters introduced here but within the context of the title a lot of them are discarded when the storyline moves along to another location so are easily forgotten whilst progressing. The important ones of course remain and well some pretty original stuff here where the big guy's side kick this time is a Mossad agent (so been there before), and Absolutely drop dead gorgeous (I'm guessing this is a prerequisite in these titles), but her cover entails being a super/nude model and yep if you are into the big guy's character you will enjoy some of the scenes here between the two. This title has a brilliant ending (1 star added) I certainly didn't pick it hence the star added and well you just have to read it for yourself. Recommended reading.

hmm bit of a dull half Stony Man title here. Lyons, Gadgets, Pol, Jack, Cowboy, Hal and Price all feature and you will be thinking to yourself why? Now more pages for the Stony Man Team means less for the big guy of course and so obviously he plays only a small part in this "Super Bolan" title. That could be okay but unfortunately none of the other mentioned characters play much of a role either bar Price. A private investigator is introduced who happens to be known to Price and many pages go by on this relationship and what happens to him. So why is he there? Of course to have something happen to him which rebounds to where Price catches up with yet more people from her past in a hostage situation. Okay but nothing else seems to be happening? The Indians were well I don't know what the hell they were even there for? The absurd takeover and taking of hostages at the end by them was laughable, what the hell did they think they were going to achieve? I really enjoyed this authors "earlier" Able Team titles but feel he failed in his first Super Bolan title. Not one I could recommend better titles in the series than this.

Bloody hell this is different. hmm black magic, spirits, mediums, séances all tied in with a good complex plot involving a major defence developer for the Brit government. Well the big guy goes undercover impersonating someone else into a billionaire's mansion with major occult events happening and his attempt at staging a mediums trance is a hoot with predictable results but you have to read it. I enjoyed the characters introduced all very different than your standard run of the mill in one of these titles. Some excellent action scenes especially the ending section on the scaffold but maybe too many misses when shots are fired considering that all the players are professionals they have trouble hitting anything they are aiming at including the big guy with the exception of Williams the copper who can drill anything he aims at and I must admit I really liked his attitude throughout the title. For want of a better word this is a feel good title I reckon, I really enjoyed it and good on the author for trying something so radically different I think he pulled it off pretty well. Recommended reading here.

Have to agree with everyone else this is a shocker. It's all been said previously in other reviews but it is just so hard to read. A reader should slide seamlessly from start to finish in a good title I reckon, add on a good plot/storyline some good characters and write some fine action scenes and the title will undoubtedly rank in the top books of these series as listed on this site. Unfortunately the author had none of the above here. Not recommended in any way.

Well after #15 and #18 this author has produced another fine effort with yet another wonderful title here. If you like fast paced titles this is your baby here, it really doesn't slow down at all throughout and will certainly keep you entertained with what you will read. The plot as has been mentioned previously is to take out the Queen of England by a splinter terrorist group of the IRA who have been moving heroin to fund their purchase of weapons especially a few MILAN rocket launchers and the big guy is in Ireland at the bequest of both the Irish and British governments to bring his unique talents to assist in locating and taking out the terrorists. The storyline is excellent as he goes about doing his thing and suddenly the terrorist group starts taking some hits and what happens? Well the usual as they have no idea who he is and send people to take him out with predictable results, suddenly the leaders world is starting to crumble around him and it seems no matter what he tries to do he suffers further losses which has been done many times I agree but is very entertaining reading in this title in what happens. Some very good characters introduced here which thankfully was limited to a manageable number to know who was who in this title which was a concern in the last two titles. I really don't want to give anything away regarding what happens in this as it is a very fine read which is certainly recommended for your reading I loved it.

Fair read here only I reckon. Strange title which plods for the first half but picks up quite nicely in the second. There are a few good action scene sections which I enjoyed but overall I thought there were too many sections between where I found it dull reading and it tended to plod a bit. So nothing bad about the title but also nothing to rave about either. Up to you middle of the road stuff here.

Well for me this is one of the worst books I have read in the series and quite frankly it seemed like some sort of spy thriller CIA type story with the big guys name pasted in at appropriate places. He does very little in this title until the end and you will read a spaghetti plot line which introduces characters by the page and then forgotten until later, you will wonder what the hell is going on and wish you had a spreadsheet handy with nice columns arranged to sort out who is who. Two thirds way through this you will finally figure out what is going on and there are two candidates being sponsored by the CIA for the upcoming Nicaraguan elections and the big guy is guarding one of them ? Why? They are both MASS murderers and guilty of gross atrocities and the big guy is going to protect one of these animals as the last couple of years in exile has mellowed him out a tad to oust Ortega? Crap! This is NOT Bolan let me give you the tip. If you know the character and read this you will constantly stop and query what you are reading and think umm/well/huh/okay but hmm why? I think it would be fair to say that apart from the Easter Bunny Ears and the occasional rewrite by his nibs I rarely slate a title but I absolutely hated this with a vengeance let me tell you. The last hundred/and fifty pages I struggled to even finish it but my pet hate is reviews of titles which have not even been completed so I forced myself to finish this gem. Now folks let me tell you that even if you have never read one of these associated series titles there are a few things which are set in stone for the Mack Bolan character. I personally think that the two MOST important of these being 1) the big guy WILL NEVER endanger innocents in any way and has on numerous occasions called off pending actions to protect those same or 2) that he WILL NEVER DRAW AND SHOOT on a Police Officer who he regards as soldiers on his side. FACT he won't do it his whole character after how many hundred titles this is the essence of the man and it is disgraceful for an author of these series not to be aware of the character he is writing about. BUT continue original revue.... And it didn't finish with anything special apart from Mack (James Bond) enabling the remote detonator for the bomb on the dais where guess who is and detonating same with thousands of innocents crowding the stage? HOW MANY PEOPLE (INNOCENT PEOPLE) were killed in that explosion ????????? This goes against EVERYTHING that the big guy stands for! NOT THE FIRST TIME check out Executioner #132 The Big Kill this same author has no compunctions with the big guy just blowing away cops? HUH ????????? Not for me I am afraid.

Well I gotta say Mike Newton has written some of the all time classics in these series and is a superb writer especially with Mafia stories. He has currently written I think 93 titles in the combined series but really the count should be around 70. Why? simply Mr. Newton has a very bad habit of cut and paste with his work and truly I reckon I have read this title on about 20 occasions now with the locations and character names changed to protect the already published. I am not going to rant and rave here I've done that previously on this subject. Enough to say that if you have read none or very little of this authors work I am sure you would enjoy this title. Unfortunately if you have read a lot of his work don't bother you have already read this many times before.

Very similar title here to this author's previous effort #15 Tightrope where one of my dislikes was the huge cast and so it is here again. It has been suggested to have a pad a pencil handy when reading this and it is good advice. The cast of characters is huge and it is difficult to keep abreast of who is who, what family they are affiliated with and who is actually doing what to whom at any given time. That aside it is a fascinating book to read which is certainly fast paced and has a terrific storyline going throughout. (And it is a Mafia story). Action scenes were vastly better than the previous effort and I must admit I don't mind reading the big guy has taken a bullet occasionally which has done more than crease him or part his hair. Or shoot off his boot heel read that how many times, you would have to be happy if you were his boot maker/repairer. So yeah give this one a go you will enjoy it I reckon lots of good/interesting/well written characters with a good/absorbing/interesting storyline what more could you want from this series. Recommended reading here.

Well the second and last title in these series by this duo and I thought this was as good an effort as #14 hence the same rating. I enjoyed the start and got into the title and was pretty much entertained throughout but unfortunately you will have to wade through a few sections where the authors just waffle on filling up the pages. The finish is pretty good as well with the big guy leading a couple of hundred on a chase through the forest (on purpose you'll have to read it) but would have to agree the finale in the helicopter is a little bit over the top. Action/violence scenes abound here and the body count is HUGE you will be thinking you are reading a Dan Schmidt title BUT in the context of the story it's acceptable taking into account the location where the attacks were coming from. Good read here recommended reading folks.

Well have to say here I thought this was going to be a very good read like this author's last title #11 Anvil of Hell. When I started to read this and got to the escape from the court trial section I'm thinking how good is this. Unfortunately it stops there. It's all been said in previous reviews the big guy just runs around like a stunned mullet from then on. Combat senses are out the window in this title and the normally crack shot struggles to hit the side of a barn here. What the hell is he doing you will think whist reading this time and time again and in the back of your mind you will be thinking huh this is not my Mack Bolan. The ending is just terrible reading with what happens and after the car crash I thought to myself what a cheap/cop out which is exactly what I thought in his previous title. Apart from the escape from the court trial this did very little for me I am afraid.

Well I thought this was just a fair read in the series. Likes: There is a very good conspiracy plot storyline which runs throughout the title which will keep you intrigued and likely surprise you in a couple of spots (well it did me anyhow). One section near the finish features the big guy being dropped 30 - 40 k's from the launching site into the arctic tundra and his travels there. Fine reading and when he slips into the frozen creek and how he survives is well why we love him. The MI6 female agent's inclusion in the story was excellent especially what happens with her at the end. Dislikes: Huge cast to try to remember and with the majority of them having somewhat long obscure names I found it very difficult to remember who was who. Distinct lack of action scenes and the ones included were only average nothing new here at all. Major dislike: The ending is laughable, picture this the consortium who has on numerous occasions tried to kill him during the title including some of the actual trigger persons all sit down in a comfortable living room and everybody starts sprouting out with glee what parts they played in the conspiracy who tried to kill who, who wanted who to be killed etc. to the big guy who calmly asks pertinent questions (so that anyone who has just read the title will know what actually bloody happened I'm guessing) and I'm thinking will somebody please pull out a gun so we can get this over with and finally someone does and we do. So after all that I didn't particularly like this one lots of much better stuff out there in these series but there are also a lot vastly worse. Up to you.

Gotta admit this was a pleasant surprise for me after completing the title. When I first started after noting the title was written by dual authors and it was a first up effort in the series I really struggled with the start not being able to really get into it. Never mind that the more that you read the better it gets. As the story unfolds the more you will get into it as there is a stack of different plot lines going on with the kids trying to impress the old man with the taking over of the company at stake and all they have to do is be the one to take the big guy down. Heaps of fine action scenes throughout with a couple of standouts namely the mountain caves which are attacked by an air strike and the subsequent underground river events also the finish on the island where it is just the big guy and how he selectively starts cutting down the opposition one at a time (love it!). Lots of backstabbing by the kids against each other and lots of characters introduced who are not what they seem to be and not necessarily working for who they seem to be. Loved it looking forward to their next effort #17 recommended reading here folks.

Too similar to previous titles by this author for me. 2 Stars added as the daughter thing was good.

Have to agree with everyone else here I really struggled through to finish it. It's all been said previously dull plot, ordinary characters and well basically not much happens for very long extended periods. If you are reading the series in order well you have no choice but this is not a title I would recommend for reading.

Really enjoyed this one a huge book packed with an excellent storyline with no padding and its all go throughout. Terrific reading when the big guy is stripped of supplies and breaks down on his way through the desert. His struggles to survive and what happens after he manages to survive and how it happens which has major consequences in what happens later in the title is some fine reading indeed. The finish is not too bad but I was annoyed a couple of the big players take off and are not dealt with especially the Capo as a great deal is made of him throughout but his escape is one line in the text informing the reader he is off running away from the action and another line where one of the helicopters is missing? (Maybe it was edited out) seemed strange to me. Agree with the previous reviewer who mentioned how he has to be rescued twice. The first time was okay after being tortured in the interrogation cell but the second time was just a cheap copout for the author giving an easy out of his situation. Nonetheless very good read here recommended reading.

This is a cracker do yourself a favour and read this you will be entertained. It is very hard here not to type excellent every second word and I will try to refrain so a wonderful plot and a brilliant storyline with SO MANY umm very very good characters introduced. Some of the stuff in this title which you will read is a bit special probably highlighted as has been mentioned by the saving of the dolphin but aside from that the storyline will get you in. Few twists and turns which you don't see coming and the way the storyline feeds into the Challenger space shuttle disaster well at least we know what actually happened now. This title is right up there with any from any of the combined series and is highly recommended for your reading.

Must admit I struggled to get to the end on this one not because it is so bad but it just seemed to go on and on. The story and action are okay but the crap you have to wade through to get to the gems is somewhat slow at times. Couple of interesting characters introduced in the hit man and the (good) DEA guy but it amazed me that both of these guys take shots to the shoulder not sure if it was the same shoulder? Now the DEA guys wound happens I think four days prior to the finale where the hit man happens the day prior. From then on during the final phase of the title a great deal is made of the DEA guy's wound helping him up a ladder and down a rope to mention a few but I guess the hit man is the man of steel as he is the one who does the assisting. The plot has been well and truly flogged to death sure this is an earlier title and cannot be tossed into that lot but the drug baron is going to be taken out. This time I thought he was purely an effeminate insane drug addict and it amazed me why one of his lieutenants hadn't taken him out and taken over the empire saving Mack the time. Couple of stars added here for a very fine piece of writing within a prison cell where Mack is being held and the Indian who is placed into the cell as well and what results. Excellent reading. So long story which includes one brilliant bit of writing which probably justifies the reading of the title. Go on read it you will enjoy the prison cell section.

Bit of a timeline title this one which tells of Mack's return to Stony Man farm for the first time since the attack which took April and Andre's lives and there is some fine reading on his thoughts and emotions at this time. The introduction of Barbara Price occurs and goodness me she and Mack become friendly in record time. Both of the other Teams feature and Hal and Jack are along for the ride. Calvin meets the big guy for the first time. The plot is okay and interest is maintained pretty much throughout and some excellent action scenes are included with the standout the San Felipe battle is superb. A glaring error here for me anyway being a bit of a Rafe fan as he really doesn't appear at all in this title until page 294 where he is located with two LAW's and a MM-1 projectile launcher for the upcoming battle and I'm thinking good on you mate you are going to feature big time. Bugger me page 308 the battle is on in earnest and what happens Manning drops the second empty LAW and picks up the MM-1 launcher? Maybe Rafe was out picking up takeaway but he does get shot near the end so does feature. Pretty good ending as I guess the author was trying to convey how insane McNerney had become and what he ended up trying to do was up there with one of the more crazy things you would attempt to do. Good read recommended.

Yep gotta go with most others a fine read here. I really enjoyed the plot and don't intend to give any of it away you really should read this but from the front cover you will have a fair idea what is ahead as soon as you start reading. The suspense does build and build leading to a surprising ending (for me anyway) which I didn't see coming. Docked this one star as the big guy's combat reflexes were left at home in this title. Again and again he is taken unawares by the bad guys which got a little tiring in the end. Nonetheless excellent read recommended.

Pretty enjoyable title which unfortunately as has been said probably tries to squeeze in too much giving a disjointed read. The overall plot is huge and only divulged slowly through the title where you are into the last quarter when everything is revealed on what is actually going on. Toss in the Mafia, KGB, Mossad, an African despot ruler, drug plantations, jailbreaks, coups and the big fella is a busy boy throughout. Two exceptional characters with a female Mossad agent introduced and the reporter Jason Mettner makes a welcome return. Lots of excellent action scenes with probably the standout moment where Mack lures a sniper to take a shot at him whilst he feigns knowledge of his presence. Loved the jailbreak and the ensuing attack on the summer Palace to remove the despot ruler and save the female hostages. The escape out of South Africa was some very fine writing indeed especially what happens to the mercs chasing them. I reckon this is worth your while to give a read as whilst it has it's faults it also has some wonderful sections to read. Recommended reading.

The title starts where the big guy happens to be a passenger on an international flight which is hijacked (apparently you folks up there say skyjacked)? and right from the start you will enjoy this section. A couple of good characters from the flight crew introduced here and they play pretty good parts in the ongoing storyline. Some of the things that happen to the passengers amazed me and I REALLY enjoyed reading something here which I have never read anywhere else very good stuff. Now the leader of the terrorists is "The Raven" an infamous terrorist which the rest of the title is built on. It involves a KGB plot and some doubles and all of a sudden The Raven is indestructible. Add in some excellent characters from previous titles with Toby Ranger, David, Katz and the Ironman making appearances and you have some fine writing going here. Until page 307 I loved this even though I had misgivings regarding Toby tagging along to Germany but my fears were allayed with the love scene section I thought! Yep here we go again a female captured which Bolan has to rescue, and I must admit I lost any enthusiasm I had going. Finishes okay where all of the clones are accounted for but it lost me on page 307. Two stars deducted again. Good read apart from the mandatory plotline inclusion.

Another superb title by Stephan Mertz here and any fan of the series will want to read this one which gives excellent insight to many characters who will feature in the Executioner Mafia War series. Disregarding the wrapping current time text the title starts off with the big guy is about to catch a plane back to Vietnam for his second hitch. You will read some fine writing based on Mack's experiences on his arrival back to his station. All of the characters featured in #2 Death Squad and #3 Battle Mask are introduced here and some of the action scenes coupled with a terrific ongoing storyline will amaze you, add in some very fine characters introduced to support the wonderful storyline and you have some excellent reading. The finish is classic Bolan with his five man team facing odds of 600 to 5 and what happens well you have to read it of course but it is brilliant. The escape well you should have figured it out miles before this stage if you read this and was good but predictable. This is a terrific read in the series and if somehow you could remove the current stuff which would give too much away this title would be a must read prequel to the Executioner Mafia Wars series, do yourself a favour and read this preferably before #1 of the Mafia Wars series you will enjoy it and gain a valuable insight to many characters introduced. Highly recommended reading. So a ten rating but alas no. One star deducted as mentioned by Doug the timeline of this title has a GLARING oversight which stands out like the proverbial dogs b*lls HOW is it possible two weeks after the end of this title were all of the future members of the Death Squad back in the US and disillusioned just waiting to be recruited by Mack for #2 Death Squad?

By far the best title I have read from this author. Terrific read here with Mack going back up against his old nemesis the Mafia after the events at Stony Man base and tracking a drug pipeline which eventually takes him to San Diego where his brother is located. Some excellent writing where not only his brother Johnny but his fiancee and future father in law are written into the ongoing storyline. Very smooth reading here with the big guy back to his best and one standout section for me was the tossing of the live WP grenade to Lupo and the following description of what happened to her. Mack in this title comes across as a little robot like as he climbs the ladder back to "The Mover" but it is enjoyable reading. The rejoining of the Bolan brothers does not take place until very late in the title and whilst not only providing some very fine reading especially after Sandy is located also gives an insight into what will happen between the two brothers in the future. I loved it and if not for the previously mentioned Angela stuff I would have rated this a ten. Highly recommended reading.

Well if you have read quite a lot of these titles especially around this era of the series you would have to agree Stephan Mertz was in the zone around this time period. This is an excellent title perfectly fitting in as the third installment of the Day of Mourning trilogy with all of the questions raised during the previous two titles being answered in a very satisfying way. You will be impressed with the OrgCrime copper Sprague and the reporter Susan Landry who is a previous lover of the Big guy especially nearing the ending when Sprague blurts out the name "Bolan" and guess what the reporter who has had intimate relations with the long dead named Bolan looks at Phoenix in front of her imagining this guy minus plastic surgery and in "amazement/horror/lust/caring/bemusement what does she see? Take your pick a very special moment in the timeline of the big guy where he has lost the love of his life recently (and there is no Price on the horizon) yet what happens between him and the reporter is well you should read it for yourself. If you are going to read the series in some depth and want to understand the character of the big guy this trilogy is a timeline of the series. The first section of books written by Don himself narrate the Mafia Wars where the next section of titles relate to the Terrorist wars where Mack is sactioned by the US government and features in the some of the other series. THIS IS THE ONE !! From this title onwards the Big Guy is back in the lone wolf status the start of the KGB Wars section of the titles and many many titles featuring Greb Strakhov who you will come to hate big time. How good the final confrontation in the Oval Office where the mole is revealed and what happens in this title. The KGB massively bigger than the Mafia depicted as the no win war, well the Big Guy has faced insurmountable challenges before? In future titles it is changed where he assists Stony Man on occassions if it suits him until today but this is the turning point, do yourself a favour if you are interested in this series in some depth this trilogy is one of the turning points. HIGHLY HIGHLY recommended reading.

I totally disagree there are no boring sections here only the seeding of characters and events vitally important for many titles to come in the future. From this stage I guess the big guy moves from the Mafia Wars and Terrorist Wars to the KGB Wars again as a lone wolf. If you decide to keep reading this series you will again and again meet Greb Strakhov one of the most evil of the villains to grace these pages who seems to live a charmed life as the big guy almost gets him so many times, made up for big time when the moment does actually arrive but. Also many of the characters introduced in this title make comebacks in future titles as well. After reading the Stonyman series it is a pleasure to go back in time in the big guys development and read when he was really not just a superbly trained warrior but a real person. Goodness me he smokes cigarettes, drinks alcohol and has indecent thoughts regarding not only the Generals daughter but reminisces with a past character reporter who he did more than think about it with previously. For all of that the title is a fine read in itself split into three parts all of which are entertaining reading. Very good (necessary read) in the series, recommended.

hmm so many reviews on this title what can I add? Bugger all you have already said it all. This is a classic if you have read a few of these titles in the earlier series you will be moved by what happens in this title. Excellent from start to finish the first title in a trilogy and never mind about introducing characters slip into overdrive right from the start. Absolutely loved it HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading here. AND Considering what is between the covers HOW GOOD IS THE COVER on this title?? Excellent..............

Well I would have to say that this title is not my favourite by this author compared to some of his other wonderful work but that does not mean it is not worth your time to read this quite the opposite. The plot is okay with US military weapons and high tech computer cards etc. being stolen and funnelled to the Chinese to give them a kick start on their guided missile program for vast amounts of money. The bad guys here are Shadow group which is a bunch of ex CIA covert team members well versed in wet work etc. The title reads fine basically in two halves where Phoenix Force minus TJ who is undercover kick arse in China big time and Able Team handle the second half against Shadow group. As the title approaches the end the excitement builds to a terrific climax where Shadow group are finally tracked to their location. Couple of the group escape and are tagged at the end in some nice writing clearing up all the loose ends. I personally love recurring characters in these titles and have previously very much enjoyed the Mei Anna character but would have to agree not sure why she was in this title except to be captured not once but twice by the Chinese. Having said that well worth your time to give this one a go.

Well the well flogged plot regarding a bio-weapon which is going to be released in the States and has to be located by the Teams and the terrorists taken down is here again but maybe after a groan read this and you will enjoy it. The author certainly writes a fine book here which you will have trouble putting down the ongoing storyline is just so good. As has been previously reviewed the section where the US retrieval team which enters the grounded Russian sub is stunning reading let me tell you and some of the descriptions of what is happening to the bodies of the infected people riveting reading. One thing absolutely stood out here for me where an infected patient goes into cardiac arrest and the paramedic straddles him and attempts to perform CPR what happens will make you cringe. The title features some very well written action scenes with a couple of new things tossed in but it would probably be fair to say that the title is a little lacking in the action scenes compared to most titles in this series but I feel the author more than makes up for that with the excellent storyline. Docked this a couple of stars as I thought Phoenix Force's section was pretty lame tagging along with the Russians and really they do very little in this title but we do get some excellent storyline featuring them and Able Team excel (what more could we want?). Whilst reading this I very much got the feeling of for want of a better term a seamless title which you will just glide through. I'm thinking maybe only one spelling error from memory and can't recall any sections where I thought to myself huh? and had to back peddle. Very enjoyable title in this series and recommended reading here folks.

Well this is this author’s fifth crack at a Stony Man title and yet another excellent title to follow the last four. Not quite as good as the standout Sky Killers (if you have not read that title do yourself a favour) but is a rollicking ride with an excellent plot and some standout characters introduced (and there are quite a few of them). The storyline had me rapt when reading this as the plot twists and turns taking some unexpected paths with some of the characters involved in the title keeping you turning the pages. Add in some (lots of) excellent kick arse action scenes with some original writing involved and you know you are reading some fine stuff. Have to agree with the previous comments regarding glaring editing errors especially in the later part of the title and the Carol Lyons blew me away I thought to myself "what the f..." and thought it was a tad unnecessary, not enough to dock any stars though. This is a fine title in the series with everything you read this series for contained within. If you have read this author’s previous titles you will get a feeling of continuity with his writing style and I for one love it. Highly recommended reading here.

Here we are at number #88 in the series, reading them in order and without doubt this is the biggest load of crap I have read yet. Plot non existent, storyline ditto with the usual slaughter from this author with plenty of body parts flying left right and centre. Nothing happens, I finished this gem but how many times I put it down in boredom thinking how long until I finish this. The title is extremely hard to read with sub plots not leading anywhere except for the excuse to write even more slaughter sections. I can't believe how long it took me to read this and how many times I wanted to just give it away but I persisted. This is a very tedious read and I would suggest unless you have a pressing need to read this eg. reading the series in order as I am at this stage this would be one to miss. One star added for the epilogue 6 out of 346 pages! Pure and simple this is a shocker avoid.

Extreme Arsenal what a brilliant title for this as that Is exactly what the title is ALL about. aka big/powerful guns with big/powerful projectiles fired from them. Excellent title here I usually don't get to into titles heavy on descriptions of the weapons/bullets etc. preferring a good storyline/plot with good action scenes but the author manages to slip in all his descriptions of the numerous weapons because simply he has written a wonderful original story which if you decide to read it you WILL be entertained. I really don't want to give anything away regarding the plot in this so if you look at the front of the title you will read "Someone has the means". SHE does and some of the stuff she has developed is remarkable hence the need for the Big Guns and the Big Bullets. The final action scene featuring the above named bitch and our own beloved Ironman in beserker mode is some VERY VERY fine reading indeed folks. Highly recommended reading here.

Where to start, the storyline will immediately get you in as at the start you only get snippets of the overall plot and have further details leaked during the first maybe 1/2 to 2/3 of the title. When you finally read what the overall plot is you will be amazed at its magnitude and possible consequences. You will get hooked on the story unfolding as you read, it grabs you and you just can't put the bloody thing down. Add in some of the meanest villains you could read and there is a stack of them in this title and I loved all of them. You will come to despise the villains here with what they do to a Stony Man favourite who takes a battering. Speaking of which so do both of the Teams all members sustaining some type of injuries with Able Team taking an absolute HAMMERING you will be feeling big time for the guys here. Of course the action scenes and this title has some of the best I have read in the complete series. And they don't stop again and again the Teams are constantly fighting for their lives against overwhelming odds. Coming to the finish your heart will be racing with the excitement being generated with what you are reading. Stunning finish which came as a major surprise but how good it was. And the Big Guy makes an appearance here which is pretty unusual these days in this series but how good he was especially with Franka Marx in the story. HIGHLY HIGHLY recommended reading. Well done Chuck.

Totally agree with the previous review this is a really nice title to read in the series. Interesting plot and an excellent character introduced namely Fox with relationship ties to Aaron going back many years. Some very well written actions scenes within this title as the story unfolds towards the climax. Gadgets goes down at the start of the title with multiple gunshot wounds and doesn't return until the last couple of pages and features in one of the all time classic ending comments of a title. Highly recommended reading here.

Very good read here again by this author. Pretty good plot that branches out into a few setups which the Teams walk into and they know they are facing a formidable enemy which keeps both Teams busy with honours pretty much shared and you will be entertained by what you read here. Loved some of the close quarter stuff on the freighters where the Team members are actually fighting for their lives and the tension is sustained page to page. This title actually features an unusual event where "one" of the Teams fail in their mission ..... and ..... well .....Carl is not happy. But he makes up for it BIG TIME with the ensuing chase in speedboats and what happens with an outboard motor is well worth the cost of admission by itself add in the final tracking down of the two other terrorists in their hotel with ensuing action scenes and MOST especially what Carl does to the leader at the end and you are reading some very good stuff in this series folks. Highly recommended reading here.

Another excellent title by this author here which will entertain you and keep you turning the pages. The plot surrounds the hijacking of an aircraft carrier which has a prototype experimental aircraft aboard by a Japanese terrorist leader who teams up with unbelievably an Iranian terrorist group with dual intentions one to use the aircraft to bomb Israel and the Japanese wants to dismantle the aircraft carrier and flog it off bit by bit. Trying to give nothing away Able Team happen to be aboard the aircraft carrier when it is hijacked and are facing terrorist numbers in excess of 100. The 4,500 plus crew of the carrier are almost completely incapacitated by poisoning so almost no back up there. Trapped on the other end of the ship and only armed with pistols and limited ammunition the Team have to find a way to the other end of the ship where their quarters are located to retrieve the heavy firepower with swarms of terrorists searching for them. Some kick arse excellent action scenes ensue with the boys doing their stuff. Able Team by far have the starring roles here with Phoenix Force very much taking a backseat but are still involved in a couple of sections which are also very good reading. Tension builds throughout with some fine writing culminating in a terrific ending where a few glimpses of the comradery between the two teams is shown. I loved it Highly Recommended reading here folks.

Goodness me I normally agree with the previous reviewer round about on reviews but not here. I loved it excellent original plot which I thought was feasible and the villians have motivation for what they are doing. Heaps of good action scenes here some of them getting in to the stunning range where the Teams both excel. I thought the finish was fantastic. I was wondering why the female body showed up in Greece and how it comes back in the last couple of pages excellent stuff. Add in some sharks what more would you want? Highly recommended reading here from me.

Okay I admit I am not the greatest fan of this author further I also note that this review will be the first lodged on this title (as I write) so I am going to try and write a balanced review whilst ignoring my annoyances I experience with this author. A very involved plot featuring a cast of thousands which mainly involves the existence of a covert/black operation in the US which is researching and developing prototype weapons of the future and selling them to Iranian terrorists. Add in a similar group in Russia who are flogging anything they can get their hands on to similar groups. At this stage we have some very good imaginative writing going here and the capabilities of some of the weapons are mind blowing but we then have to introduce an alloy which has been gifted to us from those fantastic beings from another galaxy without an instruction manual (go figure). Fortunately the Russians haven't figured it out but the US has and my goodness look at what they can make with this wonderful alloy flying trucks/stealth fighters which can do Mach 10 space vehicles capable of travelling at faster than the speed of light (indeed what bullshit are we reading here.) End of personal gripe section. Seriously if you decide to read this you will enjoy it, the complex plot winds around and around with lots of surprises lots of covert team action stuff with both Team's in on the action big time probably Able Team having the majority yet again (good). Some excellent action scenes here by this author which unfortunately is spoiled (for me anyway) with the slaughter at Las Vegas where the author insists in each title he writes to rack up a bodycount in the thousands if not tens of thousands, (Dan you can write an excellent title without this, why?). The ending is very good reading indeed as well. Recommended reading in the series.

Whilst I agree with a lot that has been previously reviewed I thought this was a pretty good read. The Cadre Project was an interesting idea for the title and the overall plot was plausible and comes oh so close to being carried out. The whole plot of the title is excellent and complicated taking maybe half of the title before you figure out what is going on but well written to lead you seamlessly through. There are some stunning action scenes in this title with Able Team by far having the majority of them. I enjoyed the side plots involving Pol and the two characters from his past especially his Ironman Beserker mode when even Carl raises his eyebrows. You could read a lot worse than this in this series recommended reading.

Okay I open the title to start it and the prologue's location is Adelaide Australia. So this is a cinch for a ten rating before I read another word ;-) Then I read it and it's not a ten but I enjoyed it and reckon an eight rating here. The plot involves the theft of some prototype futuristic weapons by an Israeli terrorist group who are going to incite the Palestinian and Israeli peoples around the world to eventually result in an all out war with the Arab nations. The overall plot has been done many times in these series but with the inclusion of the prototype weapons the author keeps the reader interested and includes some fine action scenes which I thought made this title very readable. Have to agree with previous reviews that the terrorist leader is a bit weak I mean come on since when did one of these psychos care at all about what any of their underlings thought at any time. I enjoyed the read and hope you do too if you decide to read this.

Terrific finish to the duo where numerous storylines are running at once and the Teams racing against time. The standout was probably Pheonix on the hunt in Iraq for the terrorist leader and his nuke but Able's ending with the saving of the President and Hal also some fine reading. Standout action scenes as usual by this author very fine reading with both titles recommended.

First title of a duo is always hard having to introduce the different characters and locations featured but I thought the author did a fine job of it. Lots of information to be absorbed but you won't find yourself overwhelmed whilst reading. Some good actions scenes through this title but it really just sets up the following concluding title of the duo. Good read and makes you look forward to the finishing title.

The plot a billionaire or trillionaire is gonna take over the world with the use of genetically modified virus. Well the plot has been flogged to death but the author actually produces a fair read which will keep you interested. Action scenes abound here as usual with this author but the carnage/slaughter has been toned down a bit more than usual which is refreshing. Excellent finish featuring Hal in the field with Able Team and he more than carries his weight good to see he is not deskbound. There are worse titles in this series than this.

Terrific read here which will certainly entertain you. A NEW plot goodness me something original to read and coupled with the ongoing storyline you will be taken for the ride. Both teams are in on the action scenes with honors split evenly and both their storylines excel. One thing that really struck me with this title and it doesn't happen all that often is whatever location the title travels to the beautifully written descriptions put you there as well you can easily visualise what is happening. Highly recommended reaing here folks.

No sorry not for me, this one is just crap. After a semi interesting starting couple of chapters the title switches to the big guy who is teamed up with a gung ho CIA Colonel Alpha and his black ops team and they proceed to smash/bomb/slaughter "THOUSANDS" of terrorists. One section features a terrorist base of four thousand members which is bombed non stop by who knows how many bombers for a one hour period before Mack tags along with the Colonel and Phoenix Force to enter the carnage from the other side of the previous base for a mopup. Mopup up what? But apparently there are still a few who were hiding in caves and tunnels so terrific we can read even more carnage and slaughter and paint the tunnel walls red with blood and body parts with all the wonderful descriptions by the author as body parts are blown away from bodies, heads exploding, bodies being blown to pieces, chuck in some flamethrower guys and yeah we can even cook some of them etc. etc. etc. BORING BORING BORING Oh hang on we are almost finished the title after filling up over 3/4 of it with the above repetitive garbage and we have to finish off the starting couple of chapters. The main villian is a two time ex world karate champion billionaire who has come up with one of the poorest plots for world domination I have read and fair dinkum if you couldn't see an unarmed contest between him and Lyons coming up you were asleep while reading this. And it is all over folks and I thought to myself just a little bit of a plot and storyline would be so good. The endless slaughter here over and over and over again for me is just boring reading. Better than this is the series.

Yep I thoroughly enjoyed this one as well. Great plot and terrific storyline with some very good characters introduced who blend in nicely with the ongoing and add in a few twists and surprises and you will be entertained reading this. Was going to give this one a nine rating but the hospital scenes are ridiculous with the terrorist not only ending up in the same hospital as Gary but in the same room next to him and the farce of McCarter just happening to come out of amnesia at the precise right time to save the day. Sure this is fiction but come on lets try to stay within the bounds of reality. That minor niggle aside recommended reading here you could do a lot worse in this series.

Terrific read here. Original plot with a fast moving entertaining storyline it will keep you turning the pages. Some very good characters introduced with Kappa the cat probably the standout and the finishing section with him and the mini sub some fine reading indeed. Lots and lots of interesting things introduced in this title which you won't have read before. Loved it highly recommended reading.

Pleasant surprise here for me after the last two shockers by this author as this is a very enjoyable title to read in this series. Lots of good characters introduced loved the Lake character especially and the CIA guy Taylor was very good as well. Mack is included in this title which is against the norm for this series since maybe the last ten or fifteen titles but it was some fine reading of the big guy doing his stuff as only he can do it. In this title the author nails both Teams beautifully I thought the characters were perfect and the subplots they follow are very well written, good action scenes and well not TOO OVER the slaughter scale until the end where it is teetering. Good read here well worth your while.

Yep I enjoyed this one as well it is a nice read in the series. Both Teams get equal billing here once again by this author and it is balanced out beautifully where the two currently running sub plots involving them explode into some very good action scenes and then merge into the finish of the title which is also a buzz. Fine reading loved it.

Well I could say ditto to the last review of this title as I also normally love titles by this author but not here folks. Not to say that there are not some good sections within to read but unfortunately they are few and far between. I also was looking forward in the Geopulse section which after it took so long to read what was going to happen and what a fizzer it turned into. Much better stuff in these series than this indeed once again many by this author himself.

hmm well see previous review of part one of this duo. what else to say nothing. It just goes on and on from part one with the bloodbaths continuing and the body counts soaring. Goodness me much better stuff in these series than these two.

Well I finished it and the plot is fair but simply creates a ladder of locations for the Teams to visit, working their way up to take out the leaders. BUT !!! Sure I am reading action/adventure stories here and I expect and enjoy graphic scenes within these titles which is one of the major reasons I read them. This title falls into the ridiculous as it is nothing more than a bloodbath over and over and over again. Bodies stacking up that have to be hurtled over, body parts flying left right and centre after being hit by grenade launches, blood running in rivers throughout come on a little storyline would be good? Very repetitious reading here much better titles in this series than this gem.

Totally agree with the two previous reviews on this title, it is a nuke of the month story (times three actually) but is very readable. Mack's not here giving the other two teams front stage which is good and Able Team probably take the majority of the spotlight here which is also good. Whilst the plot of nuclear weapons being tracked down prior to their detonation has been flogged to death in these series the author manages to keep the reader interested and turning the pages with a wonderful storyline twisting and turning as the Teams are hunting them down. One of the very good twists in this title is that the people in possession of the nuclear weapons are not your average religious fanatic terrorists but current/ex Mossad agents highly trained operatives who know all of the tricks of the trade. Imagine what the author could do with an original plot? Really liked some of the action scenes in this title and thoroughly enjoyed the read. Recommended reading in the series.

Fair read. Not really much to say about this title which comes up recently following a couple of crackers in the series and compared to them just wallows. The Randolph character was quite good with a couple of predictable things occurring to him and the background leading into the ongoing storyline is fair reading as well which keeps the reader interested but overall it is a bit of a plodder. You could do much better in this series than reading this one.

Much better title after his last effort in this series resulting in a good read indeed. Didn't mind the references to Area 51 etc. here as no direct link is made with a UFO and some good writing to justify the storyline. As has been said Able Team get a good showing here which I think is occurring more frequently in the last ten or so titles in the series than what previously happened. Lots and lots of well written action scenes to keep you interested. I enjoyed it and if you decide to read it I hope you do too.

No where near as good as #57 Sky Killers but a very good read none the less. Interesting plot with the missile torpedoes and a very talented bunch of adversaries to be faced here. Action scenes abound in this title with Able Team having by far the majority over Phoenix Force and even having McCarter joining them at the end. Must admit I have a lot of time for Able Team who generally draw the short straw in these books to Phoenix Force but not here folks. If you are an Able Team fan this is the title for you, the boys kick the shit out of everything sent their way and perform some pretty good stunt/action scenes with the dropping onto the speeding train from the bridge and subsequent taking of the train probably the standout, some fine reading. The body count in this title is right up there with a Dan Schmidt title but I thought it fitted in pretty well with the ongoing storyline and when merged with the previously mentioned action scenes this is a good read. If I had not just recently read #57 Sky Killers by this author I would have definately rated this title a nine if not a ten absolutely loved it but the author has created a rod for his own back.

Well they don't and the author has served up yet another excellent title to finish off this duo. Lyons takes an absolute battering here both physically and mentally which is beautifully written and you will be right there with him as he draws on the very last reserves of his stamina/will/sanity to strive to survive. This reminded me of a couple of the first 38 by Don where the big guy does the same to finally survive out of a hopeless position. Phoenix Force deploys to North Korea minus the hospitalised TJ and their mission goes sour immediately with their guide having being captured and giving their meeting location the Force are captured by the North Koreans. So starts off some of the best action scenes you will read the author brings in some truly brilliant ORIGINAL stuff here it is a pleasure to read. The things the Force get up to and seeing the North Korean/Chinese/Russian bad guys pulling out their hair trying to stop them knowing that they are being hunted will keep you turning the pages. Probably what has already occurred would make this an excellent title to read but we aren't finished yet as the hidden missile launching facility under construction which will be used to blow the Slingshot Project satellites out of the sky and the encrypted disks have to be taken out. Superb reading here where the Force manage to gain entry to the site and bring on Jack in Dragon Slayer to inflict total carnage to the facility. It is rivetting reading where the insurmountable odds are slowly reduced until well we know what the guys can do. Both of these titles in the duo are cracking books and are HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading in this series. This storyline follows on from #49 Dragon Fire and whilst it is not necessary, to truly enjoy this storyline I would recommend if you can read #49 just before reading this duo. This is a prime example of why this author is regarded as one of the top authors in these series. Another do yourself a favour and read it job, loved it/them. Well done Mike.

Excellent read here which as has been previously reviewed by the previous reviewer an excellent follow on to #49 Dragon Fire. Well the Mei character from that title is in fact back but only briefly as a tie in to the ongoing storyline. And what a good story it is with home grown Militia tossed in with Russian ex KGB add in some Chinese and North Korean villians and there is an excellent melting pot for the first title in this duo. The author even manages to whip in the overused nuclear warhead but I didn't seem to take offence at it as it seamlessly slotted into the ongoing storyline. Carl is undercover with the Militia guys here and amidst being captured and escaping and being recaptured features in some fine reading indeed. Phoenix Force is fantastic with as usual McCarter excelling but all members having their place in the spotlight throughout with one member taking a serious wounding (and it was his fault). Able minus Carl are also given good time and play a vital part throughout and the ending sections are superb reading. Add in Jack and the newly outfitted Dragon Slayer which has been upgraded with some very good stuff indeed resulting in an engagement with a Russian MIG which is one of the standout sections of the title. The finish is polished and whilst we take a breath that the mission has been successfully completed we get to the epilogue and get an update on what is happening to Lyons. Will the Teams go black again and invade North Korea to save Carl in the second installment of the duo? Don't know yet as I haven't read it but looking forward to it. Highly recommended reading here.

Well firstly get ready to picture McCarter a little differently in this title as he must have had a makeover as he has short blond hair and icy blue eyes here (page 35). So anyway enough of that what was the title like? Pretty good read here I reckon, lots and lots of technical stuff within the plot and mostly comes across easy to read as the author eases you through these sections seamlessly. Couple of sections which stood out for me was Lyons and Gadgets battle with the OICW weapon system equipped guards especially what happens to Lyons and his corpse at the end of that section also the other standout for me was the section where Akira does the DOS attack on the satellite to gain control of it Very well written. The ending is short and sharp but gets the job done I guess.

Ordinary title here with absolutely nothing new or inovative and a use of flogged to death plot/story lines leads to some dull reading. The drug kingpin to be taken down is this time a chinese tong leader who is setting up a drug pipeline through the golden triangle out of Thailand. Yawn! Mack and the Team join up with a Russian team and it is time to rattle the cages of the opposition but the Russians take it on ? Yawn! Everything plods on and on and what can the author do? What about a (Mike Newton) kidnap of a female somehow connected with the big guy who has to be rescued? So the attack on the hardsite of the drug kingpin is put on hold whilst the big guy slips in and saves the hostage and everyone is safe and happy. Yawn! There is vastly better stuff in this series than this.

Superb title in the series here. In the 57 to date I have read in order this would definately be in the top three. I must admit I read these books for entertainment not as reference manuals so I guess I am with the group who couldn't care less about the technical errors what I want is an entertaining story with some exciting action scenes. Does this title deliver ? Well obviously rating this one a ten my response is a yes but why? Sick of the nuke of the month/terrorists jihads/deranged ex KGB/bio attacks etc. etc. here you will read a fantastic original plot and storyline which will grab you from the first page and you will be enthralled until the LAST SENTENCE. Saying nothing which you can't read on the back cover of the title half of the world's orbiting satellites have disappeared and the planet is fast approaching meltdown. The tension the author maintains throughout the title is remarkable as there is no letdown periods no passages where you might say to yourself okay I'll give it a rest for a while, it is extremely hard to just stop reading and put it down. Excellent action scenes here as well with both Able and Phoenix sharing equal billing and BOTH the Team's final sections are brilliant/rivetting reading which will keep you entertained until the end. Now the ending epilogue apart from a couple of asides regarding the farm the title is finished but WHO was actually behind it and bankrolling it and the conclusion is chilling. Hal is racing for a helicopter to brief the President yelling a Pan-Arabian cartel with unlimited funds and we don't even know their name. Then the big guy who hasn't featured in this title at all walks in and in the last sentence of the title says " They're called Unity and we'll be ready. " Oh yeah! looks like we may have a follow on to this title coming up in the series and yep bring it on. This is one of those too few titles which is a do yourself a favour and read it job. Well done Nick.

The Good: Fred Byrnes is back (yeah! bring on that shotgun) and Meiko Tanaka also both of whom are recurring characters and good characters in previous titles. Excellent plot where outside influences are trying to have Sumatra succeed from Indonesia through numerous sub plots and the Teams are struggling big time to get a handle on what is actually going on. Many many action scenes which will keep you entertained with some excellent reading. The Bad: Truly nothing annoys me more when I am reading one of these titles when I stop and think to myself "huh I've already read this" and if you have read other titles by this author unfortunately you will find the same here. Probably the thing that annoyed me the most was the prologue where I am positive I have read these "PAGES" word for word. LAZY, LAZY 3 stars deducted and I wasn't going to rate this as an eleven or twelve?

Fair read here only I reckon. Really the plot of a terrorist leader declaring a jihad on the Great Satan or similar like this title really has been absolutely flogged to death in these combined series. This title rises above the morass of a 5 star or lower rating simply because of the excellent writing skills of the author. Some very good action scenes here folks and my standout which has already been reviewed was Able Team's take down of the terrorist with the nerve gas at the end. Aside from that all of the characters are spot on and as usual McCarter excels with Lyons getting good time as well. Worth a read but probably worth your time to read some of the other titles by this author in this series and see what he can do with a fresh new novel storyline you WILL be IMPRESSED.

Very good read here where all of the characters are included and given equal billing but the author has also managed to include some more interesting new characters and like everyone else I thought the female character was great. Many many sub plots featuring individual characters in this title and has been mentioned a link back to TJ's past here which was good reading but the standout for me was the sections featuring James gripping reading. Tension builds and builds with some good reading but I think it would be fair to say the ending of this title drags it down a bit as it is a bit of a disappointment. But certainly worth a read.

Another terrific read here from this author where a very good plot is coupled equally with excellent ongoing storyline. The author raises the tension throughout as the Teams and Mack search desperately for the stolen Patriots and everything doesn't go to plan with some of the missiles successfully launched by the terrorists. Lots of good action scenes by Phoenix and Mack but sadly Able don't have much to do. Having said that I also enjoyed Pol's old man/hobo scenes and also what ends up happening to the other old guy who calls the cops. New President has just been elected in this title and a lot is made about how all newly elected Presidents react when they are informed of the existance of the Farm and Teams. This President full of uncertainties is mentioned quite a bit earlier in the title reflecting on wether he may in fact shut down the Farm but nothing from then on? (maybe it was edited out). Highly recommended reading loved it.

I really enjoyed the story in this title. The UFO and the scroll parts are quite interesting reading here as what ends up happening to them in the end I thought was some very talented writing. This author has been known for some rather high body counts in other titles of his and does not disappoint here at all. Some of the action scene sections are absolute bloodbaths with bodies stacking up on top of each other. Some very good writing in these sections which will certainly keep you entertained. Lots of references to Area 51 where you folks up there supposedly recovered a UFO and crew from wherever and have successfully reverse engineered this craft and it's technology. Also liked the scroll how it was introduced and what happens to it near the end which is never actually stated by the author but suggested. If you like a plot which is certainly different and enjoy action scenes this is the one for you enjoy.

This one is basically a rewrite of the first title where the main villan is still determined to take out the three religious sites mentioned in the first book but with nuclear warheads and mercenaries this time. A little more action in this one but not much and again I thought the title just wallowed along. Lots of better titles in this series than this one indeed many by this author himself. Disappointing stuff here I reckon.

Well the start is brilliant and I am thinking how good is this going to be. Sadly I think it just plodded along from there, I know that this title is setting up the finish of the duology and is necessary but nothing happens here. Page after page of filler on what could happen YAWN! Didn't like it at all.

Well yet another excellent entry from this author in this series which will keep you entertained and turning the pages. Once again Mack is not included in this title which I think is a wise move as gee he has two series of his own for goodness sake and this is the only forum for Able Team and Phoenix Force to shine and so they do here big time. The author has long ago got the various members of the Team's personalities down pat and it shows in the text which makes the title slide along seamlessly while you are reading it. EVERYONE from both Team's get their share in the spotlight in this one with a couple of standout scenes from a couple of the guys. The absolute standout sections feature McCarter and if you like this character YOU WILL LOVE this one and to top it if you like/love Lyons then this is the title for you. Excellent action scenes as per usual with this author and a ditto storyline which doesn't let up you will flick the pages and enjoy what you are reading. Reading this series in order this is the first time I have come across the Mei character to whom McCarter is so attracted to and was a little disappointed at the end of the title but am hoping she is introduced again in future titles. Fair chance I reckon she survived the title which is a lot more than can be said for so many. Loved it Highly recommended reading here. Bit of a Timeline here also as this title features the change over to the current cover design as we have currently in the series.

Really enjoyed the jungle scenes in this one especially after the big guy escapes how he is continually harassing the troops and how the Indian segment start thinking of spirits etc. good stuff. During this section you can add in some expert trackers on his trail, a good hiding spot, a spider, a waterfall and river torrents. Pretty special reading here in what happens to him and how also what the state of his mind is or will be? Aside from that the Able Team sections were excellent reading especially the light tank section and some of the banter between them is also very good indeed. Phoenix Force was okay and the finishing sections where Mack is finally located good reading as well after the enemy base is taken. Pretty good read here especially Mack's sections after the spider of which the scene with the jaguar was the stand out loved it, recommended reading.

I actually wasn't overly impressed with the plot in this one and the first 30-40 pages didn't really do much for me either but I am reviewing it at 9 stars why? Simply it is a brilliant read where.... Mack doesn't exist in any way in this title. EVERYONE else from the Farm does. Able Team actually get EQUAL billing in this with Phoenix Force. So many good scenes between the Farm and the Teams where the ongoing storyline is progressing explaining what and why and how things are happening and the inserting of some of the characters (excellent). And I have said it before folks but we read these books for the action scenes hopefully raising the pulse rate and the flicking to the next page phase and the author delivers in spades here. FANTASTIC scenes from both Teams where the standout for me was Able Team's taking of the research ship with some of the BEST action scenes going around in this series. Highly recommended reading here.

Well I basically thoroughly enjoyed this title and lets talk the good parts first. The jungle sections in the Congo where Mack and Phoenix Force are pitted against a character named Taibu (brilliantly written) who is the King of the newly resurected Simba army which indulge in some wild stuff in this book let me tell you including cannibalism. Some of the descriptions of what this bunch get up to during the title will entertain you. The ending of this section surprised me as Calvin is going to do something which will result in his certain death. It obviously didn't happen but why it didn't came out of nowhere for me I certainly didn't see it coming. As has been previously stated about time a nosy reporter set their sights on the farm and she is very well written here. Some of the stunts she gets up to and her attitude from the start compared to the finish when she realises what deep shit she really is in is fine reading. AND Jim Gordon who is a KGB agent who previously infiltrated the Farm is back infiltrating it yet again. Able Team are set on the job when he is finally identified but don't blink at the climax as it is all over folks before you know it which I thought was a bit of a let down as the character could have been taken to many more heights. Enjoyable read here recommended reading.

This cover would have to go into the worst cover ever basket as the two depicted characters look like they have eye shadow and lipstick on and maybe should have been featuring on the cover of some other magazine appealing to like folks. BUT It is what is inside the covers that counts and this title whilst very low down the scale on action scenes VERY much makes up for it with a fantastic story and plot lines. As per the back cover a space shuttle has been hijacked and the Chinese have started deploying deep space nukes. This results in Phoenix going to China to try and recover or destroy the shuttle and Able off into space to take care of the other concern. On reading that I thought to myself sounds interesting should be good. So it is but it goes pretty quickly and both objectives are resolved but hang on we are only half way through the title? Enter some very special writing here based in space, it is so good you can feel the tension rising as you read the pages flicking them over in your haste. The storyline absolutely grabbed me here, everything is explained so perfectly the author displays either extensive knowledge regarding what he is writing or exhaustive research on the subjects. You will feel a sense of relief when it finally finishes that extended section but it ain't over yet and Barb and Katz set up an unauthorised mission to take out the plotters of the title where Hal makes himself scarce. Well we were a little down on action scenes in this title so we whack a few in the end? Fair enough I guess and it was pretty good reading as well. Highly recommended once again here from this author.

Stunningly good and so much better than this author's previous in this series #41. WHY? Very good and believable plot where this wacko IRA terrorist COULD actually do what he sets out to do. Mack is down out of contact and presumed dead. Tens of thousands of people are affected by these terrorists strikes and what goes on behind the scenes will disgust you but is a very valid view of politicians today. Many many excellent action scenes here folks and if you are into them some excellent writing here you will enjoy some very good ORIGINAL stuff in this title. Really enjoyed the ending where all of the sub plots come together for a brilliant finish. Some of the guys take a pounding in this title Manning, MacCarter and especially Mack which gives the reader a fantastic insight how these warriors continue through the pain barrier to continue going on. Loved it highly recommended. Excellent title name here as well consistent with the actual title.

Yep just to add my lot to the previous reviews this is an excellent finish to the Fall of the West duology. Lots and lots of good action scenes to read here folks and you will be happy to read all of the characters as they are supposed to be as the author has them down pat. All of the sub plots introduced in the first title and earlier in this title come together nicely and merge into the finale which is excellent reading. Again highly recommended reading both of these titles in this series.

Terrific opener in the two part series of Fall of the West. Excellent character introduced here namely JR Rust who is a CIA spook who has spent 25 years or so in the middle east and speaks numerous languages and is recruited to the Phoenix Force for the duration. Many many good parts featuring him where what he goes through with the Team and a good insight to his thinking at the end of the title where he agrees to participate in the upcoming next title of the duology still shaking his head at what he has been involved in the last couple of day with these guys. Multiple plot lines are introduced here with a mutated virus running loose, the millenium approaching brings all of the crazies out, Muslim Imams are preaching here it comes, Pakistan and India are on the verge of a nuclear war, a massive cult is located in California which is buying huge stockpiles of advanced weapons, one of the Stony Man leaders goes down to the virus and there is The Old Man of the Mountain to contend with. These are just the main plotlines running and you will be entertained if you decide to read this and it is running let me tell you the author has brought a real feeling of tension in some of the subplots and you will finish this very much looking forward to the next/finishing title. Highly recommended reading here.

Fair read again in this series here. Equal time is given to both of the teams plus Mack and there are some very good action scenes here but overall I would have to say that this title didn't grab me I'm afraid. The plot is just okay I reckon and none of the villians or hardguys introduced did much for me. BUT MUST SAY the ending is Mack and probably worth reading this title to get to that point in which is not a bad title in any way. Up to you.

Fair read here only I reckon. This title has two main plots running where the first is a continuation of the previous title Breach of Trust with many familiar bits and pieces from that story and the second basically a behind the scenes look at the Blacksuit program at the Farm. The first of the plots find the Team's plus Mack and Jack once again back in Russia where an election is pending due to the death of the President. The Russian Mafiya has recovered from the death of Rostov in the previous title and has a suitable successor. With the Russian Mafiya backing a General in the election for it's own purposes and the General having quite a lot of the military in his pocket it appears he will be successful in his aim to become President which basically results in a rewrite of the previous title, not much here with the exception of the tank section with the bridge which was some good reading. Surprisingly the other plot is the better reading where a detailed behind the scenes look at the Stony Man recruitment program of their Blacksuits is described and the infiltration of it by a sleeper Russian agent who is a graduate from Little Amerika named Jim Gordon. He manages to successfully escape in this title but he will be back for sure so something to look forward to in a future title. Well up to you with this one as I started with a fair read here only.

Well the title is set a couple of years after the rejection of Communism in Russia at a time when the Russian Mafiya is gaining a stranglehold in the country and spreading out. There is one person (unknown to the Russian government) who is the leader of the Russian Mafiya who is currently in the process of pulling all of the major crime networks in Europe together under his umbrella. The Russian government realising they cannot stop/control what is going on request help from the US President and this results in Able Team, Phoenix Force coupled with Mack and Jack travelling on the assist. Pretty good plot here and the ongoing storyline cements the title. Information forwarded by the Russian government on known Mafiya operations results in the successful capture of one of the offenders and the closing of an operation. On a roll with further information supplied by the Russians the Team's then attempt a drug buy which results in the Politician and Gadgets being "killed" when it goes sour and Lyons going apeshit. It is obvious that they have been set up as Pol and Gadgets were just shot down with no warning of any sort and Lyon's just manages to escape the ambush with Mack's help. The main villain is an ex Colonel of the Russian forces who was discharged after being discovered running a drug pipeline out of Afghanistan but he is a devious little prick let me tell you. He knows all of the tricks, has a computer genius on staff and facilities where he is that rival Stony Man farm itself so it is a formidible challenge for the farm. Lots and lots of good reading here with the personalities of the farm Hal, Barb and the Bear especially with what happens after Pol and Gadgets go down and how Hal and the President are shut out of the loop when the Teams and the Farm go rogue to avenge the loss of their comrades. One section involves a French Policeman whose family is kidnapped to facilitate the release of members of the Union Corse and when the plot is stopped by Phoenix and Mack and he is assured his family is safe he does something pretty deep for a copper let me tell you but it is wonderful reading especially "hit me good as I need blood and bone okay". Add in a plot by sections of the Russian military who are planning a takeover of the government, a mole inside the main Russian ministers office which is a bit of a surprise, beautifully told by the author keeps you turning the pages. Highly recommended reading.

Just a fair read again here I reckon from this author. The main villain is a wheelchair bound arsonist/bomb maker yet you will read nothing of where he actually constructs any of these devices and in fact hasn't left his room for months so I was wondering how the devices he magically constructed were in fact delivered to the terrorists using them. Phoenix Force's part of the title is a yawn where they are ordered to protect the President and his family as the secret service possibly has a traitor within it's ranks. Able Team is trying to infiltrate themselves with a suspected member of the group involved in the bombings and go through two huge con tricks with the assistance of the farm and some blacksuits which was pretty good reading but I couldn't understand why they even bothered when the information they wanted to obtain could easily have been extracted from the badguy by just leaning on him. Mack's part in the title is probably the best reading where he takes on a few militia groups especially one of them set in the woods. The finish is fair and everything is wrapped up nicely at the end but nothing that will grab you. Better in the series than this effort.

Very good read here which will entertain you. Set in war torn Bosnia where Serbs, Croats and muslims are slaughtering each other in the thousands an important US negotiator is taken hostage and bugger when a stealth jet is cruising miles up looking for a tracker for him an accident results in the pilot also being taken captive. Phoenix Force and Mack then promptly HALO in and rescue them and it's all over folks but hang on we have read barely 50 pages. The plot just keeps expanding throughout this title where you think okay well they have that nailed down but no off it goes again where something has happened. Excellent storyline featuring ALL of the staff of Stony Man and each and every member is given his time during the ongoing. Lots of good natured humerous banter between both of the Teams. I'd agree with the previous reviews that Mack could probably have been left out of this title as he has very little imput as it is spread across all of the Teams. After so many titles this author has the characters absolutely down pat and it shows in the way you will slide through the pages when reading this as you will never have to do the dredded and flick back a few pages to refresh your memory on who/what/where. Yep loved it HIGHLY recommended reading here.

Fair read here I reckon but nowhere close to some of the stuff that has been released in this series to date. The plot is okay but the storyline seems to split into three separate branches which is not so bad but unfortunately these branches do not feed seamlessly back into the storyline. Able and Phoenix excel in this title whilst Mack takes a back seat. Probably the thing that most annoyed me in this title is the incredibly detailed section where the big guy chases a rebel through a water course tunnel through the mountain and it goes on and on where he is almost killed three times by drowning himself. AND I am thinking WHY! It is ridiculous he almost kills himself for what (well another forty or fifty pages in the ongoing text I guess). The finish of the title is okay but I am thinking a ONE HUNDRED STRONG backup team of Blacksuits from Stony Man was a little over the top since Able only had twenty or so adversaries to face and what did they actually do apart from being deployed. Mack and Phoenix finish well with some pretty good action scenes. It's an okay read in the series.

Well quite simply put this title is rubbish and don't bother. Gotta say more well okay the plot was ordinary, the storyline except for the final pages was barely keeping you interested, the character descriptions of the guys was ordinary at best. Now the ending was going okay here a suitable level of excitement has been obtained and can the nuclear shell be fired before the Teams can arrive to stop it? It is either the fifth or sixth shell folks and just prior to when they strafe the location the fifth shell is shot. The finish is absolute rubbish and such a let down when what happened is revealed and personally I thought to myself bullshit what a copout. Could not recommend this title to you in any way.

Excellent read here which will keep you entertained throughout with a plot that is believable and very well told. Able Team are in Northern Mexico and Phoenix Force are in Columbia on jointly executed missions where both blow up in their faces. It quickly becomes apparant they have been set up by someone through their own cybernetics section at Stony Man. Then communications between Stony Man and the Teams is jammed by the unknown enemy and it is discovered this enemy also has cracked all of their security codes and is listening in and watching everything coming in or out of Stony Man farm. The President issues directives for Stony Man farm to cut all access to the outside world immediately. The Teams are in deep with no access to Stony Man and seemingly being followed/chased/hunted by countless hordes which results in some very special writing in the currently running subplots in the title. Lyons is OUTSTANDING in this title in Able's sections and the jungle scenes with Phoenix,Mack,Jack and the DEA Fire Base sections are terrific with the standout as Jack does what he does with a goosed up helicopter. An excellent character introduced here in El Machetero with some of the things he does in the jungle and I winced when he was dis-armed good stuff. One of the better titles in this series without doubt docked this one star as I also thought with 30 pages to go it was pretty much downhill and predictable but it still was a good ride and recommended reading here.

Well this may be a little bit different but I would suggest you click on the link to this title and read the previous review to mine by BolanFan_3_29 on this title which is basically everything I would have said but is one of the best reviews I have read on one of these titles for quite a while. Well Done. What can I add? The author has a strong knowledge of the characters in which he is writing and has balanced this title giving equal time to all of the MANY characters. Many many excellent action scenes contained here folks. The strong thing with this is you will NEVER have to say to yourself WHO/WHAT/WHY/WHERE ? I loved it and highly recommend this title.

Six stars JUST. I must admit this was a major letdown for me after this author's previous six titles in this series which I thought all were superb. The Phoenix Force stuff at the start of the title is probably the highlight of this title where very little happens from then on with the reader forced to basically just read filler material. I also liked the jungle based stuff and the author writes some fantastic action scenes as usual but I would suggest whilst this is in no way a bad title in the series he has personally done many titles superior to this. Up to you.

After this author's previous efforts I was really looking forward to this title but was left a little disappointed as the plot is pretty ordinary and there are quite long sections where nothing is happening either action scene wise or any plot development. Fred Byrnes a recurring CIA character makes a visit which is good as he is one of the characters you look forward to being reintroduced in a title and he delivers yet again with not only action scenes but some good plot development. Probably my major gripe with this title was the reason they went there in the first place is finally revealed in the last 20 to 30 pages where they have done six, then the next page they have done ten and then we find out they have done another five? Huh and they are surrounded by hostiles about to be overwhelmed and what happens? I just have a major reality check on what the President authorises I couldn't see it happening. Also as has been previously mentioned in a previous review quite a few times I stopped reading thinking to myself hang I have read that but wasn't sure if it was this title or previous titles by this author but I hate it when I stop like that. That aside there are some excellent action scenes contained in this title and I would suggest you could do a lot worse in this series than reading this one.

Coupled with Stony Man #8 and #13 Warhead this is the standout title of the first thirty titles in this series. I could rave on for page after page on this title but I am not going to as it would spoil it for you, it is hard to review what happens through the title and not give anything away of the plot/storyline but here goes. The villian is excellent and has a computer team that rivals Stony Man's itself and the overall plot is not revealed until the last quarter of the title but when you find out what the overall objective of the operation was in fact going to be you will be stunned as it has worldwide ramifications. So this plot is hidden by numerous sub plots many of which emanate from North Korea but there are numerous sub plots based in the US which keeps Able Team very busy indeed. Phoenix Force is split with two members travelling with Mack on his sojourns. Now if I have piqued your interest to read this it would be in your interest to stop reading this review now as I may spoil something for you with the following. . . . . . . . For the rest of us truly this author should be called Mr. Stony Man from his previous works to date in this series but he excels in this title. The sub plots are important here as the final plot is not revealed to very late in the title and they will blow you away in why they happen and then SOME OF THE BEST action scenes you have read for some time. Mack is travelling somewhere by military transport when it is discovered they are being shadowed by an unknown aircraft resulting in him parachuting out of the aircraft and follows with the parachuting out of the Lear jet six other parachutes floating down to the jungles below. Having been handed a pistol and two spare mags by one of the flight crew prior to jumping. Six to one odds folks it is a no contest BUT enter some very COOL stuff which these six have on their selves and how the Big guy reacts to the dangers and what happens STUNNING STUFF especially what happens at the stream. Able Team's stuff is superb with the ongoing storyline slotting in perfectly with their action scenes where Lyons absolutely excels here. As does Mack + 2 and the rest of Phoenix Force ACTION ACTION in their sub plot sections which will keep you flicking the pages. The assault on the location of the meeting of the criminal networks brought together by the major villian near the end of the title is stunning stuff yet again coupled with some of the sub plots coming together into the overall plot leading to this section BUT it doesn't finish as the main villan has escaped in his "stealth submarine" only to be stopped in some more excellent writing. Well I reckon do yourself a favour folks as this title has so many features whatever I have typed above only scratches the surface. Highly recommended reading here.

Terrific read here one of the do yourself a favour types to read. Good overall plot with a storyline I thought a bit strange as it is in two halves which made the title read like two mini titles within the same cover. So many things to love about this, the number of good characters introduced, all of the Teams get equal sharing here, exciting ongoing storyline, suspense builds and builds, excellent descriptions of technical matters on whatever is going on in the story. Working with their enemies namely Triad gangs leads to some excellent scenes with the standout when Mack comes face to face with the Godfather of one Triad who managed to survive an Executioner blitz years before knows him as the Executioner but also his real name and then offers something which the big guy just can't refuse. ACTION SCENES this is what we read these books for folks and this title excels some of the writing during these sections blew me away. Normally when reading a title by this author you get a seamless uninterrupted ride which just glides through taking you on the journey and so is this. Absolutely loved it Highly recommended.

This authors last crack at a Stonyman series to date and well if that is good or not is up to the reader. The Russian mafiya are gathering strength due to the collapse of communism in Russia and are making inroads into the US with drug sales coupled with sales of military hardware to pocket nukes to anyone terrorists/rogue states who has the cash and the problem escalates. Enter Stony Man to the well worn path laid by this author and the plot is a Mafiya godfather who is going to be taken down which includes the prerequisite drug pipeline that has to be shut down. So off it goes and whilst the action scenes are very good it's really been there done that again unfortunately and very much so this title just repeats over and over with a slight change of location on the path up the ladder to take out the godfather. Again if you haven't read much or any of this author's stuff you will probably love it, read more than a few you have already read it don't bother.

Loved it and we see some good ORIGINAL writing here where a fair plot is magically enhanced by the inclusion of some fantastic characters and the inclusion of ALL of the teams and giving them all equal starring time throughout the title. Personally I loved the Phoenix Force plotline where they face insurmountable odds considering the restrictions they are under but still are there to save the day. Lot's and lot's of good writing here with the standout David's roof jumping but also what happens with the cops and the cadet. How the team escape after being arrested and what they eventually manage to accomplish is terrific reading. Page 339 last paragraph "A stream of fire shot from the Type 85" Page 340 first paragraph "McCarter let up on the trigger, raised the sights and fired again." I'm guessing here that there was more than one shot fired. Able Teams plotline is also very good chasing up who is organizing the violence in the demonstrations and some of the reading during the chase especially what Lyons goes through (head lice, blisters etc) excels folks and they also feature in the finishing sections where they play major parts to the ongoing storyline. Mack is the Executioner and he excels here from the moment he " held in his hand an instrument that looked like a cross between an oversize flare gun and a deep-sea fishing reel." (thankyou Cowboy) what he does on the seventh story of the building'S is stunning stuff. I was going to review this title as a ten but two sections at the end docked a star. Not mentioned above but there are three brothers invloved in the conspiracy and The Executioner takes out the oldest brother in one of the shortest knife fights I have ever read I reckon. The epilogue rolls on and at the end of a fantastic read the younger brother is also taken out whilst seated at a table with his middle brother. Have I missed something here what about the middle brother of the conspiracy? BUT excellent read here I reckon do yourself a favour highly recommended.

Struggled a bit with this one where the plot (which didn't grab me anyway) was so long in coming. I thought the teams were just running around in the first third of the title with no set objective in mind. It gets better when you know the plot with some quite good action scenes the standout which has been mentioned is Bolan's confrontation with the ringleaders at the end. Fair read here but I have read numerous titles by this author superior to this effort.

Another excellent effort here from this author following on from his first title in the series. Really enjoyed the plot where an American "superplane" orbiting the planet (it's like the bastard child of the Stealth fighter and the space shuttle) is attacked numerous times by a laser launched from the planet resulting in it crash landing in Papua New Guinea. Mack and David on exercises in AUSTRALIA (HOW ABOUT THAT!) love it ;-) scoot over to locate the downed plane to recover the data disks of the sensor snoops it has and destroy it's advanced weapons and the craft itself, if any of the two pilots are still alive rescue them if possible. What follows is some wonderful reading with what happens in the jungles and some truly brilliant characters introduced many many which unfortunately cuts the cast of the Stony Man Teams down dramatically not many of the cast here. The title just powers on after the downed superplane is located and then lost and then located and almost lost and taken and almost lost and well you get the idea it just races along at a frantic pace which will keep your eyes glued to the text and your finger flicking the pages rapidly. I absolutely love books like this and it doesn't slow down but cranks out right to the end with the taking of the Japanese freighter. Many many things to like here in the aerial based stuff with detailed descriptions of whatever missile is being used, it's capabilities etc. during the dog fights also when Bolan calls a missile strike from a sub in the location the Stony Man crew are also located. Fantastic read here absolutely loved it 9 stars. BUT 1 star deducted. Where was the laser located? How did it get there? What happened to it? Also I'm a long time reader of this series and if you haven't read any or just a few the following will mean nothing to you. It really annoy's me when the author displays a total lack of knowledge of the characters which they are writing. David McCarter folks in case you don't know can fly ANYTHING just like Jack maybe not quite as good as Jack BUT supposedly quite good so I was astounded when Mack says to their Japanese turncoat/enemy/female/recruit well I guess you will have to come along as there is no one else to fly the helicopter. HUH, come on that is very sloppy writing knowledge coupled with some serious questions being directed at the supposed proof readers/editors etc. Aside from that brilliant title this is a do yourself a favour and read it YOU WILL enjoy it I was wavering between a nine and a ten on this until my personal gripe. Highly Recommended reading.

I thought this was a very enjoyable read and it's a timeline in the series where Katz's replacement after his retirement TJ Hawkins features for the first time in this series. Lots and lots of good reading featuring supersonic jets and the scenes where the Blackhawk SR-71 is attacked by four Iranian MIG fighters stands out. The finish is also very well done where Phoenix Force is up the proverbial creek without a paddle and saved by some excellent writing featuring the SR-71 (have no idea if what was described is actually possible) but it reads very well. Docked this one star as there were a few sections of the title where it is a little flat with nothing happening but overall a fine read in the series. Recommended reading here.

Well this is fair only I reckon. The plot is pretty good where a mutated virus is stolen by terorists and unleashed on two small towns in the US and France. The virus apparently attacks the DNA of white people only (important to the plot) which happens initially but then it turns and the whole planet is at risk of extermination as no one is safe. BUT the author just waffles on and on. AND on and on. Plowing my way through this I had to smile at one section. The Bear one of the most brilliant/gifted computer experts on the planet who is capable of gaining access to any system on the planet whenever he wishes and continually breaks into other agencies mainframes even though he is freely offered login codes just for a bit of fun and to keep his hand in cannot gain access to a mainframe controlling a satellite to move it. No problems says Carmen (who has been absent for the last couple of days as one of her kids was crook) when she walked back into work. You are trying a binary attack on the protection where you should be trying a decimal attack based on the Pascal theories and she then proceeds to hack into the system with some of the BIGGEST load of BULLSHIT you could read anywhere it is laughable. Fair finish with the locations having to be taken out are taken out but nothing new/stunning/interesting to read unfortunately. Better in this series than this.

Poor effort here I reckon. The plot is well hmm okay I guess with the main villan a spineless politician being controlled by the Cali drug cartel who is building solar electricity generating plants to supply clean and green electricity to the masses. Now if you were doing this it would make sense for all of the nuclear power stations throughout the world to be banned think of the opportunities? How to do this? What about launching a satellite with a laser cannon and whack a few nuclear power plants causing problems coupled with a militant green organization to cause mayhem at protest rally's. Well I have already said it is ordinary. The absolute standout in this title is the infiltration of the Sunflash base and the subsequent destruction of it. How they do it, how it happens and what backfires on the Teams is very good reading sadly the rest of the title was pretty ordinary for me. Not one I could reccommend here with many other titles in this series vastly better reads indeed many other titles by this author.

Well it obviously runs in the family as his nibs old man knocks out his first Stony Man title and what a debut title it is, do yourself a favour and read this one it WILL entertain you. American and Russian disarmament talks result in the SALT agreement whereby the Russian "Satan" nuclear missiles the most lethal in existence with the capacity to unleash 10 warheads at once on selected targets are to be dismantled. Exhaustive security is in place where the American and Russian teams work in conjunction in this process everything is recorded/signed/photographed there is no chance of anything going missing. The US President has a massive heart attack and the Vice President steps up into the reins of power and SPITS IT big time when Hal tells him he does not have the necessary clearance when refusing to answer any questions relating to Stony Man or the Teams. This has major ramifications spinning off into a separate thread. Now all of a sudden the Russian Mafiya are in the market flogging nuclear warheads to anyone who has the cash. Lot's of head scratching by the authorities where the bloody hell did they get them. A North Korean purchase is located and targeted and results in the location of the missile silo launching location where the warheads originated from. Not everybody is here this time only Mack, Gadgets, Jack, Gary, David, James and Raph and my minor niggle with this title is little things with the characters were wrong (Gadgets is the explosives expert in this not Gary) and sadly Gary, James and Raph play minor roles in this title. Action/suspense scenes is what we like folks and the standout scene is where Jack and the gang are attacked by the four MIG jet fighters is simply stunning/rivetting/heart racing stuff. You will flick the pages rapidly loving every minute of it and when you finish that section you will take another breath. There are a couple of other scenes within the title like the above where you will be enthralled reading this I tell you. The ending is fine reading with Jack doing his thing to save the day. Chuck I reckon you should give the old man a pat on the back for a job VERY well done and maybe he should consider another title. Highly recommended reading here.

Well once again a nine rating for this author's work in this series here. I must admit I also was wondering early in the title thinking to myself this is going to be fair at best but was pleasantly surprised. Some of the action scenes within this title show originality/excitement/tension beautifully written by the author. Prior to reading this if you had asked me what would be the most UNLIKELY vehicle the Teams would ever use to attack an enemy force at their fortress I would't have said a Pirate ship because I wouldn't even have thought of it. Pirate ship? Well they had to after the attack on the bridge with the train bit see but can't give any more away. Excellent read Highly recommended.

Well imagine you are an International arms dealer and are currently flogging North Korean missiles to different Rogue States and terrorist groups. Add in a Russian who has access to nuclear warheads and all of a sudden you have a very marketable product. At this time the US and it's NATO allies are actively developing a missile shield for incoming missiles which may curb sales somewhat so it would be in your interest to discredit these tests thereby making your products more valuable. What follows is a fantastic intricate storyline and bucketloads of action scenes, I really enjoyed the number of interesting characters introduced into the title. Sometimes you pick up one of these titles and it just seems to flow so smoothly that you never have to say to yourself "huh who/what?" and so this is. As mentioned by Glenn the missing section of the title is glaringly obvious but I would think this is the result of an overzealous editor's hatchet job rather than an oversight by the author. Recommended reading here.

Yep really enjoyed this one a lot. Good original plot timelined after the retreat of Russian forces in Afghanistan where hundreds of Stinger missiles which were freely supplied by the CIA to the rebels to assist them are now being bought up by various terrorist groups and used for furthering their cause. Apparently the Stingers require a specially built battery for their operation (have no idea if this is true but it read well) and the only place in the US which makes them features in the title because some of the Stingers have flat batteries and won't work. Well Iranians are the bad guys here with their crazy Ayatollah's plot to cause a nuclear war between Pakistan and India triggered by Stinger's being used to bring down commercial aircraft in both countries playing on the hatred of each other and of course the US (they made them for goodness sake) and then they will waltz into the countries and take them over as Muslim states. Really couldn't figure out how they would walk into a radioactive wasteland and take over? (take over what?) but was further confused by the author's seeming acceptance of how this could actually come about and I thought he just waffled on a bit in this section and should have been edited out. The ending is quite good reading even though I thought it was a bit far fetched and well off to the next title. Solid read well worth your time.

Well what can I say this plot has been absolutely flogged to death especially by this author where opposing factions are urged to engage each other having suffered losses from sniper scenes or the taking out of various locations and killing of their soldiers and of course they come out swinging. I'm thinking here we go again. So the middle section of the title progresses and we have read it all before but the finish is very good reading indeed. Up to you if you have not read much of this author's stuff you would probably enjoy this I reckon.

Well I have to disagree as well as I absolutely loved this title. Excellent/believable plot with some good characters introduced and a storyline laced with excellent action scenes. As well as the previously mentioned I loved the aerial action scenes with the Egyptian jets and the leader and his wingman's stunts they do to destroy the enemy jets. The finish is very well thought out and you will find yourself thinking how the bloody hell are they going to get out of this never mind if they could even complete their mission successfully. Couldn't put it down exciting/suspenseful storyline did it for me. Highly recommended reading here.

Okay the plot .....? well there really isn't one but it is disguised as an Iraqi who is paying different terrorist groups to create mayhem on the Western world as a little pay back by Saddam for Desert Storm. Well with that the Teams are sent to different countries to attack both sides of rival groups in whichever country to make them think they are being attacked by their rivals and come out and respond in kind. Could this happen? "OF COURSE IT CAN THIS HAS BEEN DONE HOW MANY TIMES BY THIS AUTHOR" all you have to do is read some of this guy's titles and it always works. Now Able Team doesn't have a real presence in this title but you will have to get used to the fact that Pol is actually the leader of this Team (according to the author in this) and Lyons is the best sniper of the Team? Why? Well of course the standard copy/paste section of the sniper scene is included to fill some space edited from Bolan to Lyons. BUT Bolan fans don't lament he has his very own sniper scene section in this title as the author has slipped another of these scenes into this title. 2 stars deducted. Now the Teams are systematically mowing through the ranks of the terrorists in different countries. AND Arrive at a terrorist location and blow away all the terrorists there. It just keeps happening over and over and over again. There is just nothing happening in the title and the author is struggling for something anything to grip the reader. Could he? Would he? Is there any way possible that he could include a female kidnapped/hostage scene to try to lift the title YET AGAIN? (no comment) 3 stars deducted. And the title continues to it's ending (thank god). Who is the sixth guy in the boat? Ari Lev the Mossad agent I reckon at a guess but don't happen to recall any water stuff with him ? So 2 stars less five deducted equals minus three which is my rating on this title.

This one starts off pretty slow due to an ordinary far fetched plot where the villan is going to unleash mutated virus's at different locations forcing the world to recognise him as the ruler of the planet. From information obtained the Teams have a listing of storage sites and labs but not where the finished product will be unleashed from. What follows is some pretty good reading as whilst these sites are being taken down various evidence is left to make the villan think they are the results of accidents etc. and not to spook him into premature release of his Deadly Agents (good title). The villan is captured and taken to his office to obtain a code book which will allow Stony Man to decrypt the locations of the launch sites. What happens in his office and later when he bolts out of the car is good reading. With the locations of the launch sites the Teams make assaults on each to recover or destroy the Agents and again there is some fine reading here with the title finishing off quite well. As has been mentioned there are a couple of glaring errors in this title with Lyons, Encizo and James characters which shows either a lack of knowledge by the author on who he is writing about or not checking on what he has written. How this got through amazes me as surely when the author submits his work it is checked by proof readers or sub editors prior to being printed. So reasonable read here up to you.

Well it's a nuke of the month story (actually 10 of them) <collective groan> BUT forget that this one is a cracker. Ten nuclear warheads have been stolen by an unknown group and with no ransom demands for cash/prisoner release etc. so the Stony Man cybernetics team are struggling. Through some information received and a little luck Bolan and Phoenix Force recover and disarm one of the warheads. Another is recovered and disarmed during another good section which leads us to the last half/third part of the title where you will read some very special stuff. At this stage of the book we have some very good characters having been introduced and a good plot with a complex storyline going which leads us to the final assault where the remaining 8 warheads are being stored. Stunning stuff here which doesn't happen that often in these series where the suspense builds and builds and the pulse rate quickens a little and you flick over the page to read what happens next as quick as possible. The finish blew me away how they manage to escape when the mission is accomplished also how it was accomplished with the Seal guy and the Russian. This is a superb title and is highly recommended to you.

Well this one grabbed me at the start and I was thinking how good is this going to be BUT unfortunately it runs out of steam big time quickly. Generic storyline and unfortunately with this author too much overuse of the weapons being dropped by numb fingers. Finishes okay but predictable again, fair read this one only.

Disregarding the ordinary plot and the many shortcomings of this title which we will get to directly I actually enjoyed this title which flowed very nicely throughout the action scenes were good and numerous. The tension mounts when the sub is taken and the possibilities of what could be unleashed and where it could happen is alarming. Now we are talking about one of the US Navy's most advanced nuclear powered and armed submarines here which has been taken by terrorists and currently submerged heading for a firing location unknown to unleash nuclear missiles in selected locations in the US. It's going great this title at this stage when........... Grimaldi is sent to a nearby battle group and takes command where he waits to jump in his helicopter and take out the sub when it is located? The possible carnage that this sub could inflict on the US would have had every available plane in the air to blast the sub the second it surfaced. A side plot with a stolen helicopter armed with a missile to take out Cape Canaveral is on it's way and Pol orders the air force to stand down it's fighter jets (I'm also not sure when he took command of Able Team but he does here) as he has a Stinger and has a good feeling where the helicopter is heading for and feels he can take it out himself? Bullshit it would have been shot down before he even caught sight of it. The taking out of the Cuban guy at the end in the toilets was strange I thought they were going to kidnap him and interrogate him but no? After all that, as I said I enjoyed this so eight stars here good read. 2 stars deducted The critical sniper scenes come on Mike not every title PLEASE!!!!!!!. 2 stars deducted (next time will be three) The obligatory female contact of Mack who is inevitably captured by the enemy and requires rescuing prior to being killed. (Thank god folks she is rescued none the worse for the wear). Imagine that ? I read it and enjoyed it even with the crap I typed above with some of my gripes up to you.

For me this author during the Executioner series is usually pretty good with a few misses BUT this man was born to write Stony Man titles let me tell you this his fourth title in the series and my fourth consecutive vote of 9 stars on his work. Why is it so good? If you decide to read this title even if you have read nothing at all in any of the related series you will read a seamless read where the details you need to know are revealed as are the characters BUT it doesn't come across as a re-read of the early tiles of Able/Phoenix you would sort of know it without it being shoved at you. Everyone is here folks ALL of the Teams and many of the Stony Man charcters including the Blacksuits and it is excellent reading. Excellent action scenes keep popping up on a regular basis whilst an excellent plot is told superbly in the storyline. (Wow three excellent's in two sentences so yep liked this one). Recommended reading here.

Have to say I am in full agreement with MaxDanger here with this title and felt very little suspense whilst reading the first 3/4 of the title maybe boredom would be a better way of describing my feelings. Action/Adventure we are supposed to be reading here folks unless I am mistaken. Well apart from the MURDER of an unarmed Russian scientist in cold blood by Katz (I always liked the idea that the members of the Team's possessed that little bit extra which separated them from the savage's they are eradicating?) we have to wait until page 180 (not a typo) where McCarter takes out an assassin and then wait another fifty odd pages for something else to happen. So with a little over a hundred pages to go I was bored silly reading this. It finishes okay where the Team successfully insert into the compound and complete their objective. One star added here there is a very good character added who is a female Mossad operative tagging along with Mack. She carries her weight in the firefights AND she is not captured and held hostage nor is she killed off at the end of the title. I struggled through this and found it ordinary and could in no way recommend this for your reading unless you are reading the series in order as I am in which case you have no choice.

Set just prior to the voting in South Africa to repeal Aparthied the plot is very good indeed. A billionaire businessman with hundreds of millions of dollars invested into South Africa has decided that it really wouldn't be in his best interests to see this vote going ahead so with the assistance of numerous cronies initiate's a series of actions designed to cause racial tension between different tribes and gain sympathy from the white voter to vote against the referendum when they attack each other. This is excellent, bucketloads of action on every page with all of the Teams in on it. The author excels here I reckon as all of the Teams are involved all of the time with excellent plot threads evolving. Mack is probably the standout due to the ending of the title but everyone else plays outstanding parts in a fantastic plot/storyline which finishes at the same time in three different locations on the planet simultaneously just blew me away. The Zulu leader Lindall Dingaan what an excellent character his interaction with Mack during numerous action scenes is wonderful reading especially where he eventually ends up and how he got there (thank you Phoenix Force). And there again how innovative are these guys? There is a major surprise near the end of the title where something is finally decoded and reveals the identification of some of the major characters involved in the conspiracy (the last name on the list!!) ......... I never picked it? (I couldn't stop thinking about the fighter jet section but didn't pick this relationship <bugger> ) if you did well done. I thought it was stunning HIGHLY HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.

Oh what a disappointment I've already read this. Hang on no I haven't ? Oh yes I have <sigh> here we go again. A major drug pipeline is pumping huge amounts of drugs into the US and the Stony Man operatives are instructed to shut it down. Bolan is sent to Panama as part of the operation where he discovers numerous cartels operating. He decides on an UNUSUAL! tactic where if he can rattle some cages and kill a few of both sides maybe they would start fighting between themselves thereby reducing their numbers saving him the trouble. Could this actually work you may say to yourself? Well it starts on the roof of an adjacent building where with a sniper rifle he takes out a few guys of one of the groups. Following this he attacks locations of both groups and bugger me they actually go for it and think their rivals are behind the attacks and come out swinging. Amazing who would have thought? So the title plods on and on, this author's first crack at Stony Man and whilst he has Bolan down pat and Able Team pretty good as well he fails dismally with Phoenix Force. But I thought to myself well at least there is no female hostage who has to be rescued until I reached about 3/4 through the title AND GRRRRRR. No worries though folks she is rescued safe and well. Imagine that? Very ordinary re-read here.

Well the plot is ridiculous where drug cartels with the assistance of various terrorists and mercs attack various facilities to cause as much possible damage to the environment and issue demands to be paid billions to stop. The final goal is to firstly take over Panama and then to spread out and completly control all of South America following the total takeover of the planet. Methinks these guys may have been sampling too much of their product. John Trent is included in this title which normally would be good but unfortunately his involvement is simply a cut and paste from previous titles by this author climaxing in the one on one sword fight challenge. Once again the author includes numerous hand to hand fighting sections which is good but unfortunately includes the dropping of weapons due to kicks,punches,falls etc. and this becomes tedious. Aside from these gripes this title is quite a fair read with some stunning action scenes as the terrorist bases are located and taken out. Good finish I really liked how some of the ringleaders are taken out especially the mini tank section. Fair read.

Excellent read here with not only an original plot but a terrific storyline to keep you turning the pages. Lots and lots of action scenes with a who's who of Stony Man characters featuring and it works. As has been reviewed the scenes with Leo and Calvin are probably the standouts but interspersed with some excellent characters introduced you have a fine title. Loved it Highly Recommended reading here.

Arab terrorists launch indiscriminate deadly attacks on unsuspecting civilians in the US, France and the UK simultaneously with massive body counts. Well this plot has absolutely been flogged to death in these combined series so it is going to take something very special here to raise this title above the morass of the rest of them. Does it deliver? Sadly I don't think so but in saying that the title is still a fair read in itself. Once again the author has added some outstanding action scenes and after all of his previous titles he has the characters down pat. The storyline is good considering the plot with a couple of reasonable characters introduced but a very predictable ongoing pace and similarly predictable final assault and finish. Couple of the guys go down big time in this title which in hindsight was probably a couple of the highlights of this one. As I have said this plot has been done to death and the author still manages to present a reasonable title Imagine what he could do with a fresh/novel idea for a plot. Up to you I wouldn't recommend this to you over other titles in the series.

I really enjoyed this one an excellent plot which has already been described by previous reviews and a pretty good main villian.Aside from him there are numerous excellent characters introduced the programmer and Bear's previous partner the standouts.The assault on the Stony Man base is extremely well done with Hal and Leo jumping in on the action and how much better the base is prepared this time after the last disaster (go Cowboy!).As has been previously said the last bit is a bit much. I probably would have given this a ten rating but the placing of Jack and David into the Space Shuttle was just rubbish even with the nice bit of writing on what happens whilst at the cannon in space with the ongoing storyline.So minor disappointment with that section but still a solid 9 for me recommended reading.

Buckle up for the ride this is an all out adrenaline rush action book with a pretty good plot and some good sub plots. Hezbollah leader Rihani who has been held prisoner and tortured by Israeli intelligence for 10 years or so is forcibly released by his followers and his plans from the past are put into motion. At first I thought this would be the Arab/Hostage/Save type title but it blossomed out nicely with numerous subplots (unfortunately some not so original) and some good characters introduced. What I really liked about this title was the linking of the Russian/British/Israeli forces coming into the storyline which inevitably led to some fantastic action scenes. Terrific read recommended reading.

Well what a brilliant start to the new series with Mack fighting with all of the other teams against a plot which could see MILLIONS of American citizens killed. Some good characters introduced with the Japanese guy Yoshida being the standout but the overall enormity of the plot is stunning. The Teams are here there and everywhere and little wonder they are all stuffed at the end of this title. Some of them take their lumps with three of the combined teams being severely wounded one gravely. The ending section where the leaders of "Hydra" are pinpointed and the assault on the island fortress initiated is superb writing. Much better the last few pages (remember this is the first title in the series and the first time Mack has fought alongside his hand picked fellow warriors) well following the final battle with his teams all of which are still alive he has a heart to heart talk with Katz and this part blew me away. Just starting on the trail to read/reread/review this series and the starting title is brilliant let you know about the following ones. Really enjoyed this highly recommended reading.

At the start of this I must admit I thought to myself oh no not yet another shut down a drug pipeline story. No there is quite a good plotline running in this where due to circumstances behind the scenes with the complete Stony Man organization at risk of being closed we find Hal into the action scenes. Good writing here where he is even questioning himself in the field whilst under enemy fire AND he falls on his arse so we find out at the end <funny>. The previous reviewer Carboni pointed out why if you had Phoenix Force available or Able Team for that matter why would the author not use these members. Further why would you not as an author utilise the skills of the highly trained blacksuits from Stony Man Farm? I mean come on what are we training these guys for? That aside this is a pretty good read in the series plot is nicely rounded out at the end and enough to keep you turning the pages.

Another first time author here and he does quite a good job. As has been reviewed this title has two plots running through until the end. One involves a vigilante who in ability is probably close to the big guys equal but a very different character when it comes to morality. The Rook character whilst like a mirror image of Bolan he has no care at all when in action and will randomly kill anyone who gets in the way. The way he was initially taken down was quite good but I have major reality checks with how he recovers out of a coma and what he manages to do, as I do with the Kohler character being able to do what he does after being shot in the shoulder by Mack with the Desert Eagle. The other is a Chinese plot to release a nerve agent gas which involves the inclusion of a locally cooked methamphetamine drug which when mixed with other chemicals will create this gas. I liked a lot of the action scenes in this title and the author stayed pretty much to the Bolan character but for me a lot of characters introduced here had very little to do with the ongoing storyline. Lots of jumping around within the storyline which made the reading of this somewhat disjointed and hard to follow at times. Pretty good effort look forward to his next title.

This is this author's first crack at this series and what a superb effort he has produced. Brilliant extremely complicated plot which is slowly introduced as the storyline progresses interspersed with some very fine action scenes. It's very hard not to give anything away regarding this title as it is plot/plot but a small spoiler if you wish to stop reading now please do so. One of the very good parts in the action scenes features an assassin. Imagine Bolan has to infiltrate a guarded compound to retrieve something with 34 enemy to be faced. Well this assassin manages to do this easily and also comes so close to ending the big guys career. I loved the way the author placed little teasers during the storyline and when you first read it you took little notice of it but at the end when it has been used/explained why it was included I thought to myself yep that's why. This is displayed vividly during the last section where the assassin is straddling Bolan and strangling him almost to death with what happens. This little gem of information was placed maybe halfway through the title and if you decide to read this look how much difference it made at the end of the title. I absolutely loved this and would highly recommend this for your reading. Looking forward to reading his next title in the series.

Well the plot involves an undiscovered 1,000 year old Mayan city laden with treasures which a Guatemalan resistance group have discovered and are systematically looting to pay for their campaign. So Mack is given the mission to stop this happening ???????? Umm okay ??? Well okay he arrives and arranges a boat ride to where he wants to go. Now at this stage of the title he has millions? of square miles of jungle to search looking for this lost city and is pretty depressed about his chances. Not to worry a couple of hours into the search he comes across a band of rebel soldiers who not only are members of the group he is searching for but are actually heading for the site he is looking to locate. (imagine that) So he follows them. Now in the midst of this massive jungle area where the lost Mayan City has remained undisturbed for over one thousand years The rebel soldiers come across a female with her guide who are looking for the same lost city and who are captured and taken hostage by the rebel group. (imagine that) Okay he follows the group and the rescue is enacted and he has saved the female hostage. Come on and it goes on where he recruits ten or a dozen natives who have two shotguns a rifle and various bow and arrows, blowguns and a hatchet (can't forget him!). Of course they know where the lost city is and lead him there. It finishes thank goodness and the big guy is off to his next mission hopefully worth reading? Very disappointing I would suggest give it a miss.

I thought this was a very good read and if you are action scene orientated you will love this one. The opposition are mainly Special Forces trained and the big guy has an uphill battle against him before deciding to go undercover and infiltrate the group. There he has to prove himself over and over again whilst plotting on how to take them down. A few good charcters introduced here with La Guitarista being the standout but his sister and the Aussie were okay as well. Good finish with probably the highlight the taking down of the sniper and well when the big guy had the big gun we know we are coming to the end of the title. Terrific read recommended.

Wow this title brings back memories from long ago. Mack is on the trail of a group of assassins named the Elements of Death (all women) who are not only deadly but have all the resources behind them. This is just a stepping stone on the ladder to the major player and the scenes where the first two of this group are taken down is superb.Lots of extras from Stony Man here Cowboy and Manning coupled with a female FBI agent who has completed the Blacksuit program play major parts coupled with cameos by James,Raphael and David. The action scenes at Mannings property are secondary to none and will blow you away.This book excels in the action scenes where the big guy is in blitz mode being watched by stone cold killers (these ladies have it believe me) and you read the fear starting to creep in and the doubts and the wonder on how is it possible to stop this guy. Everything they devise he waltz's through and they are at a loss. If you have read the original series and haven't read this you should start thinking about it, just start thinking back to the emotions of the Mafia soldiers during the big guy's blitz's. If you haven't read any of the original series by Don do yourself a favour and read some of them get an insight into the psyche/fears/emotions/thoughts of the big guy in his Blitz modes.At times during this title in Bolan's blitz mode sections I thought I was reading one of the original titles by Don himself and that is the best compliment I can give to the author.This is a brilliant title and I highly recommend it to you.

This is a pretty good effort for a first time author in the series. The storyline and plot worked okay for me at the finish of the title but gee whilst reading this I was confused a few times on who was who. The amount of gadgets and gizmo's Bolan carries with him on this mission amazed me. At first I thought I was reading a James Bond title but must admit they are all useful and used. I can appreciate the ongoing storyline where the device is transfered into another suitcase supplied by Stony Man BUT the author chose to go with something which would immediately annoy long time readers of this series who KNOW the big guy would not be taken unaware like this (his combat senses would have been on overload). Now this title gets a couple of extra stars from me for a quite long section near the end starting with Bolan entering the Russian spy's hideaway and ending with a car/helicopter chase in one of the most stunning breathtaking action scenes going around folks. Worth a read this one. Looking forward to reading his next effort #350 Volatile Agent.

The three previous reviews say it all here folks especially the one from Carboni (which saves me the time to list them as I would have) this title just doesn't make sense. I too remember the Lone Wolf concept and tend to cringe a little when the said partner for the title is introduced. Perhaps a message to the authors is due Hey guys the big fella has been doing this for a while now and he doesn't need someone to hold his hand during the mission (as interesting as some of these characters have proven to be). Extra stars here from me as I too enjoyed the flow of the book and actions scenes, the finish was also quite well done BUT fair dinkum if you didn't figure out who the CIA mole was a hundred pages before it was revealed maybe you were asleep while reading this. So hmm it's a fair read in the series, certainly there a lot worse than this one, give it a try if you are so inclined.

The prologue details events from ten years ago of a slaughter of innocents in Bosnia which unknown to the perpetrator's (a group who are ripping off the aid coming into the country) has been secretly video taped. Now fast forward to today and the guy who arranged the taping feels the group are on the verge of taking him out so sends a copy to his neice in the States. Enter Erika Dulcas a friend of the said neice who is a translator working at of all places Stony Man Farm. Talk about excellent characters which have been introduced into these books this lady will blow you away with her talents and humour. Fastforward and Fastback here a couple of times in time which further cements the plot and away we go. From the start this title just starts cranking up and keeps on going. Too many excellent sections to mention or spoil for you this is an excellent read right until the end. You will be caught up and grabbed and dragged to the finish which comes TOO soon unfortunately if only it had been bigger. Now during the title a very good character named Bud Casper is introduced who in fact saves the lives of Mack and Dulcas is missing with Jack searching in a helicopter near the end of the title. Mack says "Any joy on Casper?". Jack says ""Sorry, Sarge." I would have liked something more.

Ordinary to fair at best. Project X is a plot hatched by a secret group within Pakistan to create minuture nukes in the guise of suitcases etc. with the aim of wiping India off the map. Okay a nuke of the month story. In the prologue we find a female worker within the secret complex developing this technology trying to escape with evidence of the plot but unfortunately she doesn't make it. Well I haven't read any of this guy's stuff for ages but I am glad to read the obligatory female hostage scenerio has been covered before we even enter chapter one. (yeah right!) What follows as has been stated is farfetched fantasy stuff. I think it was 30 plus in the first engagement 40 plus in the second. Okay Mack is the supreme warrior but come on not one of these enemies got a bead on him and took a shot? The finish where he teams up with the Ohm resistance group and the assault on the complex is pretty fair reading. Surprise the female hostage is recovered alive (imagine that?).

hmmmm 6 or 7 stars ? I'll go a seven here. This is an okay read with lot's of negatives which have already been mentioned but a few pluses as well I reckon. The plot/storyline is okay with Mack out to take a drug baron out of business. The choice of his sidekick in the retired Texas Ranger was puzzling but after being included in the story he slotted in nicely. Some good action scenes and a couple of characters introduced who were not only interesting but played important parts in the overall plot. The Coumbian hitman Cantu is a classic example and he finally puts his hands to good use ;-D (in joke if you have read this title) I quite enjoyed this but would say it's a fair read only certainly not one of the better titles in the series it's up to you if you wish to read it.

This is a very different type of Executioner title with very little action but an excellent plot/storyline. Character development is what this title is about and the author does a brilliant job where you actually start to sympathise with some of the bad guys. As has been previously reviewed Mack is just along for the ride in this one but it includes a who's who of the Stony Man Team which is good reading. Forgetting the Senator character which has been done to death if you read this you will love the Yarborough and Joan van der Meer character development especially. Good ending with a couple of surprises and you will finish this knowing you have read a fine piece of work by the author. Highly recommended reading in this series.

Just reading the prologue will get you into this one guaranteed. Terrific and original plot coupled with some wild action scenes at the start of the book propel you into a different sort of Executioner title. A few excellent characters are inserted with the Ripper being the standout but I also liked the two London coppers especially the woman. Action scenes continue throughout with little time to grab a breath and are very well done especially the finishing sections. Add in a fine epilogue which rounds off and finishes the plot nicely what more could you ask for? Loved it Highly Recommended.

This is a review on book two of Heroes volume three the title Terror in Warsaw. Well what can I say the plot as it is has already been reviewed. Yet again good action scenes maybe a little less in this title as in previous titles. Nothing wrong with this but nothing to make it stand out either. If you are like me and try to follow the characters introduced check out some of what you will have to keep in mind on who is who when you are reading this. Zbignew, Zablocki, Potocki, Rzewuski, Jowialski, Kniazin which is only some of the Polish characters add in some Russian and assorted characters to the mix if you can keep track of who is who when reading this well done. Fair read only again.

This is a review on book one of Heroes volume three the title Secret Justice. I struggled with this one with the plot coming across as very far fetched. I also found the Team to be wooden in their descriptions and the usual banter and comedy between them was lacking. Enjoyed the Warden character and the female reporter and a couple of the guards though. The finish is okay when the Team lead some of the prisoners in a revolt against the guards but what happens after this we don't know the author decided not to tell us. Fair read only for me.

This is a review on book three of Heroes volume two the title Dirty Mission. This title while an excellent read in itself has a couple of very important pointers for the future of Phoenix Force when Katz pulls the pin and retires. Trying not to give too much away James is sacked from the Team as a result of his actions and a surprise member is responsible for his re-inclusion to the Team. McCarter gets his lumps big time in this title at the finish where you will be wondering if in fact he survives. Loved it Highly Recommended.

This is a review on book two of Heroes volume two the title Death Lash. The demise of communism in Eastern bloc countries results in the unemployment of vast numbers of members of former secret police. In Romania the leader of the dreaded Dracul "gestapo" decides to relocate to the US and get back into business. This title is very heavily related to computers as a Super computer is hijacked by the Dracul's and competent people are needed to set it up to complete their plans. Aaron Kurtzman is targetted but with the assistance of the Team not captured. Others are not so lucky and are intertwined into the ongoing storyline beautifully. Aaron Kurtzman gets a huge role in this title featuring in a couple of the action scenes and some of the cracks and banter between the Team on these occassions and after is classic Able Team stuff. Excellent characters introduced here throughout the title especially the female who is the head guys second in charge who uses her stunning looks to lure different characters in the title to her bed and influencing them to see things her way with the dwarf probably the standout. Loved it Highly Recommended.

This is a review on book one of Heroes volume two the title Hell Quest. Pretty good plot here an American spy satellite has crashed back to earth in Ethiopia and the Team is dispatched to recover the data contained within it. At the same time teams from Israel and Libya are also dispatched to do the same thing. Lots of characters to be introduced but the author seamlessly inserts them into the title where you can easily relate to who is who whilst reading. Descriptions of the refugee camps the Force come across and the plight of the people within is some very thoughtful reading. Action scenes are as usual excellent by this author in this title with a stand out section where the Team with a few rebel allies take on a government force of two hundred accompanied by three tanks. The final sections at the location of the downed satellite with the Libyan force and then the Israeli force are good reading as is the end where what happens to the spy data recovered. Very enjoyable book Recommended.

This is a review on book three of Heroes volume one the title Zebra Cube. Firstly this is not the sort of title I would purchase off the shelf and quite frankly the only reason I read it was because it was included at the end of the Heroes book one series. So what can I say about it? The writing style I found confusing with the constant changes in location from where the action is to the States until (I'm guessing here) maybe the guy in the States who is on emergency leave to bury his parents who have been killed in a car accident is going back to rejoin his team ? (how's that just finished it and guess what happens)? BUT this title is one where you REALLY should already know the backgrounds of the major characters. I struggled as I think any first time reader of this series would if you started with this title and unless you were really into this type of book would find it ordinary. Maybe this series was written with a specific range of readers in mind (likely) I hope they enjoyed it but it did very little for me I am afraid. UNTIL I GOT TO THE END ! Excellent a FEW surprises here. The author has been wanking on for the last how many pages and it finally all falls into place what he has sown. Yep I didn't see it coming at all well done. Was going to say here that I may try another of this series until I checked the lack of reviews on the series. But who knows maybe one day.

This is a review on book two of Heroes volume one the title Survival Run. The US Secretary of State has been kidnapped and expectations of a ransom demand for his release are dashed as the kidnappers have no intention of releasing him as after a "trial" he will be executed and the images are to be delivered to the world. The Force is sent on a rescue mission to try to locate the Secretary and attempt a rescue with a very constrained timeline. Jack and Dragon Slayer are along for the ride and some excellent action scenes ensue as the Force come closer and closer to the location they are looking for. Once again an excellent finish resulting in Jack being injured after being shot but I too was slightly disappointed the author didn't let us know at the end of the title the results. Good read recommended reading.

This is a review on book one of Heroes volume one the title Razorback. Terrific read featuring a good plot and some excellent characters introduced. How some of them are written into the story especially Lyons date is well done. No honour among thieves here with the bad guys constantly on alert for being double crossed by their allies whilst actively doing the same themselves. A good body count results from good action scenes and the finish is excellent. Recommended reading.

Have to admit this title was doing very little for me until the Team enter Afganistan on the trail of the ringleaders of the plot where it cranks up nicely. Some good reading here especially the battle with the government forces involving helicopters and tanks and then the final section at the location of the Hekmatyar at Bahram's stronghold featuring some excellent writing here and a couple of surprises. Action scenes excellent as usual especially as mentioned above but also as happens too many times the plot and storyline are lacking or poor again. Fair read just.

Here we go again another nuke of the month story with a couple of side elements which MAKES IT SO MUCH DIFFERENT than previous titles written by this author. Yeah right. Nothing new here AT ALL!! The same writing which if you have read his previous stuff is copied and pasted here. With the CONTINUAL!!!!! knocking out of the hands of the butterfingered Force their weapons we enter excellent hand to hand combat scenes which well is great as usual. It's good yep but how many times can it be good before you start to think to yourself "Oh no not again?". How these guys are still alive with this continual dialogue from this author belies belief but none the less they are all still with us at this stage of the combined series. Unfortunately we can't say the same for Karl Hahn though can we? Forget that I am really getting the feeling here that parts of this title were written by other people. The title seems disjointed to me and it annoy's me when I have to stop reading to think HUH who/what/where was that? This author has done better stuff than this. As usual action scenes are good or better but hmm I was disappointed by this and could not recommend this to you in any way.

How good is this ? Answer BRILLIANT/SUPERB/NOVEL/NEW/ORIGINAL etc. etc. Where to start well the main villian is someone you haven't met before believe me, who is a brilliant/super rich/explosives/brainwashing expert who has come up with maybe the ultimate plot to complete his warped idea of what should happen on this planet. Very hard here to say anything without giving away what the title is all about. Bombs are detonated by supposed zombies resulting in massive casualties and the body count is souring. MANY MANY sections of this title to praise as right from the start three different threads emerge and all are excellent especially the third where you are really starting to wonder how the big guy is going to get out of this. Now let me state here you will read some ORIGINAL STUFF if you decide to read this. If you have read heaps of this gear and are jaded with rewrite after rewrite grab this YOU HAVEN'T READ THIS BEFORE! The title keeps you rivetted as the pages fly by and you will be impressed by some VERY creative writing, lots of original stuff here and there are no armies of mercs/terrorists/mafia/spetnez etc. it is just the big fella against the bomber. Mind games and some brilliant stuff from the Stony Man Team results in the first of many showdowns between them resulting in a brilliant "finish" at a place where both the American President and the VP are currently located. BUT he escapes and off we go again, dialogue between Mack and Hal passing on what the President would like to happen is of course absorbed, digested and ignored and the finale is beautiful stuff EXACTLY what the BIG GUY would do in the situation he is in and after what was said. Hey it is up to you this author is not recommended by a lot of people on this site which is unfortunate BUT if you decide to read this please let this community know what you thought as we are all waiting!!!! This is excellent HIGHLY RECOMMENDED!!! Do yourself a favour and read this one. Can I rave on anymore regarding this title? By The way did I mention ORIGINAL !!!!!!! LOVED IT

Having lived in the Philippines for two years whilst in a business there a lot of the locations mentioned brought memories flooding back and the location descriptions during the title are pretty much spot on. Very good read this one whilst not featuring anything new the title is a solid read with good action scenes and character descriptions interwound with a fair plot. Certainly not the worst you could read in this series.

The hostaged liner boarding/infiltration/action scenes are excellent and set the pace for the title. Skull is the brilliant master villain who I was a bit suss about until the Iraqi contingent entered his office and the killing of one of the arab's bodyguard convinced me he was going to be good. So he is and this title even with it's extra size flows beautifully. Many many parts will have you flicking over to the next page to see what happens and it just keeps coming at you. I must admit I cannot understand why Karl Hahn was killed off in this title and in fact I AM EXTREMELY ANNOYED on this decision as without doubt he was one of the best recurring characters in the series and would have been a fine replacement for either of the Teams out of Stony Man should the need be to kill off one of the other characters of these Teams was necessary. Further if he had to be killed off he should have been sent off to whatever is in the next world in a better manner than what basically was a two minute scene of the complete title where he was written in to the title solely to be killed off. It's crap this should NEVER BEEN allowed. Minor annoyance here with the continual dropping of weapons by everybody it got to the stage where I got to a section and thought it's out of his hands and so it was. Not enough to dock a star though this is an excellent read. Perhaps considering the excellence of this title we can come to perhaps understand the deterioration in the latter part of the series by this author he was too busy doing this.

Well alas this is pretty ordinary folks. The plot is your bog standard get a group of terrorists together start killing American buisness people and tourists. Why? Well then America will pull out or be kicked out of the country and the takeover of the said country will be assured of success. Never quite figured out how this could actually work but what would I know it has been done SO MANY TIMES in this series it MUST work right? While this author can always hide poor plots behind his extremely well written action scenes he fails to do so in this title as it is not until half way through the title almost where anything involving the team actually happens so it is hardly surprising we are on boredom street at this stage. So it finishes okay as usual. Action scenes okay and good as usual. Ordinary plot and storyline. Disappointing final title of the series I reckon the series deserved better than this. Couldn't recommend this effort to you in any way.

Bugger me four and a half years later here I am again saying ditto to the previous excellent review. Probably the main thing I was wondering about also was the exposure of the inside guy who had the information on the Team so early. Considering I previously wrote this guy would be a worthy replacement for the late Karl Hahn being so impressed with his character I was stunned at the development of this guys character where the hell did this come from? BUT I totally agree this exposure should have been left to the final assault on the castle where the Team would come across him and maybe hesitate for a split second making for a tense scene and possible consequences. This gets an extra star from me for the final boarding of the Libyan ship and the ensuing action scenes which are very well written. Terrific read and Recommended reading.

This is a fair read once again featuring some terrific action scenes. The plot is one that has been flogged to death but the title does include some interesting characters introduced especially Colonel Martillo and the reintroduction of Mario Santo previously from Jungle Sweep. Lots and lots of reading about the pictures that had been taken by Santo during one of the action scenes bordering on becoming annoying but their importance to the finish of the book makes it understandable at the end. As has been previously said the turning of the claymores was good thinking prior to the attack on the terrorist base and adds to some fine stuff in this section. Recommended read.

Well how good is this? obviously by the rating I thought it was a fantastic read. Where to start? The prologue is as good a place as any as this title has one and we find a Russian pilot has defected to the US with a prototype of the newest MIG fighter but has force landed in the Guatemalan jungle. A brilliantly written psychotic KGB operative on board the aircraft carrier where the jet took off from organises a recovery operation. Jack and Gary currently doing trials of Dragon Slayer are diverted to the crash site to rescue the defecting pilot and if possible the aircraft as well or destroy it. Now trying to give as little away as possible Jack, Gary and the pilot are captured by Spetsnaz troops deployed by the KGB guy. Jack is separated from the captives whilst the other two are taken to the terrorist base where these troops training terrorists. Gary is subjected to interrogation by a mean son of a bitch Russian and let me tell you he takes an absolute physical bashing where you start to wince while reading it. The Team are inserted on a retrieval mission and some of the action scenes are fantastic reading. What happens with Jorge locked in the hut set up by Encizo when he is told NOT to try to exit through the door well you just have to read it. Jack where he makes his way back to Dragon Slayer is just fantastic reading again on how it happens to get there, what happens when he arrives at the site of Dragon Slayer which is guarded by troops and yep what happens. Very believable escape by Gary and fine reading where a bit of retribution is extracted for past wrongs. Excellent lead up and actual attack of the enemy base with action scenes blazing on all fronts keeping you flicking the pages over. Last but not least a brilliant ending with David flying the prototype MIG which is unarmed and in a dog fight with the psychotic KGB operative flying a MIG which is certainly armed with everything including the kitchen sink. Well this is number 48 of 51 released in this series having read them all and disregarding extra stuff outside the series this title and #30 The Bonn Blitz are the standout titles to date. If you want to read this series for the first time or have read some of these titles but not this one do yourself a favour and grab a copy you WILL NOT be disappointed. HIGHLY HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading in this series.

I'm guessing here? In the last title a new President has been installed in the US and was considering closing down the Stony Man operation. Presuming he is still there he is being pressured by one of his senators whose son has disappeared in the jungles of Guyana. Coupled with this a mass suicide similar to the Jones incident a decade prior has occurred and he sends the Team on this mission? What follows is basically a detective novel where I lost count of the autopsies Calvin was involved with ditto the ballistics tests that Gary was involved in. A ridiculous scene ensues where after checking in to their hotel Gary and David enter the dining room and are invited to join the table of another group of diners for a meal. We then find out the host of the table which has offered the invitation is in fact the main villan, he is a Nazi extremist who is in the process of a takeover of the country (I thought he would have other things on his mind) than talking to a couple of strangers. The action scenes at the fund raising dinner excel where the President and Prime Minister are supposed to be killed by the terrorists is excellent reading. Some of the hand to hand fighting scenes in this section coupled with some knife and sword scenes also excels and the rating of this title comes from this section. Then the title collapses the Nazi villan has run to his castle and has thirty odd soldiers who are placed on alert to defend the castle from the imminent attack. So what happens is the Team attack with the aid of SIX tanks!!! and 200 soldiers!!! ???????? (am I missing something here?) RUBBISH and the title continues to its end with a couple of good scenes featuring the body guards one of whom wimps out (are they allowed to do that? we're talking Nazi extremists here) and the leader himself. Fair read but regarding the ordinary plot and storyline you have to admit the author has the action scenes down pat, too bad a lot of his titles lack something else. Maybe he was under pressure to deliver titles? Maybe he only wrote the action scenes and a ghost writer filled in the blanks? Whatever he has written some excellent titles and whilst this one has some good action scenes as per usual I'd say give it a miss unless you have to read it.

This title surprised me as after the first couple of chapters and reading the plot I groaned inwardly and thought to myself this is going to be crap. How wrong I was this is quite a fine read with many many parts where you will smile especially with Manning and James at Loch Ness after previous dialogue between them prior to arriving there and what happens after. I also liked how the Simms character developed in this title and agree (HEY Mr. Publishers) can't we have some recurring characters? Do we have to kill off anyone who is half interesting or in fact an excellent character at the end of the title? So some good stuff to read in between the usual excellent action scenes this time. Final assault on the castle is very good reading and reading the brothers drop during the title is also well done especially "the man who would be king". Truly if you decide to read this keep an open mind when you read the first couple of chapters and how absurd the plot is the title cranks up big time from then on I loved it. Recommended reading.

Well this is one of the alsoran titles which starts off SO SLOW and manages due to an excellent finish to drag itself above a five star rating (but only just). Now as this title is lacking in action scenes we need to pad the title with something to keep the reader interested so chapter two is inserted. James and Raph are at a bar somewhere why not sure but both have drinks but are not doing more than an occassional sip "of drops" (what is that?) and are unarmed. Add in the associate cast of necessary characters and wham it's all go excellent scenes BUT WHAT does this have to do with the storyline? Well nothing actually but it was good reading. So on to the title and well it continues with the Team traipsing around different countries of the African continent chasing the enemy. The main villan is well written with his background and current activities slowly being exposed by the Team. Some good action scenes where the Team are reducing the numbers to be faced when the final assault happens. After that there is a major problem with the leader of this mob as he is a cult figure. So with some excellent earlier inserts to the storyline the eighteenth chapter starts and a sting is flouted by the Team with the assistance of the KGB (yep I know bizarre) and taken hook line and sinker. As Monsta Mack has said the fist fight between Cal and the giant villan is well written. So not a bad read but the start apart from chapter two as previously mentioned was ordinary even allowing for the fine finish.

hmm not as good as the two previous I have read from this author but still quite good. The first half was kind of slow but picked up rapidly in the second half with the culmination in the attack on the castle. I must admit considering there are only two means of accessing the castle being by helicopter (which is out of the question) and by cable car with the enemy on alert I'm thinking oh yeah this is going to be good. So it is the final third of the title saves it and drags it out of the all so rans. McCarter's character is brilliantly written by Mike (surprise surprise) but he excelled in this title I thought. Alas Karl Hahn is no longer with us at this stage of the series RIP so Mike Linaker introduces us to Martin Kohler well I have no idea what is going to happen in the rest of the series but he seems a fine replacement to me which would tend to be alluded to in the epilogue. It's a fine read overall and recommended reading.

Well I bagged this author for his last offering China Command which I thought was rubbish and even though it is almost twenty years ago it's like he heard me in the past and has served up here an absolute gem. This is fantastic! especially if you like action scenes this is basically non stop action but he also manages to insert a good/believable plot and terrific ongoing storyline. The descriptions of the places where the Team visit is fine reading and the background information on the countries seems to be inserted seamlessly as I never thought I was reading an atlas. Not much else I can say except grab this and read it, it will blow you away. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading !

If this is one of the first titles you take up to read in this series you would probably think it is okay. If you have read a lot of titles in this series or are reading the series in order well this is simply a re-write of what this author has done SO MANY TIMES in this series to date. Why include John Trent in a title? This is so he can have a final sword fight at the end of the title. Even Raphael says in this one come on not again just shoot him but no on with the sword fight. Why include asian triads or TRIO or asian terrorists? This is so he can tell us all about ancient Japanese fighting weapons and also add dialog about all these weapons being used in action scenes through the title. Seems to me a gun is a better choice? HOW MANY BLOODY TIMES can weapons be knocked from the hands of whoever without it becoming ridiculous sometimes two or three times per page. Come on! How Many Times can we write about Raphael being disarmed and having no choice reaches for his Cold Steel Tanto and after the obligatory text where we are advised that this is not a throwing knife but with his years of practise of course he can make an accurate throw but of course it does not penetrate enough to kill so in close and either by kick or push or punch or whatever it is plunged a couple of inches deeper to do the job. So after the plot the Team start to investigate whatever. ALWAYS some good action scenes AND ALWAYS a prisoner is taken. So guess what happens scopolamine is administered to the prisoner OF COURSE this follows the pages of crap telling us yet again how James is experienced with this, has done it so many times, has never lost a patient etc. etc. wank wank. That's it the Team now know the location of the enemy base/fortress etc. and we can write some good action scenes when it is raided. Very disappointed with this title as I have already read EVERYTHING previously earlier in the series by this author. Surely we can expect some good storyline/plot within the action scenes especially when the action scenes contain so much cut and paste from previous titles. Read it if you so wish but I certainly would not recommend this to you.

Another brilliant title from Mike Linaker from his earlier works. I loved the way this title started with the Team being pursued by Nazi fanatics through the Amazon jungle lots of good action until three of the Team are captured. I must say that Nazi's are right up there with bikers and Mafia goons as my favourite enemies. And then we break to the briefing by Hal in the past tense on why the Team is here and what they hope to achieve and the introductions of the Team. Different and refreshing. Kurt Mohn the insane leader of the Nazi New Order is so well written you just love to hate the guy and he is an evil prick let me tell you. The scene where the biological agent is tested on an undercover police officer and is described in gruesome detail is some chilling stuff. The introduction of Dragon Slayer is terrific in more than one way as it allows the inserting of Jack Grimaldi to fly it and whilst he wasn't on the ground with the Team as he has been many times in other of the combined series titles it adds to the story. The Team is split into three allowing three different storylines to run concurrently similar to the authors previous title and once again he manages to not only keep all three exciting reading but all three again feed back into the main plot seamlessly for the climax of the title. The way the Team are reunited with Calvin is very believable considering the vastness of the Amazon Jungle and on to the main base of the Nazi's to reunite with Katz and Gary with a guide to direct them. The action scenes inside the base are excellent reading especially the scenes on the steel fire escape and the sandbag bunker. Unfortunately one of the Team is seriously wounded here I'll leave it to you to read this title to find out who. Excellent title which is alas one of the all too infrequent which keep you flicking to the next page to see what is going to happen and you really have to struggle to put it down. I loved it, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading.

I said in my review of this authors first title not so long ago that I thought he had a lot of good ideas and was looking forward to reading this his only other title. So I feel pressured to say some good things regarding this but am struggling. After some thought on this maybe I can say he doesn't use as many gimicks in this title. Come on, it is the best I can do! What is it, it is a shocker. Let's try some words like BORING, illogical, repetitive, laughable, predictable, characterless. I found this title extremely hard to read. I normally breeze through these shorter books but this one I found a lot of reasons to stop reading and do something else. The Sadam character and his lieutenant are ordinary the plot is ordinary and probably impossible to pull off (come on two billion dollars how much space does that actually take up anyway?). One star added second last page the released VP takes out two who may have killed Katz "Vietnam" he said, "I wasn't always a politician." Followed by the evacuation of the taking off helicopter (good thinking). You could read a lot better titles in this series than this one let me give you the tip.

Well I thought this was ordinary. A finish for Raphael from #29 where he locates his younger brother and the author is clearing out characters from previous titles introduced. It really is a bit flat and I struggled through the first three quarters where the characters introduced are either quickly killed off or written out of the story. Maria Santo is a classic example considering the romantic scene with Raph BUT WHY it is just some filler for the title. The ending especially the fight between the brothers and what happens after this when the pistol is thrown to someone and when the rest of the Force come charging in is all very well done but hardly keeps the title out of the mediocre range of these titles. Not one to recommend I reckon.

Another first time author in this series and take a bow Mike Linaker you slotted it perfectly mate. Very good plot introduced which forks into three sub plots and all of them are excellent. Lots of good/interesting characters introduced including KGB/mafia/deserters/terrorists. The author demonstrating his strong knowledge of the characters he is writing about shows this in the beautifully written sub plot featuring McCarter by himself and from car chases and shootings and generally enjoying himself McCarter finds himself being kidnapped in his hotel room but he takes his pound of flesh before being taken naked to boot. Everything including thoughts dialogue and action scenes is McCarter believe me. Action scenes are well written and exciting but also slide effortlessly into the ongoing storyline smoothly. The other sub plots also progress nicely and all three feed into the main plot which culminates in a very satisfying ending of the title with the tension remaining right to the end. This was a long time ago bear in mind and this author has gone on to write some of the classics of these combined series in the last few years. I have no idea how much of his stuff was published prior to this effort but I am guessing as to the publishing date not a great deal. SO Presuming this is one of his earliest works do yourself a favour and read it to see the birth of one of the top echelon of the current authors this is smooth as silk. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED !

This book had a lot going for it for about the first third to half and I thought here we go a first time writer and this is going to be a cracker. Unfortunately it all falls apart pretty quickly from there on. As a new author in the series you would presume that he would examine all of the characters he is about to write about and know them back to front and inside out. I would if I was him ! Now the following will mean nothing to you if you have not read 2 or 3 of these books but some characters do certain things in basically in every title. Example McCarter is addicted to "Classic Original Coke" whatever that is. So not once not twice but three times we are told McCarter is sipping his tea while Manning guzzles his third can of Coke. Small point maybe I agree but when you are in the midst of a title and come across this well I do anyway I just stop reading and think to myself what the f*ck. Surely not only the author should know what characters he is writing about if I was the employer of the proof readers and sub editors at the time I would be asking to be reimbursed for wages paid and a job not done. Another example Manning, McCarter and Katz are at a McDonalds store where a "STUNNINGLY BEAUTIFUL" woman enters AND IS SEEN by all three. Now maybe McCarter and Manning should be retired as just a scant time later 1-2 days can't remember upon coming face to face with her neither are sure if it was the same woman only Katz is adamant it is her. (and she is not disguised). Anyway forget that the title goes downhill big time as the author tries to insert gimmick's to beef up what was already going well the rolling cars with the wicks in the windows, the gas station with the hoses left on, the ultralights, the freighter. Aboard the luxury liner it was laughable what happened between the KGB operatives and the Team upon coming across each other culminating in an invitation being delivered and accepted. No way the Team are stupid enough to walk into an obvious trap I thought but the Team go where they went and what happened happens but it also led into the finish of the title I guess which contained a lot of good stuff but also some crap interspersed unfortunately. I feel a little disappointed with the publishing company at the time of this title as for a first title this guy had some very good ideas with a good sense of excitement in his action scenes and he was let down big time by his editors who should have picked not only his errors but his enthusiasm to insert ridiculous sections in the second part of the title. The seeds were sown this could have been a very very good title. He actually writes another title in this series # 40 Rim of Fire and I am looking forward to it to see if the germination took root.

Well the plot is some jerk off in Albanian intelligence has come up with the wonderful idea that if they covertly start knocking off tourists in Yugoslavia and plant evidence of American involvement then somehow they are going to be invited in by the Yugoslavian people to take control of the country. Yep okay so the plot is garbage what about the title. It's okay I liked the coerced cooperation between the Team and the KGB in identifying bodies and the acceptance of the Team by the local law enforcement who in fact thought they were responsible for the crimes at first. Lots of assistance with the Team this time and it stands out as it has been a while since they accepted any assistance bar Trent and Khan on a mission. So it is a fair read in the series but nothing outstanding.

Lots of similarities here with title 12 not a rewrite by any means but maybe a little more original stuff would have been good. As all of the other reviewers have said the absolute standout section of this title is when the Team venture into the cane fields and come across a group of zombies, some of the action scenes here are even better than the good standard throughout the rest of the title. Sadly apart from the above it is not one of the better titles in the series.

The plot is ordinary and has been flogged to death in numerous titles previously. The action scenes are okay with nothing outstanding or new. The dropping of weapons by the Team AND their adversaries is back in full swing in this title in a big way. The ending is okay and everybody gets their lumps including the Team a couple of which take a hammering. BUT You have to read this title so you can enjoy quite a brilliant section which is quite long actually where Gary and Raph are stranded on a snow covered wastleland and are surrounded by wolves who are rather hungry and have already sampled human flesh and found it good enough to dine on. Gary says "there is nothing to worry about I have been around wolves for years and years and they will not attack humans" unfortunately someone forgot to tell the wolves. What follows is simply brilliant reading and the sheer determination of the Team members to survive under massive odds will keep you rivetted and flicking the pages IT IS THAT GOOD! So three stars added for some of the best reading I have had the pleasure of perusing for a long long time. Recommended reading just to read the above section.

I too on reading the back cover thought immediately the plot is good this should be good and was not disappointed mostly. John Trent is supposedly working as an assassin for a Yakuza clan and is the prime suspect in the murder of a leading industrialist. Hal is fearing exposure of Stony Man and the Team itself as Trent has intimate knowledge of the Team. So the Team are sent to Japan to ascertain Trent's guilt and if he is in fact guilty he is to be killed to maintain secrecy of Stony Man farm and the Teams. Needless to say this doesn't go down well with the Team as they have worked on three occassions previously with John in the series. Bugger me guess who else is in the country none other than our old friends TRIO and both groups basically discover each are there at the same time. So what more would you want it's going to be on isn't it? Oh Yea BIG TIME some excellent action scenes here which I must admit includes a lot of Ninja stuff but as long as it is not in every title I guess I can live with it. The best thing is that the adversaries of the Team are not brainless/untrained/brainwashed/drugged out sideshow ducks which are blown away by the Team but highly trained and well capable of taking out one or more members of the Team. Some of the fight scenes are stunning and the Team take there lumps here let me tell you. There is a small section where Cal basically goes AWOL as he has a hunch where he may be able to locate John Trent. He goes to the place which is a restaurant owned by an ex Sumo wrestler who is good friends with Trent. What happens is some very good stuff also with a lot of humour at the end of the section. Another classic section is where one of the villians requests the right to commit seppuku after being shot multiple times. Excellently described including the odours and colours complete with reactions of some of the Team. So why not a ten? As has been previously mentioned the last section of the title which is usually the best the climax of the title as has been set up here with the elusive leaders of TRIO being located and there is a chance once and for all to knock these suckers out for good. This could be it THIS SHOULD HAVE BEEN FANTASTIC READING but it isn't and falls a bit flat. One of the three leaders doesn't have to be taken out and the other two are bloody wishy washy on top of it. I was very disappointed in the finish of this title what the author had set up OVER NUMEROUS TITLES deserved a better finish than this offering.

Whilst this is a fair read it gets very repetitious as the adversaries are not real talented and try to make that up with sheer numbers and the Team just blow them away in waves. Location to location the Team are attacked and wipe em out over and over again. BUT There is a section in this title featuring a bull, McCarter, some terrorists and an enclosed space which is worth the read in itself, the way it finished is brilliant. So yeah not a bad read recommended.

This title is basically two stories in one and both are terrific reads. The Team are off to Kenya for another confrontation with the Leopard Men minus Katz who is recovering in hospital from their last assignment possibly blinded for life. Reading how the Team cope and operate without their leader is some good stuff and interspersed are insights to what is happening with Katz. Both stories entertain and are some good reading with good finishes to both as well especially the climax with Katz. Without giving anything away the final section where Katz is attacked whilst blinded is some of the most original exciting reading you will come across in any of these combined series. Very well worth reading and recommended.

Well my first ten in this series which follows the last few titles which have been also rated highly and this is a cracker. Why? Karl Hahn if you are familiar with the character (and I openly admit to him being one of my favourite characters) has been kidnapped by a Terrorist group and is being put up for a prisoner exchange with another held prisoner. There is a major problem with the proposed prisoner exchange BUT the Team are ordered by God himself via Hal to ignore this and abandon Karl to whatever. Of course this results in another unauthorised mission but all of the Team have fought with Karl and regard him as a brother so this is a minor consideration. So it goes and the fine reading just keeps coming on page after page. Numerous well done action scenes of the opposition being wiped out while getting closer and closer to where Karl is being held. THEN The prisoner exchange is arranged ahead of time and what follows will entertain you if you decide to read this gem. What can't happen, happens as one of the Team is shot by a sniper in the chest and drops to the ground. The action scenes ensuing are superb and you will be rivetted turning the pages. Do yourself a favour and read this.

Look I couldn't agree more with the previous review by Carboni I absolutely loved this title. The first third of the title is set working with the Miami Vice squad and DEA agents and there are numerous scenes which will enthrall you as the Team works with these guys and the local cops. Yep and as has been said they are by themselves in Colombia and the way they pick up "supplies" from one of the Lieutenant's stash is good. The attack on the refinery/base is excellent and the timing of the explosions and the ensuing action scenes excellent. I loved it highly recommended reading in this series to date.

Well I'm with the other reviewers here as this is quite a good read but not a pace setter. Action scenes aplenty and some are very well done. The attack on the hardsite is probably the best part of the title which is some pretty good reading. Worth a read if you have read some of these titles.

AT LAST !!! Brilliant entry to the series. The plot is suberb and trying to not give much away the Russians have been developing a biological agent which has been stolen by our old friends TRIO and is going to either be unleashed on the USSR or the formula sold on the open market. The former concerns the Russians and the KGB a lot more and through the delivery of the actual formula to the President of the USA and promises to reveal locations of nuclear launching sites and also promises of reducing the numbers of stockpiled nuclear weapons give major reasons for the President to agree to their request. So what is their request? Only that the nameless/faceless squad of super commandoes who have thwarted so many of their plans and killed so many of their members ASSIST THEM in locating the missing agent and it's formula. Katz is stunned when informed by Hal what is going on (understandably) and that the President actually wants the Team to cooporate with the KGB on this. What follows is suberb folks with the one exception of the plastic face masks which was ridiculous but basically the Team meet the Russians and are flown to Moscow in a Russian plane with the intention of refuelling and flying on to Mongolia. To say the least the tension within the plane between the KGB and the Team is electric and finding on landing the runway is encircled by tanks and troops does nothing to allay their fears of a setup to catch them. Oh Yeah some of the dialogue between the Team and the KGB is very good here and you can sense the hate/distrust between the groups of enemies.Lot's and lot's of action scenes ensue of a very high standard which keeps you turning the pages to see what is going to happen next. And the best thing is you see during these action scenes a dissolving of the hatreds and whatever between the KGB agents and the Members of the Team. John Trent is back assisting the Team which is a bonus which always includes some good dialogue (Why he and Karl Hahn are not used more by the authors is beyond me as I am sure I am not the only reader out here who loves these characters)? The title also finishes fantastically when the KGB guy gives Katz something and after a few words Katz hands him something back which finishes in both of them doing something which is worth the read in itself to cement what you have been thinking for the last third of the title yourself. Do yourself a favour and read this it is a solid 10 (I couldn't let the plastic face mask go but sorry, 1 star deducted).

Firstly let me say I am stunned at how many 10 reviews this title has received as I am wondering if I am actually reading the same title as these reviewers were but hey each to their own. Okay so there are so many 10 reviews so why isn't mine one of them? The Vatican has been taken over by terrorists with hundreds taken hostage and Phoenix Force have been called in. By Whom ? Doesn't matter as the author doesn't tell us so it is obviously not important. The team make their way into the Vatican through a distraction and the rest of the title follows. What follows well there are 200 odd terrorists faced by the team so for the next 150 odd pages 2/3/4/5 terrorists come around the corner and are blown away. Terrorists charge the team and are blown away. Some of these attacks actually result in some of them getting through and of course the weapons being held by the team members are dislodged from their grasp by whatever means. So the terrorists are disposed of by hand or other means until the next wave attack. And it happens again. And again. And again. And again and bloody again.................. How many bloody times can you write where a weapon is dislodged from the fingers/grasp of one of the team obviously from this title every second or third page is okay? This titles gets two extra stars purely for the torture scene inflicted on James and Encizo some rugged stuff but apart from that this is a forgetable title. Didn't like it at all and after the last two titles I am hoping the next is readable or you would have to agree with the publishers decision to look at this series for cancellation.

Well how many hundreds of these combined series books I have read and apart from a vague recollection of Mack doing some sort of a training exercise in the Northern Territory prior to a mission this is the first title I have read based here down under. It was with much anticipation I started this title. The main villian from previous reviews of this title is "isn't one you can forget", "the unique villain", "I guarantee you will never forget him", umm yep I guess but what about pathetic/boring/laughable ? This guy is just a joke born into money he increases his fortune dramatically and his waist line together. He can't stop stuffing food into his mouth and the reader is subjected to page after page after page after page of what he is stuffing into himself complete with what type of stuffing has been inserted what sauce it is covered in etc. etc. BORING BORING BORING Hal is going through a ten inch high stack of printouts and comes across a report of a back pack nuke having been stolen and the interesting thing is that the persons responsible could have actually taken five but elected to only take the one. Why? well obviously we are told they only need the one. Well okay but who stole it? Why if they are being paid to steal one wouldn't they take the other four and flog them off to the highest bidder as well? How did it get to Australia? Lots of questions but unfortunately the author didn't think it necessary to supply the answers. The villians troops are like the ducks you see in a shooting gallery following along one behind the other and are no more than cannon fodder for the team when they actually manage to hold on to their weapons. The two authors seem to have tapered this annoying feature from their work in the last few titles but it is back in full force here folks let me tell you at least 20 plus. What about this page 212, 1/3 way down "Not again," James growled, annoyed that he had been disarmed once more. Maybe the author was subconsciously telling himself something here. It gets worse after a couple of sidetrips to the north where the team clean up another 40 odd ducks they return to Sydney where the final assault is instigated on fat boys place. Pathetic crap ensues where the defenders are blown away like confetti and the fat man manages to escape racing across the harbour on a speedboat to trigger the nuke device with his remote control. Step up Gary with the sniper rifle and well we don't have to worry about that any more as the remote falls into the ocean when he is hit by a bullet followed by himself. To say I am disappointed after completing the title would be an understatement as to date in this series this is without doubt the worst title I have read and would equal any of the other shockers in these combined series. You probably guess I hated it and for what it is worth I would say avoid it at any cost.

This is ordinary certainly not up there with some of the preceding titles. I thought Brigg's as the leader of the bad guys was a well written character and how some of his troops desert and give some good information to the team after they discover his insane plans good also BUT BUT BUT I must admit I have never visited Prague but I am guessing it is a fair sized city? So the team with some flimsy information of a flatbed truck and guesses where the bad guys are go for a drive to see if they can find them and bugger me they do???? Rubbish! very disappointing scene which doesn't even have a good finish. Action scenes which normally pull this author up in reviews were few and down in excitement in this tile and also not to his usual standard. Not one to recommend for your reading.

This is an excellent read. From the start where prior to the mission the team are attempting to infiltrate an area patrolled by a new prototype robot sentry and how it is done is very good and you will be thinking hmm how good was that and this may be a good title? So it is, a good plot where a computer scientiest woking on the American SDI project is kidnapped and auctioned to the competing world powers, good sub plots featuring his son, the russians (couple of bumbling fools to me), and the Mexican crime family which is part of MERGE who have orchestrated the kidnap. Lots and lots of use of computer technology in this title mainly aimed at Hahn but also at the son of the hostage. Whilst by todays standards the capacities/capabilities of the machines mentioned is comical it would have been possible to do what they did even with the 300 baud internal modem installed. (Would have taken a while but). The manipulation of bank accounts is terrific as is the realisations of the Mexicans and especially the Russians as they can't figure out where the money has gone. Very good finish where the Mexican hardsite is located by the team and the final assault is executed with a successfull recovery of the hostage. Last couple of pages Armando Torres-Quinteros (Godfather of the Mexican family) escapes in a helicopter from the roof and thumbs his nose at the team as he flies over other neighbouring properties while Calvin is aiming an RAG launcher but doesn't fire. An excellent epilogue follows dotting a few fullstops and finalising some characters who won't be in any future titles.

Firstly the good Karl Hahn is back as a replacement for the injured Encizo from the previous title and what a worthwhile recurring character could you choose bar John Trent, also within the title you will rediscover a former character on the other side namely Tai Skrubu who was the President of the tiny nation of Mardaraja which was subject to a previous title in this series. The cover is right up there with anything previously published at this time of the series (very nice). Something gradually came to mind as I was reading this following the authors note at the start. This tile written over twenty years ago during the apartheid era is extremely political where for the first 100 odd pages you will read again and again debates/arguments/discussions between members of the team especially Calvin (of course) with other introduced characters. It just goes on and on with discussions basically of you name it countries where "well the US and UK didn't care about this " or why do they and the rest of the world ignore "what happened in you name it countries" so why are you picking on us? There are many many scenes added ad nauseam for no other reason but to place racism scenes into the story. I really was struggling here to figure out what the author was trying to convey in this title and finally came to the conclusion he was stating his aberration of a regime which due to pathetic world politics was allowed to even exist never mind go for as long as it did. So great and thank god today it is banished to our memories and it would appear from this side of the hemisphere they are doing pretty well these days. Certainly they have got a competative cricket team at last so the gods must be shining? So I was pretty bored with this at the 100th page mark as on a personal note it was doing nothing for me and I really had a major problem with the plot/story line. It picks up a little at the end where the final assault on the home base/fortress is well done and the hostages are saved in a believable way but really after plowing through the first hundred pages of ordinary reading (which did not appeal to me) I was struggling with this title. It's a just okay from me much better stuff in this series and much better stuff from this author previously read. Team dropsies 8 or 9 (I lost count).

This is a fair read where ODESSA is back again with another plot to resurrect the third reich. In particular a former adversary of this mob namely Adolf Zeigler who Katz left for dead in a previous title has returned (just when we all thought he was dead and departed). Action scenes are plentiful and well done as usual but I thought the title lacked a bit of guts in the middle section where I found myself plodding at times and the ending was ordinary as the main guys take themselves out rather than the team finalising things. I have probably bored you silly with constant whinging regarding the dropping of weapons by the team in these titles so will not mention it here (that can wait for the next title maybe/hope not) suffice to say the following brought a smile to my face when I read it. page 56 1/2 way down. Manning has just been knocked off his feet on a staircase by a corpse he has just made that way and rolls down the staircase with the body. After being helped up by Encizo " he shook his head to clear his thoughts and was surprised to discover that the Eagle .357 was still locked in his fist. " Well my immediate thought was " bloody hell mate me too! " The previous title by this author was a far better read.

The KGB are pissed off as numerous of their best laid plans/plots have been terminated by an unknown force and despite extensive searching they are unable to identify this force where it comes from or any of it's members. Then a breakthrough as Gary is identified with certainty and Katz as a possible although they still know nothing of the rest of the team or Stony Man. The team are actually enjoying some r and r with Encizo and James off diving and the rest at Gary's cabin in the woods.The KGB is serious about this let me tell you as they dispatch 205 KGB assassins and paratrooper elite soldiers with orders to take out Phoenix Force with extreme predudice. Okay a good plot is set up as Gary is located and just happens to be visiting the nearest supermarket to buy some supplies and a case of Coke. At this time he is unarmed as far as firearms go with only some detonator sticks and a strip of C4 hidden in his belt. Actually I was thinking to myself why not the other way around having a pistol and leave the rest at home. What the hell would I know and some of the best reading in this series ensues you WILL be impressed by this section if you decide to read this title. Simply Gary manages to evade and survive two hit teams, three snipers etc. VERY WELL WRITTEN !!! The team realise they have been targeted and some very good sections occur as they systematically reduce the numbers of the opposition. When a very cunning trap is set and subsequently taken where a location is selected in the mountains away from innocent civilians by the team the taunt is issued "come and get us". And they do and what follows is some of the most imaginative reading in this series. It is roughly 100 to five here folks and you will marvel at some of the traps/devices/ropes/wires/sticks/bushes etc. which are employed at the ending of the title bearing in mind on the mountain that they are being attacked on all four fronts and add in three armed helicopters. Excellent, Top stuff, Top read recommended. 2 stars were deducted for RIDICULOUS OVERUSE of weapons being held by the team being dislodged from their hands by whatever means. (Yep I know I'm a parrot!).

This one is not a bad read I found it interesting with the return of TRIO and the plot fairly convincing as I could see that what they knocked off was a prize worth going for and the way it was done was excellent. Further the way this prize is recovered is very well written. I also liked the Mahmud character who is sort of like a secondary character who doesn't feature all that much in the title but when he does look out, a couple of excellent scenes here with him. The actions scenes are not only up there with previous stuff by this author but surpass this level, some good reading in these scenes. The epilogue was also terrific even though it was only 2/3 of a page because you are not sure about something and you are thinking "hey what happened to ...." as you finish the last page then you turn over the page and there is the epilogue it sets up further titles involving TRIO beautifully. Why only a six star rating with this review as above? Simply I have had a gutful of Katz using his prosethis to rip out an adversaries throat/arteries/etc. in close combat, and whilst ONLY occurring three times in this tile where one of our team's weapons is knocked out of his hands I now find myself cringing and thinking "Oh no not again" when it occurs (see I am fixated on this now as I actually counted how many times it happened in this title which wasn't until the last few pages and I know I will for all the future titles <sigh> ). 2 stars were deducted but a good read.

A somewhat interesting title to read as the plot is interesting and as usual the actions scenes are very well done. But in an amusing way I was going to count in the last title how many times the members of the team drop or have their weapons knocked out of their hands but didn't get around to it having totally agreed with previous reviewers that it just happens TOO much. Well I got up to five times in this title and when three of the team have this occur to them within ONE and a HALF PAGES I gave up I am guessing it would be close to 10+ . How many times can Katz use his prothesis extension to rip out the throat of an adversary? How many times can you smash a windpipe? How many times can you break a neck or back? How many times can you kick an adversary in the genitals? Sure these titles are going to contain some of this stuff but gee within title after title with the same stuff it gets tedious and even more so after each ensuing title. Personally I think this author needed some fresh ideas at the time of this writing.

This title is a vastly better offering from this author than the last two pieces of rubbish presented and to be fair it involves the introduction of yet another evil criminal organization namely TRIO so maybe we are looking forward to the battle of all battles for Phoenix Force against all of the introduced enemies in one title? We shall see. The introduction of John Trent is excellent (this is his first title apparantly) I have read other titles featuring his character included and have always found him an excellent/interesting/deadly and worthy of inclusion in the title. BUT this author was given a license with this extended run and the killing off of Keio probably tested the waters with the editors but about half way through this title wow this guy goes off. He is obviously very passionate regarding ancient Japanese times/weapons/fighting etc. and lets rip in the rest of the title. Perhaps this title should have been called "Everything you wanted to know about Japanese ancient weapons and were afraid to ask". As has been previously said these weapons faced with modern day fully automatic weapons umm well are found wanting as is this title I'm afraid. A lot of reviewers rave about this author, personally with a couple of exceptions it would be fair to say I am struggling maybe it is all coming? I hope so I'm thinking he is setting up something special and it could be good, SuperPhoenix Force #1: Fire Storm currently is ranked number 6 on the God ranks maybe that is the one we shall see but this is just a fair read.

Well quite simply this is rubbish full stop. Surprisingly as I am usually the odd one out once again I fully agree with the review by Doug (only posted what almost four years ago now wow!). The author is introducing a sinister group called MERGE comprising members of various criminal groups from here and there as the type of opponent faced by Mack in his Executioner wars series for future titles but it doesn't work in this title at all. Who knows for future titles yet to be read but this has nothing which hasn't been done before and hasn't been done so many times since. <sigh> And again how many bloody times are they going to drop or have their weapons knocked out of their hands or forget to reload their weapons or have a jam where they cannot fire? I found it an absolute bore and could not in any way recommend this for reading by readers of these series.

This title has an absolutely brilliant cover one of the best unfortunately the same cannot be said for what is between the covers. Basically everything said in the review by Doug previously I can just say ditto. This is boring to read as simply nothing happens it is actually page 120 bearing in mind the title only goes 160 odd pages where anything actually starts, disregarding the ridiculous scene with the street punks when 4 of the team are waiting for McCarter to pick them up. I was personally quite surprised with this scene firstly it had nothing to do with the storyline but had obviously been included as ummm nothing is happening we have to include some action stuff and what happens? Some clowns approach the four members of the team and Katz says "take one more step forward and I will kill you." Predictably the hidden one shot in the prosthesis does the job but I am wondering to myself are these guys the best anti terrorism team going around or a bunch of vigilante's on the prowl. This scene had absolutely no right to be included in this title. I also am surprised how many times the team drops their weapon after a kick/punch/shot etc. it just goes on and on unfortunately with this author. Very disappointing entry in the series for me and not one to be recommended for reading.

Well this author for me is a bit hit or miss I guess but this is definately a hit. Firstly the introduction of Karl Hahn continues a tradition in these combined series that occasionally a character is introduced where you instantly like him for whatever reasons, (Oh how I wish that some of them could survive and be actually reintroduced in future titles of series). Next, good plot where the KGB are assisting in a heroin distribution ring with locals throw in, major sub plots which keeps the title racing along at a break neck pace and yep we are reading some good stuff here. McCarter what can you say but some of the stuff that comes out of his mouth in this title is classic stuff very much defining. This is a non stop action title you will be flicking over the page to the next constantly. Let me tell you the price of admission is worth itself just to read the section where Katz is fighting an adversary after his prosthetic arm is lost due to an axe blow in the last few pages of the title. Terrific do yourself a favour and read this one.

Well I'm the odd one out here but let me tell you what I thought of this title by quoting two sections of text from the following book #14 Pheonix in Flames. Chapter 3 page 27 McCarter says "Who needs to rest after a simple little raid on a bloody farmhouse?" page 28 Encizo added "One little hit and it was over." And for me so it was, maybe the author was having some type of second thoughts on his previous work? I thought the action scenes were terrific like everybody else and yes I can appreciate this author was given a license with an extended run of titles in the series so the titles will tend to follow on from one to the other which is great but this one did very little for me I'm afraid. Was going to go for a four but changed my mind at the last moment, not one I enjoyed but other people are raving about it, since I am in the minority maybe you should give it a read for yourself and let us know what you think.

How good is this? It is very very good. Firstly the enemy is not your bog standard Arab terrorists with stolen nuclear weapons on the rampage but Zombies. ? Well sort of Haitian military commanders of the feared Ton Ton Macout of the Papa Doc Duvalier regime who got kicked out of the country when his son took over have gathered themselves an army and have brainwashed some of them etc. The introduction of Calvin James is some of the best reading going around in any of these series and when Mr. Green and Mr. Brown make their introductions in the office tower where terrorists are holding hostages and the following action scenes which result you get that chill up your spine as you have barely started the title that this is going to be good. So this is going to score 5 stars minimum I'm thinking and continued on. It's non stop action here folks you barely finish reading an action scene and take a breath when you are plunged into yet another BUT this is not non stop senseless crap it actually continues on the story and plot line. Calvin slips in seamlessly and after an admonishment from Katz regarding a personal objective during one raid he is fantastic. (And remains so to today one of my favourite characters). So it gets an eight I'm thinking but having reread the Keio scenes over again a few times and whilst he was not my favourite character I actually felt more than I did when Katz bites the dust this writing is exceptional I dare you to read it and not be moved if you are familiar with the characters and have not read this yet. I thought this was an excellent read and would highly recommend it to you.

Well what to say about this masterpiece? How about boring/tedious/repetitious. What a load of crap the only things which got it 3 stars was the action scenes which occurred over and over again BUT if the team are facing a drugged out mob of muslim fanatics with little military training are they going to be put to the test or are they going to just swat them like flies? It just goes on and on with attack after attack and they just keep on getting whacked. The spiritual leader of the group is a joke so much so that he is actually taken out by someone outside of the team during the "assault" on their headquarters at the end, why? I'll let you read it if you are interested. One thing for sure if you were a female you wouldn't want to get tied up with any of the team if you valued your time on this planet that is. Rafael's turn this time to fall for a lady and of course you can predict what will happen. As previously mentioned the weapon taken into battle by Keio was most strange and seemed just to have been written into the story for ? (Well buggered if I know). Didn't enjoy it or even like it if you want to read it well some people have enjoyed it but I'm not one of them.

Well this one scores a five from me and I must say I thought some of the previous reviews were a little harsh this is not absolute crap by any means. Sure the bad first I was also stunned when Katz refused to attempt a rescue of Young Sam. Although you would have to admit it served to slide the ongoing story perfectly into the overall plot with what happens with him. The start of the title is a little slow as is the finish but there is some good stuff in between starting with a brilliant character introduced as mentioned above Young Sam is one of the most readable/humourous/likeable/obnoxious/deadly characters you will come across. It's great when he first meets the team everyone hates him especially Keio but through the title all the team come around and end up loving him as a brother warrior which makes what eventually happens so important. And leads perfectly with the rage felt by the team when they are surrounded by the 150 hostile troops the tension built up during the hunt with the knowledge that they may have been setup and maybe have just triggered the Korean War part 2. What about the infiltration of the NK base, what about the infiltration of the Intelligence Centre, what about the chase of the convoy carrying the stolen weapons and the eventual recovery of the crates, what about taking out 150 enemy soldiers and a helicopter and some very good uses for recovered weapons when they know for certain they have been setup by someone. I certainly thought it was readable but not near the better titles of this series to date.

Another title by this author more like Dragon's Kill than Tiger's Justice. The enemy this time is the dregs of the Baader-Meinhof gang who nicked off rather than facing their calling and a branch of ODESSA Nazis who are collaborating to take over a NATO missile site then re- aim the missiles at selected targets whereupon they will demand the removal of all foreign presence in a unified Germany under their newly formed Government. The enemy troops are wasted like a red hot knife goes through butter possibly part caused by their insistence to use weapons dating back to the second world war. The action scenes are good and exciting but I struggled through this one where I thought the plot was a bit farfetched anyway and having this confirmed at the end where what they were actually trying to do at this missile site couldn't have been done anyway. Unless you need to read it I would say give it a miss.

Well off to the desert this time for the guys to take down a would-be king/leader (who is a sadistic/cruel/psychotic character let me tell you) leading an army of 300 odd who are going to fire a nuclear missile at Egypt's Aswan dam and take over Africa. 300 ? hardly seems a fair fight does it. (3,000 maybe ;-D Full on action here folks non stop which keeps you flicking the pages and the weapon of choice is something which actually kicks some arse. Excellent descriptions of what the team go through during the desert conditions and two classic characters introduced to assist the team. Gary has a major very personal role in this title which is also exremely good reading. The title finishes in a climatic scene with the missile actually being launched. Loved it recommended reading in this series.

Bit disappointed in this and found myself struggling at times when reading it. The author obviously has a strong knowledge of Japanese culture, ancient fighting skills of the Samurai etc. etc. But it bored me stupid with the constant reference to particular punch names or kick names or whatever. The opponents this time were a bit ordinary and certainly only supplied filler for the pages of the title the plot was well just a little bit over the top. I'm currently reading this series in order and up until this have been pretty impressed but. If you have to, go for it but if you have a choice give it a miss.

Well you would have thought the Irish terrorists of a splinter group of the IRA would have got the message after they had their backsides kicked in the last title but no back they come again. This time their target is the Trans-Alaska pipeline and coupled with Arab interests hope to create a prolonged oil embargo crippling the good old USA by destroying the pipeline. Some good stuff here especially the descriptions of what the weather was doing the difficulties facing the team regarding visibility, communications, extreme cold, weapons freezing etc. During this the team is caught in a unexpected blizzard and are sure to perish BUT........( come on there are another what 50 odd titles coming) so what happens is very good reading well written to get the guys out of that I certainly didn't pick it. The terrorists are ruthless in their endevours let me tell you and a high body count is running. The attack on the location where they are finally traced to is excellent semi-culminating in what happens to the terrorist cell leader (gruesome but I loved it). Hey we are not finished yet but and bring on the lover of the recently departed who has actually recently started to get a bit of a likeing to group sex (I love these Irish Terrorists) and our favourite team get caught with their pants down and have met their end (or have they?). I loved it and hope you do if you decide to read it. One other thing the cover art in this series is stunning this title especially I have looked at it so many times and it is simply fantastic. Recommended reading in this series.

Whilst this is an okay read its falls far behind it's two predecessors. I enjoyed the bad guys as IRA terrorists are normally a better read than your bog standard arab terrorists but the plot is very much found wanting. What were they thinking there was no way they were ever going to see any money and the story just seemed to gyrate to the leaders insanity to detonate nuclear weapons they have come in to. Having said that I enjoyed the action scenes and the dialogue between the team. Recommended reading in this series.

This series is taking off after the last two titles. Reading this title you just keep flicking the pages over it will just grab you. The team are molding into a real team in this title and everyone gets equal time with the exception of Keio which is understandable considering the enemy. Highly recommended reading in this series.

Terrific read which as previously said gets going when the ship is identified and located. The it is hang on for the ride. The action scenes on the ship were fine reading and then comes the sub. How it is stopped and forced to surface and what happens when it is boarded by the team oh yeah some excellent stuff. Recommended reading in this series.

This is a fair read relating to what the hostages endure during their capture especially what happens to one of the women after having spit into the face of the terrorist leader. (BAD MOVE) There is an excellent character introduced named SweetiePie who is a French black market gundealer known to McCarter and stays on until the end of the title. Certainly a character I would like to be reintroduced in a future title. The storyline is okay but sort of cruises through and all of a sudden you have finished the title I thought to myself well it could have been better. Some character development between members of the team and Keio was a lot better in this one. Recommended reading in this series.

First up book of the series and it delivers. As all of the different members of the team have to be introduced I guessed that the start of the title would be a bit slow and so it is but I thought the inclusion of what happens between McCarter and Katz was beautiful. Good plot with a lot of interesting characters introduced the story just seems to slide along, very interesting to read the sections where the relationships between the different members of the team are developing. Keio seemed an odd choice to me as one of five out of 60,000 I think it was perhaps his character blossoms in future titles. Anyway recommended reading in this series.

Another fine read here. Action almost non stop and a pretty good plot with a few interesting characters introduced. The tunnel scenes at the end of the book have some terrific writing and it keeps you turning the pages finishing with a very fitting ending to one of the main characters. Have to agree with the last reviews the machine gun Gadgets has seemed more like the chainsaw from Doom, also when reading he waited five or ten minutes, there were five or six soldiers, he fired four or five shots it starts to get bloody annoying and I was constantly thinking to myself well how many were there. Recommended reading in this series.

If you would like to read a title with non stop action over the top violence some of the best descriptions going around on what happens to the human body especially the head when impacted with a particular weighted projectile fired at a particular speed this is your bag grab it. Toss in a totally crazy/drugged out/sadist leader who is very well written, middle eastern backer, a gang of kids some as young as 12 drugged out of their eyeballs but toting fully automatic military weapons and Able Team walk in. Very well written title and recommended reading in this series.

Yep this ends up as a pretty good read. I must admit to wondering at the start what is this but the author really puts you there in this title, it is very easy to visualise what you are reading. I have no idea if what is written in this title is actual eskimo folklore or what but it was entertaining reading.

Terrific read but definately not your average Able Team title. Very different plot and main villan but I thought the author brought it off well. The scenes in the tunnels were good reading and kept you turning the pages. Couple of minor irks Stony Man farms computer system is shut down with a virus after it has been hacked both of which were unknown to Bear prior. Dr. Stein starts to hum a John Denver song after the team has laboured for hours trying to crack the riddle of The Gamesmaster and Gadgets cries out I've got it from this. Pretty good read but well worth your time.

I could say ditto to a previous review yet again but will refrain. So what about this one? It starts fantastic good plot and I'm thinking this is going to be good. That's it. From then on we follow the tale of Gadgets getting the shot away with yet another drop dead beautiful Russian lady. (I think it was his turn in the series). The title goes further nose down from then on with a pretty weak finish. BUT it is an entertaining read some of the action scenes are very well done certainly better than some of the rubbish in previous titles of this series.

Oh yeah Zombies, Black Magic, Voodoo toss in a really good plot and it would have to be good? Yep and it is, not brilliant but very well worth the read. The way the author describes the locations and what the characters are up to is terrific reading. You will really be able to visualise what you are reading which doesn't happen that often but is nice when it does happen. Some of the dialogue between the team when trying to kill the attacking zombies is certainly good stuff. As said give it a go it is certainly not your Able Team title but I thought it was a very good read.

I quite enjoyed this as the plot is chilling if you imagine what if it actually happened. Terrific action scenes throughout an excellent plot hatched by the generals of the different armed forces. What is very well written is the dilemma's faced by the Team as their oponents are not terrorists or Russians or anything they normally come up against they are members of the armed forces of the United States simply doing their duty and following orders. Time and time again the members of the team hesitate and offer surrender options and all of these offers are rejected until except one AND what happens blew me away. I also thought the start was much better than the finish of the title but it's certainly worth a read.

Well another title by this author and this one could be separated into parts. The start is crap the middle is crap and the end is crap. There is actually one other part about maybe 2/3 to 3/4 through the title maybe a chapter or so which is set in a zoo at the polar bear enclosure which is quite good. Two characters introduced in this section are Nightstick Nick and Fifty Fathoms Fred and this chapter is original, humerous and quite good reading. As for the rest of the title the plot is rubbish with the first half of the title only featuring Lyons and a female side kick cop who has joined the team. Does he get into her pants or not is probably the only thought worth considering and after the above mentioned chapter at the zoo the rest of the title collapses into the morass. Seven post offices to visit. Seven boxes to be opened and seven sections basically detailing the same stuff. I would have thought Able Team would be ready after the first two or three but alas no. The author displays strong knowledge of police procedures but alas once again has little knowledge about the characters he is writing about. Sadly another title not worth your time to even start.

After some of the rubbish the reader has been subjected to lately in the series out of the manure rises a gem. This is in the cracker status I absolutely loved it and flew through the title hardly being able to put it down. The Able Team characters are back folks and the author does an excellent job here and some of the ribbing/joking stuff between the is fine reading. The plot is complex but easily followed as the author guides us through, the characters introduced are marvelous each contributing to the ongoing storyline and plot. The climax of the title is very well written and finishes beautifully smooth as silk. I thoroughly enjoyed this title and would highly recommend it for your reading. This title written by Rod Pennington is his first crack at writing one of this series. If in fact this was his first title and not another pseudonym of a previous writer bloody well done mate you got it spot on.

Someone mentioned in a review of a title earlier in the series "There is a reason this series was cancelled folks" or words to that effect and ladies and gentlemen meet the latest prime suspect which takes it's place on the shelf with Kill Orbit the last piece of literary genius by this writer. I note he used a different pen name for this title maybe he was ducking flak from Kill Orbit and thought he could sneek this pile of turds on the unsuspecting readers. Lesson number one Mr. author we are a discerning bunch out here. The Executioner series is about to crack the #350 mark and one of the main reasons is the character stays the same throughout (with a few exceptions alas) but this series in the last six to eight titles is proof that sales must have plumetted on this series the publishers may have in fact lost money for the last six months or so. If this is what the reader has to look forward to in the last few titles of the series it may be some slow reading ahead.

This is a shocker and continues the downward slide of this series. After a brilliant run with knockout title after another the last half a dozen titles have been ordinary and knowing the series was cancelled I'm wondering what is coming up in the ending titles. This was this author's one and only attempt at this series and I applaud the publishers for not going with him again but how the hell this one got through belies belief. My major gripe with this title is the author doesn't know or understand the characters he is writing about. I hate when I am reading a title and I have to constantly stop and think huh who are we actually talking about here. Action is almost non existent and toss in a flimsy half baked plot which is not even fully supported by the KGB and it's boredom express hop on for the ride. These titles are skinny 200+ pages and if I get into a title I can knock it off in a day work permitting two three days tops but it took me two weeks to finish this. So many times I was going to give it away but finally managed to finish it. I really struggled through this and would not recommend this for your reading. #44 here I come please be a good read.

I'm thinking this author has run out of ideas at this stage of the series and is burnt out. His last title was ordinary and this mirrors the last effort. Yep sure an interesting enough book to read but as said "action scenes almost non existent" another ordinary plot inclusion of extra characters for no reason. Why Lao Ti was even in the title is beyond me. Not one to recommend for your reading here.

Well this one is pretty ordinary. Steven Hokes would rate close to the top as the most pathetic villain's come across in any of these joined series. The ant scene was cool but there is much better stuff in this series than this.

For the story the rating is given. If you are looking for kickass action look somewhere else as you won't find it here but if you are looking for a really good storyline with good characters introduced you will find it here. Seems a lot of people don't like this writers style but personally I don't have many problems there. An enjoyable read where the Billy character really grabs you I found myself wishing him a bit of luck but ???

RUBBISH. It may be this authors first crack at the series but gee this was ORDINARY. Basicaly a biologist has created a strain of bacteria which will consume and destroy crude oil when it is introduced. So straight away we are taking notice whilst watching that price at the petrol pump. It just collapses the introduced terrorists are a bunch of cannon fodder. A couple of them are exited in the hotel a couple more on the road. It just goes on and on and they are all found wanting. The massive amount of pages explaining how the abilities of the terrorist's is so superior and well what happened? This title gets two extra stars for what happens to Lyons/the kidnap/and again/Gadgets follies as a hostage/the two dudes on the oil platform "way to go guys" and Cowboy he was also excellent. So with all that only three stars imagine what the rest is like. Not a title I would recommend for reading in this series.

This is the first title by this author I have struggled with. I just couldn't get into this I thought the plot was wishywashy and basically the rest of the title was no better. I have read better by this author in this series.

Well he has done better stuff than this. Sadly the best part of the title for me was when the Bear was called Churchman twice and on the same page ;-)

Umm? well I can't add any more than Monsta Mack on this title except to say DITTO ! This is a good read in the series.

Excellent read yet again from this author. This is plot/storyline all the way and although this means a little less action scenes the read you will have more than makes up for it. The writing of Gadgets and Sandy Meisner's relationship is worth the price of admission by itself. Very well done and lots and lots of openings for the Meisner character to be reintroduced. Recommended reading in this series.

Another excellent title by this author. Pol goes back home to recover from his thigh wound and there is some good reading on his family and his background. He does some moonlighting as an advisor to a movie crew (who have deep and dark secrets folks let me tell you) on how to storm a guarded structure and is subject to one of the best cons/stings you could think of. Again the ending of the title was terrific reading. You wouldn't want to be one of Pol's sisters but as they have both taken a hammering now.

Well I must admit I am one of the readers who likes this guys writing style. This actually has a great story/plot interesting to read as you are wondering how this will go with that. I liked the background stuff on Cowboy and how this fed into the current plot was very well done. The ending whilst predictable also was great and I thoroughly enjoyed this as a read.

This an excellent read and worth the wait struggling through some ordinary stuff in the last few titles of this series. The first 2/3 of the title is based in England and you will love some of the stuff that the team gets up to and local coppers are pulling their hair out, loved it. The final section with an assault on the terrorists location is very well done and even though Lyons is probably the star as he takes out the leader the rest of the team have very full co-starring roles in some writing which the readers of this series are/were hanging out for. Can't fault this title and highly recommend it for your perusal.

Well this is vastly better than his previous few titles but it is still lacking badly. The plot is very good and this could have been so much better BUT. This author spends SOOOOO much time on telling the reader over and over again in great detail the background and previous experiences of the team especially Lyons (although to be fair not so much in this title) that most of the title space is finished. The climax of the title comes so quickly as he has wanked on for so long that he is forced to compress what should be the best part of the story so much that wham bang thank you maam it is all over leaving the reader with an unfinished feel. Fair read in this series especially if you haven't read much of the other stuff but there are better titles in the series.

Having read some of the crap which is the last six to eight titles of this series I am hanging out for a good read and does this title deliver? NO. The start is actually quite good where Gadgets and Pol remember them they are actually part of the team are involved in a traffic accident with some bank robbers and the humour and what happens is some good reading. BUT. Does Lyons actually have anyone he knew previously still alive? Yes as a matter of fact his ex-wife. So we can write a title involving her and her husband being home invaded by four biker/ex con jerks and ripped off. Bugger me her husband is actually involved in a firm which is designing parts of the Star Wars shield of the good old US. Now put yourself in their shoes you have these documents/plans/blueprints whatever of course you know exactly what you are looking at as you are a super intelligent jerkoff. So not only do you contact the US authorities and negotiate a four million ransom for the said documents you also manage to contact the Russians and negotiate a further four million from them as of course they are rather keen to get hold of them as well. How? Never mind you set your place to do the deal and after the reader goes through many pages of descriptions of the russians and their leaders capabilities the final scenario is set. The helicopter transfering Able Team is about to land and the pilot is killed. The team evacuate and advance. Lyons is shot twice and blacks out. He wakes up in the epilogue and says to Brognola did we win are the rest of the team okay. Yep says Brognola the seven russians are all dead as are the four of the biker/outlaws. Don't know why I bothered to read this crap I should have just read the epilogue I wouldn't have missed anything :-(

Nah sorry whilst I agree with the previous reviews of this title that the action scenes were good the rest was rubbish. Briefly some kids are rescued from the clutches of Libyan terrorists and their escape was quite well done down the river on rafts. BUT......... Where are they taken where in the whole of the US? Why to the ultra secret Stony Man base of course. OK they are safe of course no one could find them there could they? Well as a matter of fact one of the women looking after them (who is tied up with the terrorists) catches a ride with one of the Stony Man night shift staff to go and do a bit of shopping and will be picked up at 6.00pm to be returned by someone else? So ensues the location of the base is conveyed to the terrorists and a half arsed attack is launched where a few of the guards are killed but when Able Team arrive on the scene the terrorists nick off. So? Okay Stony Man farm is not safe so we will transfer the kids to an unused airfield where they will be okay. But no this location is also known to the terrorists and goodness me the terrorists are actually on their way there now. Why? well to kill the kids of course as it will make worldwide headlines? So Able Team take off in the captured 747 of the terrorists with the previous flight crew on board but flown by Jack and a ringin mate of his to land where it can't be done at the disused airfield. Needless to say it is done and it is on as the terrorists are just arriving. A fair action scene ensues where the leader is taken out by guess who. BUT the terrorists all toss in the towel as their water supply has been found by one of the original flight crew and he has thrown their empty water bottles to them showing them that Oh No when the sun comes up you will be thirsty so give up or take off now. HUH? Very disappointing, pretty ordinary terrorists lacking dedication to the cause I'm thinking. Sorry not one I would recommend to read in this series.

Goodness me this guy's first title was so good but oh my how the last few have dropped to the pits. This title could have been called inside Lyons mind or Lyons previous life experiences or Lyons thoughts part two/three/four/five etc. etc. I don't mind flash backs or insights to the thoughts of the warriors of Able Team but this is bordering on the ridiculous now as the titles by this author solely involve Lyons and his thoughts and past experiences and the other members of the team seem to be inconsequential. This title features chapter after chapter regarding a Judge and I like any one who has read this crap would be wondering when the relevence would come into this but no. The plot involves a past informant of Lyons who has been killed by the enforcer of a drug king and we read massive reams of how he came to Lyons notice originally and what has happened to him since prior to his killing. So after 95% of the title the enforcer is taken out by Lyons of course and that is it. What about the drug king? What about the Judge? Was he part of the conspiracy? Who knows the author didn't bother telling us so we are left wondering. The first twenty odd titles of this series were SOOO good but after the last half dozen titles I can understand why this series was cancelled. Let's hope there are some good titles on the horizon for the rest of the series. Very disappointing read this one certainly nothing to recommend here.

Well it is not one of the better titles in the series. Dull, boring, not logical, another Lyons associate bites the dust shit if you were one of his few surviving friends outside of Stony Man you would be treading carefully. Can't even say the ending saved the title as it just all seemed to happen in a few pages and that was it. There are better titles in this series than this one.

If by some chance you are into Triathlon events as a competitor or spectator you may/possibly get into this title but the rest of us are left wondering. This title relates to the proposed kidnapping of a high ranking CIA director who is in training and is going to compete in the triathlon. Forget the trimmings this is basically a title about Lyons competing in the famous Hawaiin Ironman triathlon event. Toss in some bumbling fool Spetsnaz soldiers and mix it in with totally incompetent CIA agents add in a couple of local tourist guides who immediately become part of the team go further and add a princess and then to top it off why don't we make Lyons a god. At one stage during the race when the CIA director has been kidnapped by the Russians and is being held on a truck he is freed due to certain events. So what would he do? Go racing back to the US quick as? Certainly get back to his bodyguards for protection? No he hops on his bicycle and continues in the race and this is supposedly one of the top guys in the CIA who could be pumped for information which could severely damage the US. I struggled through this one.

This title whilst an okay read didn't do much for me I am afraid. A female FBI agent tags along with the team this time so Lyons can have yet another love relationship which is getting a bit boring now in the series. The ending section is quite well done and finishes the book off nicely hence an extra star. Up to you not one I would recommend in the series.

The first half to 2/3 of this is rubbish but oh yea it delivers at the end. After going through the first two thirds you have a scenario where the Team is trying to save the kidnapped hostages chess players etc. but we don't care cause it's pretty ordinary folks until this happens. What happens that allows the kidnapped/hostages to all escape uninjured and how it was done stunned me I was impressed terrific stuff probably as good as anything previously written. That is the only reason I scored this as a six the rest of it is crap.

Another excellent title by this author which will keep you turning the pages. The enemy this time are outlaw bikers who I reckon rate second to the Mafia in desired opposition for good reading. Lots of good action sections and again I think the author writes knowing the characters he is writing about. I didn't think it was quite as good as his first effort but it is still very worth while reading.

Another first time author in this series and yet another good job done. This is like a mini Stony Man novel as many of the characters are involved including Lao Ti who is also one of my favourite recurring characters. The assault/infiltration of the CIA site with rubber bullets is a laugh and coupled with the students/instructors reactions good reading. The ending section is brilliant when the punk leader is holding two flasks of some type of virus so he thinks and what happens to him is satisfying reading. Pretty good read in this series.

Fantastic read by this first time author. He has captured the character traits of the team down pat and even added some supernatural powers to Gadgets which was a bit strange. The banter/joking/ribbing between the team members is without doubt the best in the series to date. A section of this involves why underwear is not worn when in a tropical jungle and involves the mention of knees and ankles. This is so funny that by myself reading this I couldn't stop myself from bursting out in laughter. The action scenes are excellently done and some of the stuff involving Lyons at the end is GREAT reading. First book by this guy I can't wait to read more titles by him coming up in the series. Highly recommended reading in this series.

Mr. Frost's last title of the series, the second and ending title featuring the capture of Lyons and the ending of the Unomundo thread of titles in this series. The torture scenes of Lyons are extremely well done and overall for what happens at the end a lot of questions and background of the villans raised by this author are answered finally. The locating of where Lyons is being held is logically explained and how the other two members gain access to this location is also quite good. The final assault on this location after Lyons has been located is absolutely over the top with violence and what happens to the leaders is terrific reading and finally the Fascist International are put down for good. Very enjoyable read in this series.

Well the first part of a two part story which is the last of the titles written by this author in this series. hmm it's okay but as has been previously mentioned it lacks a bit until the end. I personally didn't mind what I was reading as it gave a bit of a deep insight to the Lyons character and I thought the ending was fantastic. The chase/hunt for Lyons through the mountains at the end is very well written as is the final taking of him alive by Gunther is very well done and sets up the second part of the story well. This is a reasonable read in the series but maybe middle of the road compared to what has come before it.

One word could describe this title "BORING". Top secret material has been stolen from the US and is being transported to Sri Lanka from where it will be forwarded to Russia. So Able Team are dispatched to Sri Lanka to meet the shipment and either take control of it or destroy it. Okay but they arrive days before the material being transported and basically have a holiday on the beach whilst waiting for the arrival. Toss in a couple of half arsed sections with attacks by a motley collection of clowns and some personal problems the team go through after eating the local tucker. Well we have read some pretty ordinary stuff but the material has arrived and is being inspected from its cargo container in a warehouse. Bugger me after the infiltration/walk into the warehouse a couple of pictures are taken to show the stolen material Gadgets walks across the rafters and drops a satchel charge into the container Lyons fires a couple of shots from the shotgun and Pol drops a couple of phosphorous grenades and we take a couple of more pictures of the destroyed stolen material and walk out. End of title? Only problem this last section takes up all of three pages at the end of the title. This is not a title to recommend for reading in this series.

Well on checking the first page you will find a special thanks to Chuck Rogers for this title. Not sure if it was his input but I think this is the most "polished" title in the series to date (for want of another word). This is an excellent read from start to finish. From the way the prosecutor is introduced and the subsequent court trial to the final ending on what the natives do to the killer set free is just brilliant reading. Everything slots into place beautifully with no loose ends which unfortunately can't be said for the last few titles by this author. One of the types of titles when you finish you know you have read a very good book highly recommended reading in this series.

Well whoo/hee at last Able Team starts taking some of the characters out permanantly in this series of titles. ************ SPOILER ************ Ayat, Dastgerdi, Suvorov and that bitch Canadian Desmarais bite the dust in this title AT LAST !! The way the bitch bites the dust after what she has been forced to do by the Iranian and Syrian is good stuff. The Gadgets slipping in of something which causes this is very well done as is the description of what occurs when this happens. Very enjoyable title in the series especially as lots of the loose ends from previous titles from this author have been put to bed.

Well this title is lacking badly. The author is attempting a multiple title mini series and has introduced so many characters and factions in previous titles that by this one it is really hard to follow who is up who and who is paying the rent. You will read about so many characters from previous titles who have escaped in previous titles if you have read them if not huh lots of luck and think what were they in the title for and you/I will raise our/my eyebrows thinking huh did I miss something in the previous titles. It is a fair read but gee the author has many many loose ends to tie up before the end of this mini series. We shall see ????

The second part of this storyline and it is much better than the first part. The characters set up in the first part really come together in this title where at times you are wondering who is actually on whose side. The action scenes in this title come to the fore with the freeway shootouts and the final assault on the headquarters of the International the standout. But the bad guys get away yet again. One thing to be said for the allies of Unomundo they appear to be as slippery to catch as their boss. This is a pretty good read but you really should read the previous title to know what is going on even if it is a little slow.

Well the starting book of a two title run where Able Team face off against the International with references to the elusive Unomundo. Whilst this is in no way a poor title I must admit personally I struggled through the first half or so and then thought it picked up quite well. The author writes very good action scenes which keep you turning the pages and the wisecracking and offhand remarks made by the team are good but I felt the title was only middle of the road as far as the series goes to this stage.

Well this is like a mini Stony Man series title as there are lots of appearances from the different teams. Jack, Katz, McCarter and Manning are here. Brognola who is probably pissed regarding his almost non appearance in the series to date makes two memorable scenes and takes a few of the bad guys out. Babette who was Gadgets squeeze in the last title makes another appearance and coupled with a couple of excellent characters namely Lao Ti and Deborah Devine there a many many characters of note in this title. The action scenes are fantastic in this title and mucho plentiful especially the last third of the title. When you read the section on Katz and what he does to the cell he is assigned to remove is the sort of reading which will bring a smile to your face especially if you have read one of the original titles I'm thinking Chicago Wipeout but I may be wrong where Mack infiltrates the Mafia hardsite as a telephone repairman in the snowing blizzard and actually gets a tip from one of the guys who feels for him working in the conditions and also to a lesser extent what McCarter and Manning cook up. I loved this title and would highly recommend it to you for reading of this series.

This is an enjoyable read whilst not being the type of title that reaches out and grabs you. Set during the lead up to the 1984 Olympic games I thought the double plot was okay where on one side the bad guys are trying to have black American athletes defect to the east and on the other side the Zambian team is kidnapped and are going to be slaughtered and the blame for this to be attributed to American special forces. The action scenes are pretty well written especially the last section where the base holding the kidnapped athletes has been located and the Russians arrive at the same time as Able team. Some pretty cool action scenes involving dune buggies racing around the desert sands and everything seems to fall into place nicely at the end. I must agree the last couple of titles have focused heavily on Lyons and hope that the other members of the team get in on the story line a bit more in future titles. We shall see.

Well it had to happen I suppose not all of the titles can be excellent or the series would still be in print.BUT this is not a title but maybe 2/3 of a title and that goes a long way toward making it ordinary.Why 2/3 of a title? Simply it only goes for 138 pages and then we have a deep background section detailing Mack's time in Vietnam during his first stint where a female newspaper reporter who arrives chafing at the bit to report a story regarding the baby killers etc. Well she nicks off from the camp and is taken prisoner by the VC. Mack takes off alone through the jungle and rescues her.Ho Hum I wonder who wrote those 44 pages of literary genius.The result of this means the reader is presented with a disjointed/shortened text trying to be a full book if that makes sense.Example the opening chapter involves a raid on a warehouse where 200 kilograms of drugs that have been purchased by the mafia from the IRA. The assault on the warehouse where some of the bad guys blow each other away actually goes for all of four pages.And Able Team after successive jaunts to the jungles fly over to sunny England to assist the British with a mole in their security network.From then on the crap starts where the British secret service which are universally regarded as good if not better than anything else in the world are depicted as bumbling fools and the Royal family are captured and taken hostage by the IRA terrorists.So as everything happens very quickly as we have a shortened book they are then saved in short order.I must admit I liked the scene where Lyons confronts the angry queen after the rescue who is demanding to know who he is and where he is from and what he says and does.But anyway no time to waste off we go there is a mole to find and yep we find the mole..........AND BUGGER ME you wouldn't have picked them in a mad fit........BULLSHIT there was blatant holes where fair dinkum if you didn't know who it was by 40-50 pages from the end you were asleep while reading this gem.The series up to this one has been fantastic but this is a shocker unfortunately.Very little to recommend with this title unfortunately.

This is a strange type of title in as much it seems to be a bit of a filler in the multiple title release regarding the main villian Unomundo. From reading this you can suppose that Quesada is either one of his lieutenants or co-conspirator and as unfortunately this is not explained and yet again the subject of the title escapes or does he? Buggered if I know as we are not told at the end of the title. One thing for sure Unomundo who we are yet to meet has his grubby little fingers in quite a few pies and I'm guessing on a world domination threat coming up but who knows that is just conjecture. Action scenes are excellent but Lyons is out of control in this title after what happened to him in the last title and really some of what the team manages to survive with their allies belies belief when they are outnumbered 100 or 1,000 plus to one come on. The Grimaldi scene at the end gains a bit back in the numbers faced and there are some very good scenes featuring physcho Lyons but well I look forward to the next title. A good read but can't give it more than 6.

The best book in the series so far by a street. Carnage,slaughter,bloodfest absolutely over the top violence is not normally my thing but this is bloody fantastic and I loved every minute of it. A new variant of a drug so powerful it turns the users into crazed maniacs who can't even be taken down by various shots or machete strikes to their limbs and only a removal of the head or spinal column finally stops them. Enter the guys from Able Team and the Atichison shotguns. The starting couple of chapters will blow you away with what sort of stuff is coming up but when you get to the section where Able Team enter the bad guys building and they are attacked by wave after wave of drugged out psychos is very good stuff folks let me tell you. Giving just a little away one section when Pol who is not accustomed to the shotgun accidently sets it to full auto and what happens to the guy in front of it when he lets rip is brilliant. The descriptions of the team leaving this locaton covered in blood from head to foot with brain matter and bits of flesh all over them and the looks given by the LAPD cops is also very well written. A really good sub plot in this title and some sad stuff at the end which seems to be the way these books even today never mind when this was written as no matter how popular a character is we have to kill them off. I loved it and hope you will too if you decide to read it.

Well I'm pretty much with Joshua on this one. Whilst I enjoyed the action and carnage the title didn't seem to have much else going for it by way of plot and characters introduced. Fair read but not as good as some of the others.

Well the first book featuring a recurring villian namely Unomundo who apparently features in five further books according to my spread sheet on this series. Well I can only hope we actually get to know something about him in the next five titles featuring him as we learn basically nothing about him in this title. That said this is a fair title in the series in which the start is great and the finish is great but hmm well I thought the middle was a little bit of a plodder.There are some pretty good parts contained within the reading of this and the title is certainly worth reading but I thought it lacked in comparison to the previous titles.

For all you folks who like ACTION and some more ACTION and then maybe just a little more ACTION followed by interspersed parts of plot and character introduction/development in very short pieces so we can get back to the ACTION will love this title. It is just full on from the start to the finish and you will know when you fly through the title as it is one of those types of titles you just can't stop turning the pages. Recommended reading in this series to date. On a personal note something that came to me. I really like the way Andrzej Konzaki is introduced in these titles and I'll tell you why. I have no idea how many bullets a magazine can hold for any particular weapons I have some of an idea as to the muzzle velocity speeds mentioned but for people like me reading these titles this title excels for many reasons and this is one. It is explained in plain english to Lyons why and what has been done to the weapon which is currently in his hands. A BEAUTIFUL section follows when the master armourer takes Lyons out into the woods and the converted shotgun is run through it's paces AND there is a massive problem (read it) which is nipped in the bud and then explained to the uneducated masses why and what could have happened. (I loved this section of the book) and I learnt something .

Rocking and rolling in the jungle yep this one kicked for me. Lyons is the character of choice in this title and from his painting himself with a jungle plant to repel the flies/mosquitos/wasps, going native in a loincloth (I too wish sometimes these books were illustrated ;-) ) to the aligator scene to the absolute classic scene when he gets stoned on "snuff" as is wasted until the next day. The many many scenes featuring Pol and Gadgets wondering what the hell is going on with the Ironman. The numerous quips between themselves on this. The interaction between the team and the native indians, the rescued/hostage/prisoner/ally Lieutenant Silveres who is written superbly. The slaughter of the native population with the Chlorine gas,the humanitarian aid for the natives, their delight and willingness to accompany Able Team to take down the one responsible for all of their troubles. I really got into the closeness of the Team to the native allies as they searched for the base/city of Wei Ho and attacked it. The assault on the base/city is excellent reading with the whole team contributing as well as the indian recruits and even Lieutenant Silveres who has been swayed from his high ideals after witnessing something (read it). etc. etc. many many things not mentioned this is great. Excellent read which keeps you interested and turning the pages recommended.

I pretty much agree with Monsta Mack on this one after the first two books in the series I was hoping for better or as good with this title but sadly whilst it is in no way a poor entry to the series it didn't grab like the first two. Probably my major gripe is it finishes to abruptly where the story has been set up nicely with the infiltration of the merc group and could have been so good but no Jack is brought in to fly and one half of the bad guys are taken out in two pages and the merc leader is taken out and everyone else gives up and says okay guys I'm out of here. This is an okay read but not in the same league as the first two of the series.

Whoohee how good is this. Bikers have taken control of Catalina Island and the residents are being held as hostages waiting for the ransom demand to be delivered. The bikers are basically going berserk slaughtering the residents,raping the young women,looting, committing arson,shooting up on heroin,getting drunk which is pretty much par for the course for this scum. Able Team are inserted via Kayak and the fun starts. The guys start to systematically remove the scum but they take their lumps as well especially Ironman. Coupled with a few residents who have managed to evade the marauding bikers. Many many things to like about this title and it rolls along at a frantic pace. Again many sub plots are woven into the title and if you read this you will very much enjoy the final section where one of the bikers who has slaughtered an elderly couple witnessed by one of the residents and gets paid back in spades (tripled). This is only the second title I have read in this series but if this one is indicative of what is to come bring it on. Highly recommended reading.

As I write this title is 25 years old and having completed the Executioner series I am starting on this series. Getting into the title I get a real retro feeling whilst reading and this is in no way a bad feeling in fact I am reminscing on the original series of the Executioner series by Don. Having not read the Able Team series it is fascinating seeing the characters introduced and evolving into what we know of today. The book is a terrific read and keeps the reader turning the pages. Parts of the book involve a Vietnamese woman and I smiled many times on Ironman's thoughts regarding her and what he would like to happen with her and what eventually happens excellent stuff and it slots nicely into the story. Whilst reading it I was wondering to myself why certain characters were introduced into the story but everything is beautifully slotted in at the ending chapters. The final assault on the hostaged tower is very well done. This IS a very fine read for the first title in the series and if you are like me and have never read any of them them I can assure you that you will enjoy this one.

Excellent Take a deep breath when you open page one and try to hold it to the end (yeah right). The title rocks from page one to the end interesting characters and villans introduced terrific plot which I actually enjoyed contrary to other reviewers and the action flows through smoothly and non stop. What can I criticise ummmm well nothing I thoroughly enjoyed this title and would highly recommend it to you to read.

Well regarding Mike Newton's books I regard #91 The Trial and #101 Eternal Triangle as two of the top five books in the Executioner series IMO having read the complete series to this title, I would further note that contrary to other reviewers I gave #330 Dual Action a high review for originality and an excellent read so I hardly think I am adverse to any title written by this guy. But that was them and this is this one.............. Firstly the plot is pretty weak with Mack's target a poacher who is knocking off protected species namely tigers in a swamp/mangrove wilderness area which is so huge that the authorities/army/police have been hunting him for ten years with no success. Obviously this is not a mission for the big fella BUT with the killing of an American diplomat and his partner he is talked into it by Hal. Okay lets go it is probably going to go through the paces but lets read it Mack is on the mission to take down the said poacher. So Mack and his sidekick arrive in this desolate/swampland to try to find the above mentioned villan and take him out. So far so good and bugger me on the first night of their mission they hear a female voice running through this MASSIVE SECTION OF LAND and rescue a female rah rah rah. Surprise surprise this woman is looking for the same poacher that the big guy is looking for himself. Of course she has no military capabilities and simply wants to stick a knife in his heart for her personal reasons (read it) it is crap but she is suddenly transformed into Ironman and an able member of Mack's three team force. Well we haven't used the female captive/hostage needing to be saved by Mack before so okay we have got that away so lets get on with the book. The search for the poacher continues and bugger me when Mack is taking some down time sleeping and his offsider falls asleep while on watch this bimbo gets up and takes off. ?????????????????????? She wants to take out the poacher herself ? Ummmm I thought Mack slept in a combat sleep mode but he must have been sleeping peacefully this night. So we then fill another 60 - 80 pages of filler in the book with another rescue of a female hostage being held by the bad guys. Come on twice in the one title? FOUR STARS deducted for LAZY LAZY writing and pushing crap into a title SIMPLY to fill up pages. ONE STAR added for the tiger scene at the end COOL. Hmm as usual if you have not read much or any of Mike Newton's titles you would probably enjoy this title if you have read some of his stuff you have already read it. :-(

This is a nice book to read. If you have only read a couple of the books in this series you will see another side of the supreme warrior that is Mack Bolan and if you have read lots of the series you will see a side of Mack which perhaps we see too seldom. Set in an earthquake zone the book goes at a fast pace with any building likely to collapse at any moment roads becoming impassable gas mains rupturing and Mack is in the middle of it. Few weapons and relying on his wits and skills. I liked the interesting characters introduced as were the villans well written. The story just keeps you turning the pages. BUT......... Fair dinkum I must sound like a broken record on these reviews and I will ask again is it necessary for every second title to have the scene where a female close to Mack is kidnapped and held hostage so Mack can "rattle the cages" and save her in the nick of time? (although I will admit that at least with Doug she got her lumps before the find and release.) Excellent book spoiled by the above for me 2 stars deducted for page fillers being included.

Like everybody else I thought this title was okay and readable. I liked the way the characters were introduced and their storys explained, some of them especially the ex wrestler are excellent. What annoyed me when reading this is too many plots running at once which were not explained fully leaving the reader wondering what was that there for as it really wasn't necessary for the story and seems to have been included just to fatten the text and add pages to the title as filler. example: The first half of the book focuses heavily on one Eva Kelmin who has been kidnapped by the triad and is now being held prisoner and forced into prostitution at one of their whorehouses. Bugger me half way through the book the whorehouse is attacked and the next we hear from the young lady is the last page or two when Brognola passes on the Presidents thanks from her father to Mack. The book just didn't flow in my opinion and as such is hard to read. There are many better titles in this series.

This is NOT a Mack Bolan title and I am extremely doubtful it was written by Dan Schmidt. Apart from small mentions in chapters 4 and 8 Bolan is not even included in the storyline until over half way into the title. The plot is okay and the characters introduced are interesting but I agree with all of the negatives previously recorded in reviews for this title. What amazes me is no-one has mentioned the following. As I mentioned I was doubtful on the author of this title and take Dan Schmidt's titles for what you will I would think everyone would agree that he KNOWS the Bolan character inside out. So what happens at the end of the title is Bolan has taken out yet another rogue CIA guy and the head of the terrorist group and sets his sights on the final target Dragovan Vikholic. Vikholic wakes up in a daze in his room and finds his girlfriend with a hole in her forehead which wasn't there when he last spoke to her. Then in his terror he finds on his dresser a bag containing not one but two severed heads and no prizes for guessing whose heads they were. I coughed and gagged as I had accidently swallowed my chewie and it went down the wrong way, got it back spat it at the nearest wall and said aloud BULLSHIT my Mack Bolan would never do that! Sure there are multiple authors in this series but surely the readers can expect the characteristics of the main character to remain constant?

Unbelievable I disagree with the previous reviews on this title yet again AND it is a Mike Newton book which I am gonna praise? What is this world coming to? Simply this is the best work of Mike Newton I have read for a VERY VERY long time in this series. There is no female ally taken hostage which the big fella has to save folks, there are no sniper scenes, there are no rattling of the cage scenes where we pit opposing forces against each other, simply this is an original work which whilst has a previous enemy namely Nazi extremists it quite frankly is a refreshing change to middle eastern terorists. The book reads extremely easily with just enough action and suspense to keep you turning the pages. There is a sub plot revealed at the end and the epilogue which explains a few things that occur in the reading of the book. As usual with Mike Newton the action scenes are polished and the storyline flows fluidly. WHY WHY WHY can't this man produce quality like this again and again without forcing us readers to read some of the (insert adjective here) titles he has dumped on us. I thought it was a very good read and would recommend this to anyone to read.

Well I usually enjoy Jerry VanCook's books but this is not up there with some of the others he has written in the series. The major villan as pictured on the front cover could indeed be described as fresh/new/novel/interesting but could also be described as childish/pathetic/laughable/cowardly/pathetic. Probably a bit of all the above and toss in a sub plot with the Mexican side of the deal where the identity of the major player is not known and this could have been so good. But no as previously reviewed the book seems to focus on Bolan proving himself to the Mexican syndicate and trying to gain their trust. The climax comes in just a couple of pages so take a deep breath and read the last couple of pages and the epilogue and you have it. All of the major players who are still alive of course roll over and spurt information which they have as a result of some crap new weapon which has fired "something" at them ? As mentioned this all happens in the last couple of pages. Very disappointing for me I think he has written far better stuff than this.

Well I thought it was quite ordinary actually. There is nothing you can pick out which is bad as far as standing out to point to but the same could be said for the good points. A cast of thousands almost (well certainly too many groups to keep track of in your head). The title goes on and on and I found myself constantly raising my eyebrows thinking this is crap. Okay it finished okay I liked the President's stuff at the end but yep it really didn't do anything for me. I think there are many many titles to recommend for your reading than this particular one.

Yet another excellent read from Mr. Rogers which keeps you turning the pages. The Mafia are the villians thank god there are still some of them around to write into books. I thought the plot was excellent and the descriptions of what the poor buggers who have contracted the virus have happen to their bodies is chilling stuff. Action scenes are plentiful and again very well done some of the descriptions beautiful. The little quips and humour was very good reading example: "The lawn looked like it had been savaged by an army of gophers on crack". classic. The final scenes in the sub are rivetting stuff. This is a highly recommended read in the series. BUT why only 7 stars ?? 2 stars deducted....... We have in the book YET BLOODY AGAIN Macks' sidekick female partner who of course is drop dead gorgeous and who of course has a large set of breasts who OF COURSE gets kidnapped by the bad guys which of course eats up a chapter or two while Mack rattles the cages to find the location where the said female is being held and promptly arrives in the nick of time to rescue her. Chuck WHAT THE BLOODY HELL WERE YOU THINKING ??? Mike Newton alone has done this so many times it is almost a prerequisit when reading one of his books it has also been done by numerous authors in the series. I for one and I bet there are many other long time readers of these series who shudder when you have to read it again.

Well this title is an improvement on his first effort in the series but I found it still lacking. Whilst reading it I constantly was thinking to myself this is not Mack. Nothing startling with the exception of Mack swearing (can't recall the big fella doing that much) but it just seemed to me that the author failed to capture the character. The storyline is okay and the two merc characters were reasonable as well but I plodded through the book. There are a few characters introduced that are never used again throughout the book and no explanation is given on what happened to them so I was kind of wondering why even bother introducing them in the first place if they have no bearing on the storyline except to add a few pages to the title. The final assault on the chateau was okay but overall I was kind of bored and was glad to get to the end of the book. There are many many other titles in this series I would recommend before this one.

I really enjoyed this title. As has previously been said the title is more of a detective type story than a standard Bolan story but with the excellent characters introduced and the overall storyline I found it fairly easy to overlook that action scenes were not on every page. The story reads fine from start to finish as Mack tracks down the upper order of the heroin smuggling ring and a couple of surprises happen at the end. The Chechen assassin is surperb and the beautiful Russian art dealer being protected by Bolan also comes across very well during the story. Marynka Platinov makes a return unfortunately very briefly but the meeting between her and the art dealer is classic stuff when they both realise they both want Mack. Recommended reading in the series.

Well let me say from the start this is pretty ordinary for an Executioner book. Perhaps after just having read Mel Odom's brilliant Moon Shadow trilogy and been blown away, this title happens to be the next title in the series before the big one #300 I had a critical read looking for some of the same? No definately not. The Mack Bolan I know is the supreme warrior who will take on any situation no matter the odds and protect the innocent at all costs. He goes out of his way to protect noncombat allies and always prefers to do it himself than rely on others. Well not according to this author Mack not only asks for help from his allies who are not combat trained he then goes on to give them a 20 minute runover of the weapons they are going to use and these people are then transformed into crack soldiers intimately aware of their weapons abilities and are now crackshots even though they have never fired the weapon/any weapon before. One section describes how the boss of one of the groups and one of his gunners (count that two right) have escaped into a sewer tunnel after a firefight against Mack and his female ally. Mack realizing his female ally is in a state of shock (I wonder why) slaps her back to reality. WHY ??? Because he need BACKUP when he goes after these two clowns who are not even adept enough to shoot straight and he is desperate for her help. HUH EXCUSE ME ?? The plot is ordinary and the characters introduced come over as plastic. The action scenes were okay at times and I thought the author was trying hard but it left me cold I'm afraid. Not a title I would recommend to read in this series.

Brilliant effort certainly amongst the best released to date in this series. From the start through two initial initiation sections to infiltrate this group you know you are reading something special here. Mack is up against basically himself and his alter-ego and the group he controls are maybe one of the best challenges faced by the man himself. It will hold you until the last page and you will be amazed by some of the new and original things you will read. What can be done with a scapel is amazing when things come apart and what can be done by our champion when faced with the ultimate and he is at the end of his endurance. The graveyard scenes are superb as are the chase through the forest scenes after a crash in a helicopter. As for the finish when Mack is finally taken down by ...??? FANTASTIC and if that is not all a brilliant epilogue is inserted. Chuck Rogers is without doubt one of the best writers to write for this series. Did I mention ORIGINAL how about that a complete title to read and not a female hostage in sight.. <sigh> 287, 289 :-(

Oh well here I go again as the odd man out bar one :-( This is pure unadulterated garbage and this would be praising it up. Is this series an action/adventure series or a science fiction/quasi bullshit far fetched,ridiculous write any crap you wish series and somehow it is actually published ?????? The opening section actually grabbed me with Leo walking his dog and being tagged by a Mafia crew and the ruse to get Mack to the place they wanted him. And then............... Questions, questions WHICH ARE NEVER ANSWERED throughout the book !!!!!! How did they know to contact Leo to get to Mack? How did they know who Mack was? Who betrayed Mack in the CIA supposedly? How did they know about Stony Man Farm? How can someone buy an oil platform and declare it a nation? How could they possibly even do guided tours through their drug manufacturing operation for the public? So the rest of the world says okay you can do what you want contrary to every law ANYWHERE on the planet? Who is Wesson? How does Wesson or whatever his name is control the squids? Why was Able Team included in this book? Why was Johnny included in this book ? Able Team's involvement in this title.......... Pol - one line (sorry man) Carl - one line, one shotgun blast and a knife jab to a squid's eye from memory. Gadgets - couple of lines and a blast of a floor with C4. Johnny Bolan's involvement in this title......... Umm well after the preview he features in quite a cool interrogation of someone who has nothing whatsoever to do with the title as such. AND as a result of that interrogation for vital information........??????? Well who cares as it not mentioned throughout the rest of the tile save the epilogue when Johnny starts to ask about it to Mack and Mack replies it's taken care of. The book is so hard to read it seems to have hundreds of plot lines and thousands of characters I was constantly confused on what was actually going on. At the end of the tile it was obvious the author had left multiple openings for further titles of this genre (in his idea of what should be written in this series following his trilogy and his idea of what a Mack Bolan title should be). Mr. Mongomery hasn't seen fit to grace us with anymore of his workings/masterpiece's to date and I for one am very gratefull. IF you wish to read a good Executioner novel I would suggest you give this a wide berth.............

Brilliant. Every now and then a title in the series stands out as something special and so is this. Probably coupled with The Trial this is Mike Newton's best work which I have read and this is an absolute cracker. Starting with the plot continuing with a magnificent storyline this title is just soooo good. If you have read any of the original titles written in the series by Don Pendleton you will immediately relate to this story and it relates back to the very first title written in the series. What is the best every title written in these series ?? I'm not sure but having read 350+ titles in the combined series this is certainly one of the top ten if not top five ever published. Best ever ?? Number one ?? hmm well I haven't read them all yet but this is without doubt in the top five that I have read to date. If you haven't read this do yourself a favour and grab it and read it, it is a surperb read. HIGHLY HIGHLY recommended reading.

Crap. Gotta say more okay not only is the science fiction stuff totally out of order in this series IMO the actual dialog of the story is rubbish the characters introduced ordinary and it is very vary hard to read. Well I managed to finish this but could certainly understand if you chucked it before finishing it. This is probably a good one to miss reading in the series.

Without doubt the best Dan Schmidt title I have read in the series. This is VERY much different from what Dan usually writes. From the start to the finish I was thoroughly rapt with the storyline, characters and plot. It reads very smoothly and you can sit back after finishing it and say to yourself "Yep that was worth reading, I have been entertained for a bit." I thought it was great and would certainly recommend this for reading.

This is a pretty good read. The rafting scenes especially are good reading as is the descriptions of chracters and indeed the plotline. BUT ? I'm not sure that constant reminders of Mack's physical/mental condition during a mission as described enhances his character in any way in fact I thought it was mentioned sooo many times. Okay he is human as we all know and not an indestructable robot fighting machine. But then again if we can accept all the rest of the stuff which has been written including easter bunny ears I suppose anything is possible maybe he was actually killed off ages ago and no one remembered to let us know? Nah let's not go there ;-) but yeah it is an okay read.

COME ON am I the only person reviewing this title who has actually read the trilogy ? Okay for two and 3/4 of the trilogy we have read how Hal and Stony Man farm have refused any information to Mack on his current assignment. Why is Hal doing this ? We have read this is possibly the end of the farm. We have read who would stick with Mack and who wouldn't. Okay Mack against Hal? Pol and Gadgets are certainties and I'm thinking Carl also. Phoenix Force well who is not going to stick on Mack's side i'm thinking no-one. But why is Hal doing this ? I can't wait for the answer but after Stony Man finally comes across with some relevant info to enable the finish of the operation we are served up with some half arsed comments from Hal "gee I shouldn't have listened to them." And then at the end we get some "listen Striker I don't know how to say this but?". And Mack says "then don't." EXCUSE ME I for one would very much like to know what was behind the whole story of the trilogy.....

Second title of the trilogy and more of the usual from Mike Newton. But alone the character Deckhard introduced makes this title worthy of a read. The book rolls along very nicely as per usual but the only thing we are really interested in is what is going on with Hal? Has Hal turned ? Well we have to read the final installment to find out apparently.

Okay first title of the trilogy and there is a conspiracy. Well somethings going on with Hal as he has frozen Mack out and he can receive no support or information from Stony Man farm on his current mission? Why would Hal do this to Mack after all that they have been through? Johnnie is back and fighting with Mack and I must admit I like his character being reintroduced on occasions. The usual Mike Newton story but what is going on with Hal ?? You just have to read the next two titles of course............

Yep I thought this was a good read nice plot and I liked the characters introduced. I actually thought one of the highlights was Mack's capture and subsequent escape from the "charter boat punks" highly original and great reading. As with every David Robbins title I have read to date very readable interesting stuff and recommended reading. Looking forward to reading more of his work, two in particular.

This a pretty good read in the series. Whilst I thought it lacked a little in the action department that is more than made up for with the inclusion of the characters introduced. The characters are terrific, both the allies and the bad guys. The storyline is good and with a couple of twists to keep you wondering. But it just doesn't reach the ultimate heights and I feel it is a middle of the road title in the series.

Well I must admit after reading the second book in this trilogy I was not looking forward to reading this the final title of the trilogy. Surprise surprise (for me alone maybe?) it is okay reading. The attack launched on Stony Man Farm is exceptional reading and I loved it when Mack entered the FEMA headquarters as basically a Black Ace but I must admit getting a little giddy with his movements. I thought Newport deserved to be taken out personally by Mack at the end and I am struggling with the airship scene. But the final section was very well done. What can I say I thought the first title was okay, I thought the second title was a joke/crap but this is a good read on it's own.

Well done Chuck Rogers yet another cracker. Completely original plot which grabs you from the opening pages and doesn't let go until the last page. I wonder if this title gave Nick Pollotta any inspiration to write his excellent Stony Man title Sky Killers a couple of years later ? America is being forced to agree to terrorists demands, with the destruction of a number of their satellites and evidence any space launched objects can easily be destroyed by the bad guys with an earth based laser things are looking grim. Anyway after some classic action scenes which assists to set the storyline space shuttle Atlantis is orbiting and about to deploy yet another satellite and what happens has chilling consequences. So where could such a weapon originate from ? (no prizes for second guesses.) So Mack is in Russia and enter Valentina Svarzkova of the GRU (one star added already one of my favourite characters of the series) and General Uri Ozhimkov is also back. What follows is classic story telling which will keep you turning the pages but hard to say much here as it would spoil it for you. Suffice to say the story has quite a few surprise parts contained in it. The final assault on the weapon is rivetting stuff and told from various viewpoints and the ending is classic. What else to say the start is terrific, the middle is terrific and the ending is terrific. The parts between these sections is terrific I loved it and would highly recommend this title to any reader.

Gee I am glad that I have read this title as it is without doubt THE standout title of the series. Why you may ask and simply put nothing but nothing I have read or will read in the future could possibly be as bad as this piece of sheer unadulterated garbage. How this was ever released as a title of any of these series is beyond me and I am shaking my head wondering what the publishers were thinking. A little harsh you may say? Well I thought the first title of this trilogy was laughable crap as well and intended to give it 2 stars but prior to posting my review decided to read the previous reviews posted of it and couldn't believe the raves it had attracted. Well I thought this is this author's first title and maybe I am being a little harsh with my review so I added a few stars and thought well read the next title and see what you think you must be missing something here. Having now done that I wish I could withdraw my previous review and rate it again accordingly as I was going to. So what is so bad you may ask ? Well from the first title we know that all levels of American government and it's service agencies have been infiltrated by the bad guys. All of these guys aparently wear black clothing so they are in fact Men in Black so we will call them MIB's. Okay giving very little away from the book from the first couple of chapters. The bad guys have had their backsides kicked big time by Will Smith (sorry I mean Mack). They decide in their wisdom that Mack should in fact be taken out before their planned takeover of America and the UN so their number one boy the brainwashed/altered/psycho the pride and joy of the Aryan bloodline is going to take Mack out having lured him to a location. This guy has impressive stats let me tell you 300lbs plus, 6'6" and all solid muscle. So what would he be called to by name when it is time for a coffee or a beer. German so okay maybe Heinz or Dieter or Franz etc.etc. No actually you will call him Splatterpunk. goodness me......... Now during the confrontation between him and Mack he receives a fist-sized pattern of shot from a 12 gauge shotgun in the chest at point blank range. So he's dead right. Ummm no........... Mack pulls the .44 Desert Eagle and takes the shot. A sure head shot but can't believe his eyes as Splatterpunk moves with lightening speed (maybe he should be called the Flash?) and dodges the bullet travelling towards his head. Ok this super guy takes off and runs up a body/slaughter count which would make Dan Schmidt cringe until Mack catches up with him. Having reloaded the automatic shotgun with solid deer slugs Mack fires three times in a neat triangle into the centre of Splatterpunk's chest. So he's dead right. Ummm no........... A flying drop kick followed by a right leg low level roundhouse and then an iron knee to the throat. Then using his weapons stock Bolan puts all his weight and fury into smashing the stock into the psycho's forehead. So he's dead right. Ummm no........... So a pretty good machete/knife fight follows until Mack decides he needs some combat stretch to take out this guy. Mack takes off in a bus and the big boy takes off running after him, running like a gazelle the big guy looks more and more impressive but I am asking myself at this stage why doesn't he just take off and fly to catch up with the bus. Gaining his space Mack does a 180 and takes off back in the opposite direction towards the "SuperPsycho" (the authors words not mine) smashing into him and plastering him across the front of the bus. Splatterpunk is then thrown from the front of the bus on braking by Mack and Jack Grimaldi pilots in his helicopter allowing the M-60 machine gunner to shred the guy. So he's dead right. Ummm no........... Mack hits him again with the bus like a battering ram, he's down yeeaahhh!!! he has no respiration, no pulse no signs of life. So he's dead right. well........... Okay Mack and the guy's take Splatterpunk's remains and take off to have them examined by a couple of scientists. The result is he is in fact not dead but in biostasis. Huh ? yep apparently he is in a state where he is absorbing the lead of the bullets absorbed by his body and turning them into useable energy. The nanobytes running around in his bloodstream are very impressive little workers let me tell you. This energy is in fact turning his skeletal structure into diamond impreginated bone structure and apparrently healing his body from the massive wounds inflicted upon it. Ok at this stage of the title I am wondering to myself when are the martians going to land. Bugger me the other scientist then announces that her theory is that the bad guys are in fact in contact with the Zeta Reticuli race from some other planet and she has evidence too voluminous to deny that there is a cover-up taking place at the highest levels of government. Then the final assault on the complex and all of the bad guys come running out to defend it wearing easter bunny ears I thought what bullshit is this, must have been pretty good whatever he was smoking when he wrote this. This is a not what I consider a title in the Ececutioner series or any of the related series is folks I can tip you.

Well quite frankly I found the plot so ridiculous it is laughable. This has supposedly gone on for 50 years or so with The Order of Thule infiltrating the American political system with members that they are now in a position to take over the control of America with an organisation called FEMA. Mind controlled youths blow away a few selected people. Mack takes out nuclear powered helicopters. When Mack wishes to get the wreckage of these to be examined he is over ruled by the FEMA agent. The president in fact verbally by phone orders Mack to step down. huh? Isn't Mack a free agent he can do what he wants with his "arms-length" relationship with the Government? Why did the president do this? Well in his office another FEMA agent has informed the President that if he doesn't pull Mack off "We will send some jocks around to your daughters room at the campus to have some fun and take some video shots. yep right ?? The book jumps all over the place and I found it extremely hard to read. I did enjoy the action scenes very much though some of the descriptions were excellent. This was an okay sort of read for me, maybe I will get into the story better in the next two titles of the trilogy.

Terrific title to finish the trilogy. There are many many fine parts in this title and just to mention a few. Right from the start of the title the shark attack on Mack. The flat out sprint through the warehouse to place the C4 satchel. The description of Brognola as a hostage, how the kids assist with the hacksaw to aid him in the escape. The crashing of the hammer to three nails forehead during the escape was superbly done. The description of Mack as he strives to get to Hal before he is killed. Hals thoughts when he has no more bullets. The attack on the boat. Character descriptions and thoughts read nicely throughout the three titles of the trilogy. I loved all three of the titles and highly recommend this trilogy to any reader of the series. I hope this author decides to pop a few more antacid pills and write some more titles in this series rather than what he is writing for ...........???

Well I have to agree with previous reviews that the second title of a trilogy is probably the hardest one to write. The first title will set up the plot and characters to be introduced and the final title will bring the climax of the trilogy and the final action/battle scenes. So the second title of the series and I thought Philipson did a terrific job of this and contrary to previous reviews I thought the kidnapping of Hal was the linchpoint of the title and flows perfectly to the third title of the trilogy. I was flinching when the nail was hammered into Hal but sets it up very nicely for the final book. Overall the action scenes were very well done and the character thoughts during the story were also terrific ( I must admit I like this guys writing style ). Yep it was great it's almost like reading a 900 page super bolan. Very much looking forward to reading the final title in the trilogy.

I always check to see who the author is when I start to read one of the titles in the series. On opening this seeing none listed I quickly found out who it was (thankyou, mackbolan.com) and thought hmm this guy's only other title was fantastic and based on its ranking I am no orphan in my opinion of that title. So I started this full of hope after #258 for an original exciting title and this delivers in spades. I agree this writers style is different from the norm in this series (but so was his previous title) and being half way through book 2 of the trilogy at the time of writing this, to date Mack hasn't used the Desert Eagle in fact he hasn't even had it with him. The plot involves taking down a drug lord who has built up a massive pipeline into the States and Europe. In fact it is so huge that the bribe money being offered is incredible to buy officials to look the other way. The story is so interwoven setting the plot that we don't even meet the drug lord in the first title of the trilogy. One of his trusted associates who has two children wishes to get out of his clutches and take her two kids to safety away from him and supply evidence to take him down. So after safely rescuing this lady Mack is faced with the problem of having the kids snatched by the drug lord's main lieutenants the evil Murrillo brothers and recovering them so the lady will supply evidence against the drug lord. What follows from his insertion into the Murrillo fortress to rescue the kids to the escape with them via Jack flying in is terrific stuff folks. Don't hold your breath while reading it as it goes on and on told from various viewpoints which I found refreshing as you already know what has occurred but get a different viewpoint from one of the other characters. The kids have been safely rescued and information comes through from Hal regarding their mother's demise and Mack tells Hal that he will break the news to the kids. I also would have loved to read how Mack would have informed the kids but unfortunately it didn't happen. Never mind the first title of the trilogy has set up the final two titles beautifully and I can't wait to read them. I loved this and would highly recommend this title to you for reading.

I pick up the book and read the back cover and part of which "Bolan applies the strategy that has served him in countless battles" and for some strange reason I immediately thought to myself yep Mike Newton over and over again. So I open the book to check who the author is and it actually is Mike Newton shiver, premonition ? PLOT: Mack is off to Panama to assist the resistance and disrupt a major drug pipeline. CHARACTERS: Chinese red army Chinese triads Panamanian corrupt officials okay we have enough for the rattle the cages and set them against each other parts. Guillermo Cruz the resistance leader Okay we have an ally for Mack and someone we can kill off at the end of the title. Ariana Vasquez who is stunningly attractive (of course) Okay we have the necessary female kidnap/hostage part. PLOT: Not necessary as we are only doing a rewrite. Simply start hitting the different oppositions and blame it on their friends/rivals/competitors. Sew some mistrust between the parties. Have the introduced female character being kidnapped/caught/taken as a hostage. Already we have filled up almost half a book folks. Start attacking different interests of the friends of the person holding the hostage and leave messages that he should really think about releasing the hostage if he knows what is good for him. At this stage we can include the necessary sniper scenes which will fill up a few pages. Of course after numerous calls from his friends he agrees to do just this. Now we can insert the scene for the hostage transfer and the setting up for same and the actual battle. Terrific we have filled another quarter of the book. Okay now to finish off the book we can regain the hostage and continue our campaign of turning the groups against one another and set up a final battle zone which Mack can wade through and selectively take out key elements of the groups. Of course we must include the final scene where Mack's ally must be killed as this is a prerequisite. SUMMARY: If you have read #249 Shadow Target #233 Tough Justice #229 Zero Tolerance #194 Deadly contest etc etc etc etc etc (I can't be bothered going back any further) Forget it you have already read it. Do the publishers actually read any of the proofs forwarded to them prior to publication? SURELY SOMEONE MUST think to themselves hey this seems familiar to me ???? It is yet another COPY with the names changed to protect the already PUBLISHED...

Another cracker from Jerry VanCook with this title. The knife fighting scenes are terrific and I laughed to myself picturing the bad guy looking at his gun on the ground with his hand and forearm still holding it after a blow from one of them took his arm completely off. The scene where Mack and three of his allies crash into another boat on the river full of bad guys and kick arse is a classic. The characters introduced are believable and interesting and all slot nicely into the plot of the book. The book has a great plot with a few twists included and slides along at a great pace with no down/boring sections. When I finished it I took a breath and realised I had a smile on my face after reading one of the very best titles in the series. I loved it and highly recommend it to anyone reading the series.

Well this title did little for me. The start was good with a group of special force soldiers who have been missing in a action or presumed killed in action for 30 years since Vietnam are actually alive and well and have been planning this for that amount of time. They take over a building and are holding 700 plus civilians as hostages. The building is wired with explosives and the roof is set up with defences making it impossible to infiltrate the building. The ransom is a trifling sum of one billion dollars. Add into the equation 3 back pack nukes and the ebola virus and this group has some serious bargaining power no doubt. This could have set up the title to be a good read with this plot alone. So WHY would you recruit a group of terrorists and stage twenty odd terrorist attacks prior to the capture of the building. These attacks result in the deaths of civilians numbering in the low thousands (whatever that means I'm guessing 2 - 4 thousand maybe). Maybe you want to show you are serious and this seemed a good idea at the time I guess. So you have three back pack nukes in your possession which would have been obtained at a substantial cost. The first chapter describes how one of these is placed under a bridge below the water level. What about the other two? Now firstly recall this has been in the planning stages for thirty years. So where are the other two? In my mates garage as we didn't get around to placing them aparantly. Now you would presume the commanding officer of this bunch of lunatics is a pretty cold hearted sort of fellow as he has just caused the deaths of "the low thousands" of civilians. But no when Mack suggests on the first part payment of the ransom he should release all of the kids from the hostages to show he is really a good guy. AND he does (huh). Later after another part payment Mack suggests he pull up stakes, let all of the hostages go and fly off to another location and he will bring the rest of the money to them a bit later on. AND he does (huh). Apart from the above mentioned minor annoyances this is a fairly good read hence the five stars BUT it could have been SO MUCH better.

Well Jon Guenther's first title and I must admit I was looking forward to arriving to this title on my way through the books having read lots of favourable comments regarding his books. And I was certainly not disappointed at all. The capture of Mack and the description of his torture whilst being held captive is very well written. His subsequent escape was totally surprising the way it was done but fits in beautifully with the plot later on in the book. The female BND agent is a terrific character and some of the byplay between her and Mack or Jack is very witty stuff. Unfortunately we won't meet her again in a future title as she has succumbed to the seemingly eleventh commandment "any ally of Bolan must be killed off prior to the end of the title" <sigh>. The action scenes are very well done and yes I also enjoyed the flashbacks to reinstate the original character of Mack. Speaking of which I have failed to read a title in the series yet where I am told Mack has given up smoking, has become a tea-totaller or has taken a vow of chastity prior to entering a monastery. My we live in a very enlightened politically correct society these days. Very impressed with his first title and very much looking forward to reading more of his stuff. Recommended reading.

Well firstly let me say I found this very hard to read. Why ? I don't actually know as I thought the plot was okay, I thought the characters introduced were okay I even liked the dialogue between the Russian brothers and the family thing after the old man got taken out by Mack. But I found it just dragged along and I thought the brothers were taken out pretty ordinarly at the end. I'm thinking like I would presume most readers that the main character's/villian's should be taken out as part of the actual story line not in the umm other non selective of body count sections, a little bit of action/suspense. So ? It's okay, it reads fine with a reasonable plot/character description, fine action scenes and everything comes together at the end. Well ? 5 stars it's an okay read but just didn't do anything for me.

Thus ends the brilliant final installment of a terrific trilogy. All of the sub plots are brought to an end and folks it is surperb reading. It is very hard to say a lot without giving away some of the plots but... Example: You will be shuddering at the final confrontation between Mack and the satanic mother of the brothers when she bites his lip .... (huh don't tell me he kissed her? no but it happens) Example: Gadgets is dead but is he? Example: TJ is dead but is he? Example: He didn't take time to count. But the Executioner estimated there were at least three thousand men. "Well," Katz quipped. "Here's another fine mess you've gotten me into." He turns to face the Executioner, "you take the ones on the right of the building. I'll take the left." Without looking over his shoulder, he added, "Probably won't need you, Juanito. But stay ready just in case." Very small example of the humour running through the book. It is great reading from the start to the end and I have no reservations in recommending the entire trilogy for reading as a fine example of some of the best titles released in the series. Do yourself a favour and read it you will love it.

Oh yeah this title continues the story of the trilogy and further details the sub plots and characters introduced. More members of Phoenix Force enter the storyline as well as Able Team and Leo Turin and the story glides along. There are many many fine sections in this title with a couple of the standouts being the drugging of Mack by the brothers, the following of the Mexican President and what he is up to in a hotel room (classic humour between Mack and Able Team here), one of Phoenix critically wounded and the way David assists a green recruit through his first taste of real action. I thoroughly enjoyed this title and am very much looking forward to reading the final instalment of the trilogy. Highly recommended reading folks.

Terrific start to a trilogy and sets up beautifully for the next two books. At first I was starting to wonder about the huge amount of characters being introduced to the story but the author does a beautiful job of character description and it is pretty easy to slot the characters into the various sub plots introduced into the storyline. Speaking of sub plots there are heaps of them in this title but when reading the title you never seem to get the lost feeling of what is going on or having to flick back a few chapters to refresh your memory. Like everyone else who has reviewed this title I was extremely impressed with the knife fight scenes and it is good to read some of the minor characters have leading roles in the title. The book flows beautifully from start to end and I can't wait to get into the next two books as based on this title the trilogy is going to be a beauty. Highly recommended reading.

On first picking up this title I looked to see who the author was and on seeing it was Mike Newton nightmares of the last seven or eight of his titles I have read flashed through my head. But surprise surprise it starts off pretty good and the storyline is mostly original even if a bit far fetched. A Russian mob boss turns evidence against a mafia don and is rewarded with a plastic surgery face job and a new identity and life by the US government in return. The Russian has other ideas though and through his hit squad takes out the American agents guarding him and takes off. The Russian has made some sort of agreement with some of the more powerful mafia dons to form an alliance but for what purpose and what inducements he made to the dons to agree is perhaps going to be explained in the rewrite of this title. The title then seems to stall as Mack runs around with the assistance of a covert Russian agent who has also been sent to America to take out the Russian don. So what about the standard inclusions in a Mike Newton book? 1) Rattle the cages and get the opposition fighting amongst themselves. sigh yep. 2) The sniper scene. sigh yep but from one hundred yards whilst squatting in a tree not from a rooftop this time. 3) The obligatory hostaged female. sigh yep but in reverse as Mack and his partner actually have her and have to protect her from the bad guys who come to take her. The book does in fact read okay but I thought it was pretty much middle of the road stuff I have read vastly better from Mike Newton but I have read a LOT worse.

Well another Dan Schmidt title. Okay I slated his trilogy recently this must be better? Well it is a Mafia story so it is in front from the start anyway. Hey it is great right from the opening page you will be into the plot/storyline and let me say this has been done many many times but I thoroughly enjoyed the story line leading up to the convoy of semi's leaving. I'm thinking if the author had been allowed to release this title as a Super Bolan he would have been able to finish it properly but to me it seemed to be compressed in the final 50 or so pages. Yes massive body count at the end but the storyline/plot has set it up. I enjoyed it and hope you will. Recommended reading.

Well I must admit this title didn't grab me. Ok Kurt is back but he hasn't learnt much has he? hmm what to say plot has been done before. storyline has been done before. The action scenes are great BUT hmm nothing TOO great so.... AND I plodded through to the end. Personally I have read MUCH better titles from this author than this.

Well if you are like me and enjoy characters from past titles being introduced to maybe gain some continuity to the series being written by multiple authors you will enjoy this title. If you have read Stony Man #25 Skylance which was by the way a surperb title, the Kanobo Corporation, Minoru Yabe (the old man chairman of the board) and Raizo Tanaka (who has been sitting behind a desk since his shame from the previously mentioned title and is given a free rein in this title) are included. The plot of this title quickly fades into the background as you come to understand with the exception of the Japanese nobody actually want's to kill anyone. KILL NOBODY? Yep and a fantastic title where no one actually/sort of gets killed until the end of the book. How can you defend yourself without killing others when you are being attacked by 100 screaming maniac/islander/natives who are intent on taking you out as they believe you have killed their spiritual leader and Mack you are solo? It's great stuff. Everytime something else was introduced and how it mattered was fantastic. The finish is excellent stuff What can I say I loved it and it is Highly Recommended reading in this series.

Stony Man Farm is one of the most secure installations on the planet. If you have read any of the books in this series you would be aware that the farm has been attacked previously resulting in the death of one April Rose Mack's one and only true love (to date anyhow). After massive upgrades to the security systems and defensive capabilities installed the farm can withstand attacks from either the air or ground by a small army and nothing short of a nuclear attack will take them out again. hmm okay but what about an attack by a small skilled force? Nope nothing to worry about. hmm okay what about an attack by three people? Ha are you kidding? Well what about an attack by some of their own who have full knowledge of all security codes and defensive measures installed. It couldn't happen but Nope sorry still no chance, are you kidding or what? Enter Able Team and without giving anything away about how/why etc. it happens. On the inside cover Grimaldi says to Mack "I don't believe this, they're killing our own people down there! You don't think we"ll have to kill them..." Mack replies "I said stop them and I mean any way that's necessary, Jack." Yep it's on and do the defensive forces at Stony Man Farm want to kill the invaders? Do the invading Able Team want to kill anyone? Does Mack want to take anyone at all out? What about Hal ? Does anyone actually have any friends at StonyMan Farm ? Is it all real ??? As a matter of fact yes it is and what follows is some of the finest reading in the series. It blew me away how this was written and the final outcome of the attack. Classic sections with Akira Tokaido and Hunnington Wethers in action scenes ???????? The ending of the title well whilst was very good reading maybe was a bit of a let down. Whilst I enjoy the usual cast of characters to be included in the books I particularly enjoy characters from long ago enter John Trent. BUT I have to ask WHY?? Hey Mack could have done it himself.... Anyway a minor gripe this a fantastic read and is highly recommended reading in the series.

Well well well thank goodness at LAST another Mafia story. And it's a goodie to boot. Nicholas Carvaggio is a mafia hit man with exceptional abilities maybe getting somewhere even close to Mack and who also has a conscience regarding who he hits. Having no problems taking out his fellow mafia members when ordered to do so by his boss he balks at the taking out of a female juror who is an innocent and for his trouble has a contract placed on his head. Mack enters the story and after confirming to himself that the hit man is actually what he purports to be enters an alliance with him to bring down the boss who has placed the contract. I was hooked on this book in the first two chapters. * Small spoiler here ***************************** Carvaggio is at a location with another character and located by the mafia kill squad set to take him out. With the aid of video cameras he then watches in amazement at Mack in action as he takes out some of the squad. When they finally meet and after talking for a while Nick says "Man it fits now. You're the guy..... The Execution---" and Mack replies "Just call me Striker for now." * end Small spoiler here ************************** A chill went up my spine and I knew I would enjoy this. The book is extremely well written and reads like silk with you flicking the pages to read the next. How refreshing it was to read this after just having finished the Hydra trilogy of books. Yes we have high losses of the enemy at certain sections of the title but it actually fits in well with the storyline and plot of the book. I very much enjoyed reading this title in the series and would highly recommend it to any reader of the series. AND IT'S A MAFIA BOOK at last Yaaaaaaaaaaa!!!! It was going to get 9 stars but as IT IS A MAFIA book 2 stars added ( Ummm it's 10 MAX dick!). OK a 10 it's great.

Goodness me the crap continues for another title. This is ridiculous/over the top/absolute garbage AND quite frankly that would be praising the title up. A continuation of the first two books in the trilogy Mack and Jack go from location to location and SLAUGHTER everyone there. But surprise surprise the head guys manage to escape every time and they manage to have one wounded casualty left over EVERYTIME and wow how convenient they always know where the big guys will be going to next. There is no storyline/plot except that the head guys are all going to have their very own countries to preside over when the supposed plot happens. Vague references are made to viral attacks, nuclear blackmail etc. but there are so many groups involved in this that you have no idea what is supposed to be going on BUT that doesn't matter as their only inclusion to the story is for them as a group to be SLAUGHTERED at different parts of the book. It just goes on and on and on and on. I kept waiting and waiting for something to happen but was left waiting. Even the ending section when the head guys are taken out it is extremely disappointing and apart from the ex KGB assassin the ex special forces guy and maybe one of the ex Russian generals we don't even find out who is actually sitting on the council running the show. But that doesn't matter as they serve as more human canon fodder. This trilogy was a complete and utter disappointment for me and I would suggest if you are looking for a good read in these series you should bypass these entire three books.

Well this is rubbish, Mack and Jack go from location to location and with assorted assistance slaughter all the bad guys at the location but the head guys slip away time and time again. So with no further clues as to where to go next on the trail of the bad guys manage to save one wounded everytime to get information on where to go next. It goes on and on with the same mass killings at every location. I was bored stupid trying to read this and couldn't wait until the end of the title. Bizarre I am wondering if Dan Schmidt actually forgot what he is writing about. The scenario Mack has seriously damaged the cash flow of the coalition taking out their weapons and a billion dollar drug shipment so the guys are short of the folding stuff. So we find Kuschka the ex KGB guy at the home of Carreaux who is the big guy in France and he demands $50 million dollars (hey we really need the money come on) surprisingly Carreaux refuses and it is on. After all of his henchmen are taken out by the Russian forces a terrified Carreaux says hang on I can see you are serious about this I have $5 million in the safe in cash. Well maybe we don't need cash in fact as Kuschka proceeds to shoot him in both arms and legs and walks out without a cent ???? We later then read yet again how crucial cash is to the coalition to finalise their plans and I'm thinking what the hell is actually going on here ? This is an extremely ordinary title in the series and I am thinking to myself could the third title of the series possibly be as bad as the first two? Surely it must be at least a fair read or you would have to question yourself why was this crap ever published in the first place ?

ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ Hey wake up you finished the book. Huh? Oh sorry about that. Well the opening is going well and I was starting to get into the book and then came the bombings which was good but when the death toll cracks 1,000 plus I said to myself huh? And the book went downhill from there. It is boring and features nothing which has not been done countless times in this series. It features a cast of how many I lost count and unfortunately I forgot to have a notebook and pen next to me so I could not jot down who is who for later reference. But this is the first book in a trilogy and the Russian character Kuschka has PLENTY!! of potential and a face off with Mack could be excellent reading ?????? Unfortunately I am not expecting any of the other characters introduced in the first title to jump out and bite me :-( BUT I am hoping....... And the overall plot of the trilogy has not been revealed yet so maybe we are set up for something ????? We will see, into book two tomorrow and hopefully going to read a cracker ? BUT if Jared is right, god help me I have two more of them to read and I have already read the BEST one ??????????

Well firstly let me state I am dumfounded that the same author who produced #237 which I slated has produced this gem. This is sooooo good I am now hoping that Mark Ellis may consider writing another title in this series. The plot/story/conspiracy goes back 1,000 years in fact and directly refers to the end of the second world war and we pick up the story with the unearthing of a crate which has been buried for 50 years. hmm something is missing from the crate and the guy who is 90+ and in a wheelchair who we are introduced to ends up being one of the most astute/devious/bloodthirsty/cunning etc. (and he is a crack shot believe me) characters you have ever come across and it is on. (You will be stunned when you read who one of his kills was.....) The title picks up from there and you will be taken on a fantastic story where Mack continues on as usual but with original situations to face an original writing style and extremely good action scenes. Highly recommended reading in this series.

The plot involves ex KGB generals/agents etc. who have been misplaced/sacked/retired and are pissed off at the collapse of communisim in Russia deciding it would be pretty cool to engineer a takeover in Cuba thereby not only rebirthing a pure communist state in Cuba but a country with nuclear capabilities on Americas doorstep. The start in terrific where we find Mack trying to discover the plot and in the middle of the ocean where a drug transfer is going down between the Russians and the Cuban military as the sale of the drugs is going to finance the Russian takeover. Excuse me we can't have that and Mack is on the case. It doesn't slow down at all with Mack taking down operation after operation of the grouping of the Russian and mercenary forces who are going to launch the assault on the Cuban government with the assistance of corrupt members of the Cuban military. Hang on the Russian general says to himself we need more troops to complete the takeover and a drug baron is also brought in on the action having been offered an attractive deal when the new Cuba is a reality and agrees to supply his troops to the cause. Bring in Jack Grmaldi and his helicopter and with Mack infiltrating Cuban airspace and the attack on the convoy of the drug baron's forces who are supposed to lay the ground work of the assault with a strafing of them with grenades as the helicopter is unarmed. A Russian attack helicopter is sent to take them out and you will be impressed how they manage to negate this threat. The final assault by the airborne Russian troops and Mack defending the Cuban capital virtually solo as all of the defences have been moved out of the capital by the conspirators in the Cuban army is very good reading. I thought this was a fantastic read and would highly recommend you read this title.

Well for the first third of this title even though I enjoyed Mack working with the Mafia guy I was pretty bored and was thinking this is going to be a dud of a book. During the middle section of the title my interest was piqued as the title really picks up pace and the ending third of the book is fantastic reading. The assault on the boat by Mack and the Seal team is indeed fine reading with the rocket launcher section at the climax of the title exceptional. Like everyone else I was wondering about the toxic waste and agree it was not a necessary inclusion in the title as the hostage stuff would have sufficed for the plot. This ends up being a pretty good read and I would recommend you to read this.

I thought I was going to be the odd man out again but thank goodness Dan Xavier at least agrees with what I am about to type. This is rubbish, boring, tedius reading and I totally agree it would have made a fantastic James Bond title but it is NOT a Bolan title. The adversary is a super rich snob who thinks he is a god and wants to obtain god status. His main henchman and partner is a cross between a gymnast/acrobat/tall skinny guy who can take mortal blows which would leave any normal person dead and rise yet again. He gets his kicks setting up devious little traps to protect the penthouse where all of the action occurs at the end of the book. It's crap these two are just laughable as the main villians and the assortment of bozo's, clowns etc. employed who are supposed to be a force to protect Mr. Rich gets more bizarre as the title continues with there antics and I was blown away when one of them on a boat which Mack has come onto throws himself on his knees with his hands to his face begging Mack not to kill him. The shock/horror/I can't believe it scene when the ex KGB guy who turns out to be a renegade and clocks Mack is pathetic and surprise value is zero as anyone reading this title would have expected this for the last 70 pages plus. The incredible detail and use of ridiculous descriptive words made me think I should have a dictionary to refer to whilst reading this. The plot is bizarre/unrealistic/ridiculous. We even add a prototype plane purely to give Mack access to the penthouse roof but no we decide to go in the floor below when parachuting out of it as we have to write in another of the bizarre little traps left by Mr. tall and skinny. As I said I thought the character was laughable but on reflection his name was Mr. Jest so maybe I am missing something here ? I thought this was just dribble and would not recommend you read this.

Ok the third book of the trilogy and there is NO WAY Chuck Rogers can come up with anything close to the first two titles in the trilogy which are simply superb. Well I started reading the final book of the trilogy thinking that way. The United States having averted at the last moment the slaughter of 90% of it's population and the collapse of it's economic wealth cannot declare war on Japan as the largest corporation in Japan has hidden any information regarding "The One Heaven" who are the board members of the illegal arm of this corporation involved in the attacks in the first two books of the trilogy. The title is well named "Vengeance Rising" as I'm thinking OK Mack is going to Japan to kick some how is this going to be good reading. Enter Gunnery Sergeant Burdick a black market operator stealing and selling US arms. Enter Akira Tokaido yep the computer whiz kid from Stony Man and you will be stunned as maybe half the title involves him directly. Enter Agent Honda Mitsuko and the phone calls to from, the passing of the gun, the exposure of this global corporation. Let's talk about basically everyone from Stony Man involved in this, let's talk about the best plot/storyline in this series for a very very long time. Let's talk about submarines,yachts,Zodiac rafts, helicopters how many times I forgot to count, let's talk about excitement,an increased heart beat,a smile coming to your face,a rapid flick of the page when you come to the end of the right side page. This is brilliant folks and I urge any fan of these series who has not read this trilogy grab it and read it this is classic stuff. I am stunned this title is EVEN BETTER than the first two titles in the trilogy. Chuck Rogers if you ever read this take a bow mate you have produced one of the masterpieces of these series and I can't wait to read some more of your stuff.

Okay the second book of the trilogy and I am thinking this could not possibly be as good as the first title ? Well I am wrong again and Chuck Rogers has produced a title which I think is even better than the opening book of the trilogy. The plot deepens to alarming proportions as where the first title alluded to drastic conquences for England and Europe we are now looking at the obliteration of 90% of the planets population with the release of the Ebola virus on mankind and the action shifts to the States. So many good parts of the book it would take pages of typing but may spoil it for you but one section where Mack is infected with the Ebola virus and is expected to die (this is on the inside cover so is hardly a spoiler) is just rivetting stuff. His emotions at the time ordering I think Gary or David to immediately seal the area where he is as he has been infected with the virus and to maintain a contamination area around where he is and he will shoot anyone from his team who tries to rescue him is incredible stuff. It gets better and better and the assault of the site where the crisis eminated from is truly incredible reading from the HALO jump to the donning of RACAL suits on the final assault on the biochemical lab it is simply brilliant and I know I am probably raving on a bit but it blew me away. HIGHLY HIGHLY RECOMMENDED reading. surely the final book could not be as good as the first two titles of the trilogy? Don't know yet as I haven't read it yet but I will let you know............

Well here we go the first book of another trilogy this time by Chuck Rogers. OK the first book should set up the plot and story line of the trilogy giving us character descriptions of the included and hopefully a reasonable read with some action setting up for the second book in the trilogy. Well that is definately not the case with this trilogy. Chuck Rogers has produced not only the best opening book of a trilogy in the series to date he has produced one of the best titles written in this series to date. I have previously mentioned occassionally you pick up one of the titles in the series and read only a couple of pages and you know straight away you will enjoy the book and this one of those. Where to start ? The plot is fantastic/cunning/brilliant and at the end of this title you will still have no idea who is behind the conspiracy. Characters from previous titles are included (which I must admit I really enjoy to give some continuity to the series). Valentian Svarzkova and Pietor Ramzin are back and we are introduced to a character Dieter Radtke of the GSG-9 in Germany who is perhaps Carl Lyons in a German uniform. Katz is here as are Gary, David, Jack, Gadgets and the team from Stony Man. The title rocks from start to finish I couldn't stop reading (which is a good sign I think). The final assault on Buckingham Palace is rivetting reading as everyone knows they are going to launch the attack and the defences are in place yet they are still breached. Enter Mack and it is some of the best stuff you can read. When I finished this title I said to myself WOW this is a classic and I strogly urge you to read this title/trilogy if you are a fan of this series. HIGHLY HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.

Wow this title is over the top for violence and bloodshed. The body count of this one title would rack up favourably with the entire first section of the original titles written by Don himself. And from memory Miami massacre, Chicago Wipeout etc. gave some good body counts. Nothing wrong with the book by any means as it reads well and is an enjoyable read but hmmmmm Gee I'd like to read another title where Mack goes up against a mafia family and lets the terrorists alone for a short while. Surely one of the families could have got itself together by now ???????

Loved this title yet another brilliant title by David Robbins who surely must be one of the best authors in this series based on the 5 titles by him I have read. Good to know that this is the opinion of the majority of the readers of this series too. ;-) An ORIGINAL plot, very well designed characters with years of background to them, suspense, intrigue, page turning action what more could you ask for ? Okay the scenes with the croc's (caimans) was perhaps a little over the top. But a very enjoyable read this and it is highly recommended.

Well I have been mildly critical of Mike Newton in previous reviews regarding the obligatory female capture/hostage/rescue scene, the obligatory sniping through the office window scene and the assorted rattling of the cages, get the two sides fighting against each other sides scenes and as 4 of the last 5 titles I have read by him have contained all of these scenes I picked this one up thinking it is NOT POSSIBLE that the publishers would allow him to release yet another rewrite of one of his previous novels which has already been released. So I start to read with an open mind praying for an original plot and an action packed book to keep me turning the pages which I know Mike Newton can deliver in spades if he wishes to. The plot involves an American diplomat being kidnapped and Bolan being sent to rescue him if he is still alive. Okay scratch an original plot. The adversaries this time is the Shining Path. Ho hum but we've been there before as well. The book starts off well and I am starting to get into the story when Mack comes across a female who turns out to be the daughter of the kidnapped diplomat who is in fact AWOL from the army in the states come to Peru to save her father. sigh.... (I wonder where this will lead to? ) But no I am joyous through a contact with a friendly army officer the daughter is picked up and placed into a safe house to be deported on the next plane back to the states. And then more despair as she is being guarded by two incompetent morons who allow her to escape. sigh.... (Surely not again ? ) Anyway the daughter manages to steal a car and obtain some weapons and supplies and off she goes to somewhere near some town where the terrorists are supposed to be hiding out in the mountains. To cut a long load of crap out of this she manages to actually make her way to the Shining Path camp where her father is being held which is a fantastic acheivement as the government forces have been looking for it for years but it only takes her a matter of hours. After infiltrating the terrorist camp she is successfull in freeing her father YAHOO !!!! sigh.... Oh no she is recaptured ????????? I really lost any interest I had in the book from then on and am annoyed that what could have been quite a fair to good book considering the plot and opponent was totally wasted. The only possible reason for the inclusion of the daughter in this title was to allow the scene of her being captured. It would appear to me that Mike Newton as one of the original authors picked by Don himself can write any type of garbage and the publishers fall over themselves to publish it. I honestly feel if not for the fact that Mike Newtons titles can be hidden within other published titles from other authors after Don Pendleton gave it away if you stacked only his books in line for publication except for a couple of the all time classics he has written the series as we know it would have ceased to exist prior to the publication of book #100. I am angry and feel cheated YET AGAIN having to read YET AGAIN what I have already read MANY MANY times from this author. Oh well at least we didn't have the sniper scene in this one maybe his next title will be an original we will see. I find it a little disappointing I cannot vote a zero or even a minus rating for this title.

hmm the plot. A council of representatives of some of the most powerful crime groups on the planet have joined together and purchased munition factories worldwide as an investment. yep okay so far (ever heard of land and property guys?) The cold war is over and as a result of pleas by the President of the United States countries worldwide are dropping violence against their enemies and are negotiating with each other. ummm yep okay so sales slump on their investments. What to do ? How can we increase profits the council asks itself. Some bright spark pops up with lets kill the President of the United States that will immediately start massive wars between the negotiating parties who will then buy our weapons and we will make lots of money ;-) Surprise everyone at the table does not agree with this so those that don't are taken out of the room and shot dead. Negotiations then proceed with the assassination group who have already botched previously losing some of their members. Then Mack walks in and takes out the leader of the council. But that doesn't matter as the banker was going to take over anyway? More of the council are killed, who we don't know as by this stage we don't care. Eventually the leader of the asassination group takes out the banker. WHY he had already paid the fee under the threat of a gun. So we have been paid in full so why continue with the contract on the President umm well why not I never really liked him anyway ? Then we plod on until the last couple of pages when Mack saves the President taking out the asassins via a rocket launcher in a massively crowded environment but most of the people in that area had moved toward the arriving President and the few that were in the area sustained minor injuries only and we all live happily ever after. Didn't enjoy this at all and it is not a title I would recommend in the series..

Well snipers and their trade and questions you had but were to afraid to ask are answered in this title. The description the author goes into regarding the details of the sniper trade is brilliant and shows either an intimate knowledge of the subject or extensive research. This book is simply fantastic reading and I hope and pray he decides to write another title in the Executioner series and it is so good having never read a title of the series he usually writes for I am tempted to read more of his work in these series. IF you want to read one of THE BEST titles released in the Executioner series I urge you to read this one it is an absolute classic and I would think certainly in the top ten if not the top five books released to date. Grab it and read it you will be VERY satisfied.

Whilst I don't think a read of #208 prior to reading this is crucial it would be very much in your interest to read it just prior to reading this title as you will be able to follow the character of Igor Baibakov and also his former commanding officer. Firstly one minor gripe it was never explained how he managed to survive the rocket salvo unleashed on him by Jack Grimaldi at the end in #208. That aside this an exceptionally good read for any fan of these series. The underwater action scenes near the end of the book are particularly well written as is the final confrontation between Bolan and Baibakov. Highly Highly recommended reading in the series.

This is Will Murray's sole Executioner title and after reading this I can only hope he will write another. The book is a very good read and I thought the cruising in the taxi cab one of the better parts. Also Bolan's vehicle for the final section of the book duelling with the other vehicles in terrific reading. Terrific story and a very good read.

Crap Crap Crap rewrite rewrite rewrite. HOW MANY TIMES does Mr. Newton rewrite the same book with the names of the already published changed to protect the already published ? the mind boggles and I look forward with some preditation to reading any more of his titles in the series or should I say re-reading his titles. Shall we have a scenario of placing one gang against the other ? Yep AGAIN BUT you have done it so many times ? Shall we have the sniper scene through the window again ? Yep AGAIN BUT you have done it so many times ? PLEASE PLEASE we are not going to have the hostage scene when a female is taken hostage and we will have to save her yet again before we continue the mission. Yep AGAIN BUT you have done it so many times ? BUT HOW MANY TIMES CAN YOU WRITE THIS ????? Unbeleiveable you are one of the best authors in this series of books and you stoop yet again to release this garbage on your readers. In case you were wondering I was annoyed with this title and if you have not read any or much of Mr. Newtons stuff you would love this title but I have re-read it maybe 7 or 8 times now hence the rating..........

Firstly this is probably close to the worst plot I have come across in the series of books being almost laughable and yet the book is a good read. Mack takes on a gang of body armoured (you people up there spell wrong ;-) people who can't be taken down with normal means and then the detective hunt starts. I really enjoyed the inclusion of so many characters from the original series being included in this book. Kissinger plays a big part in this book and his attempts to manufacture ammunition to pierce the armour is interesting to read. The taking of Bolan via the electric floor and his subsequent escape is slightly bewildering but it finishes very nicely. Its a good read and recommended reading.

hmm not sure this should have been released as an Executioner title. The book is a reasonable read especially if you are more of the war/combat tactics type reader but I found myself wanting at times. In a few previous titles I have wondered what Mack is actually doing here and found the same with this book. Not to say the book is not worth reading but it is not to my type of book.

Absolute cracker of a book. Twists and twists in the story with Mack always one step behind in his hunt. The action scenes are fantastic with one scene of Mack driving a jeep down a jetty and onto an escaping boat one of the best I have read. Highly recommended reading one of the best I have read.

Suicide bombers attacking tourist buses in Egypt to install Islamic rule. That's the plot ? okay. Very thin on numbers though as Mack goes through them like a red hot knife through butter. Some good parts and some good action scenes but it failed to grab me. A fair read in the series.

Quite possibly the worst book I have read in this series. Bolan could well have been replaced by Peter Sellers and this book released as a Pink Panther book. If this is the first Mack Bolan book you ever read you would without doubt think to yourself how could this bumbling fool have possibly remained alive to have so many books written about him. Combat senses are what has kept this man alive for so long. How many times has he saved himself in a split second using this. Not in this book they are thrown out of the window. Time and time again Bolan is surprised by a last heavy which he was unaware of AND SAVED by a shot from his female companion. I lost count and when he is butted into unconciousness by someone who snuck up behind him without him becoming aware of the presence I threw the book into the wall. Which was pretty stupid since I had to get up and get it to finish the book. Rubbish don't even bother.

The perfect book ? No but it comes close. Every now and then you start one of these titles and you know within the first couple of pages if you will love it or hate it with no middle ground. Certainly for me it was the prior. The plot is terrific AND very believable with a new designer drug released on the market with shocking consequences for users. The drug kingpin uses Jamaican heavies backed up by ex Swiss elite troopers for protecting his business. Mack is not a lone wolf in this book though by any means and is in fact teamed up with a female agent from the DEA for the complete book. The action scenes are very well done leading up to the final scenes where the laboratory complex is destroyed which is surperbly done. Lots and lots of little things included which are new and novel a couple of which were new to me a baseball cap/kevlar protection and the ball point pen which had a bullet (yep I know the idea is not new but I fail to recall it in any of the previous books) but it leads in perfectly with Jack's escape scene. This book is a fantastic read and is HIGHLY recommended reading. BUT "Why only a vote of eight stars?" I originaly was going for nine until I got to the section where Jack is cleaning his gun and is overpowered by the Jamaicans. COME ON don't tell me Jack is going to be kidnapped and held hostage again ???? grrr yep TWO STARS DEDUCTED please how many times is this going to be used ? So then it was going to be a seven until I read near to the end of the book "Bolan kicks out, twisting face downward as he walked down the building in the Australian assault style. And then in the epilogue handing Special Agent Theresa Antonio a stuffed toy which was in fact a Koala bear AND she knew what it was. My heart skipped a beat and a smile came to my face and one star was restored. ;-)

I pretty much agree with the previous reviews. I kept on asking myself about the plot/story line and came up lacking on the believable side. I also agree the font size and margins make this yet another half a book in the series but in this case it is probably a good thing. The final scenes of the attack on the Whitehouse are tedious and very unbelieveable which possibly relates to the whole book. Disappointing.

Pretty good read this one. Nothing that stands out to grab you but overall it is quite good to read. The action scenes probably hold the book together as they are very well done but it doesn't seem to grab like one of the classics.

Very good read with a believable storyline. The action flows and flows and it is the type of book that you don't want to put down as what is going to happen next. I thought the doctoring of the cash ransom money was classic with the Mafia guy finding out the hard way well done Hal. TWO STARS DEDUCTED !!!! Is it written in the stars that anyone who assists Mack in his missions MUST die prior to the end of the book? Come on can't we let a couple of them survive and maybe return in future books.

This title gets a 9 mainly because it is one of the best story line/plots in the series involving one of the sickest trades imaginable. Fantastic and with a little bit of dabbling in voodoo, zombies,psychics etc. this title flies through and you have finished the book before you know it! UNTIL you look at the size of the font used and the margin/header/footer sizes and think this is maybe a pre reader for primary school children. I am so disappointed as it was one of the best reads in the series but I feel cheated it was only half a book in size. This is a highly recommended read.

The perfect ordinary book to finish off an ordinary trilogy. I can't believe I actually finished all three books and I am quite sure if there wasn't a sub story line which had nothing to do with the book but which causes major developments at Stony Man farm I probably wouldn't have. ;-) Now that I have peaked your interest you will have to read them to find out what it is but you could simply read books two and three as all the info is there and the second two titles are only the first extended anyway. Very Disappointing.

This should have been called book one extended or book one part two. Nothing happens except basically what happens in book one. How convenient whatever country we would like to visit we will find a CIA/Cop/Lawyer/Journalist etc. who is fed up with filling reports/stories etc. and have exactly the right information to allow Mack to do his stuff so after examining their consciences supply the needed information. BUT......... Something does actually happen within the book which has no bearing on the book itself but will have major devolpments in future titles in the series.

Mike Newton has written some of the best titles in the series to date unfortunately this is not one of them. Whilst as usual the action scenes are fantastic and plentiful the story line is a rehashed already published change the names and slot them into the story type title. Which has occurred too many times I think. As the first book of a trilogy I was disappointed in this.

This title is a reaasonable read. Whilst I found the plot unbelievable the book rolls along okay with good action scenes but just doesn't seem to reach out and grab you. Middle of the road title in the series and will pass the time if you are looking for something to read.

Classic Mike Newton. I love it when Mike writes an original plot/story line and this is what makes him one of the top writers in the series. Non stop action as usual and the book flows from page to page. Well done. Highly recommended.

Brilliant, superb, terrific, fantastic....... You probably guess I loved this. This is in the top five books of the 300 plus I have read of the combined series. From start to finish this book will entertain and amaze you and keep you turning the pages to find out what is going to happen. The inclusion of Able Team and some of Phoenix Force leads the book to a classic ending. Highly Highly recommended reading.

A fair read this is another title which is a middle of the road book. Whilst it reads okay it just seems to fail to deliver the killer blow which would make it a very good book. Not sure about Mack stirring two spoons of powdered cream into his instant coffee though ?

I loved this title, from the start to the finish the action continues. One of the best things about the book is the characters introduced and their development during the book. The plot is superb building suspense to the final showdown. Highly recommended reading

I was pretty disappointed in this title and consider it the poorest effort from Jerry VanCook that I have read. The plot was weak and somewhat unrealistic while most of the characters introduced were dull. I did enjoy the Sal character though and was disappointed when he was killed off at the end which unfortunately happens too often in the books lately. Not a title I would recommend.

Very good read. This author will keep you turning the pages in an action packed novel. I guess if you have read previous titles by this author you may find similarities but it is still a good read. Recommended reading.

Very good title and as usual action packed from this author and a very good read. But like everybody else why the twins were taken into the final battle with the death of one was huh? Mack could have done it himself as he has many times and once again a Bolan ally is killed off at the end of a book for some reason? Hey guys it would be nice to see some of them survive sometimes. Recommended reading......

Rick Price's one and only submission to the series. Probably a good call. Very hard to read until maybe 2/3 to 3/4 through the book when I found the finish reasonably good. This is not a title to be recommended to read. If you are reading the series from 1 to go as I am then.......... same as me dick you have to read it from start to finish. my two bobs worth........

Okay it is title 200 and is supposed to grab us but... Nothing new true but NOTHING already published by Mike Newton. There is no hostage scene with Bolan rattling the cages and there is no sniper scene. Thank you Mr. Newton......... What we have is a great book fully worth it's inclusion within the series of The Executioner and Mike Newton back to his story telling best. I thoroughly enjoyed this title and it is highly recommended reading. my two bobs worth........

Excellent book and the fourth in line for David Robbins in this series and I have raved about the other three and this as good if not better than the previous.

I really enjoyed this book. The plot is probably a little thin but it is a good read from start to finish. I very much enjoyed while waiting for Grimaldi to return after his escape over the next few days Bolan systematically moved through the defending troops and cut their numbers down. Probably not one of the absolute classics but this is a very good read. Highly recommended. my two bobs worth........

Perfect ending book of the trilogy which is the best trilogy to date in the series. The plot is finally exposed and it is brilliant in its planning and execution. The book seems very well balanced and easy to read. The highlight for me was the attack on the train to rescue the hostages and the subsequent escape. Good to see Brognola involved in some action but I thought it was a little far fetched that he would be arrested for murder. Excellent reading trilogy through all of the books and is highly recommended. my two bobs worth........

Loved it. The plot is extremely good being one of the best of the series. Jerry VanCook as usual writes fantastic action sequences and brings the tension up towards the end of the book with some unravelling and explanation of the plot. Very much looking forward to reading the final book of the trilogy after this one and it is recommended reading. my two bobs worth........

Enjoyable read. It must be hard to write the first title of a trilogy but I thought Mel Odom did a great job. The interwoven plot introduced with the first book is terrific and hopefully becomes stunning books in part 2 and 3 of the trilogy. Enough action to keep you interested and want to read the next page. I must admit I am still wondering about the prologue and it's relevance to the story. BUT with what we were given in the first book maybe Giselle Harte becomes the next Huntsman under a drugged induced state. We will see ;-) my two bobs worth........

Further to the previous review. YES IT WAS and also in around another 5 or 6 other titles to date by Mr. Newton. Hey the sniper stuff to rattle the enemy has been done numerous times already but what REALLY REALLY annoyed me was THE RE-USE of the hostage and rattling of the cage scenerio YET AGAIN. If this is a pre-requisite of reading any more Mike Newton titles then I will pass them over and can understand why he has written 90+ titles. HOW MANY MORE TIMES WILL Mr. Newton use this in his titles ? If you haven't read any of the series or only one or two of Mr. Newton's titles believe it or not from the above this is a really good read. AND IF you haven't read any like the above this is highly recommended. If you have read quite a few titles in the series and have read at least three of Mr. Newton's titles excluding The Trial don't bother you have already read it and didn't know it :-( my two bobs worth........

Whoo the new cover design is fantastic. The book is also pretty good. The plot has probably been done before but I thought Linaker did a pretty good job of this title. The book is a good read from start to finish, even if you haven't read many or any titles of the series this is a book you can read and enjoy without any prior knowledge of the series. Recommended....... my two bobs worth........

Well I guess I am the odd one out as far as reviewers go. This is crap pure and simple. The Mack Bolan character created through the book series lives on and in my opinion cannot be moved to the comic book genre. The books in the series detail weapons used within the title and also background on Bolan himself and his thoughts and ideas during missions and I don't believe it is possible to transfer these to the comic book format. I was very dissappointed in this. my two bobs worth........

Umm well this is pretty ordinary. The plot is thin and I agree with the previous reviewer what is Bolan actually doing there. The underwater piece is quite well written with the limpet mine and previously set charges on the backup boat. The setup on the supposed safe house of the witness of the massacre is also well written but overall the title is lacking. my two bobs worth........

David Robbins third title in the series and he is rapidly becoming one of my favourite authors. Again this title rocks from start to finish with non stop action sequences. Robbins writing style is superb and forces the reader to turn the page to find out what is going to happen next. I loved this title and Highly Recommend it. my two bobs worth........

Fair effort from Mike Newton. The plot is quite good as are the action scenes and the book reads quite well but just seems to lack that real spark to put it up with the best titles of the series. my two bobs worth........

Jerry VanCook at his brilliant best. The main plot is extremely good in itself but the secondary plot is superb. Great action sequences and once again is a real page turner. I loved this and it is highly recommended. my two bobs worth........

This is ordinary. I have just voted a 10 on Mel Odom's last title I read which was the final book of the Terror trilogy. What a let down to read this...... maybe this was in the works whilst he was also writing the above. I am going with the above and will make my mind up when I read the next of his books but this is not a title of the series that I would recommend to you. my two bobs worth........

Brilliant the best Mel Odom book to date in the series. The unravelling of the plot is rivetting reading and the action scenes are fantastic. I was blown away with the writing of the ambush scene at the airport totally rapt while reading and flicking to the next page. A fantastic revealing of the Canary character. Highly recommended reading. my two bobs worth........

Reasonable read which is basically just book one of the trilogy doubled in size but it sets the trilogy up for the final book Inferno which I have just finished and get ready. If you have read book one of this trilogy you have to read this one so get to it and finish it quick as you can so you can read the final book. my two bobs worth........

This was going okay until... Mr. Mike Newton HOW many times are you going to have the kidnapped ally of Bolan held hostage whilst the big guy rattles cages to get him/her/them back ? You have included this plot in perhaps four/five of your previous books to date. A man of your writing talent doesn't have to resort to this. Apart from my gripe the book reads okay and a good start to the trilogy. my two bobs worth........

Terrific book I loved it. Great action scenes and the writing style keeps you turning the pages to find out what is going to happen next. I totally agree that it is fantastic reading whenever the villan finds out the identity of the man on his trail. Highly recommended. my two bobs worth........

Loved it terrific read. I also loved the professor and his absent mindness with the scene when Bolan figures out what he wanted to tell him about his wife but had slipped his mind a classic (It will put a smile on your face for sure). Pretty good plot good characters great action. Highly recommended my two bobs worth........

Well what words can I use ??? Boring, Confusing, could have been a lot better. How many sub-plots,characters do you have to include in a story???? The author really gave no reason for Mack to even be there. Well not my sort of Bolan book. my two bobs worth........

Hey the start is great. Well if I was not reading this series from 1 to .... and was then morally compelled to read each title. I read it. this I would not recommend this title to you as one of the better titles in the series. my two bobs worth........

Excellent title in the series. Whilst this title has a little less action than I usually like I found that the plot and character development more than made up for it. If you read one of the titles in the series and you are constantly turning pages riveted within the story line being woven by the author well what more do you want in a book. Highly recommended reading. my two bobs worth........

First let me say this should not have been released as an Executioner book. Mack just seems to be following along all of the time and I can't figure why he was actually there as he does nothing throughout the book that could not have been done by the others within the counter terrorist group. Having said that the title reads well and is interesting enough to keep you turning the pages. my two bobs worth........

hmm not bad but not up there with the classics. The plot is pretty good and the action is not bad but repetitive. Tariq is a pretty good character in the story but as usual he is killed near the end of the story as per most of Bolan's allies. Certainly worth a read not in any way as bad as some of the junk in the series. my two bobs worth........

Well the second book by David Robbins and I was looking forward to reading this title as I am reading/re-reading the series in order from 1 to ....... and gave his first effort a vote of 9, I find after reading his second effort a 9 yet again. Action purists may be slightly disappointed but if you like a good plot with excellent character development interspaced with action sequences some humour and generally good reading which keeps you turning the pages none the less. This is for you HIGHLY recommended. I really enjoyed this guys style of writing in his first two books and look forward to some of the upcoming books which I am going to read. my two bobs worth........

I really enjoyed this book. The plot was solid with a unique pipeline into the States for the shipments. The character development of Treung is excellent throughout the book displaying his ability and excellence in martial arts because we know ;-) yep he is coming up against the very BEST. Prior to the inevitable the book is very good and keeps you turning the pages the torture of Mack is exceptionally well done and I was squirming in my seat while reading it for the big guy. It's a great read recommended. my two bobs worth........

The final book of the trilogy. Jerry VanCook earned my first ten vote for the second book of the trilogy which was superb BUT why do the publishers use different authors for a trilogy ????? Mel Odom does a fair to good finish to the trilogy but even though he finishes it off to a satisfactory conclusion it paled in comparison to the first two titles. I just can't understand why the publishers would publish a trilogy with more than one author? Well you are not going to read this before you have read the first two titles of the trilogy and quite frankly why would you ? But if you HAVE the two previous titles and read it like me following the series I would think you will be very disappointed in the final book. my two bobs worth........

hmm well crap what more can I say. This title is just so boring it makes you wonder what the publishers were thinking ???????? The plot non existent the story line ordinary. Gee there are so many good books released in this series it makes you wonder how this crap was even published ??? my two bobs worth........

My first ten. Van Cook set up for this with the first book of the trilogy and this book explodes with action from start to go. Whilst Bolan does take somewhat of a back seat Able Team and Pheonix Force are brilliant. Some of the stunts and action scenes I thought were as good if not better than anything I have read in the previous titles of the series. I was rapt in some of the soul searching during missions by the warriors especially McCarter and Manning well done Jerry. I hope and pray Mel Odom can properly finish off this trilogy in the final book. HIGHLY HIGHLY RECOMMENDED. my two bobs worth........

I liked this one. The plot is great and the setup for Bolan to be recruited into the arms dealers employ is very well done indeed. I also enjoyed when they finally found out it is Bolan they are dealing with and the change of attitude in the relating characters. Just one thing I found it unlikely the would have been able to identify Bolan from his fingerprints. A great read and highly recommended. my two bobs worth........

Another reasonable read with nothing startling about this title. The plot is interesting and some of Mack's allies are quite good characters to read. The action keeps rolling on throughout the title but never seems to reach out and grab you which is disappointing. my two bobs worth........

Loved it. This is the first of many titles by this author in the series and if this is anything to go on I am looking forward to his future titles. The manner of writing by this author involving plot and character development is woven together and very well done and comes to a very nice climax. Highly recommended read. my two bobs worth........

Not again ? HOW MANY times is Mike Newton going to release the same title with names changed from the previous title. Sure if you haven't read his previous titles in the series this is a pretty good read but only on that basis. If you are reading the series in order you will be disappointed in this rewrite. my two bobs worth........

Ordinary. Very weak wishy washy plot of Bolan trying to recover hostages being held. I thought this plot would have been done to death by now but no another title comes along like this. Not one I would recommend. my two bobs worth........

Another middle of the road title in the series. I actually quite liked the plot in this one and I liked the Falkenhayn character wondering whose side she was actually on. But thats about it I found it difficult to read having to plod through some sections. Not one I would recommend. my two bobs worth........

Didn't like this one at all. The plot was ordinary and the Deacon Whaley character who is the drug lord was very weak. I couldn't really understand why the Vietnamese were in the title at all unless it maybe feeds into a future title where a favour owed by the CIA is used. Not one of the better titles of the series. my two bobs worth........

Yes I thought this was a very good start to the trilogy. I must admit it took about the first third of the book to get into it for me but I can appreciate the need to set up the plot(/s) and characters. The pace is picking up nicely by the end of the title and certainly makes you look forward to the next book in the trilogy. A real good read. my two bobs worth........

I have been critical of the last two titles from Mike Newton for non original plots and the changing of names to protect the already published but. THANK YOU Mr. Newton.......... BACK to his best the title is FANTASTIC. The plot is completely original and places Bolan in a position to combine two possible threats against three if not more possible enemies. The characters introduced in this title are really something special and if by some chance one of the publishers happens to read this the character of Monica should be seriously considered from inclusion of a future title. Read this book it is fantastic. my two bobs worth.....

This is a terrific read. Katz joins Mack on the mission to Israel to investigate a US based Israeli terrorist group set on causing the onset of the third world war in Israel. From start to go this title will keep you riveted to reading and turning the pages. The investigative process followed during the title gave it a flavor of a detective type book I guess but it really fits in with the style of writing of the title. I really enjoyed this and can recommend it for a read. my two bobs worth .....

I thought this was an excellent title in the series. The plot is not only original but believable unfortunately not the same could be said for the villans/bombers/terrorists as just who or what is Mertarda? Putting aside a few disappointments like the above the books rocks, I loved the sections in the snow and the cave during and after the avalanche the excitement of the chase of the terrorists is well written and extremely exciting reading. This is a really really good read if you are a fan of these series or just looking for a good action type book to read get it. my two bobs worth........

Well what a strange read. The plot is miniscule and you are constantly wondering why Bolan would accept a mission like this from Brognola. Plenty of characters introduced so many in fact you lose track during the reading on occasions backtracking what you have already read to pick up on who just got what. BUT it turns out quite a good read. It certainly keeps you turning the pages which is a priority for me. This title probably would have been better released as a Super Bolan title giving the author space to expand the details of the characters he introduced. Recommended as a reasonable read in the series another in the middle of the range. my two bobs worth.......

Ho Hum, Ho Hum well how many times does Mr. Newton release the same title with the names changed. I am/was/still sort off a Newton fan but two many titles if you are reading the series in order as I am by Newton are almost entirely the same plot with the names changed to protect the already published. But if you are just reading some of the titles then this is an okay book to read about middle of the road as far of the titles released to this one. my two bobs worth............

Another in the ordinary/so so group of the series. Spaghetti plot with so many disjointed characters introduced I lost track of who was doing what and any further enjoyment in the rest of the book even with a couple of good actions scenes worth a read. A previous review mentioned it may be a cut down Super Bolan title. Works for me so many unanswered parts of the story this could have been so much better. my two bobs worth.......

This is an okay read and is in the middle of the road within the series. The opening section through the eyes of the bomber is excellent with his thoughts and reasoning on how/where/why he places the device fascinating. Unfortunately the book doesn't keep up from there. The action is okay but nothing that has not been read before. my two bobs worth.......

This one's up there folks no matter how you are reading this series of books. If you are picking through the series looking for the better books well this is one of the best I have read. If you are reading the Executioner series in order this is one to look forward to. The character's introduced and the way they were written into the story was terrific. Plenty of action to keep you turning the pages and it is interesting to note the change of attitude of some of the characters towards Mack during the ending chapters. Very Worthwile Read my two bobs worth.......

Well a reasonably good read BUT come on this has been done so may times ? Bolan goes in and causes friction between rival factions and they attack each other. Bolan assists on both sides. A female is kidnapped. Bolan tries to get girl back through phone calls/blitz's etc. Both rival factions implode with the help of each other and Mack, the female is of course saved Mack comes out of it with a couple of minor wounds. Ho Hum I expect better from Mike Newton but if you haven't read many of the preceding titles it is very well worth a read. my two bobs worth.........

Well pretty good book. I must admit I found the start slow but after the first 100 pages or so the book picks up. I struggled with the plot as I was constantly wondering why Mack would do what he is doing. I thought the title was too close to one of the original titles and should have been renamed. my two bobs worth.............

This is a very good book in the series. The plot is believable and the action is reasonable in as much as it is believeable. The Russian agent character is very good with the sub plots regarding her boss. I liked the section with the energy bars and the emotion of the plot when she breaks down when Bolan questions her. my two bobs worth.............

This is actually not bad when you finish it with some good parts. The beginning of the book is slow but it eventually picks up pace and you finish with a reasonable read. The Katherine May character is very well done through the book BUT the tunnel section where Mack is crawling through with one leg injured is terrific. I liked at the end the way Kwanh stopped from getting onto the helicopter to stay and take care of the traitor Trang. my two bobs worth............

Brilliant finish to an excellent trilogy. Mike Newton ties up all the right endings of the characters involved and still the ending is terrific. The entire trilogy is very very worth a read. my two bobs worth............

I thought this was an excellent read for the middle of the trilogy. Odom carries on the character development from the first title and builds again whilst retaining the plot. Franco's character was excellent and even though I was expecting him to bite the dust I flicked pages after the bomb blast just to see. my two bobs worth............

Excellent read for the first of the trilogy. Newton not only introduces the plot and the characters of the trilogy but manages to get enough action into this title to make it a really good read on it's own. After reading this you can't wait to read the second title of the trilogy. my two bobs worth............

This is pretty ordinary be warned. Once again we have an author depicting Mack totally devoid of his character (come on guys ? ) Mack is portrayed as stupid and as a follower and surprise surprise the guy he is "following/helping/assisting" is the bad guy ???? come on ........... my two bobs worth..........

Excellent book but maybe should have been called Boston Blitz 2. Leo is here and Val makes a comeback but we also see Vince Carboni return from the dead as the bad guy. I guess it's all been done before but Mike Newton writes a good book so if you are reading the series in order as I am this is one of the better titles. my two bobs worth..........

hmm it's okay just !!! The plot is fantastic, terrorists poisoning the water supply with radiactive material. Then MULTIPLE characters are introduced some never to be heard of again (I'm still wondering?). Force 90 is formed. WHY ??? The Iraq President contacts the US President and requests this ?????????????? Force 90 does the job ?? WHY ???? crap just filler for the book. BUT if you are reading these books in order ? it's okay have read better but have read worse. my two bobs worth..........

Pretty good book worth a read. The plot is good with interesting characters introduced I thought the deep undercover agent's memory fadeout was very well done. The ending is the best part of the book and I must admit I would have rated this book a 7 if not for the last sentence of the book. The last sentence well a shiver went up my spine and I thought YEAH !!! my two bobs worth..........

Pretty good book worth reading. VanCook introduces some interesting characters in this book with Hronopulos my favourite. The section at the end of the confrontation with Castro is terrific and has surprise (to me anyway I didn't expect that). my two bobs worth..........

And as Bolan takes out the capo D'Angelo we come to the end of a really good book BUT no it is only page 145 so we now plow our way through another 76 pages of really ordinary stuff. The ending was so disappointing and should have been edited out for filling in of the first 145 pages with some more action scenes or character development maybe. Why the female assassin character was included at all is a question and her killing herself seemed bazaar in the situation. Previous stuff from this author has been much better. my two bobs worth..........

A really terrific book which keeps you turning page after page to find out what happens next. The plot is good and plausible and the action comes on strong. Two parts of the book stand out in the breaking into of the complex of the secret police and the underwater soft probe of the oil rig. The final assault on the oil rig by Bolan and the partisan commandoes is good reading but a little far fetched. As an aussie I liked the O'riley character and it would be good to see him introduced again in a future book. Well worth a read. my two bobs worth............

Boring, Boring, Boring,Boring Bolan is up against a mob of such incompetent stupid nobodies he is forced to break a few jaws, teeth, kidneys etc. as it would be cruel to shoot them. He saves the day by one action at the end of a very non action/non plot book. my two bobs worth..........

Its a plodder with some good parts. The start is great but by half way through the book there have been so many characters introduced some of whom don't even appear in the book and so many plots going on it is hard to keep all of them together. I liked the re-appearance of Bowen the CIA guy and it was interesting to see his change of attitude to Mack from his previous meetings with him. The hunter Khoi is an interesting character and well written. The final fist fight Mack has with Innis is terrific and very well written. BUT questions,questions,questions. Why didn't they go back years before and recover the gold? How did Mack know where in Cambodia the gold was? Who the bloody hell is Hacker ?????? my two bobs worth.........

Terrific book I enjoyed this from start to finish and this would be the best submission from this author. The final confrontation with Fatman is very well done and a great finish to the book. The section where Mack sets up an ambush on the Columbian ambush squad deploying his Mafia gunmen in little hidden foxholes to take them out, he then during the ensuing firefight takes a few of them out to even up the number of casualties on both sides is truly Mack. The changes of charcter of the Columbian drug lord from arrogant to a scared wreck is very well written. my two bobs worth..................

Mike Newton does it again ! I must admit I am a Mike Newton fan but I thought this book was fantastic. Mack's brother Johnny and Leo are both brought back into the series although I must agree Leo's part in the book was a dubious inclusion it was still good to see him. The story is fast paced and the final shootout is excellent with the stooge/fink meeting a fitting surprising ending. Mike Newton follows the Bolan character in a tradition exactly as Don would hope for (if he is looking down) and this is another of Mike's books WELL worth a read. my two bobs worth..................

Why this book was ever released as an Executioner book is beyond me. Bolan is portrayed totally divorced from any other books in the series. Since when does Mack start blowing away cops (good or dirty)? I was actually looking forward to the last section of the book wondering how Mack was going to avoid shooting at the three cops and still save the day. And he just blows away the Sheriff??? The last paragraph informs us that Carbone won't be stopping until he kills Fontanelli and until Fontanelli can extract the information on Mob activities Mack will be at his side. So the planet will stop while Mack babysits Fontanelli ? Crap a FULL BLOWN assault on Carbone's fortress resulting in a climax of Bolan executing him would have been a fitting ending to this book. The book does have some very entertaining sections but I had to plod through it after it became apparent the author was off on his own tangent regarding Bolan's character. I can't understand why the publishers released this as an Executioner title and agree with the prior comment it should have been released as some FBI book or something. Anyway my two bobs worth.